diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f9ab1d64a..a6bb33924 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء موظف جديد" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأسطول" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تنبيه تاريخ انتهاء العقد " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المصنّعين " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "موديلات المركبات " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "النموذج " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المحرك " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فئة الموديل " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -3134,7 +3134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العروض " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعداد التقارير " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4543,7 +4543,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مرفق الراتب " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5155,7 +5155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قوالب البريد الالكتروني" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5513,7 +5513,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إضافة سريعة" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5579,7 +5579,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6298,7 +6298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 msgid "Create employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء موظف" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 msgid "" @@ -6893,7 +6893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التقييدات " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -6943,7 +6943,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الجلسات المباشرة " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -7028,7 +7028,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الوقت والدرجة " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7149,7 +7149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "رسالة الانتهاء " #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7159,7 +7159,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإحالات " #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7194,7 +7194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تهيئة المتقدمين " #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7351,7 +7351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عرض الوظائف " #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7467,7 +7467,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الرابط" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7481,7 +7481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فيسبوك" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7736,7 +7736,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7837,7 +7837,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرسال بريد إلكتروني إلى صديق " #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8127,7 +8127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المكافآت" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8242,7 +8242,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المستويات " #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8363,7 +8363,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التنبيهات" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 29030bac1..314ab7bf5 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Mustafa J. Kadhem , 2023 # Hassan Najm , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:3 msgid "Chatbots" -msgstr "أنظمة Chatbot " +msgstr "برامج الدردشة الآلية " #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index b87a61dd1..9ef96df9c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -179,29 +179,22 @@ msgstr "" "eines Unternehmens." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Einen neuen Mitarbeiter hinzufügen" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Einen neuen Mitarbeiter anlegen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein neuer Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, besteht der erste Schritt " -"darin, ein neues Mitarbeiterformular zu erstellen. Klicken Sie im Dashboard " -"der :menuselection:`Mitarbeiter`-App auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, " -"um ein neues Mitarbeiterformular zu erstellen. Füllen Sie die erforderlichen" -" Informationen (in Fett unterstrichen) und zusätzliche Details aus und " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." -msgstr "Eine neue Mitarbeiterkarte erstellen." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." @@ -210,21 +203,28 @@ msgstr "" "Feldern :guilabel:`Telefon (geschäftlich)` und :guilabel:`Unternehmen` " "eingefügt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "Allgemeine Informationen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "Erforderliche Felder" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie den Namen des Mitarbeiters ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " @@ -234,51 +234,74 @@ msgstr "" "in dem der neue Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, oder erstellen Sie ein neues " "Unternehmen, indem Sie den Namen im Feld eingeben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Optionale Felder" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" " the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Foto`: Klicken Sie in der Fotobox oben rechts auf der " -"Mitarbeiterkarte auf das Bearbeitungssymbol :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)`, um " -"ein Foto hochzuladen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stelle`: Geben Sie die Stellenbezeichnung des Mitarbeiters an." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -"Stichwörter: Klicken Sie auf ein Stichwort im Drop-down-Menü, um alle " -"Stichwörter hinzuzufügen, die auf den Mitarbeiter zutreffen. In diesem Feld " -"können Sie jedes beliebige Stichwort erstellen, indem Sie es einfach " -"eintippen. Sobald es erstellt wurde, ist das neue Stichwort für alle " -"Mitarbeiterkarten verfügbar. Es gibt keine Begrenzung für die Anzahl der " -"Stichwörter, die hinzugefügt werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -"Informationen zum Arbeitsvertrag: Geben Sie das :guilabel:`Mobiltelefon " -"(geschäftlich)`, :guilabel:`Telefon (geschäftlich)`, die :guilabel:`Arbeits-" -"E-Mail`, und/oder den Namen des :guilabel:`Unternehmen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -286,21 +309,39 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abteilung`: Wählen Sie die Abteilung des Mitarbeiters aus dem " "Drop-down-Menü." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Wählen Sie den Manager des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-" "down-Menü aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Wählen Sie den Coach des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-down-" "Menü aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " @@ -310,69 +351,55 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Coach` jedoch leer ist, wird automatisch der ausgewählte Manager " "im Feld :guilabel:`Coach` eingefügt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -"Um die ausgewählten Angaben zu :guilabel:`Abteilung`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, oder :guilabel:`Unternehmen` zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie " -"auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` neben der entsprechenden " -"Auswahl. Die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` öffnet das ausgewählte " -"Formular, in dem Sie Änderungen vornehmen können. Klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, nachdem Änderungen vorgenommen wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "Reiter für zusätzliche Informationen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Reiter „Lebenslauf“" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Lebenslauf" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie nun den beruflichen Werdegang des Mitarbeiters im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Lebenslauf` ein. Jede Zeile des Lebenslaufs muss einzeln " -"eingegeben werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neuen Eintrag erstellen`, und " -"das Formular :guilabel:`Lebenslaufzeilen erstellen` erscheint. Geben Sie die" -" folgenden Informationen für jeden Eintrag ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -"Hinzufügen von Informationen für vorherige Arbeitserfahrung in diesem " -"Formular." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Titel`: Geben Sie den Titel der vorherigen Arbeitserfahrung ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Art`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " -":guilabel:`Erfahrung`, :guilabel:`Ausbildung`, :guilabel:`Interne " -"Zertifizierung`, :guilabel:`Interne Schulung` oder geben Sie einen neuen " -"Eintrag ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." @@ -380,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Anzeigetyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " ":guilabel:`Klassisch`, :guilabel:`Zertifizierung` oder :guilabel:`Kurs` aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -393,12 +420,12 @@ msgstr "" "und zum gewünschten Monat zu scrollen. Klicken Sie dann auf den Tag, um das " "Datum auszuwählen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: Geben Sie alle relevanten Details in das Feld ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " @@ -410,39 +437,32 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Eintrag zu speichern und eine " "weitere Lebenslaufzeile zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -"Nachdem das Formular für den neuen Mitarbeiter gespeichert wurde, werden die" -" aktuelle Position und das Unternehmen automatisch im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Lebenslauf` als :guilabel:`Erfahrung` hinzugefügt, wobei das " -"Enddatum als :guilabel:`Aktuell` aufgeführt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Kompetenzen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" -"Die Kompetenzen eines Mitarbeiters können im Reiter :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` " -"auf die gleiche Weise eingegeben werden, wie eine Lebenslaufzeile erstellt " -"wird. Klicken Sie unter :guilabel:`Kompetenzen` auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neuen Eintrag erstellen` und ein Formular :guilabel:`Kompetenzen " -"erstellen` erscheint. Geben Sie die Informationen im Formular ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." -msgstr "Erstellung einer neuen Kompetenz für den Mitarbeiter." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." @@ -451,52 +471,36 @@ msgstr "" "` aus, indem Sie auf das Optionsfeld neben der " "Kompetenzart klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kompetenz`: Die entsprechenden Kompetenzen, die mit der " -"ausgewählten :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` verbunden sind, erscheinen in einem " -"Drop-down-Menü. Wenn Sie z. B. :guilabel:`Sprache` als " -":guilabel:`Kompetenzart` auswählen, erscheint unter dem Feld " -":guilabel:`Kompetenzen` eine Reihe von Sprachen zur Auswahl. Wählen Sie die " -"entsprechende vorkonfigurierte Kompetenz aus oder geben Sie eine neue ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel`: Vordefinierte Kompetenzlevel, die mit der " -"ausgewählten :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` verbunden sind, erscheinen in einem " -"Drop-down-Menü. Wählen Sie ein Kompetenzlevel aus, dann zeigt der " -"Fortschrittsbalken automatisch den vordefinierten Fortschritt für dieses " -"Kompetenzlevel an. Die Kompetenzlevel und der Fortschritt können im Pop-up-" -"Formular :guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel` geändert werden, das Sie über die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` neben dem Feld " -":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel` erreichen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -"Sobald Sie alle Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, wenn Sie nur einen Eintrag " -"hinzufügen möchten, oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Eintrag zu speichern und eine " -"weitere Kompetenz zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " @@ -507,199 +511,177 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Hinzufügen` neben dem " "entsprechenden Abschnitt, um eine neue Zeile hinzuzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" msgstr "Kompetenzarten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -"Um dem Formular eines Mitarbeiters eine Kompetenz hinzuzufügen, müssen die " -":guilabel:`Kompetenzarten` konfiguriert sein. Gehen Sie zur " -":menuselection:`Mitarbeiterapp --> Konfiguration --> Kompetenzarten`, um die" -" aktuell konfigurierten Kompetenzarten zu sehen und neue Kompetenzarten zu " -"erstellen. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und ein neues Formular " -":guilabel:`Kompetenzart` erscheint. Füllen Sie alle Details aus und klicken " -"Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`. Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle " -"benötigten Kompetenzarten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kompetenzart`: Geben Sie den Namen der Kompetenzart ein. Diese " -"sollte etwas allgemeiner sein, da die aufgelisteten Kompetenzen in dieser " -"Kategorie untergebracht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kompetenzen`: Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und " -"geben Sie die Informationen für die neue Kompetenz ein, dann wiederholen Sie" -" dies für alle anderen benötigten Kompetenzen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Level`: Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und ein " -"Formular :guilabel:`Level erstellen` erscheint. Geben Sie den Namen des " -"Levels ein und legen Sie einen Prozentsatz (0-100) für dieses Level fest. " -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den Eintrag zu speichern und" -" ein weiteres Level hinzuzufügen, oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern " -"& Schließen`, um das Level zu speichern und das Formular zu schließen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" -"Um eine mathematische Kompetenz hinzuzufügen, geben Sie in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Name` `Mathe` ein. In das Feld :guilabel:`Kompetenzen` geben Sie " -"`Algebra`, `Differenzial- und Integralrechnung` und `Trigonometrie` ein. Und" -" geben in das Feld :guilabel:`Level` `Anfänger`, `Fortgeschritten` und " -"`Experte` mit dem :guilabel:`Fortschritt`, der als `25`, `50` und `100` " -"angezeigt wird, ein. Klicken Sie dann entweder auf :guilabel:`Speichern & " -"Schließen` oder :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -"Neue Mathekompetenzen und -level mit dem Formular für Kompetenzarten " -"hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "Reiter „Arbeitsinformationen“" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Arbeitsinformationen` werden die spezifischen " -"arbeitsbezogenen Informationen des Mitarbeiters aufgelistet. Hier werden der" -" Arbeitsplan, die verschiedenen Rollen, die Genehmiger der einzelnen Anträge" -" (Abwesenheiten, Zeiterfassungen und Spesen) und die Details zum Arbeitsort " -"aufgeführt. Geben Sie die folgenden Informationen für den neuen Mitarbeiter " -"ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Standort`: Wählen Sie eine :guilabel:`Arbeitsadresse` und einen " -":guilabel:`Arbeitsort` aus dem entsprechenden Drop-down-Menü aus. Die " -"Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet das Formular des " -"ausgewählten Unternehmens in einem Fenster und ermöglicht die Bearbeitung. " -"Unter :guilabel:`Arbeitsort` sind alle spezifischen Angaben zum Standort " -"vermerkt, wie ein Stockwerk oder ein Gebäude. Wenn kein Arbeitsort notwendig" -" ist, fügen Sie den Standort in das Feld ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Genehmiger`: Verwenden Sie die Drop-down-Menüs, um die " -"Personalverantwortlichen auszuwählen, die :guilabel:`Abwesenheiten`, " -":guilabel:`Spesen` und :guilabel:`Zeiterfassungen` des Mitarbeiters " -"genehmigen. Die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet ein " -"Formular mit den Feldern :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`E-Mail-Adresse`, " -":guilabel:`Unternehmen`, :guilabel:`Telefon` und :guilabel:`Mobil`. Diese " -"können bei Bedarf abgeändert werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, " -"nachdem Sie Änderungen vorgenommen haben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitsplan`: Wählen Sie die :guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` und " -":guilabel:`Zeitzone` (beide erforderlich) für den Mitarbeiter. Die " -"Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet eine detaillierte " -"Übersicht der spezifischen täglichen Arbeitsstunden. Arbeitsstunden können " -"hier bearbeitet oder gelöscht werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`," -" um jegliche Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planung`: Der Abschnitt :guilabel:`Planung` betrifft die App " -"*Planung* und wird nur angezeigt, wenn die *Planungsapp* installiert ist. " -"Klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü auf eine Planungsrolle, um eine Rolle für die " -"Felder :guilabel:`Standardrolle` und :guilabel:`Rollen` hinzuzufügen. Es " -"gibt keine Begrenzung für die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Rollen`, die für einen " -"Mitarbeiter ausgewählt werden können, aber es kann nur eine " -":guilabel:`Standardrolle` geben. Die Standardrolle ist die *typische* Rolle," -" die der Mitarbeiter ausübt, während die :guilabel:`Rollen` *alle* " -"spezifischen Rollen sind, die der Mitarbeiter ausführen kann." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -"Hinzufügen der Arbeitsinformationen im Reiter für Arbeitsinformationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -"Die Benutzer, die im Drop-down-Menü für den Bereich :guilabel:`Bewerber` " -"erscheinen, müssen über *Administrator*-Rechte für die entsprechende " -"Personalrolle verfügen. Um zu überprüfen, wer diese Rechte hat, gehen Sie zu" -" :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Benutzer --> Benutzer verwalten`. Klicken" -" Sie auf einen Mitarbeiter und überprüfen Sie im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Zugriffsrechte` den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Personalwesen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " @@ -710,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" "Genehmiger` oder :guilabel:`Administrator` für die Rolle " ":guilabel:`Spesenabrechnung` eingestellt haben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " @@ -720,7 +702,7 @@ msgstr "" "muss er entweder :guilabel:`Sachbearbeiter` oder :guilabel:`Administrator` " "für die Rolle :guilabel:`Abwesenheiten` eingestellt haben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " @@ -731,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Administrator` für die Rolle :guilabel:`Personalabrechnung` " "eingestellt haben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " @@ -741,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" "Unternehmens und ein Mitarbeiter kann keine Arbeitsstunden haben, die " "außerhalb der Arbeitszeiten eines Unternehmens liegen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." @@ -750,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" " mit mehreren Unternehmen jedes Unternehmen seine eigenen Arbeitszeiten " "festlegen muss." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -765,135 +747,67 @@ msgstr "" "Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`, und fügen Sie eine neue Arbeitszeit hinzu " "oder bearbeiten Sie eine bestehende." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Nachdem die neue Arbeitszeit erstellt wurde, legen Sie die Arbeitsstunden " -"für den Mitarbeiter fest." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "Reiter „Private Informationen“" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Private Informationen` sind keine Angaben erforderlich." -" Einige Angaben in diesem Bereich können jedoch für die Lohnbuchhaltung des " -"Unternehmens von entscheidender Bedeutung sein. Um die Gehaltsabrechnungen " -"ordnungsgemäß zu bearbeiten und sicherzustellen, dass alle Abzüge " -"berücksichtigt werden, sollten die persönlichen Daten des Mitarbeiters " -"eingegeben werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -"Hier werden die folgenden Angaben gemacht: :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt`, " -":guilabel:`Familienstand`, :guilabel:`Notfall`, :guilabel:`Ausbildung`, " -":guilabel:`Staatsangehörigkeit`, :guilabel:`Zu Lasten` und " -":guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`. Die Eingabe von Feldern erfolgt entweder über " -"ein Drop-down-Menü, durch Anklicken eines Kontrollkästchens oder durch " -"Eingabe der Informationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Privater Kontakt`: Geben Sie die private :guilabel:`Adresse` für " -"den Mitarbeiter ein. Die Auswahl kann mit einem Drop-down-Menü durchgeführt " -"werden. Wenn die Informationen nicht verfügbar sind, geben Sie den Namen für" -" die neue Adresse ein. Um die neue Adresse zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie auf " -"die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links`, um das Adressformular zu " -"öffnen. Geben Sie im Adressformular die erforderlichen Details ein und " -"klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Einige andere Informationen im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt` werden" -" möglicherweise automatisch ausgefüllt, wenn die Adresse bereits im Drop-" -"down-Menü aufgeführt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes geben Sie die :guilabel:`E-Mail`-Adresse und die " -":guilabel:`Telefonnummer` des Mitarbeiters in die entsprechenden Felder ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die bevorzugte :guilabel:`Sprache` des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-" -"down-Menü." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie über das Drop-down-Menü die :guilabel:`Bankkontonummer` des " -"Mitarbeiters ein. Wenn die Bank noch nicht konfiguriert ist (die typische " -"Situation beim Anlegen eines neuen Mitarbeiters), geben Sie die " -"Bankkontonummer ein und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und " -"Bearbeiten`. Ein Fenster :guilabel:`Erstellen: Bankverbindung` erscheint. " -"Geben Sie die Informationen ein und klicken Sie dann auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie schließlich die :guilabel:`Distanz des Arbeitsweges` in das Feld " -"ein. Dieses Feld ist nur erforderlich, wenn der Mitarbeiter eine Art von " -"Pendlerpauschale erhält." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Familienstand`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " -":guilabel:`Ledig`, :guilabel:`Verheiratet`, :guilabel:`Eheähnliche " -"Gemeinschaft`, :guilabel:`Verwitwet` oder :guilabel:`Geschieden`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Notfall`: Geben Sie den Namen und die Telefonnummer des " -"Notfallkontakts des Mitarbeiters ein." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -908,72 +822,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Andere`. Geben Sie den :guilabel:`Studienbereich` und den Namen " "der :guilabel:`Schule` in die entsprechenden Felder ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Staatsangehörigkeit`: In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie alle " -"relevanten Informationen zur Staatsangehörigkeit des Mitarbeiters. Einige " -"Auswahlen verwenden ein Drop-down-Menü, so auch die Abschnitte " -":guilabel:`Nationalität (Land)`, :guilabel:`Geschlecht` und " -":guilabel:`Geburtsland`. Das :guilabel:`Geburtsdatum` verwendet ein " -"Kalendermodul zur Auswahl des Datums. Klicken Sie zunächst auf den Namen des" -" Monats und dann auf das Jahr, um auf die Jahresbereiche zuzugreifen. " -"Verwenden Sie die Pfeilsymbole :guilabel:`< (links)` und :guilabel:`> " -"(rechts)`, navigieren Sie zum richtigen Jahresbereich und klicken Sie auf " -"das Jahr. Als nächstes klicken Sie auf den Monat. Zuletzt klicken Sie auf " -"den Tag, um das Datum auszuwählen. Geben Sie die Informationen für die " -"Felder :guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer`, :guilabel:`Ausweis-Nr.` und " -":guilabel:`Geburtsort` ein." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zu Lasten`: Wenn der Mitarbeiter Kinder hat, geben Sie die " -":guilabel:`Anzahl der Kinder` in das Feld ein." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`: Wenn der Mitarbeiter eine Arbeitserlaubnis " -"hat, geben Sie die Informationen in diesem Abschnitt ein. Geben Sie die " -":guilabel:`Visum-Nr.` und/oder :guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnisnr.` in die " -"entsprechenden Felder ein. Wählen Sie mithilfe des Kalendermoduls das " -":guilabel:`Ablaufdatum des Visums` und/oder das :guilabel:`Ablaufdatum der " -"Arbeitserlaubnis`, um das/die Ablaufdatum(e) einzugeben. Falls vorhanden, " -"laden Sie eine digitale Kopie des Arbeitserlaubnisbelegs hoch. Klicken Sie " -"auf :guilabel:`Ihre Datei hochladen`, navigieren Sie im Datei-Explorer zu " -"der Arbeitserlaubnisdatei und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Öffnen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -"Hinzufügen der privaten Informationen im Reiter für Private Informationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "Reiter „HR-Einstellungen“" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " @@ -984,88 +882,85 @@ msgstr "" "verschiedenen Standorte sind unterschiedliche Felder konfiguriert, einige " "Abschnitte erscheinen jedoch unabhängig davon." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Status`: Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Mitarbeitertyp` und, falls " -"nötig, einen :ref:`Verknüpften Benutzer ` über die " -"Drop-down-Menüs aus." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Personalabrechnung`: Wählen Sie den :guilabel:`aktuellen Vertrag`" -" und die :guilabel:`Stelle` aus den Drop-down-Menüs aus. Falls zutreffend, " -"geben Sie in diesem Abschnitt die :guilabel:`Registrernummer` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vorheriger Arbeitgeber`: Dieser Abschnitt erscheint nur für " -"belgische Unternehmen und ist für andere Standorte nicht sichtbar. Dies sind" -" die Tage, die dem neuen Mitarbeiter ausgezahlt werden. Geben Sie ein " -"beliebiges :guilabel:`Zurückzuzahlendes einfaches Urlaubsgeld`, " -":guilabel:`Anzahl der zurückzuzahlenden Tage` und :guilabel:`Zurückgezahltes" -" einfaches Urlaubsgeld` von einem früheren Arbeitgeber ein, sowohl für die " -"Kategorien N als auch N-1." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vorherige Beschäftgungen`: Dieser Abschnitt erscheint nur für " -"belgische Unternehmen und ist für andere Standorte nicht sichtbar. Klicken " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um Informationen für jede frühere " -"Beschäftigung einzugeben. Geben Sie die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Monate`, den " -":guilabel:`Betrag` und den :guilabel:`Beschäftigungsquote` in die " -"entsprechenden Felder ein. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol :guilabel:`🗑️ " -"(Papierkorb)`, um eine Zeile zu löschen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anwesenheit/Kassensystem`: Die :guilabel:`Ausweis-ID` und ein " -":guilabel:`PIN-Code` können hier für den Mitarbeiter eingegeben werden, wenn" -" der Mitarbeiter eine/n benötigt/besitzt. Klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Generieren` neben der :guilabel:`Ausweis-ID`, um die Ausweis-ID " -"zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anwendungseinstellungen`: Falls zutreffend, geben Sie die Nummer " -"der :guilabel:`Fuhrpark Mobility Card` ein. Geben Sie die Kosten des " -"Mitarbeiters pro Stunde im Format XX,XX € ein. Dies wird berücksichtigt, " -"wenn der Mitarbeiter an einem :doc:`Arbeitsplatz " -"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>` " -"arbeitet. Dieser Wert wirkt sich auf die Herstellungskosten für ein Produkt " -"aus, wenn der Wert des hergestellten Produkts kein fester Betrag ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1074,55 +969,19 @@ msgstr "" "Alle Informationen eingeben, die auf dem Reiter für HR-Einstellungen für den" " Mitarbeiter abgefragt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" -"Mitarbeiter müssen nicht auch Benutzer sein. Ein Mitarbeiter zählt **nicht**" -" für die Abrechnung, während *Benutzer* **für die Abrechnung zählen**. Wenn " -"der neue Mitarbeiter auch ein Benutzer sein soll, muss der Benutzer erstellt" -" werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Verknüpfter Benutzer` den Namen des " -"hinzuzufügenden Benutzers ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen " -"und Bearbeiten ...`. Ein :guilabel:`Erstellen: Verknüpfter Benutzer` " -"erscheint. Geben Sie den :guilabel:`Name`, die :guilabel:`E-Mail-Adresse` " -"ein und wählen Sie dann das :guilabel:`Unternehmen` aus dem Dropdown-Menü. " -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, nachdem Sie die Informationen " -"eingegeben haben. Sobald der Datensatz gespeichert ist, erscheint der neue " -"Benutzer im Feld :guilabel:`Verknüpfter Benutzer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Dokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" -"Alle mit einem Mitarbeiter verbundenen Dokumente werden in der App " -"*Dokumente* gespeichert. Die Anzahl der Dokumente, die dem Mitarbeiter " -"zugeordnet sind, wird in der Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Dokumente` auf dem " -"Mitarbeiterformular angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf die intelligente " -"Schaltfläche, und alle Dokumente werden angezeigt. Weitere Informationen " -"über die App *Dokumente* finden Sie in der Dokumentation :doc:`Dokumente " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1132,11 +991,1235 @@ msgstr "" "Alle hochgeladenen Dokumente, die mit dem Mitarbeiter verbunden sind, " "erscheinen auf der intellifenten Schaltfläche „Dokumente“." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Fuhrpark" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Einstellungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Benachrichtigung bei Vertragsende" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Hersteller" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Fahrzeugmodelle" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modell" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Gehalt" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Modellkategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Vertrag" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Dienstleistungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Listenansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Grafikansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Personalabrechnung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -1149,7 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "" "anderen Odoo-Apps wie *Mitarbeiter*, *Zeiterfassung*, *Abwesenheiten* und " "*Anwesenheiten* zusammen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -1165,11 +2248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Personalabrechnung ist entscheidend für eine genaue und rechtzeitige " "Verarbeitung der Gehaltsabrechnungen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -1181,7 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebucht werden sollen und ob SEPA-Zahlungen erstellt werden sollen oder " "nicht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -1202,7 +2281,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "Für Personalabrechnung verfügbare Einstellungen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -1217,12 +2296,31 @@ msgstr "" "die Lokalisierungseinstellungen zu ändern, wenn dies nicht absolut notwendig" " ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Arbeitseinträge" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -1235,15 +2333,15 @@ msgstr "" "berücksichtigen, z. B. :guilabel:`Anwesenheit`, :guilabel:`Krankheit`, " ":guilabel:`Schulung` oder :guilabel:`Gesetzlicher Feiertag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Arbeitseinträge verwalten `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Arbeitseintragsarten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -1256,41 +2354,40 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsarten` wird automatisch anhand der in der " "Datenbank festgelegten Lokalisierungseinstellungen erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -"Um die aktuell verfügbaren Arbeitseintragsarten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> " -"Arbeitseintragsarten`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" -"Jede Arbeitseintragsart hat einen Code, der die Erstellung von " -"Gehaltsabrechnungen erleichtert und sicherstellt, dass alle Steuern und " -"Gebühren korrekt eingegeben werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." -msgstr "Liste aller derzeit verfügbaren Arbeitseintragsarten." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Neue Arbeitseintragsart" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Arbeitseintragsart zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` und füllen dann die Felder aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -1298,59 +2395,58 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Name der Arbeitseintragsart`: Der Name sollte kurz und " "aussagekräftig sein, z. B. `Krankheit` oder `Gesetzlicher Feiertag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code`: Dieser Code erscheint zusammen mit der Arbeitseintragsart " -"auf Zeiterfassungen und Gehaltsabrechnungen. Da der Code in Verbindung mit " -"der *Buchhaltungsapp* verwendet wird, sollten Sie sich bei der Buchhaltung " -"erkundigen, welchen Code Sie verwenden müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sequenz`: Die Sequenz bestimmt die Reihenfolge, in der der " -"Arbeitseintrag in der Gehaltsabrechnungsliste berechnet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -"Kontrollkästchen: Wenn einer der Punkte in der Liste auf den Arbeitseintrag " -"zutrifft, markieren Sie das Kästchen, indem Sie es anklicken. Wenn " -":guilabel:`Abwesenheit` abgehakt ist, erscheint ein Feld " -":guilabel:`Abwesenheitsart`. Dieses Feld verfügt über ein Drop-down-Menü, " -"aus dem Sie die gewünschte Art der Abwesenheit auswählen oder eine neue Art " -"der Abwesenheit eingeben können." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "Formular für neue Arbeitseintragsart." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Rundung`: Die Rundungsmethode bestimmt, wie die " -"Zeiterfassungseinträge auf der Gehaltsabrechnung angezeigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Keine Rundung`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird nicht geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -1358,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Halber Tag`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird auf den nächsten " "halben Tag gerundet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." @@ -1366,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tag`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird auf den nächsten vollen Tag " "gerundet." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1383,57 +2479,129 @@ msgstr "" "Eintrag auf 4 Stunden geändert. Wenn :guilabel:`Tag` eingestellt ist, wird " "er auf 8 Stunden geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "Arbeitszeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"Um die aktuell konfigurierten Arbeitszeiten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`. Die" -" Arbeitszeiten, die für die Verträge und Arbeitseinträge eines Mitarbeiters " -"verfügbar sind, finden Sie in dieser Liste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"Arbeitszeiten sind unternehmensspezifisch. Jedes Unternehmen muss jede Art " -"von Arbeitszeit angeben, die es verwendet. Eine Odoo-Datenbank mit mehreren " -"Unternehmen, die eine 40-Stunden-Woche verwenden, muss beispielsweise für " -"jedes Unternehmen, das die 40-Stunden-Woche verwendet, einen eigenen " -"Arbeitszeiteintrag haben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." -msgstr "Alle derzeit in der Datenbank eingerichteten Arbeitszeiten." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "Neue Arbeitszeit" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 -msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Arbeitszeit zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie die Informationen in das Formular ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "Formular für neue Arbeitsart." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1446,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Anpassungen an den Tagen und Uhrzeiten vor, die für die neue Arbeitszeit" " gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1461,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitszeit von` und :guilabel:`Arbeitszeit bis` werden durch " "Eingabe der Uhrzeit geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1470,26 +2638,22 @@ msgstr "" "müssen im 24-Stunden-Format angegeben werden. Zum Beispiel würde `2:00 " "nachmittags` als `14:00` eingegeben werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Arbeitszeit in einer zweiwöchigen Konfiguration sein soll, klicken " -"Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wechsel zum 2-Wochen-Kalender`. Dadurch " -"werden Einträge für eine :guilabel:`Gerade Woche` und eine " -":guilabel:`Ungerade Woche` erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Gehalt" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Strukturtypen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1507,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "einem Gehalt basiert (fest) oder wie viele Stunden der Mitarbeiter " "gearbeitet hat (variabel)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1524,16 +2688,13 @@ msgstr "" "Gehalt` als auch die Struktur für `Jahresendbonus` sind Strukturen innerhalb" " des Strukturtyps `Mitarbeiter`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"Die verschiedenen Strukturtypen können Sie unter " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Strukturtypen` " -"einsehen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1547,31 +2708,171 @@ msgstr "" "weshalb die Lohnart *Stundenlohn* lautet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "Liste aller Strukturtypen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, um einen neuen Strukturtyp" -" zu erstellen. Die meisten Felder sind bereits vorausgefüllt, aber alle " -"Felder können bearbeitet werden. Sobald Sie die Felder bearbeitet haben, " -"klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu" -" speichern, oder auf :guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um den Eintrag zu löschen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." -msgstr "Kästchen für neuen Strukturtyp." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Strukturen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -1580,7 +2881,7 @@ msgstr "" "innerhalb einer bestimmten *Struktur* bezahlt wird, und werden durch " "verschiedene Regeln definiert." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1593,19 +2894,13 @@ msgstr "" "Struktur, deren Hinzufügung nützlich sein könnte, ist zum Beispiel ein " "`Bonus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -"Um die verschiedenen Strukturen für jeden Strukturtyp anzuzeigen, gehen Sie " -"zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Strukturen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Gehaltsstrukturen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1615,7 +2910,11 @@ msgstr "" "damit verbundenen Strukturen auf. Jede Struktur enthält eine Reihe von " "Regeln, die sie definieren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Alle verfügbaren Gehaltsstrukturen." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -1625,63 +2924,45 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiter berechnet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." -msgstr "Details für Gehaltsstruktur für Reguläre Bezahlung." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regeln" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"Jede Struktur verfügt über eine Reihe von *Gehaltsregeln*, die für " -"Buchhaltungszwecke zu befolgen sind. Diese Regeln werden durch die " -"Lokalisierung konfiguriert und wirken sich auf die *Buchhaltungsapp* aus, " -"sodass Änderungen an den Standardregeln oder die Erstellung neuer Regeln nur" -" bei Bedarf vorgenommen werden sollten." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"Um alle Regeln anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zur " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp --> Konfiguration --> Regeln`. " -"Klicken Sie auf eine Struktur (z. B. :guilabel:`Reguläres Gehalt`), um alle " -"Regeln zu sehen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "Regeln für jeden Gehaltsstrukturtyp." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Regel zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Ein " -"Formular für eine neue Regel wird angezeigt. Geben Sie die Informationen in " -"die Felder ein und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "Eingabe der Informationen für die neue Regel." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "Die erforderlichen Felder für eine Regel sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie einen Namen für die Regel ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1689,17 +2970,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kategorie`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü eine Kategorie aus," " für die die Regel gelten soll, oder geben Sie eine neue Kategorie ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code`: Geben Sie einen Code ein, der für diese neue Regel " -"verwendet werden soll. Es wird empfohlen, den Code mit der " -"Buchhaltungsabteilung abzustimmen, da er sich auf diese auswirken wird." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1708,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gehaltsstruktur aus, für die die Regel gelten soll, oder geben Sie eine neue" " ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1722,7 +3000,7 @@ msgstr "" "unterhalb der Auswahl eingegeben wird) oder ein :guilabel:`Python-Ausdruck` " "(der Code wird unterhalb der Auswahl eingegeben) ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1736,84 +3014,75 @@ msgstr "" "nachdem, was ausgewählt wurde, muss als nächstes der feste Betrag, der " "Prozentsatz oder der Python-Code eingegeben werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Regelparameter" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"Derzeit befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Regelparameter` im Menü " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration` noch in der " -"Entwicklung und dient nur einem speziellen Anwendungsfall für belgische " -"Märkte. Die Dokumentation wird aktualisiert, wenn dieser Bereich für weitere" -" Märkte ausgereift ist." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"Bei der Erstellung von Lohn- und Gehaltsabrechnungen ist es manchmal " -"notwendig, andere Eingaben für bestimmte Umstände, wie Ausgaben, " -"Erstattungen oder Abzüge, hinzuzufügen. Diese anderen Eingaben können unter " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Andere " -"Eingabetypen` konfiguriert werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen für Personalabrechnung." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"Um einen neuen Eingabetyp zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie die :guilabel:`Beschreibung`, den " -":guilabel:`Code` und die Struktur, für die er gilt, in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit in Struktur` ein. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern, oder klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um den Eintrag zu löschen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "Einen neuen Eingabetyp erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Gehaltspaket-Konfigurator" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"Die verschiedenen Optionen unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Gehaltspaket-" -"Konfigurator` des Menüs :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " -"Konfiguration` wirken sich alle auf das potenzielle Gehalt eines " -"Mitarbeiters aus. Diese Abschnitte (:guilabel:`Vorteile`, " -":guilabel:`Persönliche Informationen` und :guilabel:`Lebenslauf`) legen " -"fest, welche Leistungen einem Mitarbeiter in seinem Gehaltspaket angeboten " -"werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1828,60 +3097,61 @@ msgstr "" "darauf aus, was der Bewerber sieht und was bei der Eingabe von Informationen" " ausgefüllt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Vorteile" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie potenziellen Mitarbeitern eine Stelle anbieten, können Sie in Odoo " -"zusätzlich zum Gehalt bestimmte *Vorteile* festlegen, um das Angebot " -"attraktiver zu gestalten (z. B. zusätzliche Urlaubstage, Firmenwagen, " -"Kostenerstattung für Telefon oder Internet usw.)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"Um die Vorteile zu sehen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung " -"--> Konfiguration --> Vorteile`. Die Vorteile sind nach " -":guilabel:`Strukturtyp` gruppiert." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "Für Personalabrechnung verfügbare Einstellungen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -"Um einen neuen Vorteil zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie die Informationen in die Felder ein und klicken " -"Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu " -"speichern, oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um den Eintrag zu " -"löschen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "Liste der Vorteile, die Mitarbeiter haben können." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "Die erforderlichen Felder für einen Vorteil sind:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie einen Namen für den Vorteil ein." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." @@ -1889,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Vorteilsfeld`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus, in welchem " "Feld der Gehaltsabrechnung dieser Vorteil erscheint." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1902,7 +3172,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Monatsvorteile in Bargeld` oder :guilabel:`Jahresvorteile in " "Bargeld`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." @@ -1910,112 +3180,148 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Art der Gehaltsstruktur`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus, " "für welche Gehaltsstrukturart dieser Vorteil gilt." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Liste der Vorteile, die Mitarbeiter haben können." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Persönliche Informationen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"Jeder Mitarbeiter in Odoo hat eine *Mitarbeiterkarte*, die alle persönlichen" -" Informationen, den Lebenslauf, Arbeitsinformationen und Dokumente enthält. " -"Um die Karte eines Mitarbeiters einzusehen, gehen Sie zum Hauptdashboard der" -" :menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des " -"Mitarbeiters, oder gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " -"Mitarbeiter --> Mitarbeiter` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des Mitarbeiters." -" Die Mitarbeiterkarten können auch über die :menuselection:`Mitarbeiter`-App" -" eingesehen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Eine Mitarbeiterkarte kann als eine Art Personalakte betrachtet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"Im Abschnitt *Persönliche Informationen* sind alle Felder aufgelistet, die " -"auf der Karte des Mitarbeiters eingegeben werden können. Um auf diesen " -"Abschnitt zuzugreifen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " -"Konfiguration --> Persönliche Informationen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "" -"Persönliche Informationen eingeben, die auf Mitarbeiterkarten erscheinen." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"Um einen Eintrag zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie ihn in der Liste aus. Klicken Sie" -" dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und ändern Sie den " -"Eintrag. Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` oder " -":guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um die Informationen zu speichern oder die Änderungen" -" zu verwerfen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Neuer Eintrag für persönliche Informationen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"Die beiden wichtigsten Felder im Formular für persönliche Informationen sind" -" :guilabel:`Ist erforderlich` und :guilabel:`Anzeigetyp`. Wenn Sie das " -"Kästchen :guilabel:`Ist erforderlich` ankreuzen, wird das Feld auf der Karte" -" des Mitarbeiters obligatorisch." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -"Das Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Anzeigetyp` ermöglicht die Eingabe von " -"Informationen auf verschiedene Arten, aus einem :guilabel:`Text`-Kästchen " -"über eine anpassbare :guilabel:`Radio`-Schaltfläche bis hin zu einem " -":guilabel:`Kontrollkästchen`, einem :guilabel:`Dokument` und mehr." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um den Eintrag zu speichern." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Lebenslauf" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Angebote" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"Derzeit befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` im Menü " -":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration` noch in der " -"Entwicklung und dient nur einem speziellen Anwendungsfall für belgische " -"Märkte. Die Dokumentation wird aktualisiert, wenn dieser Bereich für weitere" -" Märkte ausgereift ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -3293,6 +4599,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Berichtswesen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Liniendiagramm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Balkendiagramm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Tortendiagramm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "Essensschecks" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Gehaltspfändung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -3575,11 +5156,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Personalbeschaffung" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Ablehnen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Schnelles Einfügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Reiter „Optionen“" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Mitarbeiter anlegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -3601,40 +6620,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -3646,37 +6649,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -3684,164 +6686,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Mitarbeiterbeurteilungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Fragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3851,143 +6950,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Fragen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Bewertung" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Antworten" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Bewerber" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Einzeilige Textbox" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrixfrage" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschreibung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Optionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Bedingungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Live-Sitzungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Zeit und Bewertung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Teilnehmer" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Live-Sitzung" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3996,3 +7422,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Abschließende Nachricht" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Personalempfehlungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Einführung" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Offene Stellen ansehen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Einem Freund mailen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Belohnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Level" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Warnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 7e5b9c136..6c4a37f0f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -1882,11 +1882,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IP de localización" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta documentación solo aplica a bases de datos con alojamiento local" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 msgid "Installation" @@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 msgid "Maintain" -msgstr "Mantener" +msgstr "Mantenimiento" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" @@ -7969,7 +7969,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" +msgstr "Información básica" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:3 msgid "Branches" @@ -11485,6 +11485,14 @@ msgid "" "` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " "of your custom modules `." msgstr "" +"Si su base de datos contiene módulos personalizados, se podrá actualizar " +"solo hasta que una versión de sus módulos personalizados que sea compatible " +"con la versión de Odoo a la que se quiere actualizar esté disponible. Para " +"clientes que quieran mantener sus módulos personalizados, recomendamos que " +"el proceso se haga en paralelo, solo deben :ref:`solicitar una actualización" +" de base de datos ` y al mismo tiempo " +":doc:`actualizar el código de sus módulos personalizados " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" @@ -11505,6 +11513,9 @@ msgid "" "compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." msgstr "" +"Si aplica, actualice el código fuente de su módulo personalizado para que " +"sea compatible con la nueva versión de Odoo (consulte " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11725,6 +11736,8 @@ msgid "" "Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Vea la página :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` para obtener más " +"información.," #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 @@ -11763,6 +11776,10 @@ msgid "" "performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" " more information." msgstr "" +"En las bases de datos que tienen módulos personalizados instalados, el " +"código fuente de estos módulos debe estar actualizado para la nueva versión " +"de Odoo antes de que se realice la actualización. Consulte " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` para obtener más dtalles." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -12146,6 +12163,13 @@ msgid "" "takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " "before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" +"Como los scripts de actualización estándar y su base de datos evolucionan de" +" forma constante, también le recomendamos que con frecuencia solicite otra " +"base de datos de prueba actualizada, con la finalidad de asegurarse de que " +"el proceso de actualización se realiza con éxito, sobre todo si su " +"finalización toma mucho tiempo. **Además, le recomendamos ensayar todo el " +"proceso de actualización un día antes de actualizar la base de datos de " +"producción.**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" @@ -12248,6 +12272,11 @@ msgid "" "how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" +"La actualización de sus módulos personalizados debe ser exitosa antes de " +"completar todo el proceso de actualización. Asegúrese de que su " +"actualización de prueba sea :guilabel:`éxitosa` antes de intentarlo en " +"producción. Para obtener más información sobre cómo actualizar sus módulos " +"personalizados consulte :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 4fba5b87a..45bc74758 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ # Raquel Iciarte , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -433,10 +433,10 @@ msgid "" "supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" msgstr "" -"En Odoo se pueden realizar tanto valoraciones del inventario periódicas " -"(manuales) o perpetuas (automáticas). Los métodos disponibles son precio " -"estándar, precio promedio, :abbr:`LIFO (último en entrar, primero en salir)`" -" and :abbr:`FIFO (primero en entrar, primero en salir).`" +"En Odoo se pueden realizar tanto valuaciones de inventario de forma " +"periódica (manuales) o permanente (automáticas). Los métodos disponibles son" +" precio estándar, precio promedio, :abbr:`UEPS (Últimas entradas, primeras " +"salidas)` y :abbr:`FIFO (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -6464,7 +6464,7 @@ msgstr "Ejemplos de términos y condiciones en una página web" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" +msgstr "Información básica" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -9587,6 +9587,8 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " "or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" +"En Odoo, los pagos se pueden vincular de manera automática con una factura o" +" se pueden dejar como registros separados que se usarán en otra fecha." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9594,6 +9596,9 @@ msgid "" "amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " "same invoice." msgstr "" +"Si un pago está **vinculado a una factura** entonces la cantidad por pagar " +"de la factura se reducirá o liquidará. Puede tener muchos pagos relacionados" +" a la misma factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -9602,6 +9607,10 @@ msgid "" "debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " "unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" +"Si un pago **no está ligado a una factura**. el cliente tendrá un crédito " +"pendiente con su empresa, o su empresa tendrá un crédito pendiente con un " +"proveedor. Puede usar esas cantidades pendientes para reducir o liquidar " +"facturas sin pagar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" @@ -9634,6 +9643,13 @@ msgid "" "statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " "status." msgstr "" +"Cuando haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registrar pago` que aparece en una " +"factura, se genera un asiento contable y se cambia la cantidad que se debe " +"según la cantidad que se pagó. La contrapartida se refleja en la cuenta de " +"**recibos** o **pagos** :ref:`pendientes `. En " +"este momento es cuando se marca la factura como :guilabel:`En proceso de " +"pago`. Después, cuando la cuenta pendiente se concilie con la línea del " +"estado de cuenta bancario, la factura cambiará al estado :guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -9641,22 +9657,29 @@ msgid "" "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " "journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" +"El icono de información en la línea de pago muestra más información sobre el" +" pago. Para ver información adicional. como el diario relacionado, haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Vista`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "See detailed information of a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ver información de pago detallada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" "The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" " to register the payment." msgstr "" +"Para poder registrar el pago la factura debe estar en el estado " +":guilabel:`Publicado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" +"Si quita la conciliación de un pago seguirá apareciendo en sus libros pero " +"ya no estará ligado a ninguna factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -9685,6 +9708,10 @@ msgid "" "through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " "registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"Si su cuenta bancaria principal está configurada como :ref:`Cuenta pendiente" +" ` y el pago se registra en Odoo (no a través de " +"una cuenta bancaria relacionada), entonces las facturas se registran de " +"manera automática con el estado :guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" @@ -9698,6 +9725,11 @@ msgid "" "**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" +"Cuando se registra un nuevo pago a través del menú :menuselection:`Clientes " +"/ Proveedores --> Pagos`, este pago no se vinculará de inmediato a una " +"factura. En su lugar, las cuentas por pagar o las cuentas por cobrar se " +"concilian con las **cuentas pendientes** hasta que se concilien de manera " +"manual con la factura relacionada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" @@ -9710,16 +9742,22 @@ msgid "" "easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" +"Cuando valida una nueva factura y hay un **pago pendiente** (ya sea que el " +"cliente no haya pagado o usted no haya pagado al proveedor) aparecerá una " +"cinta azul. Para vincular la factura solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Añadir` en" +" :guilabel:`Créditos pendientes` o :guilabel:`Débitos pendientes`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muestra la opción AÑADIR para conciliar una factura con un pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " "reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" +"La factura ahora se marca como :guilabel:`En proceso de pago` hasta que se " +"haya conciliado con el extracto bancario correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" @@ -9736,6 +9774,14 @@ msgid "" "several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " "Batch Payment`." msgstr "" +"Los pagos en lote le permiten agrupar varios pagos para facilitar la " +":doc:`conciliación `. También ayudan mucho cuando hay " +"que depositar :doc:`cheques ` en el banco o para " +":doc:`pagos SEPA `. Para crear pagos en lote vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Pagos por lote` o " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Proveedores --> Pagos por lote`. En la " +"vista de lista de los pagos puede seleccionarlos y agruparlos en lote, haga " +"clie en :menuselection:`Acción --> Crear pago por lotes`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" @@ -9759,10 +9805,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" +"La herramienta :guilabel:`Emparejamiento de pagos` abre todas las facturas " +"sin conciliar y podrá procesar todas individualmente, ya que podrá vincular " +"los pagos con las facturas a la vez en un mismo lugar. Para usar esta " +"herramienta vaya al :menuselection:`Tablero de contabilidad --> Facturas de " +"cliente y de proveedor`, haga clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`⋮` y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Emparejamiento de pagos`, o en " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Conciliación`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menú de conciliación de pagos en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -9794,7 +9847,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 msgid "Registering a partial payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar un pago parcial" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -9807,10 +9860,18 @@ msgid "" "paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " "amount." msgstr "" +"Para registrar un **pago parcial**, haga clic en :guilabel:`Registrar pago` " +"en la factura relacionada e ingrese el importe recibido o pagado. Al " +"ingresar el importe aparecerá un mensaje que le pedirá que decida si " +":guilabel:`Mantener abierta` la factura o :guilabel:`Marcar como pagado en " +"su totalidad`. Seleccione :guilabel:`Mantener abierta` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear pago` y la factura se marcará como :guilabel:`Parcial`. " +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Marcar como pagado en su totalidad` si desea saldar la" +" factura con una diferencia en el importe." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pago parcial de una factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" @@ -9959,8 +10020,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`batch_sdd`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" -"Pagos por lotes: domiciliación bancaria SEPA (SDD, por sus siglas en inglés)" +msgstr "Pagos por lotes: domiciliación bancaria SEPA (SDD)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11491,7 +11551,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "Pagar con SEPA" +msgstr "Pagos con SEPA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11800,7 +11860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de estado de resultados de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" @@ -18173,7 +18233,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 msgid "AI-powered document digitization" -msgstr "Digitalización de documentos impulsada por la IA" +msgstr "Digitalización de documentos con IA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -24699,7 +24759,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" -msgstr "Configurar la integración de AvaTax" +msgstr "Configurar la integración con AvaTax" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -41962,7 +42022,7 @@ msgstr "VAT100-estructura fiscal lista" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:21 msgid "Infologic UK counties listing" -msgstr "Listado de condados de Infologic UK " +msgstr "Lista de condados de Infologic UK " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f0e6c44d6..7ede8c16f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -7,18 +7,20 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# marcescu, 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -182,29 +184,22 @@ msgstr "" "departamentos de los empleados de una empresa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Agregar un nuevo empleado" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Crear un nuevo empleado" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" -"Cuando contrata a un nuevo empleado, lo primero que debe hacer es crear un " -"nuevo formulario de empleado. Desde el tablero de la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Empleados`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para " -"crear un nuevo formulario de empleado. Complete la información necesaria " -"(subrayada con una línea resaltada) y cualquier detalle adicional, luego " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." -msgstr "Creación de una nueva tarjeta de empleado." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." @@ -212,21 +207,28 @@ msgstr "" "El número de teléfono y el nombre de la empresa actual se completan en los " "campos :guilabel:`Teléfono laboral` y :guilabel:`Empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "Campos necesarios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " @@ -236,52 +238,74 @@ msgstr "" "contrató al empleado. También puede crear una nueva empresa si escribe el " "nombre en el campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Campos opcionales" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" " the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fotografía`: haga clic en el icono editar :guilabel:`✏️ " -"(representado con un lápiz)` del cuadro de imagen ubicado en la parte " -"superior derecha de la tarjeta del empleado para seleccionar la fotografía " -"correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo`: escriba el título del puesto de trabajo del " -"empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: haga clic en una etiqueta del menú desplegable para " -"agregar la que corresponda al empleado. Puede crear cualquier etiqueta si la" -" escribe en este campo. Una vez creada, la nueva etiqueta está disponible " -"para todas las tarjetas de empleado y puede agregar tantas como necesite." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Información de contacto del trabajo`: escriba el " -":guilabel:`teléfono celular laboral`, :guilabel:`teléfono laboral`, " -":guilabel:`correo electrónico laboral` y el nombre de la :guilabel:`empresa`" -" del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -289,21 +313,39 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Departamento`: seleccione el departamento del empleado en el menú" " desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gerente`: seleccione al gerente del empleado en el menú " "desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Instructor`: seleccione al instructor del empleado en el menú " "desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " @@ -313,68 +355,55 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`instructor` está vacío, entonces este instructor también se " "asignará como :guilabel:`instructor`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -"Para editar el :guilabel:`departmento`, :guilabel:`gerente`, " -":guilabel:`instructor` o :guilabel:`empresa` que seleccionó, haga clic en el" -" botón :guilabel:`enlace externo` junto al campo correspondiente. Este botón" -" abrirá el formulario de su selección y podrá realizar modificaciones. Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "Pestañas de información adicional" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Pestaña de currículo " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Curriculum vitae" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" -"Luego, ingrese el historial de trabajo del empleado en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Currículum`. Debe llenar cada línea del currículum de manera " -"individual. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear una nueva entrada` y aparecerá el" -" formulario de :guilabel:`Crear líneas de currículum`. Ingrese la siguiente " -"información para cada entrada. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -"En este formulario se escribe la información sobre la experiencia laboral " -"anterior." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Título`: escriba el título de la experiencia laboral anterior." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo`: seleccione :guilabel:`expreriencia`, " -":guilabel:`educación`, :guilabel:`certificación interna`, " -":guilabel:`capacitación interna` en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva " -"entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." @@ -382,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de visualización`: seleccione :guilabel:`clásico`, " ":guilabel:`certificación` o :guilabel:`curso` en el menú desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -395,12 +424,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`> (derecha)` para desplazarse al mes correspondiente, luego haga " "clic en el día para terminar su selección." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Descripción`: escriba cualquier detalle relevante en este campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " @@ -411,39 +440,32 @@ msgstr "" "en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar y crear nuevo` para guardar la entrada actual" " y crear otra línea del currículum. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -"Después de haber guardado el formulario del nuevo empleado, la posición " -"actual y la empresa se añadirán automáticamente a la pestaña de " -":guilabel:`Currículum` como parte de la :guilabel:`Experiencia` con la fecha" -" de finalización como :guilabel:`Actualmente`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Habilidades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" -"Puede agregar las habilidades de un empleado del mismo modo en que creó una " -"línea en el currículo, desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Currículo`. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear una nueva entrada` debajo de la sección " -":guilabel:`Habilidades` para abrir el formulario :guilabel:`Crear " -"habilidades`. Complete toda la información." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." -msgstr "Crear una nueva habilidad para el empleado." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." @@ -452,51 +474,36 @@ msgstr "" "` haciendo clic en el botón de radio ubicado junto al" " tipo de habilidad. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Habilidad`: las habilidades correspondientes asociadas con el " -":guilabel:`tipo de habilidad` que seleccionó aparecen en un menú " -"desplegable. Por ejemplo, si selecciona :guilabel:`idioma` como " -":guilabel:`tipo de habilidad` aparecerán varios idiomas que podrá " -"seleccionar en el campo :guilabel:`Habilidad`. Seleccione la habilidad " -"preconfigurada apropiada o escriba una nueva." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nivel de habilidad`: son los niveles de habilidad predefinidos " -"asociados con el :guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad` seleccionado que aparecen en " -"el menú desplegable. Seleccione un nivel de habilidad y la barra de progreso" -" mostrará de manera automática el progreso predefinido para ese nivel de " -"habilidad. Los niveles y el progreso se pueden modificar en el formulario de" -" :guilabel:`Nivel de habilidad`, al que puede acceder desde el botón de " -":guilabel:`Vinculo externo` ubicado junto al campo :guilabel:`Nivel de " -"habilidad`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya escrito toda la información, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` si solo agregará una sola entrada, o haga clic " -"en el botón :guilabel:`Guardar y crear nuevo` para guardar la entrada actual" -" y crear otra línea del currículum. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " @@ -507,198 +514,177 @@ msgstr "" "agregar una nueva línea, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Agregar` junto a " "la sección correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" msgstr "Tipos de habilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -"Para agregar una habilidad al formulario del empleado, debe configurar los " -":guilabel:`Tipos de habilidad`. Vaya a la :menuselection:`Aplicación " -"Empleados --> Configuración --> Tipos de habilidad` para ver los tipos de " -"habildiad que están ya configurados y crear nuevos tipos de habilidad. Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y aparecerá un nuevo formulario para " -":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad`. Complete todos los detalles y luego haga clic" -" en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Repita esto para todos los tipos de habilidad que " -"necesite. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidad`: escriba el nombre del tipo de habilidad. Este" -" debe ser genérico, pues las habilidades específicas que incluya, aparecerán" -" bajo esta categoría." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Habilidades`: haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y " -"escriba la información para esta nueva habilidad y luego repita el proceso " -"para todas las habilidades que desee. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Niveles`: haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y aparecerá " -"un formulario para :guilabel:`Crear niveles`. Escriba el nombre del nivel y " -"asígnele un porcentaje (0-100) para ese nivel. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Gauradar y crear nuevo` para guardar la entrada y agregar otro " -"nivel, o haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para guardar el nivel y " -"cerrar el formulario. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" -"Para agregar un conjunto de habilidades matemáticas, escriba `Matemáticas` " -"en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre`. En el campo :guilabel:`Habilidades`, escriba" -" `Álgebra`, `Cálculo` y `Trigonometría`. Después, en el campo " -":guilabel:`Niveles`, escriba `principiante`, `intermedio` y `experto` y para" -" su :guilabel:`Progreso` escriba `25`, `50` y `100` respectivamente. Luego, " -"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` o en :guilabel:`Guardar y crear " -"nuevo`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -"Agregue nuevas habilidades matemáticas y sus niveles con el formulario de " -"tipos de habilidades." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "Pestaña de información del trabajo" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -"La pestaña de :guilabel:`Información de trabajo` es dónde se guarda la " -"información del empleado relacionada específicamente con su trabajo. Aquí " -"aparecerá su horario de trabajo, sus funciones, quién aprueba sus " -"solicitudes en específico (tiempo personal, hojas de horas y gastos) y los " -"detalles de su ubicación específica de trabajo. Escriba la siguiente " -"información para el nuevo empelado. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ubicación`: seleccione la :guilabel:`Dirección laboral` en el " -"menú desplegable. El botón :guilabel:`Enlace externo` abre el formulario de " -"la empresa que seleccionó en una ventana y desde allí puede editar. En el " -"campo :guilabel:`Ubicación de trabajo` debe escribir cualquier detalle más " -"específico, como un piso o un edificio. Si necesita una nueva ubicación de " -"trabajo agréguela escribiéndola en el campo. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Aprovadores`: seleccione a los usuarios responsables de aprobar " -"el :guilabel:`tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`gastos` y :guilabel:`hojas de " -"horas` del empleado desde los menús desplegables correspondientes. El botón " -":guilabel:`enlace externo` abre un formulario con los campos " -":guilabel:`nombre`, :guilabel:`correo electrónico`, :guilabel:`empresa`, " -":guilabel:`teléfono` y :guilabel:`celular` del aprobador y puede " -"modificarlos si es necesario. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` después de " -"realizar cualquier cambio." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horario`: seleccione las :guilabel:`horas laborales` y la " -":guilabel:`zona horaria` (campos obligatorios) para el empleado. El botón de" -" :guilabel:`Vínculo externo` abre una vista detallada de las horas laborales" -" específicas diarias. Aquí podrá modificar o eliminar las horas laborales. " -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar sus cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planeación`: la sección de :guilabel:`Planeación` afecta la " -"aplicación *Planeación* y solo aparecerá si tiene dicha aplicación " -"instalada. Haga clic en una función de planeación dese el menú desplegable " -"para los campos :guilabel:`Función de planeación predeterminada` y " -":guilabel:`Funciones de planeación` para agregar una función. No existe un " -"límite para la cantidad de :guilabel:`Funciones de planeación` que puede " -"seleccionar para un empleado, pero solo puede tener una :guilabel:`Función " -"de planeación predeterminada`. Esta será la función *típica* que desempeñara" -" el empleado, mientras que las :guilabel:`Funciones de planeación` son " -"*todas* las funciones específicas que puede realizar. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." -msgstr "Agregue la información del trabajo a la pestaña correspondiente." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios que aparezcan en el menú desplegable para la sección de " -":guilabel:`Autorizadores`, deben tener configurados los derechos de " -"*administrador* para la función correspondiente de recursos humanos. Para " -"revisar quién tiene estos derechos, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " -"Usuarios --> Gestionar usuarios`. Haga clic en el empleado y revise la " -"sección :guilabel:`Recursos Humanos` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Derechos de " -"acceso`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " @@ -709,7 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Autorizador total` o :guilabel:`Administrador` para la función de" " :guilabel:`Gastos`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " @@ -719,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" "Personal`, deben tener configurada la opción :guilabel:`Encargado` o " ":guilabel:`Administrador` para la función de :guilabel:`Tiempo Personal`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " @@ -730,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Encargado` o :guilabel:`Administrador` para la función de " ":guilabel:`Nómina`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " @@ -740,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "opera una empresa. Las horas laborables de un empleado no pueden estar fuera" " del horario de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." @@ -748,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cada empresa tiene sus propio horario laboral, así que para las bases de " "datos de varias empresas, cada empresa debe tener sus horas laborables. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -762,130 +748,67 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Horas laborables` y agregue o " "edite según sea necesario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." -msgstr "Después de crear las horas laborables, proporcióneselas al empleado." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "Pestaña de información privada" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 -msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -"No es necesario que complete los datos de la pestaña :guilabel:`Información " -"privada`, sin embargo, es posible que algunos sean importantes para el " -"Departamento de Nóminas de la empresa. Con el fin de procesar los recibos de" -" nómina de forma correcta y garantizar que se contabilizan todas las " -"deducciones, debe proporcionar la información personal del empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -"Aquí puede proporcionar la información relacionada con el " -":guilabel:`contacto privado`, :guilabel:`estado civil`, :guilabel:`contacto " -"de emergencia`, :guilabel:`educación`, :guilabel:`ciudadanía`, " -":guilabel:`dependendientes` y :guilabel:`permiso de trabajo` del empleado. " -"Puede completar los campos mediante el menú desplegable, al hacer clic en " -"una casilla o si escribe la información." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Contacto privado`: ingrese la :guilabel:`dirección` personal del " -"empleado, puede seleccionarla desde el menú desplegable. Si la información " -"no está disponible, escriba un nombre para la nueva dirección. Para " -"editarla, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`enlace externo`, esto abrirá el " -"formulario correspondiente. En el formulario de dirección, escriba los " -"detalles necesarios y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Es probable que otra información en la sección :guilabel:`Contacto privado` " -"se complete de forma automática si la dirección ya aparece en el menú " -"desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -"Luego, escriba el :guilabel:`Correo electrónico` del empleado y su " -":guilabel:`Número de teléfono` en los campos correspondientes. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -"Seleccione el :guilabel:`Idioma` preferido del empleado desde el menú " -"desplegable. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Escriba el :guilabel:`Número de cuenta bancaria` del empleado desde el menú " -"desplegable. Si el banco todavía no está configurado (lo normal al crear un " -"nuevo empleado), escriba el número de cuenta bancaria y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear y editar`. Aparecerá un formulario de :guilabel:`Crearo: " -"número de cuenta bancaria` y deberá completar la información. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" -"Finalmente, escriba la :guilabel:`Distancia del hogar al trabajo`. Este " -"campo solo será necesario si el empleado recibe algún tipo de beneficio de " -"transporte." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estado civil`: seleccione :guilabel:`soltero(a)`, " -":guilabel:`casado(a)`, :guilabel:`cohabitante legal`, :guilabel:`viudo(a)` o" -" :guilabel:`divorciado(a)` en el menú desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Contacto de emergencia`: escriba el nombre y número telefónico " -"del contacto de emergencia del empleado." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -900,69 +823,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`otro`. Escriba el :guilabel:`campo de estudio` y el nombre de la " ":guilabel:`escuela` en los campos correspondientes." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ciudadanía`: esta sección contiene toda la información " -"relacionada con la ciudadanía del empleado. Algunos campos utilizan un menú " -"desplegable, al igual que las secciones :guilabel:`Nacionalidad (país)`, " -":guilabel:`Género` y :guilabel:`País de nacimiento`. La :guilabel:`fecha de " -"nacimiento` utiliza un módulo de calendario para elegir la fecha. Primero, " -"haga clic en el nombre del mes y luego en el año para acceder a los " -"intervalos de años. Utilice los iconos de flecha :guilabel:`< (izquierda)` y" -" :guilabel:`> (derecha)`, diríjase hasta el intervalo de año correcto y haga" -" clic en el año. Después, haga clic en el mes y por último en el día. " -"Escriba la información en los campos :guilabel:`Número de identificación`, " -":guilabel:`Número de pasaporte` y :guilabel:`Lugar de nacimiento`. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dependiente`: si el empleado tiene hijos, escriba el " -":guilabel:`Número de hijos` en el campo. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Permiso de trabajo`: si el empleado tiene un permiso de trabajo, " -"escriba la información en esta sección. Escriba el :guilabel:`Número de " -"Visa` y/o el :guilabel:`Núnero de permiso de trabajo` en los campos " -"correspondientes. Use el calendario del modulo para seleccionar la " -":guilabel:`Fecha de vencimiento de la Visa` y/o la :guilabel:`Fecha de " -"vencimiento del permiso de trabajo`. Si lo tiene a la mano, suba una copia " -"digital del documento del permiso de trabajo. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Subir " -"archivo`, vaya a la carpeta del permiso de trabajo en el navegador de " -"archivos y haga clic en :guilabel:`Abrir`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." -msgstr "Agregue la información privada a la pestaña correspondiente." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "Pestaña de ajustes de RR. HH." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " @@ -973,85 +883,85 @@ msgstr "" "campos dependiendo de la ubicación, sin embargo, puede que algunas secciones" " sigan apareciendo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estado`: seleccione un :guilabel:`Tipo de empleado` y si aplica, " -"un a :ref:`Usuario relacionado `, con ayuda de los " -"menús desplegables." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nómina`: seleccione el :guilabel:`Contrato actual` y el " -":guilabel:`Puesto de trabajo` con los menúes desplegables. Si aplica, " -"escriba el :guilabel:`Número de registro` en esta sección. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empleador previo`: esta sección aparece solo para empresas belgas" -" y no es visible para otras ubicaciones. Estos son días que se le pagarán al" -" nuevo empleado. Escriba cualquier :guilabel:`Pago de día feriado ordinario " -"por recuperar`, :guilabel:`Número de días por recuperar`, y :guilabel:`Pago " -"recuperado de día festivo ordinario` del empleador anterior tanto para la " -"categoría N como para la N-1. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ocupaciones previas`: esta sección aparece solo para empresas " -"belgas y no es visible para otras ubicaciones. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` para escribir la infromación de su anterior " -"trabajo. Escriba el npumero de :guilabel:`Meses`, la :guilabel:`Cantidad` y " -"la :guilabel:`Tasa ocupacional` en los campos correspondientes. Haga clic en" -" el icono de :guilabel:`🗑️ (papelera)` para eliminar una línea. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Asist4encia/Punto de venta`: aquí puede escribir la :guilabel:`ID" -" de insignia` y el :guilabel:`Código PIN` del empleado, si tiene uno. Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Generar` junto a la :guilabel:`ID de insignia` para " -"crear una. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ajustes de la aplicación`: si aplica, escriba el número de " -":guilabel:`Tarjeta de movilidad para flota`. Escriba el costo por hora del " -"empleado en formato $XX.XX format. Esto se factoriza cuando em empleado está" -" trabajando en un :doc:`centro de trabajo " -"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. Este" -" valor afecta los costos de fabricación de un producto, si el valor del " -"producto fabricado no es una cantidad fija. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1060,54 +970,19 @@ msgstr "" "Escriba toda la información del empleado que se le solicita en la pestaña " "Ajustes de RR. HH." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" -"Los empleados no necesitan ser usuarios. Un empleado **no** cuenta para " -"facturación, pero los *usuarios* **sí**. Si el nuevo empleado también debe " -"ser un usuario, debe crearlo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" -"En el campo :guilabel:`Usuario relacionado` escriba el nombre del usuario " -"que agregará, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`. Aparecerá el" -" formulario :guilabel:`Crear: usuario relacionado`, allí escriba el " -":guilabel:`nombre` y la :guilabel:`dirección de correo electrónico`, luego " -"seleccione la :guilabel:`empresa` en el menú desplegable y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar` después de ingresar la información. Una vez que haya " -"guardado el registro, el nuevo usuario aparecerá en el campo " -":guilabel:`Usuario relacionado`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" -"Todos los documentos relacionados a un empleado se almacenan en la " -"aplicación *Documentos*. El número de estos documentos aparece en el botón " -"inteligente :guilabel:`Documentos` que se encuentra en el formulario del " -"empleado. Si hace clic en el botón inteligente, podrá acceder a los " -"documentos. Para obtener más información sobre la aplicación *Documentos*, " -"consulte la :doc:`documentación relacionada " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1117,11 +992,1235 @@ msgstr "" "Todos los documentos que ha subido y están relacionados con el empleado " "aparecen en el botón inteligente \"Documentos\"." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Flota" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ajustes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Alerta de fecha fin de contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Fabricantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Modelos de vehículos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salario" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Categoría del modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscalidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servicios" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista de lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Vista de kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Vista de gráfico" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Nómina" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -1134,7 +2233,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicaciones como *Empleados*, *Hojas de horas*, *Tiempo personal* y " "*Asistencias*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -1149,11 +2248,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuración es fundamental para asegurar el procesamiento preciso y " "oportuno de los recibos de nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -1163,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración --> Ajustes`. Aquí seleccionará si los recibos de nómina se " "registran en contabilidad y si se crean pagos SEPA." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -1183,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "Ajustes disponibles para Nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -1197,12 +2292,31 @@ msgstr "" "durante la creación de la base de datos. No recomendamos modificar los " "ajustes de localización a menos que sea necesario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Entradas de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -1215,15 +2329,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`permisos por enfermedad`, :guilabel:`capacitaciones` o " ":guilabel:`días feriados`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Gestionar entradas de trabajo `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Tipos de entradas de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -1236,42 +2350,40 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`tipos de entrada de trabajo` se crea de forma automática según " "los ajustes de localización establecidos en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -"Para consultar los tipos de entradas de trabajo disponibles, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Tipos de entradas de trabajo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" -"Cada tipo de entrada de trabajo tiene un código para asistir en la creación " -"de los recibos de nómina y garantizar que todos los impuestos y tarifas se " -"introducen de forma correcta." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -"Lista de todos los tipos de entradas de trabajo que están disponibles " -"actualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete el formulario con la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -1279,58 +2391,58 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre del tipo de entrada de trabajo`: el nombre debe ser corto " "y descriptivo, como `permiso por enfermedad` o `día feriado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código`: este código aparece con el tipo de entrada de trabajo en" -" las hojas de horas y los recibos de nómina. Como se utiliza junto con la " -"aplicación Contabilidad, se recomienda que lo verifique con el Departamento " -"de contabilidad." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Secuencia`: la secuencia determina el orden en que se calcula la " -"entrada de trabajo en la lista de recibos de nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -"Casillas de verificación: si alguno de los elementos de la lista aplica a la" -" entrada de trabajo, haga clic en ella para seleccionarla. Si selecciona " -":guilabel:`Tiempo personal`, aparece el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo " -"personal`. Este campo tiene un menú desplegable para seleccionar un tipo " -"específico, también puede crear uno nuevo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "Formulario para agregar un nuevo tipo de entrada de trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Redondeo`: el método de redondeo determina cómo se muestran las " -"entradas de la hoja de horas en el recibo de nómina." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sin redondeo`: la entrada en la hoja de horas no se modifica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -1338,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Medio día`: la entrada de la hoja de horas se redondea a la " "cantidad de medio día más cercana." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." @@ -1346,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Día`: la entrada de la hoja de horas se redondea a la cantidad de" " día completo más cercana." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1362,56 +2474,129 @@ msgstr "" "día`, la entrada cambia a 4 horas y si es :guilabel:`Día` entonces cambia a " "8 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "Horas laborables" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"Para consultar las horas laborables configuradas, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Horarios de trabajo`. \n" -"En esta lista se encuentran los horarios de trabajo que están disponibles para los contratos de un empleado y las entradas de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"Cada empresa utiliza sus propias horas laborables y también deben " -"identificar el tipo de horas que utilizan. Por ejemplo, una base de datos de" -" Odoo que contiene varias empresas que utilizan una semana laboral estándar " -"de 40 horas debe tener una entrada de horas laborables por separado para " -"cada empresa que utiliza la semana laboral estándar de 40 horas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -"Todas las horas laborables establecidas actualmente en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "Nuevas horas laborables" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -"Para crear nuevas horas laborables, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` " -"y complete el formulario con la información correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "Formulario para crear nuevas horas laborables." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1423,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabajo en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre` y después realice las modificaciones " "a los días y horas que correspondan en el nuevo horario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1437,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "" "realice su selección. Las columnas :guilabel:`Trabajar desde` y " ":guilabel:`Trabajar hasta` se modifican al escribir la hora." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1446,25 +2631,22 @@ msgstr "" "estar en un formato de 24 horas. Por ejemplo, las `2:00 p. m.` se ingresan " "como `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Si las horas laborables deben tener una configuración de dos semanas, haga " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Cambiar a calendario de 2 semanas`. Esto crea " -"entradas para una :guilabel:`semana par` y una :guilabel:`semana impar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Salario" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Tipos de estructura" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1481,7 +2663,7 @@ msgstr "" "con la que se paga a un empleado y si se proporciona por salario (fijo) o " "por las horas que trabajó (variadas), además de sus horas laborables." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1498,15 +2680,13 @@ msgstr "" "`Salario regular` como la estructura de `Bono de fin de año` están dentro " "del tipo de estructura de `Empleado`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"Puede consultar los distintos tipos de estructura desde " -":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Tipos de estructura`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1520,31 +2700,171 @@ msgstr "" " tipo de salario es *Salario por hora*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "Lista con todos los tipos de estructura. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear un tipo de estructura. La" -" mayoría de los campos se completan de forma automática, pero todos se " -"pueden editar. Una vez que termine de modificar los campos, " -":guilabel:`guarde` los cambios o haga clic en :guilabel:`descartar` para " -"eliminar la entrada." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." -msgstr "Cuadro de nuevo tipo de estructura." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Estructuras" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -1553,7 +2873,7 @@ msgstr "" "empleado dentro de una estructura *específica* y están definidas por varias " "reglas particulares." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1565,19 +2885,13 @@ msgstr "" "empleados y cómo se calcula su salario. Por ejemplo, una estructura común " "que resultaría útil agregar podría ser un `Bono`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -"Puede consultar todas las diferentes estructuras para cada tipo de " -"estructura desde :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Estructuras`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "Todas las estructuras salariales disponibles." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1587,7 +2901,11 @@ msgstr "" "diversas estructuras asociadas. Cada estructura contiene un conjunto de " "reglas que la definen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Todas las estructuras salariales disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -1596,61 +2914,45 @@ msgstr "" "estas son las que calculan el recibo de nómina del empleado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." -msgstr "Detalles de la estructura salarial para un pago regular." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reglas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"Cada estructura tiene un conjunto de *reglas salariales* a seguir para fines" -" contables. La localización configura estas reglas y afectan a la aplicación" -" *Contabilidad*, por lo que las modificaciones a las reglas predeterminadas," -" o la creación de nuevas reglas, solo se debe realizar cuando sea necesario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"Para consultar todas las reglas, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Nómina" -" --> Configuración --> Reglas`. Haga clic en una estructura (por ejemplo, en" -" :guilabel:`pago regular`) para ver todas las reglas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "Reglas para cada tipo de estructura salarial." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Se desplegará un" -" formulario en blanco, complete los campos con la información " -"correspondiente y haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "Escribir la información para la nueva regla." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "Los campos necesarios para una regla son los siguientes:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba un nombre para la regla." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1658,17 +2960,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Categoría`: seleccione una categoría para la que aplica la regla " "en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código`: introduzca el código que se utilizará para esta nueva " -"regla. Se recomienda que se coordine con el Departamento de contabilidad, ya" -" que esto les afectará." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1676,7 +2975,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Estructura salarial`: seleccione una estructura salarial para la " "que aplica la regla en el menú desplegable o escriba una nueva." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1691,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr "" " una :guilabel:`expresión de Python` (el código se escribe debajo de la " "selección)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1704,80 +3003,75 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`porcentaje (%)` o un :guilabel:`código Python`. Según lo que " "seleccione, deberá escribir el importe fijo, porcentaje o código de Python." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Parámetros de regla" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"Por el momento, la función :guilabel:`Parámetros de regla` que se encuentra " -"en :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración` sigue en desarrollo y solo " -"funciona para un caso de uso específico en el mercado de Bélgica. La " -"documentación se actualizará cuando esta sección se haya expandido a otros " -"mercados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Otros tipos de entrada" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"Al crear recibos de nómina, a veces es necesario agregar otras entradas para" -" circunstancias específicas como gastos, reembolsos o deducciones. Puede " -"configurar estas otras entradas desde :menuselection:`Nómina --> " -"Configuración --> Otros tipos de entrada`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "Otros tipos de entrada para la nómina." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo tipo de entrada, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Nuevo`. Escriba la :guilabel:`descripción`, el :guilabel:`código`" -" y a qué estructura se aplica en el campo :guilabel:`Disponibilidad en " -"estructura`. Haga clic en el botón correspondiente para :guilabel:`guardar` " -"los cambios o en :guilabel:`descartar` para eliminar la entrada." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "Crear un nuevo tipo de entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Configurador del paquete salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"En la sección :guilabel:`Configurador del paquete salarial` del menú " -":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración` hay varias opciones que afectan el" -" salario potencial de un empleado. Estas secciones (:guilabel:`Ventajas`, " -":guilabel:`Información personal` y :guilabel:`Currículo`) especifican qué " -"beneficios se pueden ofrecer a un empleado en su paquete salarial." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1792,57 +3086,61 @@ msgstr "" "directamente lo que el solicitante ve y, por lo tanto, lo que se completa " "conforme el candidato introduce información." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Ventajas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Al ofrecer un puesto a los empleados potenciales, puede establecer ciertas " -"*ventajas* en Odoo además del salario para que la oferta sea más atractiva. " -"Puede agregar tiempo personal adicional, acceso a un vehículo de la empresa," -" reembolso por gastos de teléfono o internet, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"Para consultar las ventajas, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración" -" --> Ventajas`, estas se agrupan por :guilabel:`tipo de estructura`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "Ajustes disponibles para Nómina." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva ventaja, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`. " -"Complete los campos con la información correspondiente y :guilabel:`guarde`" -" los cambios o haga clic en :guilabel:`descartar` para eliminar la entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "Lista con las ventajas que puede tener un empleado." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "Los campos necesarios para crear una ventaja son los siguientes:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre de la ventaja." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." @@ -1850,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Campo de ventaja`: seleccione en el menú desplegable en qué campo" " del recibo de nómina aparece esta ventaja." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1863,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`ventajas mensuales en efectivo` o :guilabel:`ventajas anuales en " "efectivo`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." @@ -1871,110 +3169,149 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de estructura salarial`: seleccione en el menú desplegable a" " qué tipo de estructura salarial se aplica esta ventaja." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Lista con las ventajas que puede tener un empleado." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Información personal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, cada empleado tiene una *tarjeta de empleado* que incluye toda su " -"información personal, currículo, información de trabajo y documentos. Para " -"ver la tarjeta de un empleado, vaya al tablero principal de la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Nómina` y haga clic en la tarjeta o vaya a " -":menuselection:`Nómina --> Empleados --> Empleados` y seleccione una " -"tarjeta. También puede ver las tarjetas de los empleados desde la aplicación" -" :menuselection:`Empleados`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Una tarjeta de empleado se puede considerar el expediente personal de un " "empleado." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"La sección *información personal* agrupa todos los campos que están " -"disponibles para introducir en la tarjeta del empleado. Para ingresar a esta" -" sección, vaya a :menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración --> Información " -"personal`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "Información personal de un empleado que aparece en una tarjeta." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"Para editar una entrada, selecciónela de la lista y luego haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`editar` para realizar las modificaciones correspondientes. " -"Cuando haya terminado, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` o en " -":guilabel:`descartar` para cancelar las ediciones." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nueva entrada de información personal." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"Los dos campos más importantes en el formulario de información personal son " -":guilabel:`Es necesario` y :guilabel:`Mostrar tipo`. Al seleccionar la " -"casilla :guilabel:`Es necesario` hace que el campo en la tarjeta del " -"empleado sea obligatorio." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -"El menú desplegable :guilabel:`Mostrar tipo` permite introducir la " -"información de varias maneras, puede elegir entre un cuadro de " -":guilabel:`texto`, un botón de :guilabel:`opción` personalizable, una " -":guilabel:`casilla`, un :guilabel:`documento` y otros." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que terminó de ingresar la información, haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`guardar` para almacenar la entrada." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Currículo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Ofertas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"Por el momento, la función :guilabel:`Currículo` que se encuentra en " -":menuselection:`Nómina --> Configuración` sigue en desarrollo y solo " -"funciona para un caso de uso específico en el mercado de Bélgica. La " -"documentación se actualizará cuando esta sección se haya expandido a otros " -"mercados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -3613,6 +4950,281 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que todas las comisiones estén en orden, haga clic en el botón " ":guilabel:`Generar recibos de nómina` para crear los recibos." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Informes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de líneas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Gráfico circular" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Embargo de salario" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -4012,11 +5624,1449 @@ msgstr "Botón de impresión para imprimir los recibos de nómina." msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr ":ref:`Configurar entradas de trabajo `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Reclutamiento" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Rechazar" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Añadido rápido" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Crear" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Pestaña de opciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Crear empleado" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" @@ -4046,14 +7096,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" -"Para ver las postulaciones haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`# " -"Postulaciones`, en el que # será el número de postulaciones que ha recibido." -" Si uno de los puestos no esta publicado, en su lugar aparecerá el botón " -":guilabel:`Comenzar reclutamiento`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." @@ -4061,41 +7105,17 @@ msgstr "" "Imagen del tablero principal de Reclutamiento donde se muestran todos los " "puestos de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "Crear un nuevo puesto de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas en las que puede crear un puesto de trabajo: desde el tablero" -" principal de :guilabel:`Reclutamiento` o desde el menú " -":guilabel:`Configuración`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" -"Para crear un puesto de trabajo desde el menú :guilabel:`Configuración`, " -"vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Reclutamiento --> Configuración --> " -"Puestos de trabajo`. Los puestos de trabajo en esta vista se mostrarán en " -"lista." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo puesto de trabajo desde el tablero de :guilabel:`Puestos" -" de trabajo` haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Crear` en la esquina superior" -" izquierda." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -4112,48 +7132,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "Crear un nuevo puesto de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya creado el puesto de trabajo, aparecerá como un panel en la " -"vista de kanban en el tablero principal de :guilabel:`Reclutamiento`, así " -"como en la vista de lista del tablero de :guilabel:`Configuración`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "Editar un puesto de trabajo nuevo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" -"Una vez que cree el puesto de trabajo, tiene que ingresar los detalles de la" -" posición. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` que se " -"encuentra en la esquina superior derecha del panel en cuestión para mostrar " -"varias opciones. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para editar los " -"detalles." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "Editar el panel del puesto de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -"Ingrese la descripción de trabajo en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción de " -"trabajo`. Esta es la información que los posibles candidatos verán al buscar" -" puestos de trabajo disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -4165,175 +7173,200 @@ msgstr "" "pero es buena idea poner al menos un par de detalles, como dónde se " "encuentran las oficinas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "Puede llenar los campos como se muestra aquí:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione una empresa para el trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sitio web`: Seleccione el sitio web donde se publicará el puesto " -"de trabajo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Departamento`: seleccione el departamento del puesto de trabajo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nuevos empleados esperados`: ingrese el número de empleados que " -"se contratarán para ese puesto." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Plantilla de contrato`: seleccione una plantilla de contrato que " -"se usará al ofrecerle el trabajo a un candidato." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Formulario de entrevista`: seleccione o cree un formulario que " -"los candidatos llenarán antes de su entrevista. Una vez que lo haya " -"seleccionado, aparecerá un botón :guilabel:`Mostrar formulario de (Nombre)` " -"junto al formulario seleccionado. Al hacer clic aquí, se le mostrará cómo " -"verá el candidato el formulario desde el frontend." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -"El formulario de entrevista mostrará un enlace donde veremos el formulario " -"como lo verá el candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Reclutador`: seleccione quién se encargará del reclutamiento para" -" este puesto." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "Ingrese la información del trabajo en la pestaña de reclutamiento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Evaluaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" -"Esta pestaña muestra la :guilabel:`Plantilla de retroalimentación del " -"empleado` y la :guilabel:`Plantilla de retroalimentación del gerente`, las " -"cuales se usarán una vez que se contrate al empleado, haya pasado el tiempo " -"predeterminado y se necesite retroalimentación." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "Crear un formulario para la entrevista" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el puesto de trabajo esté listo, tendrá que crear el " -":guilabel:`Formulario de entrevista`. En la vista kanban del tablero de " -":guilabel:`Reclutamiento` haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`⋮ (tres puntos)` " -"en la esquina superior derecha del panel para mostrar varias opciones, haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Crear un formulario para la entrevista`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "Crear un formulario de entrevista para un puesto de trabajo nuevo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una sección` para agregar una sección al " -"formulario. Aparecerá una línea y podrá ingresar el encabezado de la " -"sección. Una vez que lo complete, haga clic fuera de la línea o presione " -"enter para guardar la nueva sección del formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -"Después, haga lic en :guilabel:`Agregar una pregunta` para agregar una " -"pregunta a la sección. Aparecerá una ventana emergente donde podrá ingresar " -"los detalles de la pregunta. Escriba la pregunta en la línea superior." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "Hay varios *tipos de pregunta* de los que puede elegir:" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto con varias líneas`: permite que el candidato " -"ingrese varias líneas de texto." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto de una línea`: el candidato solo podrá ingresar " -"una línea." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Valor numérico`: solo acepta valores numéricos." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fecha`: se mostrará un módulo de calendario para seleccionar la " -"fecha." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fecha y hora`: se muestran un calendario y un reloj para " -"seleccionar la fecha y la hora" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Cuestionario" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" @@ -4341,7 +7374,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Opción múltiple: solo una respuesta`: una pregunta de opción " "múltiple en la que el candidato solo puede seleccionar una respuesta." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" @@ -4349,7 +7382,39 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Opción múltiple: se permiten varias respuestas`: una pregunta de " "opción múltiple en la que el candidato puede seleccionar varias respuestas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto con varias líneas`: permite que el candidato " +"ingrese varias líneas de texto." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuadro de texto de una línea`: el candidato solo podrá ingresar " +"una línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valor numérico`: solo acepta valores numéricos." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha`: se mostrará un módulo de calendario para seleccionar la " +"fecha." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" @@ -4357,11 +7422,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Matriz`: una tabla personalizable que permite que el candidato " "seleccione una respuesta de cada fila." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "Agregar una nueva pregunta al formulario de entrevista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " @@ -4371,7 +7442,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic y arrastre a donde quiera los encabezados de secciones o líneas de " "preguntas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -4383,188 +7454,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "Una imagen de ejemplo de categorías y preguntas para un candidato." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" -"Después configure las opciones para el formulario de entrevista. Haga clic " -"en la pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones` para ver todas las opciones que puede " -"configurar por categoría." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Cuestionario" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Diseño`: el orden en el que se deben de mostrar las preguntas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Una página con todas las preguntas`: mostrar todas las secciones " -"y preguntas al mismo tiempo." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Una página por sección`: mostrar una sección con sus respectivas " -"preguntas en una página individual." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Una página por pregunta`: mostrar una pregunta por página." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Progreso`: mostrar el progreso del candidato ya sea como " -":guilabel:`Porcentaje` o como :guilabel:`Número`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Límite de tiempo de la encuesta`: marque esta casilla para " -"limitar el tiempo que el candidato tendrá para completar el formulario. Al " -"seleccionarlo, aparecerá un campo a un lado de la casilla marcada donde " -"tendrá que ingresar los minutos. Ingrese el tiempo en el campo (usando el " -"formuato XX:XX minutos/segundos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Selección`: mostrar el formulario completo (por ejemplo, " -":guilabel:`Todas las preguntas`), o solo una selección aleatoria de " -"preguntas de cada sección (:guilabel:`Aleatorio por sección`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" -"Aunque es posible seleccionar esta opción, normalmente no se selecciona " -":guilabel:Aleatorio por sección` para un formulario de entrevista." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Puntuación" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sin puntaje`: seleccione esta opción para no puntear el " -"formulario." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Puntaje con respuestas al final`: seleccione esta opción para " -"puntear el formulario y mostrar las" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "respuestas correctas una vez que el candidato termine el formulario." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Respuestas" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Puntaje sin respuestas al final`: seleccione esta opción para " -"puntear el formulario sin mostrar las respuestas correctas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" -"Si una de las opciones de puntaje se selecciona, aparecerá un campo de " -":guilabel:`% de aciertos`. Ingrese el porcentaje que el candidato necesita " -"para pasar el examen (por ejemplo, 80.00%). El formato debe ser \"XX.XX\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Postulantes " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modo de acceso`: especifique quién tiene acceso al examen. Ya sea" -" :guilabel:`Cualquier persona que tenga el enlace` o :guilabel:`Solo " -"personas invitadas`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Evaluación solo gerentes`: marque esta casilla para que solo los " -"gerentes que están revisando el examen puedan ver las respuestas. Si la deja" -" sin marcar, cualquiera puede ver los resultados." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Inicio de sesión requerido`: marque esta casilla para que el " -"candidato tenga que iniciar sesión antes de responder el examen, no importa " -"si el token es válido o no." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Límite de intentos`: si hay un límite en cuántas veces se puede " -"tomar el examen, marque esta casilla e indique el número máximo de intentos." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Única línea de texto" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matriz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descripción" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Restricciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Diseño" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sesiones en vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Tiempo y puntuación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Sesión en vivo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Premiar respuestas rápidas`: si el examen se tiene que tomar en " -"tiempo real, marque esta casilla para darle más puntos a los candidatos que " -"respondan más rápido." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código de sesión`: ingrese un códugo de acceso que le permita a " -"los espectadores ingresar a una sesión de examen en tiempo real." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -4576,3 +7929,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "Varias opciones para configurar el formuario de entrevista." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Mensaje final" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Referencias" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Incorporación" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Ver trabajos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Vínculo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "Enlace ficha LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Enviar un correo a un amigo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Puntos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Niveles" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 747de7fc4..4b19d014e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 @@ -5969,12 +5970,11 @@ msgid "" "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -"El lote que se escoge para entregas cambia dependiendo de la estrategia que " -"se escoja para retirar los productos (:abbr:`FIFO (Primero en entrar, " -"primero en salir)`, :abbr:`LIFO (´Último en entrar, primero en salir)`, o " -":abbr:`FEFO (Primero en expirar, primero en salir)`). También dependerá de " -"la cantidad ordenada y si hay suficiente cantidad en un solo lote para " -"completar la orden." +"El lote seleccionado para las entregas varía según la estrategia de remoción" +" que elija (:abbr:`FIFO (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`, :abbr:`UEPS " +"(Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)` o :abbr:`PEPS (Primero en expirar, " +"primero en salir)`). También dependerá de la cantidad ordenada y si hay " +"suficiente cantidad en un solo lote para completar la orden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -9395,11 +9395,11 @@ msgid "" "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" -"Un caso en el que esto es muy útil, es al usar las estrategias de remoción " -":abbr:`PEPS (Primeras entradas, Primeras salidas)`, :abbr:`UEPS (Últimas " -"entradas, primeras salidas)`, o :abbr:`FEFO (Vence primero, sale primero)`, " -"donde los productos que se recolectan deben seleccionarse con base en su " -"fecha de recepción o su fecha de vencimiento. " +"Un caso en el que esto es muy útil es al usar las estrategias de remoción " +":abbr:`FIFO (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)`, :abbr:`UEPS (Últimas " +"entradas, primeras salidas)` o :abbr:`PEPS (Primero en expirar, primero en " +"salir)`, donde los productos a recolectar deben seleccionarse según su fecha" +" de recepción o su fecha de vencimiento. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -13988,8 +13988,8 @@ msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" -"Cambiar a Forzar estrategia de remoción en las categorías de los productos o" -" en las ubicaciones." +"Cambiar la estrategia de remoción forzada en las categorías de los productos" +" o en las ubicaciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:33 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" @@ -14220,9 +14220,9 @@ msgid "" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" -"En muchos países, la estrategia de remoción :abbr:`UEPS (Últimas entradas, " -"primeras salidas)` está prohibida, ya que ésta podría causar que los " -"clientes reciban productos antiguos, caducados u obsoletos." +"La estrategia de remoción :abbr:`UEPS (Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)` " +"está prohibida en muchos países, ya que podría causar que los clientes " +"reciban productos antiguos, caducados u obsoletos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -21614,6 +21614,10 @@ msgid "" "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" +"Odoo le permite utilizar una lista de materiales (LdM) para múltiples " +"variantes del mismo producto. Tener una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` " +"consolidada para un producto con variantes ahorra tiempo, pues no es " +"necesario gestionar varias listas de materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" @@ -21627,6 +21631,10 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" +"Para activar esta función, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje a la sección :guilabel:`Productos`. Haga " +"clic en la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Variantes` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -21634,6 +21642,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de variantes de " +"productos, consulte la documentación de :doc:`variantes de productos " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." @@ -21641,13 +21652,15 @@ msgstr "Seleccionar \"Variantes\" desde los ajustes de la aplicación Inventario #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear atributos personalizados para productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya activado la función de variantes de productos podrá crear y" +" editar los atributos de los productos en la página :guilabel:`Atributos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -21656,6 +21669,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a la página :guilabel:`Atributos` desde la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, luego " +"deberá hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Atributos`. También puede acceder " +"desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Atributos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -21665,6 +21682,11 @@ msgid "" "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se encuentre en la página de :guilabel:`Atributos` podrá hacer " +"clic en un atributo existente o en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear uno nuevo. " +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` se abrirá un formulario vacío para " +"personalizar un atributo. En caso de que el atributo ya exista, solo haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Editar` en su formulario para realizar cambios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -21675,6 +21697,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" +"Asigne el :guilabel:`Nombre del atributo` y elija una :guilabel:`Categoría` " +"en el menú desplegable correspondiente. Seleccione las opciones deseadas " +"junto a los campos :guilabel:`Tipo de visualización` y :guilabel:`Modo de " +"creación de las variantes`, después haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"línea` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Valores de atributo` para agregar un nuevo " +"valor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -21683,20 +21711,26 @@ msgid "" "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" +"En la fila :guilabel:`Valor` hay una casilla denominada :guilabel:`Es valor " +"personalizado`. Si está seleccionada, este valor se reconocerá como un valor" +" personalizado y los clientes podrán escribir sus solicitudes especiales de " +"personalización al ordenar esta variante de un producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pantalla de configuración de atributos de una variante de producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` una vez que haya agregado todos los " +":guilabel:`valores` necesarios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar las variantes de producto al formulario" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -21706,12 +21740,20 @@ msgid "" "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"Puede aplicar los atributos creados a variantes específicas en determinados " +"productos. Para agregar variantes de productos a un producto, vaya al " +"formulario del producto desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> " +"Productos`. Para realizar cambios en el producto, selecciónelo y luego haga " +"clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Atributos y variantes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Atributo`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"línea` para agregar un nuevo atributo y selecciónelo de la lista " +"desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -21720,14 +21762,20 @@ msgid "" "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" +"A continuación, en la sección :guilabel:`Valores`, haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable para elegir de la lista de valores existentes. Haga clic en cada" +" valor para agregarlos y repita este proceso para cualquier atributo " +"adicional que deba agregar al producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que haya terminado, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" +"El formulario del producto en la pestaña de Atributos y variantes con los " +"valores correspondientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -21735,6 +21783,10 @@ msgid "" "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" +"Los productos de la :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` con distintas " +"variantes que se fabrican de forma interna deben tener configurada una " +"**regla de reordenamiento de 0,0**, o tener sus rutas de reabastecimiento " +"configuradas como *Reabastecer sobre pedido (MTO)*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" @@ -21747,6 +21799,10 @@ msgid "" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" +"A continuación, cree una nueva :abbr:`LdM (Lista de materiales)` o edite una" +" desde :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Listas de materiales`. " +"Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario de " +":guilabel:`lista de materiales` y configurar una." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -21754,6 +21810,8 @@ msgid "" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un producto a la lista de materiales haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable del campo :guilabel:`Producto` y seleccione uno." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -21761,6 +21819,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Luego agregue los componentes necesarios, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar " +"una línea` en la sección :guilabel:`Componente` de la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Componentes` y elíjalos con el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -21768,6 +21829,9 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" +"Elija los valores necesarios en las columnas :guilabel:`Cantidad` y " +":guilabel:`Unidad de medida del producto`, después seleccione los valores " +"deseados en la columna :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -21778,6 +21842,13 @@ msgid "" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" +"La opción :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes` para asignar componentes a " +"variantes específicas del producto en la lista de materiales estará " +"disponible una vez que haya habilitado la función :guilabel:`Variantes` " +"desde la aplicación :menuselection:`Inventario`. Si el campo " +":guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes` no es visible de inmediato, actívelo desde " +"el menú de opciones adicionales (es el icono de tres puntos ubicado a la " +"derecha de la fila del encabezado)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." @@ -21801,12 +21872,20 @@ msgid "" "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +"Al definir listas de materiales de variantes por asignación de componentes " +"debe dejar vacío el campo :guilabel:`Variante del producto` en la sección " +"principal de la :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)`. Este campo se utiliza " +"*solo* cuando se crea una :abbr:`LdM (lista de materiales)` específicamente " +"para una variante del producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` en la parte superior del formulario cuando " +"haya realizado todas las configuraciones necesarias a la lista de " +"materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -21815,10 +21894,15 @@ msgid "" "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" +"Elija en qué operaciones deben consumirse los componentes si solo se aplican" +" a variantes específicas. Si la columna :guilabel:`Consumido en la " +"operación` *no* es visible de inmediato, actívela desde el menú de opciones " +"adicionales (es el icono de tres puntos ubicado a la derecha de la fila del " +"encabezado)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vender y fabricar variantes de productos de la lista de materiales" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -21829,7 +21913,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vender variantes de productos de la lista de materiales" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -21878,7 +21962,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fabricar variantes de productos de la lista de materiales" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index a4166a980..258deee47 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: CRM `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Consiga leads" +msgstr "Obtener leads" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convierta leads en oportunidades" +msgstr "Convertir leads en oportunidades" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -78,6 +78,9 @@ msgid "" "provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " "sales person." msgstr "" +"Los *leads* funcionan como pasos de calificación antes de crear una " +"oportunidad. Esto proporciona tiempo adicional antes de asignar una " +"oportunidad potencial a alguien del equipo de ventas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 @@ -120,20 +123,25 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para activar la función de *leads*, vaya a :menuselection:`aplicación CRM " +"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`, seleccione la casilla con el nombre " +":guilabel:`Leads` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes de leads en la página de configuración de CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" "Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " "menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"Al activar esta función aparece el nuevo menú :guilabel:`Leads` en la barra " +"ubicada en la parte superior de la pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menú de leads en la aplicación CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -143,6 +151,12 @@ msgid "" "team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " "box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Una vez habilitó la función de *leads*, esta se aplica de forma " +"predeterminada a todos los equipos de ventas. Para desactivar los leads en " +"un equipo específico, vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación CRM --> " +"Configuración --> Equipos de ventas`. Seleccione un equipo de la lista para " +"abrir su registro, desmarque la casilla :guilabel:`Leads` y luego haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" @@ -153,6 +167,8 @@ msgid "" "To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" " Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" +"Para convertir un lead en una oportunidad, vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Leads` y haga clic en un :guilabel:`lead` de la lista para abrirlo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -160,10 +176,13 @@ msgid "" "Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Convertir en oportunidad` que está ubicado " +"en la esquina superior izquierda de la pantalla. Esta acción abrirá la " +"ventana emergente correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botón para crear oportunidad en el registro de un lead." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -171,6 +190,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " "opportunity` option." msgstr "" +"En la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Convertir a oportunidad` seleccione la " +"opción :guilabel:`Convertir a oportunidad` en el campo :guilabel:`Acciones " +"de conversión`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -179,33 +201,45 @@ msgid "" "more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " "to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" +"Si ya existe un lead o una oportunidad en la base de datos para este " +"cliente, de forma automática Odoo sugerirá fusionarlos. Para obtener más " +"información sobre cómo fusionar leads y oportunidades, consulte la sección " +"sobre cómo :ref:`fusionar leads ` a " +"continuación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" "Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" " the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" +"Luego, seleccione un :guilabel:`vendedor` y un :guilabel:`equipo de ventas` " +"al que se debe asignar la oportunidad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" "If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " "fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" +"Estos campos se completarán de forma automática con la información " +"correspondiente si el lead ya estaba asignado a un vendedor o a un equipo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ventana emergente para convertir a oportunidad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" msgstr "" +"Elija alguna de las siguientes opciones en la sección :guilabel:`Cliente`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" " in the lead to create a new customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Crear un nuevo cliente`: elija esta opción para usar la " +"información del lead para crear un nuevo cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -213,22 +247,29 @@ msgid "" "customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " "existing customer record." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vincular a un cliente existente`: para vincular esta oportunidad " +"al registro de un cliente existente elija esta opción y luego seleccione uno" +" del menú desplegable. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " "lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`No vincular a un cliente`: elija esta opción para convertir el " +"lead, pero no vincularlo a un cliente nuevo o existente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 msgid "" "Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " "Opportunity`." msgstr "" +"Por último, al completar todas las configuraciones, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Crear oportunidad`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fusionar leads y oportunidades" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -237,10 +278,14 @@ msgid "" " found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " "lead/opportunity record." msgstr "" +"Odoo detecta leads y oportunidades similares de forma automática al " +"comparar las direcciones de correo electrónico de los contactos asociados. " +"En la parte superior del registro del lead u oportunidad aparece un botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Lead similar` en caso de que encuentre uno parecido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Similar leads smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El botón inteligente de leads similares." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -249,6 +294,11 @@ msgid "" "similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " "each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Leads similares` para comparar los detalles" +" de los leads y oportunidades parecidas. Esta acción abre una vista de " +"kanban con que solo muestra los leads y las oportunidades similares, haga " +"clic en cada tarjeta para ver los detalles correspondientes y confirme si " +"deben fusionarse." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -258,6 +308,10 @@ msgid "" "the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " "record was created first." msgstr "" +"Al fusionar, Odoo prioriza el lead u oportunidad que se creó primero en el " +"sistema y fusiona la información en donde se creó primero. Si fusiona un " +"lead y una oportunidad el registro resultante se denomina oportunidad, sin " +"importar lo que se creó primero." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -266,6 +320,10 @@ msgid "" "Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " "change to list view." msgstr "" +"Después de confirmar que los leads y las oportunidades deben fusionarse " +"regrese a la vista de kanban con las migas de pan o haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Lead similar`. Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`☰ " +"(tres líneas verticales)` para cambiar a la vista de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -274,6 +332,12 @@ msgid "" "page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " ":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la casilla ubicada en el lado izquierdo de la página para los " +"leads y las oportunidades que se fusionarán. Luego, haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`Acción ⚙️ (engranaje)` que se encuentra la parte superior de la " +"página para abrir el menú desplegable y allí seleccione la opción " +":guilabel:`Fusionar` para fusionar las oportunidades (o leads) que " +"seleccionó." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -282,6 +346,10 @@ msgid "" "window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." msgstr "" +"Al seleccionar :guilabel:`Fusionar` en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Acción" +" ⚙️ (engranaje)` aparece la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Fusionar`. Allí " +"deberá :guilabel:`asignar oportunidades a` un :guilabel:`vendedor` o a un " +":guilabel:`equipo de ventas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -289,6 +357,8 @@ msgid "" "their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " "click :guilabel:`Merge`." msgstr "" +"Debajo de esos campos aparecen los leads y las oportunidades a fusionar, así" +" como su información relacionada. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Fusionar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -296,10 +366,13 @@ msgid "" "opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " "reference." msgstr "" +"No se pierde información al fusionar oportunidades. Los datos de la otra " +"oportunidad se registran en el chatter y en los campos de información como " +"referencia." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opción para fusionar en el menú de acción desde la vista de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -830,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimice su trabajo diario" +msgstr "Mejoras para su trabajo diario" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" @@ -1026,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "Vista de la página de Insignias dentro de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "Use Autocompletar contacto para enriquecer sus contactos." +msgstr "Mejorar la base de contactos con Autocompletar contacto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1175,11 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "También puede cambiar a la vista de gráfico circular." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "Organice la fuente de información" +msgstr "Organizar un flujo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 msgid "Manage lost opportunities" -msgstr "Administre oportunidades perdidas" +msgstr "Gestión de oportunidades perdidas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2078,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" -msgstr "Rastree las visitas de sus prospectos" +msgstr "Rastrear las visitas de sus prospectos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7037,11 +7110,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" -msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: Firma `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Firma electrónica " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" -msgstr "Recibo de recolección y devolución" +msgstr "Recibos de recolección y devolución" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -7087,7 +7162,7 @@ msgstr "Conector de Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funciones del Conector de Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7099,11 +7174,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funciones compatibles" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El Conector de Amazon puede:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -7113,21 +7188,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "product name, description, and quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El nombre, descripción y cantidad del producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los costos de envío del producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los cargos por envoltura de regalo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" +"Crear cualquier usuario que haga falta relacionado con una orden en Odoo " +"(tipos de contacto compatibles: contacto y dirección de entrega)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." @@ -7146,6 +7223,8 @@ msgid "" "The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " "Amazon Connector:" msgstr "" +"La siguiente tabla incluye algunas de las funciones que proporciona Odoo al " +"hacer uso del Conector de Amazon:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" @@ -7161,11 +7240,11 @@ msgstr "**Órdenes**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincroniza órdenes enviadas y canceladas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincroniza órdenes sin enviar y canceladas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" @@ -7175,15 +7254,18 @@ msgstr "**Envío**" msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" +"Amazon calcula el costo de envío, este se incluye en la orden sincronizada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" +"Amazon calcula el costo de envío, este se incluye en las órdenes " +"sincronizadas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon se encarga del envío." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -7223,7 +7305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Notificaciones de entrega**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." @@ -7269,11 +7351,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Amazon order management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestión de órdenes de Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Order synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronización de órdenes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7310,7 +7392,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Force synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forzar sincronización" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7362,18 +7444,26 @@ msgid "" "sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " "part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" +"Al confirmar una recolección relacionada con la orden se envía una " +"notificación a Amazon, quien a su vez notifica al cliente que la orden (o " +"parte de ella) está en camino." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" "Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " "This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" +"Amazon necesita que los usuarios proporcionen una referencia de seguimiento " +"para cada entrega, esta es necesaria para asignar un transportista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "" "If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " "be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." msgstr "" +"Si el transportista no proporciona una referencia de seguimiento de forma " +"automática, entonces debe configurarse manualmente. Esta regla se aplica a " +"todos los marketplaces de Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7387,11 +7477,22 @@ msgid "" " the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " "to the customer." msgstr "" +"Si el transportista que eligió no es compatible con Odoo puede crear uno con" +" el mismo nombre (por ejemplo, puede crear un transportista llamado " +"`easyship`). Este nombre no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, pero " +"asegúrese de evitar errores tipográficos ya que en caso de que los haya, " +"Amazon no los reconocerá. A continuación, cree un transportista con el " +"nombre `Autoentrega` para informarle a Amazon que usted se encargará las " +"entregas. Incluso con esta ruta **debe** ingresar una referencia de " +"seguimiento. Recuerde que el cliente recibirá una notificación por correo " +"electrónico sobre la entrega y el transportista junto con la referencia de " +"seguimiento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" @@ -7409,6 +7510,9 @@ msgid "" "Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" +"Los gerentes de inventario pueden acceder a estos movimientos desde la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Reportes --> Historial de " +"movimientos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7433,12 +7537,19 @@ msgid "" " app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " "Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"Puede configurar la ubicación de Amazon si accede a la cuenta de Amazon " +"gestionada en Odoo. Para acceder a las cuentas de Amazon en Odoo, vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> " +"Conectores --> Sincronización con Amazon --> Cuentas de Amazon`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " "However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." msgstr "" +"Todas las cuentas de la misma empresa utilizan la misma ubicación de Amazon " +"de forma predeterminada, pero es posible monitorear las existencias " +"filtradas por marketplace." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -7463,7 +7574,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 msgid "Invoice and register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturar y registrar pagos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" @@ -7476,6 +7587,10 @@ msgid "" "However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " "Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" +"Debido a la política de Amazon de no compartir las direcciones de correo " +"electrónico de los clientes, **no** es posible enviarles las facturas " +"directamente desde Odoo. Sin embargo, **sí** es posible cargar de forma " +"manual las facturas generadas desde Odoo en el backend de Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7498,7 +7613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La integración con TaxCloud será descontinuada en Odoo 17." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" @@ -7510,6 +7625,9 @@ msgid "" "journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " "intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" +"Como los clientes pagan a Amazon como intermediario, es recomendable que " +"cree un diario *bancario* (con el nombre `Pagos de Amazon`, por ejemplo) con" +" una cuenta intermediaria *bancaria y de efectivo* específica." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -7529,12 +7647,16 @@ msgid "" "Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " "--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" +"Luego, seleccione todos los pagos generados y haga clic en " +":menuselection:`Acciones --> Crear pago por lotes --> Validar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" " commissions." msgstr "" +"Puede realizar esta misma acción con las facturas de proveedores de Amazon " +"destinadas a comisiones." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -7542,6 +7664,9 @@ msgid "" "and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" " by the amount received." msgstr "" +"Cuando la cuenta bancaria recibe el saldo al final del mes y después de " +"registrar los estados de cuenta bancarios, acredite la cuenta intermediaria " +"de Amazon por el importe recibida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" @@ -8001,19 +8126,25 @@ msgstr "Conector de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 msgid "Linking existing listings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular anuncios existentes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " "seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya vinculado la cuenta de eBay, debe agregar los anuncios " +"existentes dentro de la cuenta de vendedor de eBay de forma manual a las " +"listas de productos de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 msgid "" "The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " "products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" msgstr "" +"El proceso que debe seguir es el siguiente: primero desactive las acciones " +"programadas de eBay, luego agregue los productos y vincule los anuncios, por" +" último, active las acciones programadas de eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 @@ -8021,16 +8152,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información relacionada al Conector de eBay puede visitar " +"las siguientes páginas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`troubleshooting`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactivar las acciones programadas de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -8042,12 +8175,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" +"Para comenzar a vincular los anuncios existentes en eBay primero debe " +"desactivar las notificaciones de eBay en las acciones programadas de Odoo. " +"El motivo detrás de esto es que no haya órdenes ni sincronizaciones de datos" +" de eBay durante este proceso. Puede acceder a las :guilabel:`acciones " +"programadas` al activar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador`, " +"después vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Técnico --> Automatización " +"--> Acciones programadas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " "technical menu appears for the user." msgstr "" +"El :doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` debe estar activo para garantizar " +"que el usuario pueda visualizar el menú técnico." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8055,6 +8197,9 @@ msgid "" "before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" " that need to be temporarily deactivated:" msgstr "" +"Desactivar las acciones programadas permite que los usuarios sincronicen y " +"validen los datos de eBay antes de recibir órdenes. Estas son las acciones " +"programadas que debe desactivar temporalmente:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8064,17 +8209,28 @@ msgid "" "we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " "Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: obtener nuevas órdenes`: eBay envía las nuevas órdenes que " +"aún no están en Odoo (según el campo :guilabel:`client_order_reference` o la" +" :guilabel:`referencia de la orden de venta`). Este comando también " +"actualiza las órdenes existentes cuando se realizan cambios en eBay. Las " +"nuevas órdenes y las órdenes actualizadas se colocan en modo de borrador. " +"Los clientes se crearán si aún no están en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: sincronizar las existencias`: eBay muestra las existencias " +"disponibles en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " "categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: actualizar categorías`: eBay enviará actualizaciones " +"mensuales de las categorías (solo hasta el cuarto nivel, una actualización " +"manual es necesaria para los demás)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -8082,16 +8238,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " ":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." msgstr "" +"Para desactivar la notificación de eBay, seleccione la entrada de la lista " +"de :guilabel:`Acciones programadas`. Luego, en la página, haga clic en el " +"botón de alternancia :guilabel:`Activo` para desactivarlo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 msgid "Sync eBay categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronizar categorías de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 msgid "" "To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " "eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." msgstr "" +"Para asegurarse de que los productos de Odoo para eBay tengan todas las " +"categorías disponibles en eBay, el siguiente paso es sincronizar las " +"categorías de eBay con Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8101,6 +8263,12 @@ msgid "" " This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Técnico --> Automatización --> " +"Acciones programadas`. Haga clic en la acción programada etiquetada como " +":guilabel:`eBay: actualizar categorías` y luego en :guilabel:`Ejecutar de " +"forma manual`. Esta acción completará el menú disponible en " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Categorías de eBay` con todas " +"las categorías de productos estándar de eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8108,6 +8276,9 @@ msgid "" "product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " "populate up to the fourth layer." msgstr "" +"Odoo solo reconoce las rutas de categorías de eBay hasta el cuarto nivel de " +"profundidad. Si un producto tiene una lista de más de cuatro, el campo de " +"categoría solo se llenará hasta el cuarto nivel." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -8126,7 +8297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 msgid "Link eBay listings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular anuncios de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -8167,10 +8338,14 @@ msgid "" "listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " "entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." msgstr "" +"Como ejemplo, en la URL " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`, el " +"ID del producto es `272222656444`. Una vez que haya ingresado el ID del " +"anuncio de eBay, su información se sincronizará en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar las acciones programadas de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -8201,12 +8376,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: sincronizar las existencias`: eBay mostrará las existencias" +" disponibles en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " "categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: actualizar categorías`: eBay enviará actualizaciones " +"mensuales de las categorías (solo hasta el cuarto nivel, es necesaria una " +"actualización manual para los demás)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -8220,22 +8400,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "¿Cómo publicar un producto?" +msgstr "¿Cómo anunciar un producto?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -8245,7 +8425,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree un producto en Odoo y anúncielo en eBay. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8259,6 +8439,8 @@ msgid "" "List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " "product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"Anuncie el artículo en eBay, luego cree el producto en Odoo y, por último, " +"vincule el producto al artículo en eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8281,7 +8463,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`linking_listings`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing without variation" @@ -8322,18 +8504,30 @@ msgid "" "menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " "`/image`." msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`plantilla de descripción` permite que el administrador haga " +"uso de plantillas en los anuncios. La plantilla predeterminada solo utiliza " +"el campo :guilabel:`Descripción de eBay` del producto. En Odoo 14 es posible" +" utilizar HTML dentro de la :guilabel:`plantilla de descripción` y en la " +":guilabel:`descripción de eBay`. A partir de Odoo 15 puede usar una función " +"adicional en la plantilla y descripción, solo escriba una barra diagonal `/`" +" para abrir un menú con opciones de formato, diseño y texto. Para agregar " +"una imagen, escriba `/imagen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" " on the product template." msgstr "" +"La otra opción para utilizar imágenes en los anuncios es agregarlas como " +"*archivos adjuntos* en la plantilla del producto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de plantillas en Odoo " +"consulte :doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Listing with variations" @@ -8365,7 +8559,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Product identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificadores de productos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -8375,7 +8569,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificadores EAN y UPC" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -8409,11 +8603,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 msgid "Process invoices and payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesar facturas y pagos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 msgid "Posting payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar pagos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8449,7 +8643,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 msgid "Reconciling payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conciliar pagos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -8488,11 +8682,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "eBay connector setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del Conector de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -8520,15 +8714,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 msgid "eBay URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL de eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "eBay status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estado de eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "Quantity sold" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cantidad vendida" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 msgid "Start date" @@ -8544,7 +8738,7 @@ msgstr "Subtítulo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "Item condition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "estado del artículo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 msgid "Category" @@ -8552,15 +8746,15 @@ msgstr "Categoría" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 msgid "Category 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "categoría 2" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Store category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "categoría de la tienda" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 msgid "Store category 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "categoría 2 de la tienda" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "Payment policy" @@ -8568,39 +8762,39 @@ msgstr "Política de pago" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 msgid "Seller profiles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "perfil del vendedor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Postal code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Código postal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Shipping policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Política de envío" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de anuncio (precio fijo o subasta)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 msgid "Starting price for Auction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Precio inicial de la subasta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "Buy it now price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Precio en \"Cómpralo ahora\"" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 msgid "Fixed Price amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importe del precio fijo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 msgid "Use stock quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar la cantidad en existencia" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "Quantity on eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cantidad en eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 msgid "Duration" @@ -8608,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "Duración" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "Allow best offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aceptar la mejor oferta" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Private listing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anuncio privado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "eBay description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descripción en eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "eBay product image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagen del producto en eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Country" @@ -8628,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "País" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 msgid "eBay terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Términos de eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -8678,7 +8872,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acciones de eBay disponibles en Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -8776,6 +8970,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8810,7 +9005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -8835,7 +9030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 msgid "Set up eBay developer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración de la cuenta de desarrollador de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -8980,7 +9175,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 msgid "Create eBay user token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear tokens de usuario en eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -9054,7 +9249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 msgid "Grant application access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la aplicación" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -9126,7 +9321,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proporcionar las credenciales en Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 msgid "" @@ -9143,7 +9338,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 msgid "Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platforma." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 msgid "Dev Key/ID" @@ -9245,15 +9440,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Crear anuncios `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Vincular anuncios existentes `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solución de problemas del Conector de eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" @@ -9290,7 +9485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifique que su instalación de Odoo está actualizada" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -9412,7 +9607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 msgid "The *endpoint details*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los *detalles del punto de conexión*:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" @@ -9435,6 +9630,8 @@ msgid "" "The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " "is filled out." msgstr "" +"El administrador puede editar los dos últimos campos una vez que el campo de" +" dirección de correo electrónico esté completo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" @@ -11637,7 +11834,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing based on time and materials" -msgstr "Facturación basada en tiempo o materiales" +msgstr "Facturación por tiempo y materiales" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11645,9 +11842,9 @@ msgid "" "estimating the size of a project isn't possible, or when the requirements of" " a project may change." msgstr "" -"La facturación basada en tiempo o materiales se utiliza típicamente cuando " -"no es posible estimar con precisión el tamaño de un proyecto, o cuando los " -"requisitos de un proyecto pueden cambiar." +"Por lo general, la facturación por tiempo o materiales se utiliza cuando no " +"es posible estimar con precisión el tamaño de un proyecto o cuando sus " +"requisitos pueden cambiar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15208,7 +15405,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionar productos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "Import products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar productos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15428,6 +15625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." msgstr "" +"Una vez que todo esté listo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Importar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -15469,7 +15667,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 msgid "Relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Campos de relación" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15705,7 +15903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`variants`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 msgid "Product images with Google Images" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 6e260a4cc..539f4c92e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5282,6 +5282,8 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: personalice sus proyectos " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 34a2a0d7a..e6df71d71 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " "engage your audience and build a community." msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Blog de Odoo** le permite crear y gestionar publicaciones de" +" blog en su sitio web para interactuar con su público y construir una " +"comunidad." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -58,10 +61,13 @@ msgid "" "website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" +"Si aún no tiene este módulo instalado haga clic en :guilabel:`+ Nuevo` desde" +" el creador de sitios web, seleccione :guilabel:`Publicación de blog` y haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Instalar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 msgid "Creating a blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -69,6 +75,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " "Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Blog: Blogs` para " +"crear o editar un foro. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` y escriba el " +":guilabel:`nombre del blog` y su :guilabel:`subtítulo`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -78,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 msgid "Adding a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar una publicación al blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -98,6 +107,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." msgstr "" +"Escriba `/` en el editor de texto para dar formato y agregar elementos a su " +"texto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -107,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 msgid "Using tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso de etiquetas" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -150,17 +161,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar una etiqueta a la publicación del blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 msgid "" "To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " "--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." msgstr "" +"Para gestionar las categorías de las etiquetas, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio" +" web --> Configuración --> Blog: Categorías de etiquetas`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 msgid "Customizing blog homepages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalizar la página de inicio de un blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -241,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 msgid "Customizing blog posts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalizar las publicaciones del blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -313,6 +326,8 @@ msgid "" "Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " "traffic on your blog." msgstr "" +"Haga uso de :ref:`Plausible ` para monitorear " +"el tráfico de su blog." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" @@ -7445,6 +7460,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "`Google Maps Platform `_" msgstr "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -7452,6 +7468,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Documentación de Google for Developers: API de Google Places " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -7461,7 +7480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "Enable address autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Habilitar el autocompletado de direcciones" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7472,11 +7491,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paso 1: habilitar la API de Google Places" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 msgid "**Create a New Project:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cree un nuevo proyecto:**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7484,10 +7503,14 @@ msgid "" "do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " ":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." msgstr "" +"Para habilitar la **API de Google Places** primero debe crear un proyecto. " +"Para ello, haga clic en :guilabel:`Seleccionar un proyecto` en la esquina " +"superior izquierda, luego en :guilabel:`Nuevo proyecto` y después siga las " +"instrucciones para configurarlo. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Habilite la API de Google Places:**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7500,16 +7523,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." msgstr "" +"Los precios de Google dependen del número de solicitudes y su complejidad." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paso 2: crear las credenciales de la API" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " "`_." msgstr "" +"Vaya a `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_ (:guilabel:`API y " +"servicios --> Credenciales`)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "**Create credentials:**" @@ -7540,6 +7567,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." msgstr "" +"No la comparta de forma pública ni la muestre en el código del lado del " +"cliente." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 135f612ed..d6b90711d 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ # Rémi CAZENAVE, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # Cécile Collart , 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1912,11 +1912,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "GeoIP" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." msgstr "" +"Cette documentation s'applique uniquement aux bases de données on-premise." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 msgid "Installation" @@ -1929,7 +1930,7 @@ msgid "" "being used." msgstr "" "Veuillez noter que l'installation dépend du système d'exploitation et de la " -"distribution de votre ordinateur. Nous supposerons que vous utilisez un " +"distribution de votre ordinateur. Nous supposons que vous utilisez un " "système d'exploitation Linux." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 @@ -1987,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment tester la géolocalisation GeoIP dans votre site web Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." @@ -2001,7 +2002,7 @@ msgstr "Choisissez :menuselection:`Personnaliser --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "Ajoutez le morceau de XML suivant dans la page :" +msgstr "Ajoutez l'élément XML suivant dans la page :" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -6395,7 +6396,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" @@ -11599,21 +11600,21 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Switching editions ` (e.g., from Community to " "Enterprise)" msgstr "" -":doc:`Changer d'édition ` (par ex. de Community à " -"Enterprise)" +"Le :doc:`changement d'édition ` (par ex. de Community à" +" Enterprise)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 msgid "" ":doc:`Changing hosting type ` " "(e.g., from on-premise to Odoo Online)" msgstr "" -":doc:`Changer de type d'hébergement " +"Le :doc:`changement de type d'hébergement " "` (par ex. de On-premise à Odoo " "Online)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 msgid "Migrating from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "Migrer d'un autre ERP vers Odoo" +msgstr "La migration d'un autre ERP vers Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -11624,6 +11625,14 @@ msgid "" "` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " "of your custom modules `." msgstr "" +"Si votre base de données contient des modules personnalisés, elle ne peut " +"pas être mise à niveau tant qu'une version de vos modules personnalisés " +"n'est pas disponible pour la version ciblée d'Odoo. Pour les clients qui " +"maintiennent leurs propres modules personnalisés, nous vous recommandons de " +"paralléliser le processus en :ref:`demandant une base de données mise à " +"niveau ` tout en :doc:`mettant à niveau le " +"code source de vos modules personnalisés " +"`. " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" @@ -11643,6 +11652,9 @@ msgid "" "compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." msgstr "" +"Le cas échéant, mettez à niveau le code source de votre module personnalisé " +"pour qu'il soit compatible avec la nouvelle version d'Odoo (voir " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -11862,6 +11874,8 @@ msgid "" "Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Consultez la page :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` pour plus " +"d'informations." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 @@ -11900,6 +11914,10 @@ msgid "" "performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" " more information." msgstr "" +"Dans les bases de données où des modules personnalisés sont installés, leur " +"code source doit être mis à jour avec la version cible d'Odoo avant la mise " +"à niveau. Consultez la page :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` pour " +"plus d'informations." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -12284,6 +12302,13 @@ msgid "" "takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " "before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" +"Comme les scripts de mise à niveau standard et votre base de données " +"évoluent constamment, il est également recommandé de demander fréquemment " +"une autre base de données de test mise à niveau pour s'assurer que le " +"processus de mise à niveau est toujours réussi, en particulier s'il prend " +"beaucoup de temps à se terminer. **Il est également recommandé de répéter " +"entièrement le processus de mise à niveau la veille de la mise à niveau de " +"la base de données de production.**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" @@ -12389,6 +12414,12 @@ msgid "" "how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" +"La mise à jour de vos modules personnalisés doit être réussie pour compléter" +" le processus de mise à niveau. Assurez-vous que le statut de votre mise à " +"jour de staging est :guilabel:`réussi` avant de l'essayer en production. " +"Plus d'informations sur la façon de mettre à niveau vos modules " +"personnalisés peuvent être trouvées sur " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index afaa67673..ee45ff552 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6998,7 +6998,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`companies`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 msgid "Odoo.com account changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifications du compte Odoo.com" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7006,10 +7006,13 @@ msgid "" "following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " "change the password on an Odoo.com account." msgstr "" +"Cette documentation est consacrée aux modifications apportées à un compte " +"Odoo.com. La procédure suivante vous explique comment supprimer un compte " +"Odoo.com et comment changer le mot de passe d'un compte Odoo.com." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supprimer un compte Odoo.com" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -7018,6 +7021,11 @@ msgid "" "down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " "which reveals the user portal." msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer un compte Odoo.com, commencez par cliquer sur l'icône du " +"profil dans le coin supérieur droit (représentée par le nom d'utilisateur et" +" l'icône) pour faire apparaître un menu déroulant. Dans le menu déroulant, " +"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Mon compte Odoo.com`, ce qui fait apparaître le " +"portail utilisateur." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7026,18 +7034,27 @@ msgid "" "It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " "`_." msgstr "" +"Depuis le portail utilisateur, vous pouvez accéder à l'option Supprimer en " +"allant à :menuselection:`Mon compte --> Modifier les paramètres de sécurité " +"--> Supprimer le compte`. Vous pouvez également y accéder en allant à " +"`https://www.odoo.com/my/home `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 msgid "" "Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," " as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." msgstr "" +"La suppression d'un compte Odoo est irréversible. Soyez prudent lorsque vous" +" effectuez cette action, car il est **impossible** de récupérer le compte " +"Odoo.com." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 msgid "" "Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " "appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Supprimer le compte`, une fenêtre " +"contextuelle s'ouvre et demande de confirmer la suppression du compte." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -7053,10 +7070,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" +"Pour confirmer la suppression, saisissez le :guilabel:`Mot de passe` et le " +":guilabel:`Login` du compte à supprimer. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Supprimer le compte` pour confirmer la suppression." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 msgid "Odoo.com account password change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changer le mot de passe du compte Odoo.com" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7066,6 +7086,12 @@ msgid "" "next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " "dashboard appears." msgstr "" +"Pour changer le mot de passe d'un compte Odoo.com, connectez-vous d'abord au" +" compte utilisateur Odoo.com à partir de la page de connexion Odoo.com. " +"Après s'être connecté, allez au coin supérieur droit de l'écran et cliquez " +"sur l'icône :guilabel:`▼ (flèche vers le bas)` à côté de l'icône du profil. " +"Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Mon compte` et un tableau de bord du portail" +" apparaît. " #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -7075,23 +7101,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " ":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." msgstr "" +"Pour modifier le mot de passe Odoo.com, cliquez sur le lien " +":guilabel:`Modifier les paramètres de sécurité`, sous la section " +":menuselection:`Sécurité du compte`. Ensuite, effectuez les changements " +"nécessaires en saisissant le :guilabel:`Mot de passe` actuel, le " +":guilabel:`Nouveau mot de passe`, et vérifiez le nouveau mot de passe. " +"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Changer le mot de passe` pour terminer la " +"modification du mot de passe." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 msgid "" "If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"Si un client souhaite changer son login, contactez l'assistance d'Odoo `ici " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 msgid "" "Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" +"Les mots de passe des utilisateurs d'Odoo.com et des utilisateurs du portail" +" restent distincts, même si la même adresse email est utilisée." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 msgid "Add two-factor authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter l'authentification à deux facteurs" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -7101,6 +7138,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " "dashboard appears." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter l'authentification à deux facteurs, connectez-vous au compte " +"utilisateur depuis la page de connexion d'Odoo.com. Après s'être connecté, " +"allez au coin supérieur droit de l'écran et cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`▼" +" (flèche vers le bas)` à côté de l':guilabel:`icône du profil`. Sélectionnez" +" ensuite :guilabel:`Mon compte` et un tableau de bord du portail s'ouvre." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -7108,6 +7150,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " "the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" +"Si l'utilisateur souhaite activer l'authentification à deux facteurs (2FA) " +"pour accéder à Odoo.com, cliquez sur le lien :guilabel:`Modifier les " +"paramètres de sécurité` dans la section :menuselection:`Sécurité du compte`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -7119,29 +7164,41 @@ msgid "" "etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " ":guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer l'authentification à deux facteurs` pour " +"activer la :abbr:`2FA (authentification à deux facteurs)`. Confirmez ensuite" +" le mot de passe actuel dans le champ :guilabel:`Mot de passe` et cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`Confirmer le mot de passe`. Activez ensuite :abbr:`2FA " +"(authentification à deux facteurs)` dans une application :abbr:`2FA " +"(authentification à deux facteurs)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.)," +" en scannant le :guilabel:`code QR` ou en saisissant un :guilabel:`Code de " +"vérification`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 msgid "" "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " "the setup." msgstr "" +"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer l'authentification à deux facteurs` " +"pour finaliser la configuration." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" msgstr "" +"Dans la section :guilabel:`Mon compte`, les utilisateurs d'Odoo.com peuvent " +"également accéder aux éléments suivants :" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mon tableau de bord partenaire`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mes Services In-App`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mon tableau de bord des apps`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" @@ -7235,6 +7292,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" +"Utiliser l'application Contacts pour donner accès au portail aux " +"utilisateurs." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7321,7 +7380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 msgid "Change portal username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changer le nom d'utilisateur du portail" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -7330,12 +7389,19 @@ msgid "" "The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" " login." msgstr "" +"Il se peut qu'un utilisateur du portail souhaite modifier son nom " +"d'utilisateur. Cette opération peut être effectuée par n'importe quel " +"utilisateur de la base de données ayant des droits d'accès d'administrateur." +" La procédure suivante décrit les étapes nécessaires pour modifier le nom " +"d'utilisateur du portail." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 msgid "" ":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " "`." msgstr "" +":doc:`Consultez la documentation relative à la configuration des droits " +"d'accès `." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7345,6 +7411,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " "selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." msgstr "" +"Allez d'abord à l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> utilisateurs`. " +"Ensuite, dans le menu :guilabel:`Filtres`, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Utilisateur du portail`, ou sélectionnez :guilabel:`Ajouter un " +"filtre personnalisé` et définissez la configuration suivante : " +":guilabel:`Groupes` > :guilabel:`contient` > `portail`. Après avoir effectué" +" cette sélection, recherchez (et ouvrez) l'utilisateur du portail qui doit " +"être modifié." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -7352,12 +7425,18 @@ msgid "" " Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " "The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` (le cas échéant), cliquez sur le " +"champ :guilabel:`Adresse email` et effectuez les modifications nécessaires à" +" ce champ. Le champ :guilabel:`Adresse email` est utilisé pour se connecter " +"au portail Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " "*username* on the customer's portal login." msgstr "" +"Changer l':guilabel:`Adresse email` (ou login) modifie uniquement le *nom " +"d'utilisateur* sur le login du portail du client." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -7366,10 +7445,15 @@ msgid "" "change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " "changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." msgstr "" +"Pour changer l'email du contact, ce changement doit être effectué sur le " +"modèle du contact dans l'application *Contacts*. Le client peut également " +"modifier son adresse email directement à partir du portail, mais le login ne" +" peut **pas** être modifié. :ref:`Consultez Modifier les données du client " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 msgid "Customer portal changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changements du portail client" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -7379,10 +7463,15 @@ msgid "" " The following process is how a customer can change their contact " "information." msgstr "" +"Il se peut que le client souhaite modifier ses coordonnées, son mot de " +"passe/sécurité ou les informations de paiement liées à son compte de " +"portail. Le client peut effectuer ses modifications à partir de son portail." +" La procédure suivante montre comment un client peut modifier ses " +"coordonnées." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 msgid "Change customer info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changer les coordonnées du client" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -7391,10 +7480,16 @@ msgid "" "successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " "applications will appear with the number count of each." msgstr "" +"Saisissez d'abord le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe (login) sur la " +"page de connexion à la base de données pour accéder au compte utilisateur du" +" portail. Un tableau de bord du portail s'ouvre après avoir réussi à se " +"connecter. Les documents du portail provenant des différentes applications " +"Odoo installées apparaîtront avec le nombre de documents pour chacune " +"d'entre elles." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Documentation relative à l'accès au portail `." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -7402,6 +7497,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " "change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, allez au coin supérieur droit du portail et cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Modifier`, à côté de la section :guilabel:`Détails`. Modifiez " +"ensuite les informations pertinentes et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 msgid "Change password" @@ -7415,6 +7513,10 @@ msgid "" "to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " "successfully logging in." msgstr "" +"Saisissez d'abord le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe (login) sur la " +"page de connexion à la base de données pour accéder au compte utilisateur du" +" portail. Un tableau de bord du portail s'ouvre après avoir réussi à se " +"connecter." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -7425,6 +7527,13 @@ msgid "" "verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " "complete the password change." msgstr "" +"Si le client souhaite modifier son mot de passe pour accéder au portail, " +"cliquez sur le lien :guilabel:`Modifier les paramètres de sécurité`, dans la" +" section :guilabel:`Sécurité du compte`. Ensuite, effectuez les changements " +"nécessaires en tapant le :guilabel:`Mot de passe` actuel, le " +":guilabel:`Nouveau mot de passe`, et vérifiez le nouveau mot de passe. " +"Cliquez enfin sur :guilabel:`Modifier le mot de passe` pour terminer la " +"modification du mot de passe." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -7432,12 +7541,18 @@ msgid "" "the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " "changing the portal username `." msgstr "" +"Si un client souhaite modifier le login, comme il est indiqué ci-dessus, " +"contactez le point de contact de votre base de données Odoo. :ref:`Consultez" +" la documentation susmentionnée relative au changement du nom d'utilisateur " +"du portail `." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 msgid "" "Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " "same email address is used." msgstr "" +"Les mots de passe des utilisateurs du portail et des utilisateurs Odoo.com " +"restent distincts, même si la même adresse email est utilisée." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -7445,6 +7560,9 @@ msgid "" "portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " "the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." msgstr "" +"Si le client souhaite activer l'authentification à deux facteurs (2FA) pour " +"accéder au portail, cliquez sur le lien :guilabel:`Modifier les paramètres " +"de sécurité` dans la section :menuselection:`Sécurité du compte`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -7455,16 +7573,26 @@ msgid "" "factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" " the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer l'authentification à deux facteurs` pour " +"activer la :abbr:`2FA (authentification à deux facteurs)`. Confirmez ensuite" +" le mot de passe actuel du portail dans le champ :guilabel:`Mot de passe` et" +" cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer le mot de passe`. Activez ensuite " +":abbr:`2FA (authentification à deux facteurs)` dans une application " +":abbr:`2FA (authentification à deux facteurs)` app (Google Authenticator, " +"Authy, etc.), en scannant le :guilabel:`code QR` ou en saisissant un " +":guilabel:`Code de vérification`." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " "setup." msgstr "" +"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Activer l'authentification à deux facteurs` " +"pour finaliser la configuration." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 msgid "Change payment info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changer les informations de paiement" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -7472,6 +7600,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " "new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." msgstr "" +"Si le client souhaite gérer les options de paiement, allez à " +":guilabel:`Gérer les modes de paiement` dans le menu sur la droite. Ajoutez " +"ensuite les nouvelles informations de paiement et sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle carte`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 8ea5c8606..db23a45da 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un nouvel employé" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parc automobile" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alerte sur la date de fin du contrat" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fabricants" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modèles de véhicules" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modèle" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moteur " #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Catégorie de modèle" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue kanban" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 msgid "Pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue tableau croisé dynamique" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3276,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offres" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4954,7 +4954,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analyse" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5025,7 +5025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 msgid "Line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Graphique linéaire" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5139,7 +5139,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 msgid "Meal Vouchers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chèques-repas" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -5178,7 +5178,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustement salarial" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5917,7 +5917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modèles d'email" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -6275,7 +6275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajout rapide" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -6341,7 +6341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6723,7 +6723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onglet Options" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -7690,7 +7690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contraintes" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -7740,7 +7740,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sessions en direct" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -7825,7 +7825,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temps & Notation" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7949,7 +7949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Message de fin" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7959,7 +7959,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recommandations" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7994,7 +7994,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parcours d'intégration" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -8151,7 +8151,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voir emplois" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -8267,7 +8267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lien" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -8281,7 +8281,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -8536,7 +8536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -8637,7 +8637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer un email à un ami" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8927,7 +8927,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Récompenses" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -9042,7 +9042,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niveaux" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -9163,7 +9163,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alertes" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 6d39f4487..808c8da86 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Campaign metrics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Métriques de campagne" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3012,10 +3012,14 @@ msgid "" "activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " "campaign detail form." msgstr "" +"Les *métriques de campagne* sont des statistiques et des analyses détaillées" +" d'une campagne de marketing, qui en mesurent le succès et l'efficacité. Les" +" activités de marketing déclenchées remplissent les blocs d'activité avec " +"des métriques en temps réel, dans le formulaire de détail de la campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 msgid "Activity analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analyse des activités" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -3025,12 +3029,20 @@ msgid "" "activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " "of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" +"Dans la section :guilabel:`Flux de travail` d'un formulaire de marketing " +"dans l'*application Marketing Automation*, où se trouvent les différentes " +"activités de la campagne, vous trouverez une série de données utiles sur " +"chaque bloc d'activité individuel, comme le nombre de communications " +":guilabel:`Envoyées`, le pourcentage de messages qui ont été " +":guilabel:`Cliqués`, et bien plus encore." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Un bloc d'activité dans la section Flux de de travail avec des données " +"analytiques intéressantes dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -3039,6 +3051,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." msgstr "" +"À gauche du bloc d'activité est affiché le :doc:`temps de déclenchement " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` configuré sous forme de durée " +"(soit :guilabel:`Heures`, :guilabel:`Jours`, :guilabel:`Semaines`, ou " +":guilabel:`Mois`) s'il correspond à la période après le début du flux de " +"traail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3047,12 +3064,18 @@ msgid "" " necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " "Hours`)." msgstr "" +"Si le temps de déclenchement dépend d'une autre activité ou d'une action " +"déclenchante (par ex. :guilabel:`Email : Répondu`, etc.) le temps est " +"affiché, ainsi que l'action nécessaire pour que cette activité soit activée " +"(par ex. `Répondu après 2 Heures`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" "Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " "Automation." msgstr "" +"L'affichage des déclencheurs de temps dépend d'une autre activité dans Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3062,12 +3085,19 @@ msgid "" "action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " "is an SMS." msgstr "" +"Dans le bloc d'activité, une icône représente chaque type d'actiité. Une " +"icône d'enveloppe :guilabel:`✉️` signifie que l'activité est un email. Ces " +"trois petites icônes d'engrenage :guilabel:`⚙️` signifient que l'activité " +"est une action interne. Et une petite icône basique de téléphone portable " +":guilabel:`📱` signifie que l'activité est un SMS." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 msgid "" "The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " "title." msgstr "" +"Le nom du type d'activité est également affiché en plus petits caractères " +"sous le titre de l'activité." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -3075,6 +3105,9 @@ msgid "" "the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" " and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." msgstr "" +"À côté de l'icône de l'activité, en haut du bloc d'activité, se trouve le " +"titre de l'activité. À droite du titre de l'activité, se trouvent les " +"boutons :guilabel:`Modifier` et :guilabel:`Supprimer`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -3083,6 +3116,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " "from the workflow." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` pour ouvrir le formulaire contextuel " +":guilabel:`Ouvrir : Activités` pour modifier cette activité spécifique. " +"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Supprimer` pour supprimer complètement " +"cette activité spécifique du flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3092,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 msgid "Activity graph tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onglet du graphique d'activité" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -3101,24 +3138,36 @@ msgid "" "metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " "in `red`." msgstr "" +"Dans chaque bloc d'activité, l'onglet :guilabel:`Graphique (icône du " +"graphique circulaire)` est ouvert par défaut, affichant les métriques " +"connexes sous la forme d'un simple graphique linéaire. Les métriques de " +"réussite sont affichées en `vert` et les métriques de rejet sont affichées " +"en `rouge`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" "Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " ":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" +"Les représentation numériques des :guilabel:`Réussites` et des " +":guilabel:`Échecs` sont affichées à droite du graphique linéaire." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" "Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " "notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" +"Survolez n'importe quel point du graphique linéaire du bloc d'activité pour " +"faire apparaître une explication détaillée des données pour cette date " +"spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" "Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Le fait de survoler n'importe quel point du graphique linéaire permet " +"d'afficher une explication détaillée dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3128,6 +3177,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " ":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." msgstr "" +"Sous le graphique du bloc d'activité, pour les types d'activité *Email* ou " +"*SMS*, une ligne de données accessibles fournit une vue d'ensemble de " +"l'activité de la campagne, y compris : :guilabel:`Envoyé` (valeur " +"numérique), :guilabel:`Cliqué` (pourcentage), :guilabel:`Répondu` " +"(pourcentage), et :guilabel:`Rejeté` (pourcentage)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -3135,10 +3189,13 @@ msgid "" "line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " "that particular data point." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur l'une de ces statistique sur la ligne :guilabel:`DETAILS`, " +"sous le graphique linéaire, vous accédez à une page séparée contenant chaque" +" enregistrement spécifique pour ce point de données particulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 msgid "Activity filter tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onglet du filtre de l'activité" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3146,11 +3203,16 @@ msgid "" "to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" " icon)." msgstr "" +"À côté de l'onglet :guilabel:`Graphique` du bloc d'activité, vous avez " +"l'option d'ouvrir un onglet :guilabel:`Filtre` (représenté par une icône de " +":guilabel:`filtre/entonnoir`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" +"Représentation d'un onglet de filtre d'une activité de campagne dans Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3158,6 +3220,10 @@ msgid "" "specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " "records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur l'onglet :guilabel:`Filtre` sur un bloc d'activité, vous " +"pouvez voir les filtres spécifiques de cette activité de campagne spécifique" +" et combien d'enregistrements dans la base de données correspondent à ces " +"critères spécifiques." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -3165,10 +3231,14 @@ msgid "" " separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" " specific campaign activity rule(s)." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur le lien :guilabel:`enregistrements` sous le filtre affiché, " +"une fenêtre contextuelle séparée s'ouvre et contient une liste de tous les " +"enregistrements qui correspondent aux règles de cette activité de campagne " +"spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 msgid "Link tracker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tracker de liens" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3177,6 +3247,11 @@ msgid "" "Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " "page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." msgstr "" +"Odoo suit toutes les URL utilisées dans les campagnes de marketing. Pour " +"accéder à ces URL et les analyser, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation --> Analyse --> Tracker de liens`. " +"Cette option fait apparaître le page des :guilabel:`Statistiques des liens`," +" qui permet d'analyser toutes les URL liées à une campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -3185,6 +3260,11 @@ msgid "" "in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " ":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." msgstr "" +"L'affichage par défaut de la page :guilabel:`Statistiques des liens` est la " +"vue :guilabel:`Graphique à barres`, mais il existe d'autres options " +"d'affichage, accessibles dans le coin supérieur gauche. Vous avez la " +"possibilité d'afficher les statistiques sous la forme d'un " +":guilabel:`Graphique linéaire` ou d'un :guilabel:`Graphique circulaire`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -3192,6 +3272,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " ":guilabel:`Ascending` order." msgstr "" +"En outre, il est également possible d'afficher les statistiques sous forme " +"d':guilabel:`Empilement`, et les données peuvent être classées par ordre " +":guilabel:`croissant` ou :guilabel:`décroissant`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -3201,6 +3284,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " "a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" +"À l'extrême gauche des options d'affichage, vous trouverez le menu déroulant" +" :guilabel:`Mesures`. Lorsque vous cliquez dessus, vous avez les options " +"d'afficher le :guilabel:`Nombre de clics` ou le :guilabel:`Comptage` total. " +"À droite du menu déroulant :guilabel:`Mesures`, il est possible d'ajouter " +"des données à une feuille de calcul en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Insérer dans une feuille de calcul`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 @@ -3211,6 +3300,11 @@ msgid "" " from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," " and the :guilabel:`List` view." msgstr "" +"De plus, dans le coin supérieur droit de la page :guilabel:`Statistiques des" +" liens`, à l'extrême droite de la barre de recherche, des options " +"d'affichage supplémentaires sont disponibles : la vue :guilabel:`Graphique` " +"par défaut, la vue :guilabel:`Tableau croisé dynamique` et la vue " +":guilabel:`Liste`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 msgid "Traces" @@ -3223,10 +3317,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." msgstr "" +"Odoo suit toutes les activités utilisées dans chaque campagne de marketing. " +"Les données liées à ces activités sont accessibles et analysées sur la page " +":guilabel:`Suivis`, disponible en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation --> Analyse --> Suivis`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La page des suivis dans l'application Odoo Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -3235,6 +3333,11 @@ msgid "" "corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " "Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." msgstr "" +"La vue par défaut sur la page des :guilabel:`Suivis` est la vue " +":guilabel:`Graphique à barres`, mais d'autres options d'affichage sont " +"disponibles dans le coin supérieur gauche. Il est possible d'afficher les " +"statistiques sous forme de :guilabel:`Graphique linéaire` ou " +":guilabel:`Graphique circulaire`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -3243,6 +3346,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " "the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." msgstr "" +"En haut du graphique, il y a une légende des couleurs, informant " +"l'utilisateur quelles activités ont été :guilabel:`Traitées`, " +":guilabel:`Planifiées`, et :guilabel:`Refusées`. Il y a également un " +"indicateur de contour pour informer les utilisateurs de la :guilabel:`Somme`" +" de certaines activités." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3251,6 +3359,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " ":guilabel:`Ascending` order." msgstr "" +"Outre les différentes options d'affichage dans le coin supérieur gauche de " +"la page :guilabel:`Suivis`, il est également possible d'afficher les " +"statistiques sous forme d':guilabel:`Empilement`, et les données peuvent " +"être classées dans un ordre :guilabel:`croissant` ou :guilabel:`descendant`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -3260,6 +3372,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " "a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" +"À l'extrême gauche des options d'affichage, se trouve le menu déroulant " +":guilabel:`Mesures`. Lorsque vous cliquez dessus, vous avez la possibilité " +"d'afficher l':guilabel:`ID Document` ou le :guilabel:`Comptage` total. De " +"plus, à droite du menu déroulant :guilabel:`Mesures`, il est possible " +"d'ajouter toutes les données dans une feuille de calcul en cliquant sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`Insérer dans une feuille de calcul`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 msgid "Participants" @@ -3272,10 +3390,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." msgstr "" +"Odoo suit tous les participants liés à chaque campagne de marketing. Les " +"données relatives à ces participants peuvent être consultés et analyses sur " +"la page :guilabel:`Participants`, accessible dans l'application " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation --> Analyse --> Participants`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" +"La page des Participants dans l'application Odoo Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -3284,12 +3407,19 @@ msgid "" "left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" " Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." msgstr "" +"L'affichage par défaut de la page :guilabel:`Participants` est le " +":guilabel:`Graphique circulaire`, mais d'autres options d'affichage sont " +"disponibles dans le coin supérieur gauche. Il est possible d'afficher les " +"statistiques sous forme de :guilabel:`Graphique linéaire` ou de " +":guilabel:`Graphique à barres`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 msgid "" "At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " "participants found in the graph." msgstr "" +"En haut du graphique, il y a une légende des couleurs qui indique le type de" +" participants que vous trouverez dans le graphique." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3299,6 +3429,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " "a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" +"À l'extrême gauche des options d'affichage, vous avez le menu déroulant " +":guilabel:`Mesures`. Lorsque vous cliquez dessus, vous pouvez afficher " +"l':guilabel:`ID de l'enregistrement` ou le :guilabel:`Comptage`. À droite du" +" menu déroulant :guilabel:`Mesures`, il est possible d'ajouter toutes les " +"données dans une feuille de calcul en cliquant sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Insérer dans une feuille de calcul`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -3306,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr "Commencer" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Campagnes de marketing automation" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3316,10 +3452,17 @@ msgid "" " massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " "entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" +"L'application Odoo *Marketing Automation* permet d'automatiser une variété " +"de tâches marketing en combinant des règles et des filtres spécifiques pour " +"générer des actions programmées. Au lieu d'avoir à construire manuellement " +"chaque étape d'une campagne (comme une série de massmails programmés), " +"l'application *Marketing Automation* permet aux marketeurs de construire la " +"campagne entière et toutes ses étapes, en un seul endroit---sur un seul " +"tableau de bord. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 msgid "Campaign configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de la campagne" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -3327,18 +3470,25 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" " form." msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle campagne de marketing automation, allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Marketing Automation --> Nouveau` pour faire " +"apparaître un formulaire vierge." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" "A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " "application." msgstr "" +"Un formulaire de campagne de marketing automation vierge dans l'application " +"Odoo Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 msgid "" "After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " "audience in the remaining fields." msgstr "" +"Après avoir donné un nom à la campagne de marketing, configurez l'audience " +"cible dans les champs restants." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -3346,6 +3496,9 @@ msgid "" "to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" " sent." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer une audience cible en saisissant des critères " +"spécifiques qu'Odoo utilisera pour déterminer à qui cette campagne de " +"marketing automation doit être envoyée." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3354,6 +3507,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Cible`, utilisez le menu déroulant pour choisir sur" +" quel modèle les filtres de l'audience cible doivent être basés (par ex. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Piste/Opportunité`, :guilabel:`Bon de " +"commande`, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -3361,6 +3518,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " "targeting options." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Recherche avancée...` dans le menu déroulant pour " +"faire apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Recherche : Cible` " +"contenant toutes les options de ciblage disponibles." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3368,6 +3528,9 @@ msgid "" "on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " "in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'une :guilabel:`Cible` est sélectionnée, il y a un champ " +":guilabel:`Unicité basée sur`. Ce champ est utilisé pour éviter des doublons" +" basés sur le modèle choisi dans le champ :guilabel:`Cible`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3375,12 +3538,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " "processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez :guilabel:`Clients` comme la :guilabel:`Cible`, " +"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Email` dans le champ :guilabel:`Unicité basée sur` " +"pour qu'Odoo ne traite qu'un seul enregistrement pour chaque adresse mail de" +" client." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " "drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Recherche avancée...` dans le menu déroulant " +":guilabel:`Unicité basée sur` pour faire apparaître toutes les options " +"disponibles dans une fenêtre contextuelle." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -3389,6 +3559,10 @@ msgid "" "narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " "automation material." msgstr "" +"Le dernier champ du formulaire de campagne est le champ :guilabel:`Filtre`. " +"Il vous permet d'ajouter des options de ciblage plus spécifiques à la " +"campagne pour restreindre davantage le nombre et le type de destinataires " +"qui reçoivent le matériel de marketing automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3397,10 +3571,15 @@ msgid "" " based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " "recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" +"S'il n'est pas modifié, le champ :guilabel:`Filtre` est le suivant : " +":guilabel:`Faire correspondre tous les enregistrements`. Cela signifie " +"qu'Odoo utilise les champs :guilabel:`Cible` et :guilabel:`Unicité basée " +"sur` pour déterminer les destinataires. Le nombre de destinataires est " +"représenté en-dessous sous forme d':guilabel:`enregistrement(s)`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 msgid "Campaign filter rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Règles de filtrage des campagnes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3408,6 +3587,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " "reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un filtre plus spécifique à une campagne de marketing " +"automation, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Ajouter une condition` dans le " +"champ :guilabel:`Filtre`. Cette opération fait apparaître une série d'autres" +" champs de règles de filtrage configurables." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3415,30 +3598,43 @@ msgid "" " when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " "campaign." msgstr "" +"Dans les champs de règles, vous pouvez configurer des équations " +"personnalisables qu'Odoo utilisera lors du filtrage des enregistrements à " +"inclure ou exclure dans cette campagne de marketing spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" "How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " "campaigns." msgstr "" +"Présentation des champs d'équation des règles de filtrage dans l'application" +" Odoo Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " "criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Enregistrements` fait référence aux contacts dans le " +"système qui correspondent aux critères précisés pour une campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" "Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " ":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." msgstr "" +"De plus, dès que vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une condition`, la " +"possibilité d':guilabel:`Enregistrer comme filtre favori` devient disponible" +" sur le formulaire de campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 msgid "" "There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " ":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de faire correspondre des enregistrements à " +":guilabel:`toutes` les règles ou :guilabel:`une` des règles configurées dans" +" le champ :guilabel:`Filtre`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -3446,12 +3642,18 @@ msgid "" "the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " "to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." msgstr "" +"Pour choisir l'une de ces options, cliquez sur :guilabel:`toutes les` au " +"milieu de la phrase \":guilabel:`Faire correspondre les enregistrements avec" +" toutes les règles suivantes`\" pour faire apparaître un menu déroulant avec" +" ces options." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" "Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " "campaigns." msgstr "" +"Faire correspondre les enregistrements à toutes ou à l'une des règles dans " +"le champ Filtre pour les campagnes de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -3459,6 +3661,9 @@ msgid "" "menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " "based on needs of the campaign." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le premier champ de l'équation de règle, un menu " +"déroulant imbriqué d'options apparaît à l'écran, dans lequel des critères " +"spécifiques sont sélectionnés en fonction des besoins de la campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3466,6 +3671,9 @@ msgid "" " is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" " the execution of the campaign." msgstr "" +"Les champs restants de l'équation de règle permettent de préciser les " +"critères, qui sont utilisés pour déterminer les enregistrements de la base " +"de données à inclure ou à exclure de la campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3474,6 +3682,10 @@ msgid "" "equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " "appears." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une autre règle, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)`" +" à droite de la règle de filtrage ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouvelle règle` " +"sous les champs de l'équation de la règle. Lorsque vous cliquez sur l'un ou " +"l'autre option, une nouvelle série de champs de règle s'affiche." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3482,24 +3694,35 @@ msgid "" "sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " "beneath the initial rule." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une branche de plusieurs règles en même temps, cliquez sur " +"l'icône :guilabel:`branche`, située à droite de l'icône :guilabel:`➕ (signe " +"plus)`. Lorsque vous cliquez sur cette icône, deux champs d'équation de " +"sous-règle supplémentaires apparaissent sous la règle initiale." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " "campaign." msgstr "" +"Exemple d'une branche de règles dans la section filtrage d'une campagne de " +"marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 msgid "" "There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " ":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." msgstr "" +"Il est également possible d'appliquer le filtre à :guilabel:`une` ou " +":guilabel:`toutes` les règles de branche configurées." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 msgid "" "For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " "configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." msgstr "" +"Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des filtres des campagnes de " +"marketing automation, consultez :doc:`cette page de documentation " +"`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 @@ -4099,11 +4322,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`target_audience`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 msgid "Campaign workflow activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activités du flux de travail de la campagne" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4112,10 +4335,15 @@ msgid "" "inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " "internal server actions." msgstr "" +"Lors de la création d'une campagne de marketing dans l'application " +"*Marketing Automation*, les utilisateurs peuvent planifier des activités de " +"marketing qui peuvent être déclenchées lorsque certaines actions ou " +"inactions se produisent. Il peut s'agit d'activités telles que des emails " +"automatisés, des SMS ou des actions sur le serveur interne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 msgid "Add workflow activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter des activités au flux de travail" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4123,6 +4351,10 @@ msgid "" "of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " "configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter des activités au flux de travail d'une campagne de marketing, " +"allez jusqu'au bas d'un formulaire détaillé de campagne préexistant ou " +"nouveau, sous les champs de configuration de l'audience cible, et cliquez " +"sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle activité`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4130,17 +4362,24 @@ msgid "" "window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " "for that particular activity." msgstr "" +"Cette opération fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer " +"des activités`. Il s'agit d'un modèle d'activité vierge, dans lequel des " +"paramètres spécifiques peuvent être définis pour cette activité spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle d'un modèle d'activité de flux de travail dans Odoo" +" Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" "First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." " Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" +"Donnez d'abord un nom à l'activité dans le champ :guilabel:`Nom de " +"l'activité`. Ensuite, procédez à la configuration des options suivantes. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4149,10 +4388,16 @@ msgid "" "instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " "Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour " +"enregistrer l'activité et fermer le formulaire contextuel, " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'activité et " +"immédiatement créer une autre activité dans un nouveau formulaire contextuel" +" :guilabel:`Créer des activités` ou :guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer " +"l'activité." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 msgid "Activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types d'activité" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4160,16 +4405,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " "database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez ensuite le :guilabel:`Type d'activité`. Choisissez entre " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Action de serveur` (une action interne dans la" +" base de données) ou :guilabel:`SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 msgid "" "The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " "chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." msgstr "" +"Le champ sous le :guilabel:`Type d'activité` varie en fonction du " +":guilabel:`Type d'activité` choisi." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 msgid "Email activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'activité Email" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4177,6 +4427,9 @@ msgid "" "a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" " template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez :guilabel:`Email` comme :guilabel:`Type d'activité`, vous" +" pouvez choisir un :guilabel:`Modèle d'email` prédéfini/préconfiguré. Vous " +"pouvez également créer un modèle d'email à la volée." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -4185,28 +4438,39 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " "reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau modèle directement à partir du champ :guilabel:`Modèle" +" d'email`, commencez par taper le titre du nouveau modèle dans le champ " +"vierge à côté du :guilabel:`Modèle d'email`, et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer" +" et modifier...` pour faire apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Créer un modèle de marketing`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " "window." msgstr "" +"L'option Créer et modifier dans le menu déroulant Email dans la fenêtre " +"contextuelle Créer des activités." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 msgid "" "In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " "template." msgstr "" +"Dans cette fenêtre contextuelle, vous pouvez créer et configurer le nouveau " +"modèle d'email." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " "Automation." msgstr "" +"La fenêtre contextuelle permettant de créer un modèle de marketing dans Odoo" +" Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 msgid "Server action activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'activité Action de serveur" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4214,6 +4478,10 @@ msgid "" " choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," " Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez :guilabel:`Action de serveur` comme :guilabel:`Type " +"d'activité`, il est possible de choisir une :guilabel:`Action de serveur` " +"spécifique (par ex. Message pour un vendeur, Créer des pistes lorsqu'elles " +"cliquent sur le site web, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4221,12 +4489,18 @@ msgid "" " Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " "then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Il est également possible de créer une nouvelle action de serveur " +"directement à partir de l'option :guilabel:`Action de serveur`. Pour ce " +"faire, donnez un nom à la nouvelle action, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer" +" et modifier...` dans le menu déroulant." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " "form." msgstr "" +"L'option Créer et modifier dans le champ Action de serveur du formulaire de " +"campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4235,28 +4509,40 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" "configured server action options to choose from." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également cliquez sur le champ :guilabel:`Action de serveur` " +"vide pour ouvrir un menu déroulant et ainsi sélectionner " +":guilabel:`Recherche avancée...` pour faire apparaître une fenêtre " +"contextuelle :guilabel:`Recherche : Action de serveur`, contenant toutes les" +" actions de serveur préconfigurées disponibles." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle action de serveur à partir de cette fenêtre " +"contextuelle, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " "application." msgstr "" +"Le bouton Nouveau sur la fenêtre contextuelle Action de serveur de " +"l'application Marketing Automation." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 msgid "" "Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " "wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." msgstr "" +"Les deux options font apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer " +"une action de serveur`, dans laquelle vous pouvez créer et configurer une " +"action de serveur personnalisée." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "SMS activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'activité SMS" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -4264,6 +4550,8 @@ msgid "" "premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " "template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez :guilabel:`SMS` comme :guilabel:`Type d'activité`, il est" +" possible de choisir un :guilabel:`Modèle SMS` prédéfini et préconfiguré." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -4272,18 +4560,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" " drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau modèle directement à partir du champ :guilabel:`Modèle" +" SMS`, commencez par écrire le titre du nouveau modèle dans le champ vierge " +"à côté de :guilabel:`Modèle SMS`, et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Créer et " +"modifier...` dans le menu déroulant." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " "that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." msgstr "" +"Cette opération fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer un" +" modèle de marketing`, dans laquelle vous pouvez créer et configurer le " +"nouveau modèle SMS. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" "fly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle permettant de créer un modèle SMS à la volée." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 msgid "Trigger" @@ -4295,6 +4590,9 @@ msgid "" "form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " "triggered." msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Déclencher` dans la fenêtre contextuelle " +":guilabel:`Créer des activités` permet aux utilisateurs de choisir quand " +"l'activité désignée doit être déclenchée." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -4304,28 +4602,41 @@ msgid "" "final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" " to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." msgstr "" +"Commencez par sélectionner un chiffre dans le premier champ. Dans le champ " +":guilabel:`Déclencher` suivant, indiquez s'il s'agit d':guilabel:`Heures`, " +"de :guilabel:`Jours`, de :guilabel:`Semaines`, ou de :guilabel:`Mois`. " +"Cliquez ensuite sur le dernier champ, qui lit par défaut :guilabel:`le début" +" du flux de travail` pour faire apparaître un menu déroulant avec d'autres " +"options de déclenchement." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " "form." msgstr "" +"Une liste des déclencheurs disponibles sur le formulaire contextuel des " +"activités de flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les options de déclenchement sont les suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" " previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`le début du flux de travail` : l'activité sera déclenchée au " +"moment préalablement configuré après le début du flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " "previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`une autre activité` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré après une autre activité spécifique du flux de " +"travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -4333,6 +4644,9 @@ msgid "" "configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " "recipient." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : ouvert` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire a ouvert l'email envoyé dans le " +"flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -4340,6 +4654,9 @@ msgid "" "previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " "opened by the recipient." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : pas ouvert` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire n'a pas ouvert l'email envoyé " +"dans le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -4347,6 +4664,9 @@ msgid "" "configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " "recipient." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : répondu` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire a répondu à l'email envoyé dans " +"le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -4354,6 +4674,9 @@ msgid "" "previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " "replied to by the recipient." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : non répondu` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire n'a pas répondu à l'email envoyé " +"dans le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -4361,6 +4684,9 @@ msgid "" "configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " "recipient, after it's been opened." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : cliqué` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire a ouvert et cliqué sur l'email " +"envoyé dans le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -4368,6 +4694,9 @@ msgid "" "previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " "clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : non cliqué` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire a ouvert, mais n'a pas cliqué sur" +" l'email envoyé dans le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -4375,6 +4704,9 @@ msgid "" "configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " "any reason." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Email : rejeté` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si l'email envoyé dans le flux de travail a été " +"rejeté pour une raison quelconque." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -4382,6 +4714,9 @@ msgid "" "configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " "recipient, after it's been opened." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS : cliqué` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire a ouvert et cliqué sur le SMS " +"envoyé dans le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -4389,6 +4724,9 @@ msgid "" "previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " "clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS : non cliqué` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le destinataire a ouvert, mais n'a pas cliqué sur" +" le SMS envoyé dans le flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -4396,16 +4734,21 @@ msgid "" "configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " "any reason." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS : rejeté` : l'activité sera déclenchée au moment " +"préalablement configuré si le SMS envoyé dans le flux de travail a été " +"rejeté pour une raison quelconque." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 msgid "Expiry duration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durée d'expiration" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." msgstr "" +"Ensuite, sur le formulaire contextuel :guilabel:`Créer des activités` se " +"trouve l'option :guilabel:`Durée d'expiration`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -4413,6 +4756,8 @@ msgid "" "the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " "scheduled date)." msgstr "" +"L'option :guilabel:`Durée d'expiration` permet de configurer l'activité pour" +" qu'elle s'arrête au bout d'un certain temps (après la date prévue)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -4420,16 +4765,21 @@ msgid "" " of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " "actions to cease after the initial date." msgstr "" +"Lorsque la case est cochée, le champ :guilabel:`Annuler après` apparaître, " +"dans lequel vous pouvez configurer le nombre d':guilabel:`Heures, Jours, " +"Semaines ou Mois` pour que les actions cessent après la date initiale." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" "A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " "pop-up form." msgstr "" +"Liste des options de durée d'expiration disponibles dans le formulaire " +"contextuel des activités de flux de travail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 msgid "Activity and applied filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activité et filtres appliqués" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4292e3701..be882812c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started with Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrer avec Discussion" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1013,20 +1013,28 @@ msgid "" " window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Discussion* est une application de communication interne qui permet " +"aux utilisateurs de discuter par le biais de messages, de notes et de " +"partage de fichiers, soit par le biais d'une fenêtre de chat persistante qui" +" fonctionne à travers les applications, soit par le biais du tableau de bord" +" de *Discussion*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "Choose notifications preference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Choisir vos préférences de notification" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" "Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" +"Accédez aux préférences spécifiques aux utilisateurs de l'application " +"*Discussion* en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Utilisateurs --> Utilisateur --> onglet Préférences`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue de l'onglet des préférences pour Odoo Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1038,6 +1046,14 @@ msgid "" "stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " "set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" +"Le champ :guilabel:`Notification` est défini par défaut sur " +":guilabel:`Recevoir par email`. Si ce paramètre est activé, un email de " +"notification sera envoyé par Odoo chaque fois qu'un message est envoyé " +"depuis le chatter, qu'une note est envoyée avec une mention `@` (depuis le " +"chatter), ou qu'une notification est envoyée pour un enregistrement suivi " +"par l'utilisateur. Le changement d'étape (si un email est configuré pour " +"être envoyé, par exemple, lorsque la tâche est définie sur :guilabel:`Fait`)" +" déclenche l'envoi d'une notification." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1049,10 +1065,21 @@ msgid "" "pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" " unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" +"Si vous choisissez :guilabel:`Recevoir dans Odoo`, les notifications " +"susmentionnées s'affichent dans la *boîte de messagerie* de l'application " +"*Discussion*. Les messages peuvent faire l'objet des actions suivantes : " +"répondre avec un émoji en ciliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une réaction`, ou" +" répondre au message en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Répondre`. D'autres actions " +"sont possibles : marquer le message d'un astérisque en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Marqué comme à faire`, ou épingler le message en cliquant sur " +":guilabel:`Épingler` ou même marquer le message comme non lu en cliquant sur" +" :guilabel:`Marqué comme non lu`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" +"Vue d'un message de la boîte de réception et ses options d'action dans Odoo " +"Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1060,14 +1087,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " "message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" +"Le fait de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme à faire` sur un message le " +"fait apparaître sur la page des :guilabel:`Favoris`, tandis que le fait de " +"cliquer sur :guilabel:`Marquer comme lu` déplace le message dans " +"l':guilabel:`Historique`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue des messages marqués comme à faire dans Odoo Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 msgid "Start chatting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commencer à discuter" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1076,18 +1107,27 @@ msgid "" "the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " "they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" +"La première fois qu'un utilisateur se connecte à son compte, OdooBot envoie " +"un message demandant la permission d'envoyer des notifications de bureau " +"pour les chats. S'il accepte, l'utilisateur recevra des notifications push " +"sur son bureau pour les messages qu'il reçoit, quel que soit l'endroit où il" +" se trouve dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" "notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" +"Vue des messages sous le menu de messagerie soulignant la demande des notifications\n" +"push pour Odoo Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " the browser." msgstr "" +"Pour arrêter de recevoir des notifications sur le bureau, réinitialisez les " +"paramètres des notifications du navigateur." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1095,22 +1135,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " ":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" +"Pour démarrer une discussion, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Discussion` et cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`+ (plus)` à " +"côté de :guilabel:`Messages directs` ou :guilabel:`Canaux` dans le menu " +"gauche du tableau de bord." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" "Discuss." msgstr "" +"Vue du panneau de Discussion mettant en évidence les titres, les canaux et les messages directs dans Odoo\n" +"Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" "A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " "`." msgstr "" +"Une société peut aussi facilement créer des :doc:`canaux publics et privés " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mentions dans le chat et le chatter" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -1119,10 +1167,14 @@ msgid "" "their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " "settings." msgstr "" +"Pour mentionner un utilisateur dans un chat ou le chatter, tapez `@nom-" +"utilisateur` ; pour faire référence à un canal, tapez `#nom-canal`. " +"L'utilisateur mentionné sera notifié dans sa *boîte de messagerie* ou par " +"email, en fonction de ses paramètres de communication." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue de quelques fenêtres de chat dans Odoo Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1131,10 +1183,14 @@ msgid "" "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un utilisateur est mentionné, la liste de recherche (liste de noms) " +"suggère des valeurs d'abord basées sur les abonnés de la tâche, puis sur " +"employés. Si l'enregistrement recherché ne correspond ni à un abonné ni à un" +" employé, l'étendue de la recherche passe à tous les partenaires." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 msgid "User status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Statut de l'utilisateur" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1143,6 +1199,10 @@ msgid "" "left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " "*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" +"Il est utile de savoir ce que font les collègues et dans quelle mesure ils " +"peuvent répondre aux messages en vérifiant leur *statut*. Le statut est " +"affiché à gauche du nom d'un contact dans la barre latérale de " +":guilabel:`Discussion`, dans le *menu de messagerie* et dans le *chatter*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" @@ -1162,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "Avion = hors du bureau" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vue du statut des contacts dans Odoo Discussion." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" @@ -1170,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 93cb30e2c..0fe6f9dd7 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # Cécile Collart , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5264,6 +5264,8 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutoriels : Personnaliser des projets " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index bc78deb0c..4d27b6a8b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Shark McGnark , 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -46,6 +46,9 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " "engage your audience and build a community." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Blog** vous permet de créer et de gérer des articles de blog sur " +"votre site web afin d'impliquer votre public et de construire une " +"communauté." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -53,10 +56,13 @@ msgid "" "website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" +"Si le module Blog n'est pas encore installé, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`+Nouveau` dans le constructeur de site web, sélectionnez " +":guilabel:`Article de blog`, et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 msgid "Creating a blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -64,16 +70,21 @@ msgid "" "--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " "Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." msgstr "" +"Pour créer ou modifier un blog, allez au :menuselection:`Site Web --> " +"Configuration --> Blogs : Blogs`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau` et " +"saisissez le :guilabel:`Nom du blog` et le :guilabel:`Sous-titre du blog`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " "time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." msgstr "" +"L'article de menu :guilabel:`Blog` est ajouté au menu de votre site web la " +"première fois que vous créez un blog et rassemble tous vos blogs." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 msgid "Adding a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un article de blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -83,26 +94,37 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " "page using the website builder." msgstr "" +"Allez à votre site web, cliquez sur :guilabel:`+Nouveau` dans le coin " +"supérieur droit et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Article de blog`. Dans la fenêtre" +" contextuelle, **sélectionnez le blog** sur lequel l'article doit " +"apparaître, écrivez le :guilabel:`Titre` de l'article et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 msgid "" "Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " "`." msgstr "" +"Illustrez vos articles avec des images libres de droits provenant " +"d':doc:`Unsplash `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." msgstr "" +"Tapez `/` dans l'éditeur de texte pour mettre en forme et ajouter des " +"éléments à votre texte." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 msgid "" "Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " "corner to publish your post." msgstr "" +"N'oubliez pas de basculer l'interrupteur :guilabel:`Non publié` dans le coin" +" supérieur droit pour publier votre article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 msgid "Using tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser des étiquettes" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -112,12 +134,21 @@ msgid "" "enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " "List` is enabled." msgstr "" +"Les étiquettes permettent aux visiteurs de filtrer tous les articles " +"partageant la même étiquette. Par défaut, elles sont affichées au bas des " +"articles, mais elles peuvent également être affichées sur la page principale" +" du blog. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Modifier --> " +"Personnaliser` et activez la :guilabel:`Barre latérale`. Par défaut, la " +":guilabel:`Liste des étiquettes` de la barre latérale est activée." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " "Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" msgstr "" +"Pour créer une étiquette, allez au :menuselection:`Site Web --> " +"Configuration --> Blogs : Étiquettes` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Nouveau`. " +"Complétez les éléments suivants :" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -128,12 +159,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " "sidebar by theme." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Catégorie` : les catégories d'étiquettes vous permettent de " +"regrouper les étiquettes affichées dans la barre latérale par thème." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Utilisé dans` : pour appliquer l'étiquette à des articles de blog" +" existants, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`, sélectionnez les " +"articles et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -142,30 +178,40 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" " a tag." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter et créer des étiquettes directement à partir des " +"articles en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Modifier --> Personnaliser` et en " +"sélectionnant la couverture de l'article. Dans la section " +":guilabel:`Étiquettes`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Choisir un " +"enregistrement...`, et sélectionnez ou créez une étiquette." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter une étiquette à un article de blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 msgid "" "To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " "--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." msgstr "" +"Pour gérer les catégories d'étiquettes, allez au :menuselection:`Site Web " +"--> Configuration --> Blogs : Catégories d'étiquettes`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 msgid "Customizing blog homepages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personnaliser les pages d'accueil des blogs" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 msgid "" "Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " "clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez personnaliser le contenu des pages d'accueil des blogs en " +"ouvrant une page d'accueil et en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Modifier --> " +"Personnaliser`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les paramètres s'appliquent à **toutes** les pages d'accueil." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -173,32 +219,42 @@ msgid "" "the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " "Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bannière du haut` : :guilabel:`Nom/Dernier article` affiche le " +"titre du dernier article dans la bannière du haut, tandis que " +":guilabel:`Zone de dépôt des blocs de construction` supprime la bannière du " +"haut et vous permet d'utiliser n'importe quel bloc de construction." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " ":guilabel:`List`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agencement` : organise des articles sous forme de " +":guilabel:`Grille` ou de :guilabel:`Liste`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cartes` : ajoute un effet de *carte*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lisibilité accrue` : améliore la lisibilité du texte." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " "section." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barre latérale` : affiche une barre latérale contenant une " +"section :guilabel:`À propos de nous`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" " created during that month." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Archives` : permet aux visiteurs de sélectionner un mois et de " +"filtrer tous les articles créés pendant ce mois." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -206,108 +262,139 @@ msgid "" "can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " "website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Suivez-nous` : affiche les liens vers vos réseaux sociaux. Ils " +"peuvent être configurés à l'aide du bloc de construction Réseaux sociaux " +"quelque part sur votre site web. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " "select a tag to filter all related posts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Liste des étiquettes` : affiche toutes les étiquettes liées à un " +"bloc. Les visiteurs peuvent sélectionner une étiquette pour filtrer tous les" +" articles connexes." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " ":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Liste des articles` : :guilabel:`Couverture` affiche les images " +"des articles et :guilabel:`Aucune couverture` les masque." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Auteur` : affiche les auteurs des articles." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" " views." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Statistiques de commentaires/vues` : affiche le nombre de " +"commentaires et de vues de l'article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Étiquettes` : affiche les premières phrases et les " +"étiquettes de l'article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 msgid "Customizing blog posts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personnaliser les articles de blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 msgid "" "Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Customize`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez personnaliser les articles en ouvrant un article et en cliquant " +"sur :menuselection:`Modifier --> Personnaliser`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les paramètres s'appliquent à **tous** les articles." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" " the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agencement` : :guilabel:`Titre intégré à la couverture` affiche " +"le titre dans l'image de couverture et :guilabel:`Titre au-dessus de la " +"couverture` l'affiche au-dessus." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lisibilité accrue` : améliore la lisibilité du texte." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " "options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barre latérale` : affiche la :guilabel:`Barre latérale` et les " +"options supplémentaire suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " "created during that month." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Archive` : permet aux visiteurs de sélectionner un mois et de " +"filtrer tous les articles créés pendant ce mois." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Auteur` : affiche l'auteur et la date de création de l'article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Liste des blogs` : affiche des liens vers tous vos blogs." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Liens de partage` : affiche des boutons de partage vers plusieurs" +" réseaux sociaux." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : affiche les étiquettes de l'article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fil d'Ariane` : affiche le chemin vers l'article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " "bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bas` : :guilabel:`Article suivant` affiche l'article suivant en " +"bas de page, et :guilabel:`Commentaires` permet aux visiteurs de commenter " +"l'article." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " "select." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sélection à tweeter` : les visiteurs peuvent tweeter le texte " +"qu'ils sélectionnent." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 msgid "" "Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " "traffic on your blog." msgstr "" +"Utilisez :ref:`Plausible ` pour suivre le " +"trafic sur votre blog." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" @@ -5772,6 +5859,11 @@ msgid "" "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " ":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" +"Afin de suivre la localisation géographique des visiteurs, :guilabel:`GeoIP`" +" doit être installé sur la base de données. Alors que cette fonctionnalité " +"est installée par défaut sur *Odoo Online*, les bases de données *On-" +"Premise* nécessiteront des :doc:`étapes d'installation " +"` supplémentaires." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" @@ -6815,7 +6907,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` in the top right of the webpage editor. The website editor " "side panel closes, and the webpage remains on the screen." msgstr "" -"Apportez les modifications ou les ajoutés souhaités à cette page et cliquez " +"Apportez les modifications ou les ajouts souhaités à cette page et cliquez " "sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` en haut à droite de l'éditeur. Le panneau " "latéral de l'éditeur se ferme et la page web reste à l'écran." @@ -6882,7 +6974,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le rapport :guilabel:`Évaluations des clients` (:menuselection:`Live Chat " "--> Rapport --> Évaluations des clients`) montre une vue d'ensemble des " "évaluations reçues sur les tickets d'assistance individuels, ainsi que tous " -"les commentaire supplémentaires qui accompagnent l'évaluation. " +"les commentaires supplémentaires qui accompagnent l'évaluation. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the customer ratings report in Odoo Live Chat." @@ -7434,7 +7526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Address autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autocomplétion des adresses" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7444,15 +7536,22 @@ msgid "" "using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " "user starts typing the address." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser l'API Google Places sur votre site web pour vous " +"assurer que les adresses de livraison de vos utilisateurs existent et que le" +" transporteur les comprend. L'API Google Places permet aux développeurs " +"d'accéder aux informations détaillées sur les lieux à l'aide de requêtes " +"HTTP. L'autocomplétion prédit une liste de lieux lorsque l'utilisateur " +"commence à taper l'adresse." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "Address autocomplete example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemple d'autocomplétion d'une adresse" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 msgid "" "`Google Maps Platform `_" msgstr "" +"`Plateforme Google Maps `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -7460,16 +7559,22 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Documentation Développeur Google : API Google Places " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez au :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> " +"Paramètres` et activez l':guilabel:`Autocomplétion des adresses` dans la " +"section :guilabel:`Référencement`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "Enable address autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez l'autocomplétion des adresses" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7477,14 +7582,18 @@ msgid "" "field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " "`_ and follow these steps." msgstr "" +"Insérez votre :guilabel:`Clé API Google Places` dans le champ :guilabel:`Clé" +" API`. Si vous n'en avez pas, créez la vôtre dans la `Console Google Cloud " +"`_ et suivez les étapes " +"suivantes." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 1 : Activer l'API Google Places" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 msgid "**Create a New Project:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Créer un nouveau projet :**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7492,10 +7601,14 @@ msgid "" "do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " ":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." msgstr "" +"Pour activer l'**API Google Places**, vous devez d'abord créer un projet. " +"Pour ce faire, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sélectionner un projet` dans le coin " +"supérieur gauche, :guilabel:`Nouveau projet`, et suivez les étapes pour " +"configurer votre projet." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Activer l'API Google Places :**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7503,35 +7616,43 @@ msgid "" "APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " "Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." msgstr "" +"Allez aux :guilabel:`API & Services activés` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`+ " +"ACTIVER API ET SERVICES.` Recherchez l':guilabel:`\"API Places\"` et " +"sélectionnez-la. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`\"Activer\"." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." msgstr "" +"Le tarif de Google dépend du nombre de requêtes et de leur complexité." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Étape 2 : Créer des identifiants d'API" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " "`_." msgstr "" +"Allez à `API & Services --> Identifiants " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "**Create credentials:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Créer des identifiants :**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" "To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." msgstr "" +"Pour créer vos identifiants, allez aux :guilabel:`Identifiants`, cliquez sur" +" :guilabel:`Créer des identifiants`, et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Clé API`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restreindre la Clé API (Facultatif)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -7540,14 +7661,23 @@ msgid "" "key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" " requests from specific websites or apps." msgstr "" +"Pour des raisons de sécurité, vous pouvez restreindre l'utilisation de votre" +" clé API. Pour vous allez à la section :guilabel:`restrictions API` pour " +"préciser à quelles API votre clé peut avoir accès. Pour l'API Google Places," +" vous pouvez la restreindre pour uniquement autoriser des requêtes de sites " +"web ou d'applications spécifiques." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." msgstr "" +"Enregistrez votre Clé API : Copiez votre clé API et conservez-la en toute " +"sécurité." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." msgstr "" +"Ne la partagez pas publiquement et ne l'exposez pas dans un code côté " +"client." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" @@ -8808,7 +8938,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Mailing Lists`, using the :guilabel:`Join` and " ":guilabel:`Leave` buttons." msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs externes peuvent également le faire à partir de " +"Les utilisateurs internes peuvent également le faire à partir de " ":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Listes de diffusion`, à " "l'aide des boutons :guilabel:`Rejoindre` et :guilabel:`Quitter`." @@ -11140,9 +11270,9 @@ msgid "" "easy to use." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez suivre le trafic de votre site web dOdoo avec " -":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` ou :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. Nous " -"recommandons l'utilisation de Plausible.io, car il est respectueux de la vie" -" privée, léger et facile d'utilisation." +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` ou :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. Nous vous" +" recommandons d'utiliser Plausible.io, car il est respectueux de la vie " +"privée, léger et facile d'utilisation." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:12 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 3af82749c..e64103f6b 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,12 +6,15 @@ # Translators: # yotam linder , 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 -# yael terner, 2024 -# Roy Sayag, 2024 -# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Yihya Hugirat , 2024 # ExcaliberX , 2024 +# Adi Sharashov , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# yael terner, 2024 +# MichaelHadar, 2024 # ZVI BLONDER , 2024 +# Ha Ketem , 2024 +# Roy Sayag, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Roy Sayag, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -152,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "צור עובד חדש" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -892,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "צי רכב" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -991,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "יצרנים" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1030,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "דגמי רכב" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1112,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1144,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1311,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "מודל" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1397,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "מנוע" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1487,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "קטגוריית דגם" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -4227,7 +4230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "דו\"חות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4451,7 +4454,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "תוספת שכר" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5063,7 +5066,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "תבניות דוא\"ל" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5421,7 +5424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הוספה מהירה" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5487,7 +5490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "יצירה" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6801,7 +6804,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "אילוצים" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -7057,7 +7060,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הודעת סיום" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7067,7 +7070,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הפניות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7102,7 +7105,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "קליטה לעבודה" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7259,7 +7262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "צפה במשרות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7375,7 +7378,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "קישור" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7389,7 +7392,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "פייסבוק" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7644,7 +7647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "לינקדאין" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7745,7 +7748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "שלח דוא\"ל לחבר" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8035,7 +8038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הטבות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8150,7 +8153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "רמות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8271,7 +8274,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "התראות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 475373e96..d7fccf12e 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buat karyawan baru" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Armada" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peringatan Tanggal Akhir Kontrak" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produsen-Produsen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Model" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mesin" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kategori Model" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -3049,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tawaran-Tawaran" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4224,7 +4224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laporan" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4448,7 +4448,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lampiran Gaji" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5060,7 +5060,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Templat-templat email" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5418,7 +5418,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambah Dengan Cepat" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5484,7 +5484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buat" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6798,7 +6798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kendala" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -6848,7 +6848,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sesi-Sesi Live" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -6933,7 +6933,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waktu & Nilai" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7054,7 +7054,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pesan Penutup" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7064,7 +7064,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Referral" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7099,7 +7099,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onboarding" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7256,7 +7256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lihat Pekerjaan" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7372,7 +7372,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tautan..." #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7386,7 +7386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7641,7 +7641,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7742,7 +7742,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Email teman" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8032,7 +8032,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hadiah" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8147,7 +8147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Level-Level" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8268,7 +8268,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alert" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f024ca277..ae36a4553 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marianna Ciofani, 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea un nuovo dipendente" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parco veicoli" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avviso data di fine contratto" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produttori" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modelli veicoli" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modello" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Motore" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categoria Modello" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Offerte" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4408,7 +4408,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 msgid "Meal Vouchers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buoni pasto" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -4447,7 +4447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allegato dello stipendio" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modelli e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5417,7 +5417,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aggiunta rapida" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5483,7 +5483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6797,7 +6797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincoli" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -6847,7 +6847,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sessioni dal vivo" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -6932,7 +6932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tempo e punteggio" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7053,7 +7053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Messaggio finale" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7063,7 +7063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Referenze" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7098,7 +7098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserimento lavorativo" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7255,7 +7255,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vedi lavori" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7371,7 +7371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Link" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7385,7 +7385,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7640,7 +7640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7741,7 +7741,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invia e-mail a un amico" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8031,7 +8031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Premi" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8146,7 +8146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Livelli" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8267,7 +8267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avvisi" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 77ceb00de..52a62dfbc 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Yoshi Tashiro (Quartile) , 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 msgid "Install and Maintain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "インストールと整備" #: ../../content/administration.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1361,6 +1361,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "オンライン" @@ -1386,8 +1492,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -2927,8 +3033,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -4563,11 +4669,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -8509,64 +8615,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8575,7 +8685,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8583,13 +8693,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8601,23 +8711,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8627,7 +8737,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8640,7 +8750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8650,13 +8760,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8667,7 +8777,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8676,58 +8786,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8736,13 +8860,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8751,171 +8875,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -8925,7 +9049,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -8934,39 +9058,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "自動化されたアクション" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -8975,63 +9099,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9041,7 +9165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9049,7 +9173,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9057,21 +9181,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9080,7 +9206,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9088,7 +9214,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9096,92 +9222,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 548a488e4..f5d6dabe7 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -7131,22 +7131,24 @@ msgid "" "check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, and " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"一度取引が記録された勘定科目を削除することはできません。アカウントの設定で **廃止済**機能を使用して使用不可にすることができます: " +"feature:guilabel:`廃止済` ボックスをチェックし、 :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:178 msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:180 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 @@ -7159,23 +7161,27 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 勘定科目表 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:183 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 勘定科目表を更新 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会計チートシート" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:13 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss, which is an analysis over a " "period)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**貸借対照表**は、特定の日付における会社の財務のスナップショットです(期間にわたる分析である損益とは対照的です)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -7184,6 +7190,7 @@ msgid "" "accounts and cash. The money owed by a client is an asset. An employee is " "not an asset." msgstr "" +"**資産**は、会社の富と所有しているプロダクトを表します。固定資産には建物やオフィスが含まれ、流動資産には銀行口座や現金が含まれます。顧客が借りているお金は資産です。従業員は資産ではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7192,6 +7199,7 @@ msgid "" "could also be defined as a source of financing which is provided to the " "company, also called *leverage*." msgstr "" +"**負債**とは、会社が将来支払わなければならない過去の出来事による債務(公共料金、借金、未払いサプライヤ)のことです。負債はまた、*借入金*とも呼ばれ、会社に提供される資金調達源として定義することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -7200,16 +7208,17 @@ msgid "" "losses). Each year, net profits (or losses) may be reported as retained " "earnings or distributed to the shareholders (as a dividend)." msgstr "" +"**自己資本**とは、会社の所有者(創業者または株主)が拠出した資金に、過去に留保された利益(または損失)を加えた金額です。毎年、純利益(または損失)は、利益剰余金として報告されるか、株主に(配当として)分配されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:34 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有するもの(資産)は、返済のための負債(負債)または資本(利益、資本)を通じて調達されています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 msgid "A difference is made between **assets** and **expenses**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**資産**と**費用**の違い:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7219,24 +7228,25 @@ msgid "" "They are bought or created to increase a firm's value or benefit its " "operations." msgstr "" +"**資産**とは、個人、企業、または国が、将来の便益をもたらすことを期待して所有または管理する、経済的価値のある資源のことです。資産は企業の貸借対照表に計上されます。資産は、企業価値を高めるため、または企業経営に利益をもたらすために購入または創出されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 msgid "" "An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " "revenues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**経費**とは、企業が収益を上げるために負担する運営費用のことです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:48 msgid "" "The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a " "specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**損益**（P&L）報告書は、特定の期間(通常は四半期または会計年度)の会社の業績を示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 msgid "" "The **revenue** refers to the money earned by the company by selling goods " "and/or services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**収益**とは、商品および/またはサービスを販売することによって企業が得る金銭のことで" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -7244,12 +7254,13 @@ msgid "" "to the sale of goods' costs (e.g., the cost of the materials and labor used " "to create the goods)." msgstr "" +"**売上原価**(COGS、または販売原価とも呼ばれる)とは、商品の販売にかかる費用(例えば、商品を作るために使用した材料費や人件費など)のことです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:62 msgid "" "The **Gross profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**売上総利益**は、売上高から売上原価を差し引いたものと同等です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -7257,10 +7268,11 @@ msgid "" "salaries, rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, and anything " "beyond the costs of products sold or the cost of sale." msgstr "" +"**営業経費**(OPEX)には、管理費、販売費、研究開発費の給与、家賃、水道光熱費、雑費、保険料など、販売したプロダクトの原価や売上原価以外のものが含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:76 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資産＝負債＋資本" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7269,6 +7281,7 @@ msgid "" "and crediting multiple accounts in a journal entry. In a way, a chart of " "accounts is like a company's DNA!" msgstr "" +"**勘定科目表**は、貸借対照表の勘定科目と損益計算書の勘定科目の両方を含む、会社のすべての勘定科目を一覧表にしたものです。すべての取引は、仕訳の中で複数の勘定科目を借方・貸方として記録されます。いわば、勘定科目表は会社のDNAのようなものです！" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -7276,16 +7289,17 @@ msgid "" "category. In Odoo, each account has a unique code and belongs to one of " "these categories:" msgstr "" +"勘定科目表に表示されている勘定科目は全て特定のカテゴリに属しています。Odooでは、各勘定は固有のコードを持っており、これらのカテゴリのいずれかに属しています:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:92 msgid "**Equity and subordinated debts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**株式と劣後債**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:89 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of money invested by a company's shareholders to " "finance the company's activities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**株式**は、会社の株主が会社の活動資金を調達するために投資した金額です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -7293,6 +7307,7 @@ msgid "" "company to finance its activities. In the event of the dissolution of a " "company, these third parties are reimbursed before the shareholders." msgstr "" +"**劣後債**とは、企業が活動資金を調達するために第三者が貸し付けた金額のことです。会社が解散した場合、これらの第三者は株主より先に弁済されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7302,10 +7317,11 @@ msgid "" "one year. They also include properties, plants, and equipments (also known " "as \"PP&E\") and are recorded on the balance sheet with that classification." msgstr "" +"**固定資産**とは、企業がその商品やサービスを生産するために購入し、使用する有形（すなわち、物理的）の品目や財産のことです。固定資産は長期資産です。つまり、1年以上の耐用年数を持つ資産です。固定資産には、有形固定資産(”PP&E”とも呼ばれる)も含まれ、貸借対照表にその分類で計上されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 msgid "**Current assets and liabilities**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**流動資産および負債**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -7315,6 +7331,7 @@ msgid "" "equivalents, accounts receivable, stock inventory, marketable securities, " "prepaid liabilities, and other liquid assets." msgstr "" +"**流動資産**勘定は、貸借対照表の資産の部に記載されている項目で、1年以内に現金化できる会社所有の資産をすべて計上します。流動資産には、現金、現金同等物、売掛金、在庫、有価証券、前払負債、その他の流動資産が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -7322,28 +7339,29 @@ msgid "" " within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to " "suppliers in the form of accounts payable." msgstr "" +"**流動負債**とは、1年以内に返済期限が到来する企業の短期的な金融債務を指します。流動負債の例は、買掛金という形で仕入先に支払う金銭です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**銀行と現金勘定**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:106 msgid "" "A **bank account** is a financial account maintained by a bank or other " "financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank " "and a customer are recorded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**銀行口座**とは、銀行またはその他の金融機関が管理する金融口座で、銀行と顧客との間の金融取引が記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 msgid "" "A **cash account**, or cash book, may refer to a ledger in which all cash " "transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts " "and the cash payment journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**現金勘定**または現金出納帳は、全ての現金取引が記録される元帳を指す。現金勘定には、入金と出金の両方の現金出納帳が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 msgid "**Expenses and income**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**経費と収入**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -7352,13 +7370,14 @@ msgid "" "obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee " "wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." msgstr "" +"**支出**とは、企業が収益を上げるために負担する運営費のことです。簡単に言えば、何かを得るために必要な費用です。一般的な費用としては、仕入先への支払い、従業員の賃金、工場のリース料、設備の減価償却費などが挙げられます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 msgid "" "The term \"**income**\" generally refers to the amount of money, property, " "and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange " "for services or products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**収入**という用語は、一般に、サービスや商品と引き換えに一定期間にわたって受け取る金銭、財産、その他の価値の移転の額を表します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 msgid "Example" @@ -7368,29 +7387,29 @@ msgstr "例" msgid "" "\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously " "selected as they are contradictory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\\*: 顧客返金ボックスと顧客支払ボックスは矛盾するため、同時に選択することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "残高＝借方-貸方" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:137 msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g., an invoice, a bank statement," " a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会社のあらゆる財務ドキュメント(請求書、銀行明細書、給与明細書、増資契約書など)は仕訳として記録され、複数の勘定科目に影響を与えます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:140 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal " "to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕訳が釣り合うためには、全ての借方の合計が全ての貸方の合計と等しくなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:145 msgid "" "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "様々な取引の会計記入例。(entries.jsを参照)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 @@ -7405,6 +7424,8 @@ msgid "" "of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and " "debits." msgstr "" +":doc:`消込 <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation>` " +"は特定の勘定科目の仕訳項目を連結し、貸方と借方を一致させるプロセスです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -7412,49 +7433,50 @@ msgid "" "them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts " "receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." msgstr "" +"その主な目的は、支払を関連する請求書にリンクさせ、支払済とマークすることです。これは、売掛金勘定および/または買掛金勘定の消込を行うことによって行われます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "消込は、以下の場合にシステムによって自動的に行われます：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:160 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払は請求書に直接登録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行消込処理において、支払と請求書のリンクが検出されます" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客明細例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 msgid "Partial payment 1/2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "部分支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 msgid "70" -msgstr "" +msgstr "70" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書 2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "65" -msgstr "" +msgstr "65" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "Partial payment 2/2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "部分支払 2/2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "30" @@ -7462,11 +7484,11 @@ msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払 2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:182 msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書 3" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:186 @@ -7475,7 +7497,7 @@ msgstr "50" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:186 msgid "Total to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合計支払額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" @@ -7487,24 +7509,25 @@ msgid "" "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" +"銀行消込とは、(銀行から提供される)銀行明細行と社内で記録された取引(取引先への支払や顧客からの支払)をすることです。銀行明細書の各行について、以下のことが可能です：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 msgid "" "**matched with a previously recorded payment**: a payment is registered when" " a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank " "statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**過去に記録された支払と消込**：顧客から小切手を受け取ったときに支払が登録され、銀行明細を確認するときに消込されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 msgid "" "**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and " "reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**新規の支払として記録される**:支払の仕訳が作成され、銀行明細書を処理する際に関連する請求書と消込されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 msgid "" "**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**その他の取引として記録される**:銀行振込、ダイレクトチャージなど。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -7513,51 +7536,52 @@ msgid "" "balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " "balance." msgstr "" +"Odooはほとんどの取引を自動的に消込します。手動で確認が必要な取引はごくわずかです。銀行消込処理が終了すると、Odooの銀行口座の残高は銀行明細の残高と一致するはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手処理" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 msgid "" "There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手と内部電信送金の管理には2つのアプローチがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:213 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "２つの仕訳と消込" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:214 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1仕訳と銀行照合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:218 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最初の仕訳は、請求書に支払を登録することで作成されます。2つ目の仕訳は、銀行明細を登録する際に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書 ABC" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未預入資金" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手 0123" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:243 msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書に支払を登録することで、仕訳が作成されます。銀行明細を消込する際、明細行は既存の仕訳にリンクされます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 msgid "Bank Statement" @@ -7565,11 +7589,11 @@ msgstr "銀行取引明細書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:254 msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "明細 XYZ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 msgid "Multi-currency system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数通貨システム" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7578,14 +7602,15 @@ msgid "" "can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your " "foreign currency activities." msgstr "" +"Odooでは、請求書の発行、請求書の受領、取引の記録を、貴社で設定されている主要通貨以外の通貨で行うことができます。また、他通貨の銀行口座を設定し、外貨での取引に関するレポートを作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:20 msgid "Main currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "メイン通貨" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7594,10 +7619,12 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the " ":guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." msgstr "" +"**メイン通貨**はデフォルトでは会社の国に従って定義されています。これを変更するには :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> " +"詳細設定 --> 通貨` を開き、 :guilabel:`メイン通貨` 設定で通貨を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:29 msgid "Enable foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外貨を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -7605,18 +7632,20 @@ msgid "" "enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` " "button." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 通貨`に移動し、 " +":guilabel:`有効化`ボタンをトグルして使用したい通貨を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使いたい通貨を有効化します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:41 msgid "Currency rates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨レート" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:44 msgid "Manual update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動更新" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7625,14 +7654,17 @@ msgid "" " the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` to create a new rate." msgstr "" +"手動で通貨レートを作成して設定するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 通貨` " +"に進み、レートを変更したい通貨をクリックし、 :guilabel:`レート` タブの下にある :guilabel:`明細を追加` " +"をクリックして新しいレートを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨レートを作成または変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:55 msgid "Automatic update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自動更新" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -7641,6 +7673,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on" " the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`自動通貨レート` は :menuselection:`会計ダッシュボード --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 通貨` " +"の下に表示されます。デフォルトでは、**今すぐ更新** ボタン（:guilabel:`ᗘ）をクリックしないとレートが更新されません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7650,16 +7684,19 @@ msgid "" "service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by " "clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." msgstr "" +"Odooは定期的にレートを更新することができます。そのためには :guilabel:`間隔` を :guilabel:`手動` から " +":guilabel:`日次`、 :guilabel:`週次`、 :guilabel:`月次` に変更して下さい。また、 " +":guilabel:`Service` フィールドをクリックすると、最新の通貨レートを取得するウェブサービスを選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:69 msgid "Exchange difference entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "為替差益仕訳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:71 msgid "" "Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated " "accounts, in a dedicated journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは自動的に為替差益の仕訳を専用勘定科目、専用仕訳帳に記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -7668,6 +7705,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the " ":guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> デフォルト勘定科目` に進み、 :guilabel:`仕訳帳`、 " +":guilabel:`収益勘定`、 :guilabel:`損益勘定` " +"を編集することで、**為替差エントリーをポストするために使用するジャーナルとアカウントを定義することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -7677,12 +7717,14 @@ msgid "" "which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** " "journal." msgstr "" +"顧客から請求書を発行してから1ヶ月後に入金があった場合、為替レートはそれ以降に変動している可能性があります。この変動は為替差損益を意味し、Odooは自動的にデフォルトの**為替差**仕訳に記帳します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:89 msgid "" "Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the" " account are forced to have that account's currency." msgstr "" +"各アカウントは通貨を設定することができます。そうすることで、そのアカウントに関連する全ての動きは、そのアカウントの通貨を持つことを強制されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7690,6 +7732,8 @@ msgid "" "Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. " "If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." msgstr "" +"そのためには :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 勘定科目一覧` に行き、 :guilabel:`アカウント通貨` " +"フィールドで通貨を選択します。空欄の場合、有効な通貨は1つだけでなくすべて扱われます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 @@ -7704,7 +7748,7 @@ msgstr "仕訳帳" msgid "" "If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles " "transactions in that currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**仕訳帳**に通貨が設定されている場合、その仕訳帳はその通貨の取引のみを扱います。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -7712,33 +7756,35 @@ msgid "" "open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field " ":guilabel:`Currency`." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 仕訳帳`に行き、編集したい仕訳帳を開き、 " +":guilabel:`通貨`フィールドで通貨を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕訳帳で扱う通貨を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:113 msgid "Multi-currency accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数通貨会計" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:118 msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書、仕入先請求書と他ドキュメント" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:120 msgid "" "For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the " "transaction on the document itself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全てのドキュメントについて、取引に使用する通貨と仕訳帳をドキュメント自体で選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用する通貨と仕訳帳を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -7747,14 +7793,16 @@ msgid "" "and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` " "field." msgstr "" +"会社の主要通貨以外の通貨で支払を登録するには、ドキュメントの :guilabel:`支払登録` 支払ボタンをクリックし、ポップアップウィンドウの " +":guilabel:`金額` フィールドで **通貨** を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払いを登録する前に、使用する通貨と仕訳帳を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:143 msgid "Bank transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行取引" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -7764,20 +7812,23 @@ msgid "" " your main currency for it to automatically get converted in the foreign " "currency in the :guilabel:`Amount in Currency field`." msgstr "" +"銀行取引を作成またはインポートする場合、金額は会社の主要通貨で表示されます。外貨**を入力するには、 :guilabel:`外貨` " +"で通貨を選択します。選択したら、 :guilabel:`金額` を主要通貨で入力すると、 :guilabel:`通貨フィールドの金額` " +"で自動的に外貨に変換されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "外貨に関する追加フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the " "equivalent amount in your company's main currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "消込時、Odooは外貨金額と貴社の主要通貨金額の両方を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:160 msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "為替レート仕訳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -7785,18 +7836,19 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: " "Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" +"**為替差仕訳**を見るには、 :menuselection:`会計ダッシュボード --> 会計 --> 仕訳帳: その他`にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "為替レート仕訳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 msgid "VAT units" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 単位" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これは、複数会社環境にのみ適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7810,6 +7862,8 @@ msgid "" "specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " "companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." msgstr "" +"**VATユニット**とは、VAT課税対象企業のグループであり、法的には互いに独立し ているが、財政的、組織的、経済的に密接に関連しているため、同一の " +"VAT課税対象企業とみなされます。**VATユニット**の設立は強制ではありませんが、設立する場合、ユニットの構成企業は同一の**国**に属し、同一の**通貨**を使用し、1社を**VATユニット**の**代表**企業として指定しなければなりません。**VATユニット**は、**税務申告**のみを目的とした特定の**税務ID**を受け取ります。**構成**会社は、**商業目的**のために使用される**税務ID**を保持します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -7818,6 +7872,8 @@ msgid "" " two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " "taxes." msgstr "" +"企業**A**は " +"€300.000,00のVAT税を負担しており、企業**B**は€280.000,00のVAT税を回収できます。両者は**VATユニット**として構成され、2つのVAT税額が均衡し、共同で€20.000,00のVAT税額のみを納付しなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7829,10 +7885,14 @@ msgid "" "report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." msgstr "" +"VATユニット**を設定するには、 :menuselection:`管理設定 --> 一般設定`に進み、 " +":guilabel:`会社`セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`会社管理`をクリックします。guilabel:`会社名`、 " +":guilabel:`住所`、 :guilabel:`VAT`、 :guilabel:`通貨`、 :guilabel:`電話`、 " +":guilabel:`メールアドレス`を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 msgid "General information tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一般情報タブ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7843,10 +7903,14 @@ msgid "" "serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " "unit**." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`VATユニット` タブの :guilabel:`明細追加` をクリックし、既存の **VAT ユニット** " +"を選択するか、新しいユニットを作成します。ユニットの**名前**、構成会社および税務報告書の :guilabel:`国`、 " +":guilabel:`会社`、**代表者**の役割を果たす :guilabel:`主要会社`、**VAT ユニット**の " +":guilabel:`税務ID` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 msgid "VAT units tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VATユニットタブ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 msgid "Fiscal position" @@ -7859,6 +7923,8 @@ msgid "" "position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " "inter-constituent transactions." msgstr "" +"同じ**VATユニット**の構成社間の取引はVATの対象外であるため、 :doc:`税マッピング (財政ポジション) " +"<../taxes/fiscal_positions>` を作成し、構成社間の取引に対するVATの適用を回避することが可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -7869,23 +7935,27 @@ msgid "" "**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " "the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." msgstr "" +"次に :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 財政ポジション` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` で新しい " +"**財務ポジション** を作成します。guilabel:`税マッピング`タブをクリックし、通常**構成社でない**取引に適用される " +":guilabel:`プロダクトへの課税`を選択し、 :guilabel:`未適用税`で**構成社**取引に適用する0%の税金を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 msgid "" "Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " "this process for **each** constituent company on your database." msgstr "" +"必要であれば :guilabel:`会計マッピング` タブにも同じことを行い、データベースの**各**構成会社についてこのプロセスを繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 msgid "" "Depending on your :doc:`localization package " "`, taxes may vary from the " "screenshot displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "お使いの :doc:`ローカライゼーションパッケージ` によって、表示されるスクリーンショットと税金が異なる場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VATユニットの財政状態の税マッピング" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -7896,10 +7966,11 @@ msgid "" "the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " "database." msgstr "" +"次に、**連絡先**アプリを開いて、財政ポジションを割り当てます。連絡先の**構成**会社を検索し、連絡先の**カード**を開きます。guilabel:`販売＆購買`タブをクリックし、:guilabel:`財務ポジション`フィールドに、**VATユニット**用に作成した**財務ポジション**を入力します。各会社データベースの**構成**会社カードフォームごとに、このプロセスを繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -7909,10 +7980,12 @@ msgid "" " contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " "export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." msgstr "" +"**代表**会社は、 :menuselection:`会計 --> レポーティング --> 税レポート` に進み、 :guilabel:`税ユニット` " +"で**VATユニット**を選択することで、**VATユニット**の集計された税務レポートにアクセスすることができます。このレポートには全ての**構成社**の取引が集計され、.XMLエクスポートには**主要**会社の名前とVAT番号が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 msgid "VAT unit tax report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VATユニット税レポート" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 msgid "Payments" @@ -7922,7 +7995,7 @@ msgstr "支払" msgid "" "In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " "or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、支払は請求書や請求書に自動的にリンクさせることも、後日使用するために独立したレコードにすることもできます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -7930,6 +8003,7 @@ msgid "" "amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " "same invoice." msgstr "" +"支払が顧客請求書または仕入先請求書に**リンクされている場合**、顧客請求書の支払額が減額/決済されます。同じ顧客請求書に複数の支払を関連付けることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -7938,24 +8012,27 @@ msgid "" "debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " "unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" +"支払が**顧客請求書または仕入先請求書にリンクされていない**場合、顧客は貴社に対して貸方残高を持っているか、貴社が仕入先に対して借方残高を持っています。これらの未払金額は、未払顧客請求書/仕入先請求書を削減/決済するために使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Internal transfers `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration `_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 銀行設定`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:24 msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客または仕入先請求書からの支払い登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7968,6 +8045,11 @@ msgid "" "statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " "status." msgstr "" +"顧客請求書または仕入先請求書の :guilabel:`支払登録` をクリックすると、新しい仕訳が生成され、支払額に応じて支払期日が変更されます。相手先は" +" :ref:`outstanding ` の **入金** または **支払** " +"勘定に反映されます。この時点で、顧客請求書または支払先請求書は :guilabel:`支払中` " +"としてマークされます。その後、未払勘定が銀行明細行と消込されると、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書は :guilabel:`支払済` " +"ステータスに変更されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -7975,36 +8057,37 @@ msgid "" "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " "journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" +"支払明細行の近くにある情報アイコンは、支払に関する詳細情報を表示します。guilabel:`表示`をクリックすると、関連仕訳帳などの追加情報にアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "See detailed information of a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払の詳細情報を見る" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" "The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" " to register the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録するには、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書が :guilabel:`記帳済` ステータスでなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払照合を解除した場合、帳簿には表示されますが、請求書との関連はなくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "異なる通貨での支払を(未)消込する場合、為替差損益(戻入)額を計上するための仕訳が自動的に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "現金主義税額がある支払と請求書を(未)消込した場合、現金主義税(戻入)額を計上する仕訳が自動的に作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -8013,10 +8096,13 @@ msgid "" "through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " "registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"主要銀行の口座が :ref:`未払勘定 ` " +"に設定されており、Odooに支払が登録されている場合(関連する銀行明細を経由していない場合)、請求書や請求書は :guilabel:`支払済` " +"として直接登録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書や請求書に紐づいていない支払いを登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8026,10 +8112,12 @@ msgid "" "**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`顧客 / 取引先 --> " +"支払`メニューで新しい支払が登録されると、顧客請求書や仕入先請求書に直接リンクされません。代わりに、売掛金または買掛金は、関連する顧客請求書または仕入先請求書と手動で消込されるまで、**未払勘定**と照合されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書や仕入先請求書と支払の照合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -8038,20 +8126,21 @@ msgid "" "easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" +"青いバナーは、新しい請求書を確認した際に、その特定の顧客または仕入先に対して**未消込支払**が存在する場合に表示されます。guilabel:`未消込クレジット`または:guilabel:`未消込支払`の下にある:guilabel:`追加`をクリックすることで、請求書または請求書から簡単に照合することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書または仕入先請求書と支払を消込する追加オプションを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " "reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書または仕入先請求書は、対応する銀行明細書と消込されるまで、:guilabel:`支払中`とマークされます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッチ支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8064,18 +8153,23 @@ msgid "" "several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " "Batch Payment`." msgstr "" +"バッチ支払は、 :doc:`消込`を容易にするために、異なる支払いをグループ化することができます。また、 " +":doc:`小切手 ` を銀行に預ける時や、 :doc:`SEPA支払 ` " +"にも便利です。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> バッチ支払` または :menuselection:`会計 " +"--> 取引先 --> 撥支払` に進みます。支払のリストビューで :menuselection:`アクション --> バッチ支払作成` " +"をクリックすると、複数の支払を一括で選択してグループ化することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払照合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -8087,10 +8181,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`支払照合`ツールは、未消込の全ての顧客請求書または仕入先請求書を開き、それらを個別に処理し、全ての支払と請求書を一箇所で照合することができます。このツールは、" +" :menuselection:`会計ダッシュボード --> 顧客請求書 / " +"仕入先請求書`のドロップダウンメニューボタン(:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE`) をクリックし、 :guilabel:`支払照合`を選択するか、" +" :menuselection:`会計 --> 会計 --> 消込`に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドロップダウン・メニューの支払照合メニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -8098,10 +8196,12 @@ msgid "" "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" +"doc:`消込 ` " +"の間、借方と貸方の合計が一致しない場合、残高があります。これは後日消込するか、直接償却する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッチ支払照合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8119,7 +8219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 msgid "Registering a partial payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "部分支払を登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -8132,14 +8232,18 @@ msgid "" "paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " "amount." msgstr "" +"**部分支払**を登録するには、関連する顧客請求書または支払請求書から :guilabel:`支払を登録` " +"をクリックし、受取金額または支払金額を入力します。金額を入力すると、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書を:guilabel:`オープンのまま残す`にするか、:guilabel:`全額支払い済とマーク`にするかを決定するプロンプトが表示されます。guilabel:`オープンのまま残す`を選択し、:guilabel:`支払を作成`をクリックします。顧客請求書または仕入先請求書に" +" :guilabel:`部分` " +"というマークが付けられます。差額がある顧客請求書や仕入先請求書を支払いたい場合、:guilabel:`全額支払済`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書または仕入先請求書の部分支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行明細で支払消込" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -8148,10 +8252,13 @@ msgid "" "` it with the related bank statement line to have the " "transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"支払が登録されると、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書のステータスは :guilabel:`支払中` になります。次のステップは、:doc:`消込 " +"` を関連する銀行明細行と消込し、取引を確定し、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書を :guilabel:`支払済`" +" とマークすることです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行預金によるバッチ支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8161,20 +8268,23 @@ msgid "" "reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with " "transactions in the batch deposit." msgstr "" +"**バッチ入金**は、顧客の支払をグループ化して銀行口座に入金する便利な方法です。この機能により、複数の支払をリストアップし、バッチ参照付きの詳細な入金伝票を作成することができます。この参照は、銀行明細書とバッチ入金内の取引を消込する際に使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" " Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> " +"顧客支払`に行き、:guilabel:`バッチ支払`にチェックを入れて機能を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "複数の支払をバッチ入金する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:20 msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8185,14 +8295,17 @@ msgid "" "Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create " "Payment`." msgstr "" +"バッチ入金を行う前に、各取引の支払を登録する必要があります。そのためには、該当する顧客請求書を開き、 :guilabel:`支払登録` " +"をクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウで、銀行口座にリンクされている :guilabel:`仕訳帳` と :guilabel:`支払方法` として " +":guilabel:`バッチ入金` を選択し、 :guilabel:`支払を作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客支払を一括預入として登録する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:32 msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括預入に支払を追加" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -8201,30 +8314,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the " ":guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" +"一括預入に支払を追加するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> 一括支払` に進み、 :guilabel:`新規` " +"をクリックします。次に、 :guilabel:`銀行` を選択し、 :guilabel:`支払方法` として :一括預入` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新規インバウンドバッチ支払いフォームへの入力" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to " "include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`明細を追加`をクリックします。ポップアップウィンドウで、一括預入に含めるすべての支払にチェックを入れ、 :guilabel:`選択`" +" をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一括預入に含める全ての支払を選択する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:49 msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完了したら、一括預入を確定するために :guilabel:`検証` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit " "slip." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`印刷`をクリックすると、預入伝票に添付するPDFファイルをダウンロードできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8234,24 +8351,27 @@ msgid "" "the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select" " a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." msgstr "" +"銀行取引がデータベースに登録されたら、銀行明細行とバッチ支払を消込することができます。これを行うには、 :guilabel:`会計ダッシュボード` " +"に行き、関連する銀行口座の :guilabel:`項目を消込` " +"をクリックします。guilabel:`バッチ支払`タブで特定のバッチを選択し、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして処理を確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッチ支払と全取引の消込" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 msgid "" "If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, " "remove the related payment before reconciling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定の支払が銀行で処理できなかったり、紛失している場合は、消込前に関連する支払いを削除します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`batch_sdd`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "バッチ支払: SEPA口座振替(SDD)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8261,18 +8381,21 @@ msgid "" "that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. " "This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" +"SEPA(Single Euro Payments " +"Area)は、ユーロ建ての銀行送金を簡素化するための欧州連合の決済統合イニシアチブです。SEPA口座振替** " +"(SDD)を利用すると、顧客は銀行口座から将来の支払いを回収することを承認する委任状に署名することができます。これは、サブスクリプションに基づく定期的な支払に特に便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" "You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files " "containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooで顧客委任状を記録し、SDD委任状で行われた未決済の支払を含む`.xml`ファイルを生成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SDDは、欧州連合(EU)加盟27カ国とその他の国を含む、すべてのSEPA加盟国でサポートされています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -8280,6 +8403,8 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"`全SEPA加盟国リスト `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8289,25 +8414,28 @@ msgid "" "provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for " "delivering them." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に進み、 :guilabel:`SEPAダイレクトデビット(SDD)` " +"を有効にし、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。貴社の :guilabel:`債権者識別子` " +"を入力します。この番号は、銀行機関または銀行口座の開設を担当する機関から提供されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計にSEPA債権者識別子を追加する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPAダイレクトデビット委任状" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 msgid "Create a mandate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委任状を作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:37 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SDD (sepa direct debit)` Mandate is the document that your " "customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SDD(SEPAダイレクトデビット)委任状は、顧客が銀行口座から直接お金を引落とすことを承認するために署名するドキュメントです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8317,6 +8445,9 @@ msgid "" "customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click " "on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." msgstr "" +"新しい委任状を作成するには、 :menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 顧客 --> ダイレクトデビット委任状` に行き、 " +":guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックし、フォームに記入します。guilabel:`印刷`をクリックしてPDFファイルをエクスポートします。この書類に署名するのは顧客です。署名が完了したら、署名されたファイルをアップロードし、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして委任の実行を開始します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8324,10 +8455,12 @@ msgid "" "the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your" " own :doc:`Bank Account <../bank>` settings." msgstr "" +"債務者の連絡先フォームの :guilabel:`会計` タブの下と、あなた自身の :doc:`銀行口座 <../bank>` 設定に、**IBAN " +"銀行口座の詳細** が正しく記録されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:50 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法としてのSEPA直接引落" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8355,15 +8488,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SDDを支払方法として使用する顧客は、IBAN、Eメールアドレスを追加し、SEPA直接引落委任状に署名するよう求められます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**決済プロバイダ**ドキュメンテーション機能へのリンクを追加。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "委任状のクローズまたは撤回" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -8371,6 +8504,8 @@ msgid "" "Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until" " it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." msgstr "" +"直接引落の委任状は :guilabel:`終了日` " +"を過ぎると自動的に終了します。このフィールドが空白の場合、委任状は**終了済**または**撤回済**とされるまで**有効**であり続けます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -8378,6 +8513,7 @@ msgid "" "day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be " "processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`クローズ`をクリックすると、マンデートの終了日が現在の日に更新されます。これは、現在日以降に発行された請求書はSDD支払で処理されないことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8386,38 +8522,42 @@ msgid "" "However, payments that have already been registered are still included in " "the next SDD `.xml` file." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`撤回`をクリックすると、委任は直ちに無効になります。請求書の日付に関係なく、SDDによる支払は登録できなくなります。ただし、すでに登録されている支払は、次のSDD" +" `.xml` ファイルに含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot" " be reactivated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "いったん :guilabel:`クローズ済` または :guilabel:`撤回済`となった委任状は、再び有効にすることはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA直接引落によるバッチ支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SDD委任状が有効な顧客に発行された請求書のSDD支払を登録できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 msgid "" "To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and " "choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." msgstr "" +"そのためには、請求書を開いて :guilabel:`支払登録` をクリックし、支払方法として :guilabel:`SEPA直接引落` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA直接引落 `.XML` ファイルを生成して支払を送信する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" "`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" +"SDDの全ての支払方法が記載された`.xml`ファイルをオンラインバンキングのインターフェイスにアップロードすると、全ての支払を一度に処理できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -8427,6 +8567,9 @@ msgid "" "library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-customer-psp-" "implementation>`_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" +"Odooによって生成されたファイルは、SEPA顧客間取引実施ガイドライン`_によって要求されるSEPA直接引落**PAIN.008.001.02**の仕様に従っており、銀行との互換性を保証しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -8437,26 +8580,31 @@ msgid "" " click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for " "download." msgstr "" +"保留中の複数のSDD決済の`.xml`ファイルを作成するには、バッチ支払を作成します。そのためには、 " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> 支払` に行き、必要な支払を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`アクション` をクリックし、最後に :guilabel:`バッチ支払を作成` " +"をクリックします。guilabel:`検証`をクリックすると、`.xml`ファイルが直接ダウンロードできるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計でSDD支払い用の.XMLファイルを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:119 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、このファイルをオンラインバンキングのインターフェイスにアップロードして支払を処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." msgstr "" +"生成されたすべての SDD `.xml` ファイルは、 :menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 顧客 --> バッチ支払` で取得できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`batch`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`バッチ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -8464,6 +8612,8 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`全SEPA加盟国リスト `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -8471,6 +8621,9 @@ msgid "" "library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-inter-psp-" "implementation-guidelines>`_" msgstr "" +"`Sepaガイドライン `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 msgid "Checks" @@ -8482,12 +8635,14 @@ msgid "" "using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " ":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." msgstr "" +"Odooで小切手による支払を処理するには、:ref:`未消込勘定 ` " +"を使用する方法と、:ref:`消込処理を回避する方法 ` の2つの方法があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" "**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " "stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**未消込勘定の使用を推奨**、まだ現金化されていない小切手を考慮することで、銀行口座の残高を正確に保つことができるためです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -8498,18 +8653,19 @@ msgid "" "not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" " bank statement." msgstr "" +"どちらの方法でも、会計処理終了時には同じデータが作成されます。しかし、現金化されていない小切手がある場合、**未消込金勘定**メソッドでは、これらの小切手は**未消込入金**勘定で報告されます。しかし、銀行残高は銀行明細の時点で反映されるため、消込の有無にかかわらず、資金は銀行口座に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`未消込勘定 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`銀行消込 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "方法 1: 未消込勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -8519,6 +8675,7 @@ msgid "" "statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" " **Bank** account." msgstr "" +"小切手を受け取ったら、請求書に小切手による支払<.../銀行/消込>`を記録します。その後、銀行口座に小切手の金額が入金されたら、支払と明細を消込し、その金額を**未消込入金**勘定から**銀行**勘定に移動させます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8531,7 +8688,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" -msgstr "" +msgstr "方法 2: 消込回避" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8540,6 +8697,8 @@ msgid "" "from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " "reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" +"小切手を受け取った場合、関連する請求書に :doc:`支払 <../銀行/消込>` " +"を記録します。その後、その金額は**売掛金勘定**から**銀行**勘定に移動し、消込を回避して**1つの仕訳項目**のみを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -8552,28 +8711,35 @@ msgid "" " Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " "**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" +"そのためには、以下の設定を行う*必要があります*。menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 仕訳帳 --> " +"銀行`に進みます。guilabel:`入金` タブをクリックし、次に :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックし、 " +":guilabel:`支払方法` として :guilabel:`手動`を選択し、 :guilabel:`名前`に `小切手` " +"と入力します。トグルメニューボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`未消込入金勘定`にチェックを入れ、:guilabel:`未消込入金勘定`列で、**小切手**支払方法に" +" :guilabel:`銀行` 口座を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行勘定を使って未収金勘定を回避します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトでは、小切手による支払いを登録する方法は2つあります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**手動**: 単体の小切手用;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**バッチ**: 一度に複数の小切手用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 msgid "" "This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " "deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." msgstr "" +"このドキュメントは**小切手1枚**の支払いに焦点を当てています。**バッチ支払**については:doc:`バッチ支払ドキュメンテーション " +"`をご覧下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8581,50 +8747,53 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" +"顧客から小切手を受け取ったら、関連する請求書（:menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> 請求書)`に行き、 " +":guilabel:`支払登録` をクリックします。支払情報を入力します:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`仕訳帳: 銀行`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " "created a specific payment method);" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`支払方法`: :guilabel:`手動`(または特定の支払方法を作成した場合は**小切手**);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`メモ`: 小切手番号を入力;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "クリック :guilabel:`支払を作成`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 msgid "Check payment info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手支払情報" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 msgid "" "The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " "registration method chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらのガイドでは、Odooデータベースのインストール、整備、アップグレード方法について説明しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 msgid "Outstanding account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未消込勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " "payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" msgstr "" +"支払を記録すると同時に、請求書は :guilabel:`支払中` としてマークされます。この操作により、以下の**仕訳項目**が作成されます：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "明細書商法" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 @@ -8646,12 +8815,12 @@ msgid "" "Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " "check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " "**journal entry**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、銀行明細を受け取ったら、この明細と**未消込入金**勘定の小切手を照合します。これにより、以下の**仕訳**が作成されます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -8659,26 +8828,27 @@ msgid "" "checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" +"この方法で受取小切手を管理すると、**未消込入金**勘定(総勘定元帳などからアクセス可能)に現金化されていない小切手のリストが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 msgid "Reconciliation bypass" -msgstr "" +msgstr "消込回避" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手を記録すると同時に、請求書は :guilabel:`支払済` とマークされます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" "With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " "effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " "reconciliation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "この方法では、**未消込勘定**の使用を回避し、事実上、帳簿上の仕訳は1つだけとなり、消込を回避することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書上のフォローアップ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8688,12 +8858,15 @@ msgid "" " one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send " "your follow-ups via different means, such as email, post, or SMS." msgstr "" +"支払期限を過ぎた場合、顧客にフォローアップメッセージを送信することができます。Odooは支払遅延の特定をサポートし、延滞日数に応じて自動的に1つ以上のアクションを実行する**フォローアップアクション**を使用して、適切なリマインダのスケジュールと送信が可能です。フォローアップはEメール、郵便、SMSなど様々な方法で送信できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:11 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo チュートリアル: 支払フォローアップ `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -8704,18 +8877,22 @@ msgid "" "**name** as well as the **number of days** can be changed. The follow-up " ":guilabel:`Actions` available are:" msgstr "" +"guilabel:`フォローアップアクション`を設定するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> " +"フォローアップレベル`に進み、新しいフォローアップレベルを選択または作成します。デフォルトでは :guilabel:`通知` " +"タブの下にいくつかのフォローアップアクションが用意されており、**日数** だけでなく**名前** も変更することができます。利用可能なフォローアップ " +":guilabel:`アクション` は以下の通りです：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Send Email`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメール送信`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:22 msgid ":ref:`Send a Letter `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`手紙を郵送 `;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:23 msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS message `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`SMSメッセージを送信 `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -8724,6 +8901,9 @@ msgid "" "field and click the :guilabel:`-->`. If enabled, SMS messages have a " "specific :guilabel:`Sms Template` field." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`コンテンツテンプレート`を選択することで、あらかじめ入力されているテンプレートをメッセージに使用することができます。使用するテンプレートを変更するには、フィールドにカーソルを合わせて" +" :guilabel:`-->` をクリックしてください。有効になっている場合、SMSメッセージには特定の :guilabel:`SMSテンプレート` " +"フィールドがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -8731,6 +8911,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automatic` option, and attaching the *open* invoice(s) by " "enabling :guilabel:`Attach Invoices`, within a specific follow-up action." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`自動化`オプションを有効にすることで自動的にリマインダを送信し、:guilabel:`請求書添付`オプションを有効にすることで特定のフォローアップアクション内に*オープン*請求書を添付することが可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8741,11 +8922,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`, and enter a :guilabel:`Summary` on how to handle " "the activity, if desired." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`活動`タブをクリックすると活動(タスク)のスケジューリングが可能になります。これにより、フォローアップがトリガされると自動的に活動がスケジュールされます。そのためには" +" :guilabel:`活動をスケジュール` を有効にし、タスクの :guilabel:`担当` " +"者を選択します。guilabel:`活動タイプ`を選択し、必要であれば活動をどのように処理するかの :guilabel:`概要` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:40 msgid "" "Set a negative number of days to send a reminder before the actual due date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "実際の期日前にリマインダを送信する場合は、マイナスの日数を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 msgid "Follow-up reports" @@ -8758,6 +8942,9 @@ msgid "" " Odoo filters by :guilabel:`Overdue Invoices`, but you can also filter by " ":guilabel:`In need of action` in the :guilabel:`Filters` menu." msgstr "" +"フォローアップが必要な延滞請求書は :menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> フォローアップレポート` " +"で確認できます。デフォルトでは、Odooは :guilabel:`延滞請求書` でフィルタリングしますが、 :guilabel:`フィルタ` メニューで" +" :guilabel:`要アクション` でフィルタリングすることもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8767,45 +8954,50 @@ msgid "" "Follow-ups`. You can set either :guilabel:`Automatic` or :guilabel:`Manual` " "reminders as well as a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for that customer." msgstr "" +"請求書を選択すると、顧客の全ての未払請求書(滞納かどうか)が表示され、滞納請求書は赤く表示されます。guilabel:`フォローアップから除外`をクリックすると、請求書を督促から除外することができます。リマインダは" +" :guilabel:`自動化` または :guilabel:`手動` のどちらか、またその顧客の :guilabel:`担当` " +"者を設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:54 msgid "" "To send reminders, click on :guilabel:`Follow up`, and select the action(s) " "you want to perform from:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リマインダを送信するには、:guilabel:`フォローアップ`をクリックし、実行したいアクションを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Print`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`印刷`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Eメール`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Sms`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMS`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`By post`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`郵送`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:62 msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Attach Invoices` and change the content templates from " "this view. When done, click :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Send & Print`." msgstr "" +"このビューから :guilabel:`請求書の添付` や内容のテンプレートを変更することができます。完了したら :guilabel:`送信` または " +":guilabel:`送信&印刷` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:66 msgid "" "The contact information on the invoice or the contact form is used to send " "the reminder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リマインダの送信には、請求書またはお問い合わせフォームに記載されている連絡先情報が使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:67 msgid "" "When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リマインダーが送信されると、請求書のチャッタに記録されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -8813,16 +9005,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Reminder` date. You will get the next report according to " "the next reminder date set." msgstr "" +"リマインダのタイミングでない場合は、 :guilabel:`次のリマインダ` " +"の日付を指定することができます。設定された次のリマインダの日付に従って、次のレポートを取得します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 msgid "" "Reconcile all bank statements right before launching the follow-up process " "to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "すでに支払済みの顧客に督促を送るのを避けるため、フォローアップ処理を開始する直前に、全ての銀行明細を消込します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:76 msgid "Debtor's trust level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "債務者の信用度" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -8831,14 +9025,17 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the" " bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." msgstr "" +"顧客が通常支払いが遅いかどうかを知るには、フォローアップレポートで :guilabel:`良い債務者`、 :guilabel:`普通の債務者`、 " +":guilabel:`悪い債務者` " +"としてマークすることで信頼レベルを設定できます。これを行うには、顧客名の横にある黒点をクリックし、信頼レベルを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst-1 msgid "Set debtor's trust level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "債務者の信用度を設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:86 msgid "Send reminders in batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リマインダを一括送信" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -8847,32 +9044,35 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process " "follow-ups`." msgstr "" +"リマインダーメールは :guilabel:`フォローアップレポート` " +"ページから一括して送信することができます。そのためには、処理したいレポートを全て選択し、 :guilabel:`Action` " +"歯車アイコンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`フォローアップを処理` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将来の支払請求額を予測" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and" " **follow-ups**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、**支払条件**と**フォローアップ**を自動的に設定して支払管理することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "設定: 支払条件" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8880,14 +9080,15 @@ msgid "" "allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** " "are:" msgstr "" +"取引先条件を追跡するために、Odooの**支払条件**を使用しています。これにより、請求書の支払期限を追跡することができます。**支払条件**の例は以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30日以内に50％" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "45日以内に50％" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -8895,12 +9096,16 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms " "or click existing ones to modify them." msgstr "" +"支払条件を作成するには、 menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 請求書: 支払条件` に進み、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックして新しい条件を追加するか、既存の条件をクリックして変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 支払条件`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -8910,16 +9115,19 @@ msgid "" "**Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo " "automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." msgstr "" +"一度**支払条件**が定義されると、デフォルトでそれを仕入先に割当てることができます。これを行うには、 :メニュー選択:`仕入先 --> " +"仕入先`で仕入先を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`販売&購買`タブをクリックして、特定の**支払条件**を選択します。こうすることで、この仕入先から購買するたびに、Odooは自動的に選択した支払期間を提案します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one" " on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先に特定の支払期間を設定していない場合でも、仕入先の請求書に支払期間を設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払期日の予測" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -8930,10 +9138,14 @@ msgid "" "each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to " "pay within the following months." msgstr "" +"仕入先への支払額を追跡するには、**買掛金年齢表** レポートを使用します。このレポートにアクセスするには、 :menuselection:`会計 " +"--> レポーティング --> 取引先レポート` にアクセスして下さい: 買掛金年齢表`. " +"このレポートでは、取引先ごとの支払金額と支払期限(支払期限は各請求書ごとに計算されます。) " +"このレポートにより、翌月中に支払わなければならない金額を知ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払う取引先請求書を選択" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8942,16 +9154,20 @@ msgid "" "pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue " "payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`取引先 --> 請求書` " +"をクリックすると、すべての取引先請求書のリストが表示されます。支払いが必要な請求書だけを表示するには :menuselection:`フィルタ --> " +"未払請求書` をクリックします。支払期限を過ぎた請求書だけを表示するには、 :guilabel:`支払期限` フィルタを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group" " By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`グループ化 --> 支払期日`をクリックし、期間を選択することで、請求書を期日ごとにグループ化することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Internal transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内部振替" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8978,7 +9194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:22 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ある銀行から別の銀行への内部振替を登録する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9015,30 +9231,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:46 msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行仕訳帳(銀行A)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:55 msgid "Outstanding Payments account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未消込支払勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:144 msgid "$1,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$1,000" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:75 msgid "**Internal transfer account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**内部振替口座**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:146 msgid "**$1,000**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$1,000**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:63 msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" @@ -9046,7 +9262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:72 msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未消込入金勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9078,7 +9294,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -9119,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オンライン支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9129,16 +9345,20 @@ msgid "" "their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" +"あなたが発行した請求書の支払を顧客側により便利にするために、**請求書オンライン支払** 機能を有効にすることができ、顧客の **顧客ポータル** に " +"**今すぐ支払** " +"ボタンが追加されます。これにより、顧客はオンラインで請求書を確認し、好きな支払い方法で直接支払ことができるため、支払処理が非常に簡単になります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"今すぐ支払\"をクリックした後の決済プロバイダの選択" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:23 msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Payment Providers are correctly configured " "`." msgstr "" +" :ref:`決済プロバイダ ` が正しく設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -9147,6 +9367,7 @@ msgid "" "Payment Provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " "details." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、\":doc:`電信送金`\"だけが有効な決済プロバイダですが、支払に関する詳細を記入する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -9154,6 +9375,8 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" +"請求書オンライン決済を有効にするには、:menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> " +"顧客支払`に行き、**請求書オンライン決済**を有効にし、*保存*をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:33 msgid "Customer Portal" @@ -9165,27 +9388,29 @@ msgid "" "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" +"請求書を発行したら、*送信 & " +"印刷*をクリックし、請求書を顧客にメールで送信します。顧客は、**顧客ポータル**上の請求書にリダイレクトされるリンクが記載されたメールを受け取ります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "カスタマーポータルで請求書をオンラインで閲覧するためのリンクを記載したEメール。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:42 msgid "" "They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**今すぐ支払*をクリックすることで、使用する決済プロバイダーを選択することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客ポータルの請求書の\"今すぐ支払う\"ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:3 msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "オンライン請求書支払を無効にするパッチをインストールする" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9195,12 +9420,17 @@ msgid "" "below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment " "Patch**." msgstr "" +"最近のOdoo " +"16の変更に伴い、:guilabel:`請求書オンライン決済`の設定を無効にするとモジュールがアンインストールされるという警告が表示される場合があります。モジュールをアンインストールせずにこの機能を無効にしたい場合は、以下の手順に従ってモジュール**支払" +" - アカウント / 請求書オンライン支払パッチ**をインストールして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 msgid "" "If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / " "Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" +"もしお使いのOdooデータベースが**支払 - アカウント / " +"請求書オンライン支払パッチ**モジュールのリリース後に作成されたものであれば、何もする必要はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -9210,23 +9440,27 @@ msgid "" "installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to " "disable the feature without side-effect." msgstr "" +"モジュールが既にインストールされているかどうかを確認するには、:guilabel:`アプリ`に移動し、`アプリ`フィルタを外して`account_payment`を検索してください。もし**支払" +" - アカウント / " +"請求書オンライン支払パッチ**モジュールが存在し、インストール済と表示されていれば、Odooデータベースはすでに最新であり、副次的影響なく機能を無効にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooを最新リリースにアップデートする" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 msgid "" "The possibility to disable the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting " "without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able " "to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "副次的影響なしに:guilabel:`請求書オンライン支払`の設定を無効にすることができる新しいOdooモジュールがリリースされました。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:25 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" "date and you can proceed to the next step." msgstr "" +"Odoo.comまたはOdoo.shプラットフォームでOdooをご利用の場合、コードはすでに最新の状態ですので、次のステップにお進みください。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9235,16 +9469,19 @@ msgid "" "`, or by contacting your integrating " "partner." msgstr "" +"オンプレミスまたはパートナー経由でOdooを使用している場合は、:doc:`このドキュメンテーションページ " +"`に記載されている方法、または統合パートナーに連絡してインストールを更新する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 msgid "Update the list of available modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用可能なモジュールのリストを更新する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 msgid "" "New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " "the **Apps** menu." msgstr "" +"新しいモジュールが**アプリケーション**メニューで利用できるようになるには、Odooインスタンスが**モジュールを**検出**する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9252,10 +9489,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " "confirmation." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、 :ref:`開発者モード`を有効にして、 :menuselection:`アプリ --> " +"アプリリストを更新`に進みます。ウィザードが確認を求めてきます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:41 msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書オンライン支払パッチモジュールをインストールする。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -9267,6 +9506,8 @@ msgid "" "integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module " "in your particular setup." msgstr "" +"複製またはステージング環境でテストすることなく、本番データベースに新しいモジュールをインストールしてはいけません。Odoo.comをご利用の場合、複製データベースはデータベース管理ページから作成することができます。Odoo.shをご利用の場合は、ステージングまたは複製データベースをご利用下さい。オンプレミスユーザーの場合、ステージング環境を使用する必要があります" +"---特定のセットアップで新しいモジュールをテストする方法の詳細については、統合パートナーにお問い合わせ下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9277,16 +9518,20 @@ msgid "" "updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not" " up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." msgstr "" +"これで :guilabel:`アプリ` メニューにモジュールが表示されるはずです。``アプリ`` フィルタを外し、``account_payment``" +" を検索してください。 :guilabel:`支払 - アカウント / 請求書オンライン支払パッチ` " +"モジュールがインストールできるはずです。利用可能なモジュールのリストを更新してもモジュールが見つからない場合は、Odooのソースコードが最新でないことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:56 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended " "and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." msgstr "" +"モジュールがインストールされると、機能を無効にすることは意図したとおりに機能し、インストールされているアプリケーションやモジュールをアンインストールするように要求されることはありません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:3 msgid "Pay by checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9295,10 +9540,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with " "actual bank statements." msgstr "" +"サプライヤー請求書の支払を決定すると、小切手による支払を選択できます。その後、小切手で登録された全ての支払いを印刷することができます。最後に、銀行消込処理で、サプライヤーに送った小切手と実際の銀行明細を照合します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:13 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手支払方法を有効化する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9307,6 +9553,8 @@ msgid "" "Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" " up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" +"小切手の支払方法を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 :guilabel:`取引先支払`" +" セクションまでスクロールダウンします。そこで、支払方法を有効にするだけでなく、 :guilabel:`小切手レイアウト` を設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -9314,6 +9562,8 @@ msgid "" "method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " "**bank** journals." msgstr "" +"一旦 :guilabel:`小切手` 設定が有効になると、**銀行**仕訳帳の :guilabel:`出金` タブに、**小切手** " +"支払方法が自動的に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -9321,10 +9571,12 @@ msgid "" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" +"国によっては、小切手を印刷するために特定のモジュールが必要です。そのようなモジュールはデフォルトでインストールされているかもしれません。例えば、米国の小切手を印刷するには" +" :guilabel:`U.S. 小切手レイアウト` モジュールが必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "互換性のある小切手印刷用ステーショナリー" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" @@ -9332,44 +9584,45 @@ msgstr "アメリカ合衆国" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "米国では、Odooはデフォルトで以下の小切手フォーマットをサポートしています：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: ：小切手を上に、半券を真ん中と下に;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" +"**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom中央にチェック、上下に半券;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ADP**: 下は小切手、上は半券。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先請求書を小切手で支払う" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手による支払先への支払いは3つのステップで行われます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払を登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登録された全ての支払に一括して小切手を印刷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行明細の消込" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手の支払登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9378,10 +9631,13 @@ msgid "" "validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" +"支払を登録するには、メニューの :menuselection:`購買 --> 仕入先請求書` " +"から仕入先の請求書を開きます。仕入先請求書が確認されたら、支払を登録することができます。guilabel:`支払方法` を " +":guilabel:`小切手` に設定し、支払を検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "小切手を印刷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -9390,16 +9646,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the " "reconciled checks." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`会計ダッシュボード の :guilabel:`銀行` " +"仕訳帳に、登録されている小切手の数が表示されます。guilabel:`小切手を印刷`をクリックすると、消込済の小切手を印刷することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての小切手を一括で印刷するには、リストビューから全ての支払いを選択し、 :guilabel:`印刷` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPAで支払う" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9408,74 +9666,75 @@ msgid "" "allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfers." msgstr "" +"SEPA(単一ユーロ決済圏)は、ユーロ建ての銀行送金を簡素化するための欧州連合の決済統合イニシアチブです。SEPAを利用することで、銀行に支払オーダを送信し、銀行電信送金を自動化することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:9 msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPAは、EU加盟27カ国の銀行と同様に支持されています:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:11 msgid "EFTA countries:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EFTA加盟国:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:13 msgid "Iceland;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iceland;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:14 msgid "Liechtenstein;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Liechtenstein;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:15 msgid "Norway;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Norway;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:16 msgid "Switzerland." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:18 msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "非EEA SEPA加盟国:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:20 msgid "Andorra;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andorra;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:21 msgid "Monaco;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monaco;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:22 msgid "San Marino;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "San Marino;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:23 msgid "United Kingdom;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "United Kingdom;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:24 msgid "Vatican City State." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vatican City State." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:26 msgid "Non-EEA territories:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "非EEA地域:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:28 msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:29 msgid "Guernsey;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guernsey;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:30 msgid "Jersey;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jersey;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:31 msgid "Isle of Man." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isle of Man." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -9483,6 +9742,7 @@ msgid "" "option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank" " wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" +"Odooで請求書を支払う際、支払オプションとしてSEPA委任を選択することができます。その日の終わりに、全ての銀行送金を含むSEPAファイルを作成し、銀行に送信することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9492,6 +9752,7 @@ msgid "" "**'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for " "Germany." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、ファイルはSEPA信用送金**'pain.001.001.03'**仕様に従います。これは銀行間でよく定義された標準です。ただし、スイスとドイツの企業については、スイスでは**'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'**、ドイツでは**'pain.001.003.03'**という別の形式が使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9499,10 +9760,11 @@ msgid "" "account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly " "match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." msgstr "" +"銀行で支払が処理されると、Odooで口座明細を直接インポートすることができます。銀行消込処理により、銀行に送信したSEPAオーダと実際の銀行明細がシームレスに照合されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:48 msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPAクレジットトランスファー（SCT）の有効化" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9512,6 +9774,9 @@ msgid "" " setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT " "option when paying your vendor." msgstr "" +"SEPAで仕入先に支払うには、**SEPAクレジット転送**設定を有効にする必要があります。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`会計 " +"--> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 取引先支払： SEPAクレジット転送(SCT)`. " +"設定を有効にし、会社データを入力することで、仕入先に支払う際にSCTオプションを使用できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9519,10 +9784,13 @@ msgid "" "and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, " "they need to be :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" +"インストールされている地域化パッケージによっては、**SEPA直接引落** および **SEPA クレジット転送** " +"モジュールがデフォルトでインストールされている場合があります。インストールされていない場合は、 " +":ref:`インストール` する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:60 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行でSEPA支払方法を有効にする" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9531,6 +9799,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add " ":guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" +"会計ダッシュボードから、銀行仕訳のドロップダウンメニュー（:guilabel:`↪Sm_22EE` ）をクリックし、 :guilabel:`設定` " +"を選択します。guilabel:`出金`タブをクリックし、まだなければ :guilabel:`支払方法` の下に " +":guilabel:`SEPAクレジット転送` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9538,10 +9809,11 @@ msgid "" "not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the " ":guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`仕訳入力`タブでIBAN口座番号(国内口座番号はSEPAでは使えません)とBIC（銀行識別子コード）を必ず指定して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:70 msgid "Registering payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払を登録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -9550,6 +9822,8 @@ msgid "" "payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment " "Method`." msgstr "" +"SEPAで行われた仕入先支払を登録することができます。これを行うには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 仕入先 --> " +"支払`に進みます。支払いを作成する際、 :guilabel:`支払方法` として :guilabel:`SEPA信用振替` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -9558,12 +9832,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is " "respected." msgstr "" +"初めてSEPAで仕入先に支払う場合、 :guilabel:`受取銀行口座` " +"フィールドに銀行名、IBAN、BIC(銀行識別コード)を入力する必要があります。Odooは自動的にIBAN形式が正しいかどうかを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:80 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the " "bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "今後この仕入先に支払を行う場合、Odooは自動的に銀行口座を提案しますが、新しい銀行口座を選択することも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9573,6 +9849,8 @@ msgid "" "payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled " "with it." msgstr "" +"支払が登録されたら、忘れずに確認して下さい。仕入先請求書の上部にある :guilabel:`支払登録` " +"ボタンを使って、請求書から直接支払うこともできます。フォームは同じですが、支払いは請求書に直接リンクされ、自動的に請求書と消込されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 72f9ebc21..bc1ab5019 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -8,18 +8,18 @@ # Norimichi Sugimoto , 2023 # Tim Siu Lai , 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 -# Noma Yuki, 2023 # Junko Augias, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Ryoko Tsuda , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -150,154 +150,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "新しい従業員を追加" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "新しい従業員を作成" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "履歴" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -305,234 +368,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "スキル" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "スキルタイプ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -541,92 +659,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -635,102 +728,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -738,35 +869,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "ドキュメント" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -775,11 +889,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "フリート" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "設定" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "終了日契約警告" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "メーカー" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "車両モデル" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "モデル" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "給与" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "エンジン" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "モデルカテゴリ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "財政重視" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "契約" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "サービス" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ビュー一覧" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "給与計算" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -787,7 +2125,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -796,18 +2134,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -821,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -830,12 +2164,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -843,15 +2196,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -859,88 +2212,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -950,46 +2323,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -997,7 +2453,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1006,28 +2462,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "給与" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1037,7 +2493,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1047,13 +2503,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1062,32 +2518,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "給与体系" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1095,94 +2696,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1191,7 +2786,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1200,61 +2795,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1263,54 +2872,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "利点" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1318,83 +2940,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "履歴書" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "オファー" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2532,6 +4223,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "レポーティング" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "給与の添付" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2814,11 +4780,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "求人" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "メールテンプレート" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "不採用" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "クイック追加" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "作成" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "従業員レコードを作成する" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2840,40 +6244,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2885,37 +6273,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2923,164 +6310,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "評価" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "質問" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3090,143 +6574,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "質問" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "得点" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "回答" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "候補者" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "1行のテキストボックス" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "マトリクス" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "説明" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "オプション" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "制約" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "レイアウト" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "ライブセッション" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "タイム & スコア" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "対象者" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "ライブセッション" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3235,3 +7046,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "最後のメッセージ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "紹介" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "オンボーディング" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "求人を見る" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "リンク" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "友人にメール" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "ポイント" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "リワード" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "レベル" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "アラート" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 5c855aebd..3565b1692 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Junko Augias, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" @@ -5806,7 +5806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -7480,7 +7480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooを最新リリースにアップデートする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7505,7 +7505,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "Update the list of available modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用可能なモジュールのリストを更新する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index af90f9e36..e04e4498e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Junko Augias, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 0fb6e5cff..f057c6849 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 +# Sarah Park, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -8512,6 +8512,9 @@ msgid "" "connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " "databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." msgstr "" +"사용자 그룹은 코드 수정은 할 수 있지만 프로덕션 데이터에 액세스할 수 없는 개발자를 위한 것입니다. 이 그룹의 사용자는 *원클릭 연결*" +" 기능을 사용하여 프로덕션 및 스테이지 데이터베이스에 연결할 수는 없으나, 데이터베이스에 일반 계정이 있는 경우 일반 자격 증명으로 " +"사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:46 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b7227ad86..7bb28b544 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -8216,7 +8216,7 @@ msgstr "결제" msgid "" "In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " "or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 결제 항목은 청구서나 업체 청구서로 자동 연결되거나 독립형 기록으로 만들어 나중에 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8224,6 +8224,8 @@ msgid "" "amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " "same invoice." msgstr "" +"결제가 **청구서나 업체 청구서에 연결**되어 있으면, 청구서 결제 금액을 차감 또는 정산합니다. 동일한 청구서에 결제를 여러 항목 " +"연결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -8232,6 +8234,8 @@ msgid "" "debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " "unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" +"결제가 **청구서나 업체 청구서에 연결되어 있지 않다면** 고객이 회사에 미납 중인 금액이 있거나, 회사에서 공급업체에 미납 중인 금액이" +" 있는 것입니다. 이같은 미납 금액을 사용하여 미지급 청구서나 업체 청구서 금액을 차감 또는 정산할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" @@ -8264,6 +8268,10 @@ msgid "" "statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " "status." msgstr "" +"고객 청구서나 공급업체 청구서에서 :guilabel:`결제 등록`을 클릭하면 새로 전표가 생성되고 결제 금액에 따라 지급해야 하는 금액이" +" 변경됩니다. 거래 상대는 :ref:`미납 ` **수금** 또는 **지급** 계정에 " +"반영됩니다. 이때, 고객 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서는 :guilabel:`결제 중`으로 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 미납 계정이 은행 명세서" +" 내역과 조정되면 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서가 :guilabel:`결제 완료` 상태로 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8271,22 +8279,24 @@ msgid "" "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " "journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" +"결제 내역 옆에 있는 정보 아이콘에는 결제에 대한 정보가 자세히 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`보기`를 클릭하면 관련 전표와 같은 추가" +" 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "See detailed information of a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제와 관련된 세부 정보를 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" "The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" " to register the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서 상태가 반드시 :guilabel:`발행 완료`인 경우에만 결제를 등록할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 조정을 취소하면, 장부에 계속 표시되지만 청구서에는 더 이상 연결되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -8312,6 +8322,8 @@ msgid "" "through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " "registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"주 은행계좌가 :ref:`미납 계좌 `로 설정되어 있고, Odoo에서 결제가 등록된 경우" +" (관련 은행 명세서를 거치지 않은 경우), 청구서 및 업체 청구서는 :guilabel:`결제 완료`로 즉시 등록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" @@ -8325,6 +8337,8 @@ msgid "" "**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`고객/공급업체 --> 결제` 메뉴를 통해 새로 결제를 등록하는 경우에는 청구서나 업체 청구서에 직접 연결되지" +" 않습니다. 대신, 미수금 계정이나 미지급금 계정이 관련 청구서 또는 업체 청구서와 수기로 일치될 때까지 **미납 계정**과 일치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" @@ -8337,16 +8351,19 @@ msgid "" "easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" +"신규 청구서나 업체 청구서를 승인 후 특정 고객이나 공급업체에 대한 **미납 금액**이 있는 경우에는 파란색 배너가 표시됩니다. " +":guilabel:`미납 대변 금액` 또는 :guilabel:`미납 차변 금액` 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭하면, " +"청구서나 업체 청구서에서 쉽게 일치시킬 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서나 업체 청구서를 결제와 조정하는 추가 옵션 항목을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " "reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이제 청구서나 업체 청구서는 해당하는 은행 명세서와 조정될 때까지 :guilabel:`결제 중`으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" @@ -8363,6 +8380,11 @@ msgid "" "several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " "Batch Payment`." msgstr "" +"일괄 결제를 사용하면 여러 결제를 그룹화하여 쉽게 :doc:`조정 할 수 있습니다. 은행에 " +":doc:`수표 `를 입금하거나 :doc:`SEPA 결제 `를 할 때도 " +"유용합니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 고객 --> 일괄 결제` 또는 :menuselection:`회계 --> " +"공급업체 --> 일괄 결제`로 이동하세요. 결제 목록 보기에서 :menuselection:`작업 --> 일괄 결제 생성`을 클릭하여 여러" +" 개의 결제를 선택하고 일괄 그룹화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" @@ -8386,10 +8408,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`결제 일치` 도구를 활용하여 전체 미조정 고객 청구서나 공급업체 청구서를 열고 결제 및 청구서를 개별적으로 일치시킬 " +"수 있게 되어, 모든 작업을 한 곳에서 처리할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`회계 현황판 --> 고객 청구서 / 공급업체 " +"청구서`에서 해당 도구를 확인할 수 있으며, 드롭다운 메뉴 버튼 (:guilabel:`⋮`)을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`결제 일치`를" +" 선택하거나 :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 조정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 결제 일치 메뉴를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -8420,7 +8446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 msgid "Registering a partial payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "부분 결제 등록하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -8436,7 +8462,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 또는 업체 청구서 일부 결제 등록하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" @@ -8449,6 +8475,9 @@ msgid "" "` it with the related bank statement line to have the " "transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"결제가 등록되면 청구서나 업체 청구서 상태가 :guilabel:`결제 중`으로 표시됩니다. 다음 단계로는 거래를 완료하고 청구서나 업체 " +"청구서가 :guilabel:`결제 완료`로 표시되도록 관련 은행 명세서 내역과 :doc:`조정 " +"`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" @@ -16846,34 +16875,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제출 전에 보고서에 경비를 더 추가하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:328 msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 보고서를 생성하려면 다음의 세 가지 중에서 선택하세요:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:330 msgid "" "Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " "going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" msgstr "" +"기본 :menuselection:`경비` 앱 현황판으로 이동합니다 ( :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 내 경비 --> 내 " +"경비`를 통해서도 엑세스할 수 있습니다)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 내 경비 --> 내 보고서`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 경비 보고서`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:335 msgid "" "In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "해당하는 화면 중에서 :guilabel:`신규 생성`을 클릭하여 새로운 경비 보고서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:340 msgid "Submit an expense report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 보고서 제출하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:342 msgid "" @@ -16883,6 +16914,9 @@ msgid "" "expense reports (if the report is not already open). To view all expense " "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서가 완료되면, 다음 단계로는 관리자에게 보고서를 제출하여 승인을 받습니다. 보고서는 반드시 개별적으로 제출해야 하며, 일괄 " +"제출할 수 없습니다. 경비 보고서 목록에서 특정 보고서를 엽니다 (아직 보고서를 열지 않은 경우). 경비 보고서를 모두 확인하려면 " +":menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 내 경비 --> 내 보고서`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -16890,6 +16924,8 @@ msgid "" "only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " "reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제출 예정` 상태인 보고서만 제출하면 되고 :guilabel:`승인 완료`나 :guilabel:`제출 완료` 상태인 " +"보고서는 제출할 필요가 없으므로, 목록에 양이 많은 경우에는 상태별로 결과를 그룹으로 만드는 것이 도움이 될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -16897,10 +16933,12 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" " expenses text appears in black." msgstr "" +"경비가 :guilabel:`제출 예정` 상태인 경우, 상태가 :guilabel:`제출 예정`일뿐 아니라 텍스트 색상면에서 파란색으로 " +"표시되어 검은색으로 표시되는 다른 경비 텍스트와 구분하여 쉽게 식별할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Submit the report to the manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "관리자에게 보고서를 제출합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -16909,6 +16947,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " "enable :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" +"각 보고서의 상태는 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`상태` 열에 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`상태` 열이 표시되지 않는 경우에는 행" +" 끝에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 옵션 (점 2개)` 아이콘을 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`상태`를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -16916,6 +16956,8 @@ msgid "" "After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" +"보고서를 클릭하여 연 다음, :guilabel:`관리자에게 제출`을 클릭합니다. 보고서를 제출 후 다음 단계는 관리자의 승인을 기다리는 " +"것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:367 msgid "" @@ -16923,10 +16965,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " "*necessary rights*." msgstr "" +":ref:`경비/승인`, :ref:`경비/발행`, :ref:`경비/환불` 섹션은 **반드시** 사용자에게 *필요 권한*이 있는 경우에만 " +"열람할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:373 msgid "Approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 승인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -16936,12 +16980,17 @@ msgid "" "necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " "provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 아무나 경비 보고서를 승인할 수 없게 되어 있습니다. 필요한 권한 (또는 허가)을 부여 받은 사용자만 결재할 수 있습니다." +" 즉, *경비* 앱에서 최소한 *팀 승인자* 권한이 있어야만 합니다. 필요한 권한을 가진 직원은 통합 커뮤니케이션 도구로 경비 보고서를 " +"검토하고, 승인 또는 반려하며, 피드백을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:380 msgid "" "To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " "app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" +"결재 권한이 있는 사람을 확인하려면 기본 :menuselection:`설정` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`사용자 관리`를 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -16951,23 +17000,26 @@ msgid "" "(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " "options:" msgstr "" +"*설정* 앱을 사용할 수 없다면, 계정에 특정한 권한이 설정되어 있지 않은 것입니다. :menuselection:`설정` 앱의 사용자 " +"카드에 있는 :guilabel:`접근 권한` 탭을 확인하여, :guilabel:`관리` 섹션 (:guilabel:`접근 권한` 탭의 " +"오른쪽 하단)이 세 가지 옵션 중 하나로 설정되어 있는지 확인합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:389 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`없음 (공백)`: 사용자가 *설정* 앱에 전혀 액세스할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " "Companies` section of the *Settings* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`액세스 권한`: 사용자는 *설정* 앱에서 :guilabel:`사용자 및 회사` 섹션만 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:392 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " "no restrictions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`설정`: 사용자는 제한 없이 전체 *설정* 앱에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -16975,6 +17027,8 @@ msgid "" "` to learn more about managing " "users and their access rights." msgstr "" +"사용자 및 액세스 권한 관리에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`이 문서 " +"`를 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -16983,23 +17037,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Human Resources` section. Under :guilabel:`Expenses`, there are " "four options:" msgstr "" +"기본 화면에 있는 :guilabel:`액세스 권한` 탭이 표시되도록 카드를 보려면 개인을 클릭하세요. :guilabel:`인적 자원` " +"섹션까지 아래로 스크롤을 이동합니다. :guilabel:`경비` 아래에 네 가지 옵션이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:401 msgid "" ":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" " or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`없음 (공백)`: 필드가 비어있으면 사용자가 경비 보고서를 보거나 승인할 수 있는 권한이 없으며, 본인 보고서만 볼 " +"수 있다는 것을 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:403 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " "reports for their own specific team." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`팀 승인자`: 사용자는 본인의 특정 팀에 대한 경비 보고서만 보고 승인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:405 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`모든 승인자`: 사용자는 모든 경비 보고서를 보고 승인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 msgid "" @@ -17007,6 +17065,8 @@ msgid "" " as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " "app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`관리자`: 사용자는 모든 경비 보고서를 보고 승인할 수 있을 뿐 아니라, *경비* 앱의 보고 및 환경 설정 메뉴에 " +"액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:409 msgid "" @@ -17018,10 +17078,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " "hidden in the default view." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서를 승인할 수 있는 사용자 (보통 관리자)는 액세스 권한이 있는 경비 보고서 전체를 쉽게 볼 수 있습니다. " +":menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 경비 보고서`로 이동하면 :guilabel:`제출 예정`, :guilabel:`제출 완료`," +" :guilabel:`승인 완료`, :guilabel:`발행 완료` 또는 :guilabel:`완료` 상태인 경비 보고서는 모두 목록으로 " +"표시됩니다. 경비 보고서 상태가 :guilabel:`반려`인 경우에는 기본 화면에서 숨겨집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인할 보고서는 승인 보고서 페이지에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:419 msgid "" @@ -17035,6 +17099,11 @@ msgid "" "company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " "the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서를 보면 활성화 또는 비활성화할 수 있는 필터 패널이 왼쪽에 있습니다. 필터를 적용할 수 있는 카테고리는 " +":guilabel:`상태`, :guilabel:`직원`, :guilabel:`회사`의 세 가지입니다. 특정한 상태인 경비 보고서만 " +"보려면, 특정 상태 필터를 활성화하여 해당 상태인 경비 보고서만 표시하도록 합니다. 특정한 상태 필터를 비활성화하면 해당 상태의 보고서가" +" 숨겨집니다. 특정한 직원 및/또는 회사의 경비 보고서를 보려면 :guilabel:`직원` 및 :guilabel:`회사` 섹션에서 특정 " +"직원 이름 필터 및/또는 회사 필터를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:427 msgid "" @@ -17044,6 +17113,9 @@ msgid "" "box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " "select all the reports in the list." msgstr "" +"보고서는 두 가지 방법 (개별적으로 또는 한 번에 여러 개)으로 승인하고 한 가지 방법으로만 거부할 수 있습니다. 한 번에 여러 개의 " +"경비 보고서를 승인하려면 목록 화면을 그대로 유지합니다. 먼저 각 보고서 옆의 확인란을 클릭하여 승인할 보고서를 선택하거나 " +":guilabel:`직원` 옆의 확인란을 클릭하여 목록에 있는 전체 보고서를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:433 msgid "" @@ -17052,6 +17124,8 @@ msgid "" "filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " "enabled." msgstr "" +"보고서 상태가 :guilabel:`제출 완료`인 경우에만 승인할 수 있습니다. 왼쪽에 있는 상태 필터를 조정하여 :guilabel:`제출" +" 완료` 필터만 활성화하여 제출된 보고서만 표시하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:437 msgid "" @@ -17059,15 +17133,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" " problem with the selected report(s)." msgstr "" +"승인할 수 없는 보고서를 선택할 경우 :guilabel:`보고서 승인` 버튼이 **표시되지 않으며**, 이를 통해 선택한 보고서에 문제가" +" 있음을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:440 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음으로, :guilabel:`보고서 승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보고서 옆에 있는 확인란에 표시하여 여러 개의 보고서를 승인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -17077,6 +17153,9 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " "report." msgstr "" +"보고서를 개별적으로 승인하려면, 보고서를 클릭하여 해당 보고서의 상세 화면으로 이동합니다. 화면에 다음의 여러 가지 옵션이 표시됩니다: " +":guilabel:`승인`, :guilabel:`다음 급여 명세서에 보고`, :guilabel:`반려` 또는 :guilabel:`초안으로" +" 재설정`. 보고서를 승인하려면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:450 msgid "" @@ -17084,11 +17163,13 @@ msgid "" "explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`반려`를 클릭하면 팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`경비 반려 사유` 필드에 반려 내용에 대한 간단한 설명을 " +"입력한 다음 :guilabel:`반려`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Send messages in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "메시지창에서 메시지를 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:457 msgid "" @@ -17098,10 +17179,13 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " "manager's team." msgstr "" +"팀 관리자는 팀원들의 전체 경비 보고서를 쉽게 확인할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`경비 보고서` 화면에서 검색 상자 오른쪽에 있는 " +"드롭다운 화살표를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`필터` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`내 팀`을 클릭합니다. 여기에서 관리자의 팀에 대한 " +"전체 보고서가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the My Team filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "내 팀 필터를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:467 msgid "" @@ -17112,6 +17196,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " "tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." msgstr "" +"증빙 누락과 같이 정보를 추가해야 하는 경우에는, 메시지창을 통해 쉽게 커뮤니케이션할 수 있습니다. 개별 보고서에서 " +":guilabel:`메시지 전송`을 클릭하여메시지 텍스트 상자를 엽니다. 필요한 경우 대상자를 태그하여 메시지를 입력한 후 " +":guilabel:`전송`을 클릭하여 메시지창에 게시합니다. 메시지가 메시지창에 게시되고, 태그된 사람은 물론 모든 팔로워에게 이메일로 " +"메시지 알림이 전송됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:473 msgid "" @@ -17119,10 +17207,12 @@ msgid "" "is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " "followers of the expense." msgstr "" +"*팔로워*만 메시지에서 태그를 할 수 있습니다. 누가 팔로잉 중인지 확인하기 위해서는, :guilabel:`👤 (사람)` 아이콘을 " +"클릭하면 해당 경비에 대한 팔로워가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:483 msgid "Post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계로 경비 발행하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:485 msgid "" @@ -17132,11 +17222,14 @@ msgid "" "reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" " the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서가 승인되면 다음 단계는 회계 전표로 보고서를 발행하는 것입니다. 전체 경비 보고서를 보려면 :menuselection:`경비" +" 앱 --> 경비 보고서`로 이동합니다. 승인이 완료되어 발행해야 할 경비 보고서만 보려면, 왼쪽에 있는 필터를 조정하여 " +":guilabel:`승인 완료` 상태만 활성화되게 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 보고서를 클릭한 다음 발행할 보고서를 클릭한 다음, 보고서를 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:494 msgid "" @@ -17146,12 +17239,16 @@ msgid "" "next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" " all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." msgstr "" +"승인의 경우와 마찬가지로, 경비 보고서는 발행 방법에는 두 가지 (개별적으로 또는 한 번에 여러 개)가 있으며, 반려에는.한 가지 " +"방법밖에 없습니다. 한 번에 경비 보고서를 여러 개 발행하려면 목록 화면을 그대로 유지합니다. 먼저 각 보고서 옆에 있는 확인란을 " +"클릭하여 승인할 보고서를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`직원` 옆의 확인란을 클릭하여 목록에 있는 전체 보고서를 선택합니다. 그런 다음," +" :guilabel:`항목 발행`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " "Approved filter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "승인 완료 필터를 사용하면 경비 보고서 화면에서 한 번에 보고서를 여러 개 발행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:503 msgid "" @@ -17161,6 +17258,9 @@ msgid "" "or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " "post the report." msgstr "" +"보고서를 개별적으로 발행하려면, 보고서를 클릭하여 해당 보고서의 상세 화면으로 이동합니다. 화면에 다음의 여러 가지 옵션이 표시됩니다: " +":guilabel:`전표 항목 발행`, :guilabel:`다음 급여 명세서에 보고`, :guilabel:`반려` 또는 " +":guilabel:`초안으로 재설정`. 보고서를 발행하려면 :guilabel:`전표 항목 발행`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:508 msgid "" @@ -17171,24 +17271,28 @@ msgid "" "the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " "will only show the refused expense reports." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`반려`를 클릭하면 팝업창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`경비 반려 사유` 필드에 거부 사유에 대해 간략하게 설명을" +" 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`반려`를 클릭합니다. 반려된 보고서를 보려면 :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 경비 " +"보고서`로 이동한 다음 왼쪽에 있는 필터를 조정하여 :guilabel:`반려됨`만 선택되도록 합니다. 이렇게 하면 반려된 경비 보고서만 " +"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:515 msgid "" "To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 보고서를 회계 전표로 발행하려면, 사용자에게 반드시 다음과 가은 접근 권한이 있어야 합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:517 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계: 회계 담당자 또는 어드바이저" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Expenses: Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비: 관리자" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:523 msgid "Reimburse employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직원에게 환급하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:525 msgid "" @@ -17196,11 +17300,13 @@ msgid "" " to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서를 회계 전표로 발행 후, 다음 단계로는 직원에게 환급을 해줍니다. 지출할 전체 경비 보고서를 확인하려면 " +":menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 경비 보고서 --> 지출할 보고서`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 보고서를 클릭하여 지불할 보고서를 확인한 후, 보고서를 지불합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:533 msgid "" @@ -17211,18 +17317,24 @@ msgid "" " to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " "Payment`." msgstr "" +"승인 및 발행의 경우와 마찬가지로, 경비 보고서 지불 방법에는 두 가지 (개별적으로 또는 한 번에 여러 개)가 있으며, 반려에는.한 가지" +" 방법밖에 없습니다. 한 번에 경비 보고서를 여러 개 지불하려면 목록 화면을 그대로 유지합니다. 먼저 각 보고서 옆에 있는 확인란을 " +"클릭하여 지불할 보고서를 선택하거나 :guilabel:`직원` 옆의 확인란을 클릭하여 목록에 있는 전체 보고서를 선택합니다. 그런 다음," +" :guilabel:`결제 등록`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " "the entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보고서를 여러 개 게시하려면, 보고서를 선택하고 톱니바퀴 모양을 클릭한 다음 항목을 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:542 msgid "" "To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " "that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" +"개별 보고서를 결제하려면, 보고서를 클릭하여 해당 보고서의 상세 화면으로 이동합니다. 직원에게 지급하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`결제" +" 등록`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:545 msgid "" @@ -17231,6 +17343,9 @@ msgid "" " needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " "to send the payment to the employee." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`결제 등록` 팝업이 나타나고, 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`전표`, :guilabel:`결제 방법` 및 " +":guilabel:`결제 날짜`를 수정할 수 있습니다. 올바르게 선택되었으면, :guilabel:`결제 생성`을 클릭하여 직원에게 지급 " +"금액을 이체합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:549 msgid "" @@ -17245,12 +17360,20 @@ msgid "" "payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " ":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." msgstr "" +"개별 보고서에 대해 지출하려면, 목록 화면에서 보고서를 클릭하여 해당 보고서의 상세 화면으로 이동합니다. 직원에게 지불하는 경우에는 " +":guilabel:`결제 등록`을 클릭합니다. 한 번에 여러 개의 경비 보고서 지출을 하는 대신, 경비 보고서를 개별 지출하는 경우 " +"팝업으로 나타나는 :guilabel:`결제 등록` 창에 더 많은 옵션이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`전표`, :guilabel:`결제" +" 방법`, :guilabel:`결제 날짜` 필드 외에도 :guilabel:`수취인 은행 계좌`, :guilabel:`금액`, " +":guilabel:`메모` 필드가 나타납니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 직원의 은행 계좌를 선택하여 해당 계좌로 직접 지급 금액을 입금합니다. " +"선택한 다른 항목이 모두 올바르면 :guilabel:`결제 생성`을 클릭하여 직원에게 지급 금액을 이체합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" "expense reports at once." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서를 개별적으로 등록할 때와 여러 개 경비 보고서를 한꺼번에 등록할 때에는\n" +"표시되는 옵션이 다릅니다" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:564 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -17267,6 +17390,10 @@ msgid "" "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " "be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" +"경비가 고객 프로젝트에서 발생하는 경우에는, 고객에게 경비를 자동으로 청구할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 경비 항목을 생성한 후, 경비를" +" 추가할 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 참조로 넣은 다음, 경비 보고서를 생성하면 됩니다. 그런 다음 관리자가 경비 보고서를 " +"승인하고 회계 부서에서 전표 항목을 발행합니다. 마지막으로, 경비 보고서가 전표로 발행되면 참조된 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`에 " +"해당 경비가 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 판매주문서에 대해 청구하도록, 고객에게 경비에 대한 청구서를 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:574 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 @@ -17283,30 +17410,34 @@ msgid "" "selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " ":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" +"먼저, 경비 카테고리별 청구서 발행 정책을 지정합니다. :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 경비 카테고리`로 " +"이동합니다. 경비 카테고리를 클릭하여 경비 카테고리 양식을 엽니다. :guilabel:`청구서 발행` 섹션에서 원하는 " +":guilabel:`경비 재청구` 선택 항목 옆에 있는 라디오 버튼을 클릭합니다. 옵션은 :guilabel:`없음`, " +":guilabel:`실비` 및 :guilabel:`판매 가격`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:582 msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`비용 재청구`:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:584 msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`없음`: 비용 카테고리가 다시 청구되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " "cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`실비`: 비용 카테고리에서 실제 원가로 비용을 청구합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " "the sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`판매가`: 비용 카테고리에서 판매주문서에 설정된 가격으로 비용을 청구합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:589 msgid "Create an expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "비용 생성" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:591 msgid "" @@ -17318,10 +17449,14 @@ msgid "" "expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " "` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." msgstr "" +"먼저, :ref:`새 경비 생성 `을 할 때 고객에게 다시 청구서를 발행하려면 정확한 정보를 입력해야 합니다. " +"드롭다운 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`재청구할 고객` 섹션에서 경비가 표시될 *판매주문서*를 선택합니다. 그 다음에는 경비를 발행할 " +":guilabel:`분석 계정`을 선택합니다. 경비 항목이 생성된 후 경비 보고서는 평소와 같이 :ref:`생성 완료 " +"` 및 :ref:`제출 완료 ` 상태여야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서를 받을 고객에게 경비에 대해 안내가 되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:603 msgid "" @@ -17329,6 +17464,8 @@ msgid "" "critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " "invoiced after an expense report is approved." msgstr "" +"경비를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`재청구할 고객`을 선택하는 것이 중요합니다. 이를 통해 경비 보고서가 승인된 후 비용이 자동으로 " +"청구되기 때문입니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -17336,10 +17473,12 @@ msgid "" "expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " "modified." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서 **승인 완료** *전까지는 :guilabel:`재청구할 고객` 필드를 수정할 수 있으며, 그 이후에는 필드를 더 이상 " +"수정할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:610 msgid "Validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "비용 승인 및 발행" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -17350,6 +17489,10 @@ msgid "" "assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " ":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." msgstr "" +"권한이 있는 직원 (일반적으로 관리자 또는 상사)만 :ref:`경비 승인 `을 할 수 있습니다 . 경비 " +"보고서를 승인하기 전에 보고서의 전체 경비 항목에 :guilabel:`분배 분석` 설정이 되어 있는지 확인하세요. " +":guilabel:`분석 배포`가 누락된 경우, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 올바른 계정을 지정한 다음 :guilabel:`승인` 또는 " +":guilabel:`반려`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:618 msgid "" @@ -17359,10 +17502,13 @@ msgid "" "journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " "expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" +"회계 부서에서 일반적으로 :ref:`전표 항목 발행 `을 담당합니다. 경비 보고서가 승인되면, 발행할 수 " +"있습니다. :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`는 **반드시** 전표 항목이 발행된 *이후에만* 업데이트됩니다. 전표가 발행되면 이제 경비는" +" :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`에 참조로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:624 msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 비용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:626 msgid "" @@ -17372,12 +17518,17 @@ msgid "" " open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " "on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)` 업데이트가 완료되면, 고객에게 청구서를 발행할 차례입니다. 경비 보고서가 승인되고 전표 항목이 발행된 " +"후에는 :guilabel:`판매주문서` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`을 엽니다. 이제 경비 재청구 항목이 " +":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" "by clicking on the sales order number." msgstr "" +"지출결의서를 전표로 발행한 후에는, 판매 주문 번호를 클릭하면 판매주문서를\n" +"불러올 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:637 msgid "" @@ -17389,16 +17540,21 @@ msgid "" " (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" " to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" +"지출결의서에 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 두 건 이상 참조할 수 있습니다. :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 두 건 이상 " +"참조하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`판매주문서` 스마트 버튼에 해당 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`의 숫자가 나열됩니다. 여러 건의 " +":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`가 나열되는 경우 :guilabel:`판매주문서` 스마트 버튼을 누르면 지출결의서의 :abbr:`SO " +"(판매주문서)`의 목록 화면이 모두 열립니다. 개별 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 클릭하면 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`가 " +"개별적으로 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:644 msgid "" "The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " "Lines` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비는 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`의 :guilabel:`주문서 줄` 탭에 모두 기재되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서를 클릭한 후 판매 주문에 표시되는 경비를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:650 msgid "" @@ -17408,14 +17564,17 @@ msgid "" " it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " "invoiced for the expenses." msgstr "" +"다음으로는 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하고 옆에 있는 라디오 버튼을 클릭하여 청구서를 :guilabel:`일반 청구서`, " +":guilabel:`선결제 금액 (퍼센트)`인지, :guilabel:`선결제 금액 (고정 금액)` 중에서 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭합니다. 이제 고객에게 경비 청구서 발행이 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 msgid "Fiscal localizations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 현지화" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:10 msgid "Fiscal localization packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 현지화 패키지" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -17425,17 +17584,19 @@ msgid "" "configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " "app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" +"**재정 현지화 패키지**는 사전 설정되어 있는 세금, 재정 상태, 계정과목표, 법률 명세서를 데이터베이스에 설치하는 국가별 모듈입니다." +" 특정 인증서 설정과 같은 일부 추가 기능도 재정 관리 요구 사항에 따라 회계 앱에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 지속적으로 새롭게 현지화를 추가하고 기존 패키지를 개선하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 데이터베이스를 생성할 때 선택한 국가에 따라 회사에 적합한 패키지를 자동으로 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -17462,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서 해당하는 국가의 재정 현지화 패키지를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 @@ -17475,6 +17636,8 @@ msgid "" "your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " "statements and certifications." msgstr "" +"이와 같은 패키지를 사용하려면 필요에 맞추어 계정과목표를 정교하게 조정하고, 사용하는 세금을 활성화하며, 국가별 명세서 및 인증 설정을 " +"해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" @@ -17486,7 +17649,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:55 msgid "List of supported countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "지원 국가 목록" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -17494,6 +17657,8 @@ msgid "" "the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :ref:`fiscal localization " "package ` that are available on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo 회계는 알맞은 모듈을 설치하기만 하면 즉시 많은 국가에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 다음은 Odoo에서 사용할 수 있는 모든 " +":ref:`재정 현지화 패키지 ` 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:61 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" @@ -17501,11 +17666,11 @@ msgstr "알제리 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:62 msgid ":doc:`Argentina - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`아르헨티나 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`Australian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`호주 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:64 msgid "Austria - Accounting" @@ -17513,7 +17678,7 @@ msgstr "오스트리아 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`Belgium - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`벨기에 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:66 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" @@ -17521,7 +17686,7 @@ msgstr "볼리비아 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`Brazilian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`브라질 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:68 msgid "Canada - Accounting" @@ -17529,7 +17694,7 @@ msgstr "캐나다 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`Chile - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`칠레 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:70 msgid "China - Accounting" @@ -17537,7 +17702,7 @@ msgstr "중국 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`콜롬비아 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" @@ -17561,11 +17726,11 @@ msgstr "도미니카 공화국 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Ecuadorian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`에콰도르 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`Egypt - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`이집트 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" @@ -17577,7 +17742,7 @@ msgstr "핀란드 현지화" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`프랑스 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 msgid "Generic - Accounting" @@ -17585,7 +17750,7 @@ msgstr "범용 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`Germany `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`독일 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" @@ -17617,11 +17782,11 @@ msgstr "헝가리 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`인도 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Indonesian - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`인도네시아 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" @@ -17633,7 +17798,7 @@ msgstr "이스라엘 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`이탈리아 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 msgid "Japan - Accounting" @@ -17641,7 +17806,7 @@ msgstr "일본 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`케냐 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" @@ -17649,7 +17814,7 @@ msgstr "리투아니아 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`룩셈부르크 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" @@ -17657,7 +17822,7 @@ msgstr "모로코 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`멕시코 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" @@ -17665,7 +17830,7 @@ msgstr "몽고 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`네덜란드 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" @@ -17689,11 +17854,11 @@ msgstr "파나마 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`페루 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`Philippines - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`필리핀 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:113 msgid "Poland - Accounting" @@ -17705,11 +17870,11 @@ msgstr "포르투갈 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`Romania - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`루마니아 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`사우디 아라비아 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" @@ -17729,7 +17894,7 @@ msgstr "남아프리카 공화국 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008) `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`스페인 - 회계 (PGCE 2008) `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 msgid "Sweden - Accounting" @@ -17737,7 +17902,7 @@ msgstr "스웨덴 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`Switzerland - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`스위스 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" @@ -17745,7 +17910,7 @@ msgstr "타이완 - 회계" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`Thailand - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`태국 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" @@ -17755,11 +17920,11 @@ msgstr "터키 - 회계" msgid "" ":doc:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`아랍 에미리트 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`UK - Accounting `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`영국 - 회계 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" @@ -17788,31 +17953,37 @@ msgstr "아르헨티나" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" -msgstr "" +msgstr "웨비나" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현지화에 대한 일반적인 안내와 설정 방법은 다음의 동영상에서 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:10 msgid "" "`Webinar - Localización de Argentina " "`_." msgstr "" +"`웨비나 - Localización de Argentina `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" "`eCommerce - Localización de Argentina " "`_." msgstr "" +"`이커머스 - Localización de Argentina " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " "`_" msgstr "" +"`스마트 튜토리얼 - Localización de Argentina `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 @@ -17820,13 +17991,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 msgid "Modules installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모듈 설치" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:22 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" +"다음의 모듈을 :ref:`설치 `하면 아르헨티나 현지화 관련된 전체 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 @@ -17898,7 +18070,7 @@ msgstr "설명" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`아르헨티나 - 회계`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:33 msgid "`l10n_ar`" @@ -17911,10 +18083,13 @@ msgid "" " :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " "guidelines." msgstr "" +"기본값 :ref:`재정 현지화 패키지 `는 아르헨티나에서 운영하기 위해 최소한의 " +"환경 설정을 한 것이며, 이는 :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` " +"규정 및 지침에 따른 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`아르헨티나 회계 보고서`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" @@ -17922,11 +18097,11 @@ msgstr "`l10n_ar_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 장부 보고서 및 VAT 요약 보고서." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`아르헨티나 전자 청구서`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" @@ -17936,11 +18111,11 @@ msgstr "`l10n_ar_edi`" msgid "" "Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " "invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 규정에 따라 웹 서비스를 통해 전자 청구서를 생성하기 위한 전체 기술적 및 기능적 요구 사항을 포함합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`아르헨티나 전자상거래`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" @@ -17951,7 +18126,7 @@ msgid "" "(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " "Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " "invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "(선택 사항) 사용자가 전자 상거래 결제 양식에서 식별 유형 및 AFIP 책임을 확인하여 전자 청구서를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 @@ -17959,7 +18134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -17968,14 +18143,16 @@ msgid "" "in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " "obligation and structure of the company." msgstr "" +"현지화 모듈이 설치되면, 첫 번째 단계로 회사 데이터를 설정합니다. 기본 정보 외에도 입력해야 할 회사의 재정적 의무와 구조를 나타내는 " +":guilabel:`AFIP 책임 유형`을 핵심 필드로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 책임 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "계정과목표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -17984,28 +18161,30 @@ msgid "" "type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as " "many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" +"회계에서 선택할 수 있는 :guilabel:`계정과목표` 패키지에는 세 가지가 있습니다. 이는 회사의 AFIP 책임 유형을 기반으로 " +"하며, 회사 중에는 계정 수가 많을 필요가 없는 회사가 있는 반면 회계 요구 사항이 보다 복잡한 회사도 있다는 점을 고려합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monotributista (227개 계정);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:69 msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Exento (290개 계정);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto (298개 계정)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 현지화 패키지를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마스터 데이터 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:80 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" @@ -18019,7 +18198,7 @@ msgstr "환경" msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " "**testing** and **production**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 인프라는 **테스트**와 **프로덕션**의 두 가지 별도의 환경으로 복제됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -18028,6 +18207,8 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"회사가 **프로덕션** 환경으로 이동할 준비가 될 때까지 데이터베이스를 테스트할 수 있도록 제공합니다. 두 환경은 서로 완전히 분리되어 " +"있으므로 한 쪽 인스턴스의 디지털 인증서는 다른 인스턴스에서 유효하지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -18035,26 +18216,29 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " "(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스 환경을 선택하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 설정 --> 아르헨티나 현지화`로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`Prueba (테스트)` 또는 :guilabel:`Produccion (프로덕션)` 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 데이터베이스 환경을 선택합니다: 테스트 또는 프로덕션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:99 msgid "AFIP certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 인증서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " "Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전자 청구서 및 기타 AFIP 서비스는 AFIP에서 제공하는 :guilabel:`웹 서비스 (WS)`와 함께 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:104 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." msgstr "" +"AFIP와의 통신을 활성화하는 첫 번째 단계는 아직 디지털 인증서가 없는 경우 :guilabel:`디지털 인증서`를 요청하는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -18062,10 +18246,12 @@ msgid "" "selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " "generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`인증서 서명 요청 생성 (Odoo)`. 이 옵션을 선택하면 AFIP 포털에서 인증서를 요청할 때 사용할 확장자가 " +"`.csr` (인증서 서명 요청)인 파일이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Request a certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서를 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -18074,6 +18260,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ " "to get a certificate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`인증서 생성 (AFIP)`. AFIP 포털에 액세스하여 `이 문서 " +"`_에 " +"설명된 안내에 따라 인증서를 받습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -18081,10 +18270,12 @@ msgid "" "is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " "the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`인증서 및 개인키 업로드 (Odoo)`. 인증서가 생성되면 :guilabel:`Certificado` 필드 옆에 있는" +" :guilabel:`연필` 아이콘으로 Odoo에 업로드하고 해당 파일을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인증서 및 개인 키를 업로드합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -18095,16 +18286,20 @@ msgid "" "Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " "testing locally:" msgstr "" +"인증서를 설정해야 하는 경우 AFIP 공식 문서 Homologation Certificate " +"`_를 참조하세요. 또한 " +"Odoo는 사용자가 인증서 승인 없이도 로컬에서 전자 청구서를 테스트할 수 있도록 지원합니다. 로컬에서 테스트할 때 다음과 같은 메시지가" +" 채팅창에 표시됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "" "Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" "certificate/keys." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서는 테스트 인증서 키가 없는 테스트 환경이기 때문에 로컬에서 검증합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:141 msgid "Identification type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "식별 유형 및 VAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -18113,20 +18308,23 @@ msgid "" " transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " "default, as well as 32 inactive types." msgstr "" +"아르헨티나 현지화의 일환으로, 이제 AFIP에서 지정한 문서 유형을 **파트너 양식**에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 대부분의 거래에 필수적인" +" 정보입니다. 기본적으로 6개의 :guilabel:`식별 유형`과 32개의 비활성 유형이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP에서 정의한 Odoo의 AR 현지화 문서 유형 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:152 msgid "" "The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" " included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" +"AFIP에서 지정한 :guilabel:`식별 유형`의 전체 목록이 Odoo에 포함되어 있으나, 공통 유형만 활성화가 되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "AFIP responsibility type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 책임 유형" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -18150,31 +18348,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "Taxes types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금의 유형" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아르헨티나의 세금에는 여러 가지 종류가 있으며, 가장 일반적인 세금 유형은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:181 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VAT`: 일반 부가가치세이며 다양하게 백분율로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " "invoices;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`인식`: 청구서에 적용되는 세금을 선납하여 지불합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`유보`: 결제에 적용되는 세금을 선납하여 지불합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:186 msgid "Special taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "특수세" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -18193,7 +18391,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서 유형" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -18381,17 +18579,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Web Services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "웹서비스" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음은 웹서비스 작업에 있어서 알아야 하는 유용한 필드입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " "identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS 번호`: AFIP POS와 관련된 작업을 식별하기 위해 AFIP에 설정되어 있는 번호입니다;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -18411,15 +18610,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:313 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서: FA-A 0001-00000002;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:314 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "대변전표: NC-A 0001-00000003;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" +msgstr "차변전표: ND-A 0001-00000004." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:318 msgid "Sequences" @@ -18429,7 +18628,7 @@ msgstr "시퀀스" msgid "" "For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " "displays the last sequence used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo는 첫 번째 청구서를 AFIP와 자동으로 동기화하고 사용한 마지막 순서를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:324 msgid "" @@ -18439,12 +18638,14 @@ msgid "" "document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " "vendor." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`매입 전표`를 생성할 때 문서 유형과 관련된 것인지 여부를 정의할 수 있습니다. 문서 사용 옵션을 선택한 경우, 문서" +" 번호는 공급업체에서 제공하므로 문서 유형 순서를 직접 연결할 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용법 및 테스트" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:333 msgid "Invoice" @@ -18458,7 +18659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:339 msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서 유형 할당" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -18579,32 +18780,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Consumidor Final;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consumidor Final;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:409 msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:410 msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA liberado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax amount included." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금 포함." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:417 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:646 msgid "Special use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "특수 사용 사례" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:420 msgid "Invoices for services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스에 대한 청구서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -18615,7 +18816,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoices for Services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스에 대한 청구서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "" @@ -18626,7 +18827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Service Dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서비스 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Exportation invoices" @@ -18707,15 +18908,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:477 msgid "Taxes;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "Zone;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "지역;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "Detail each item;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세부 개별 항목;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" @@ -18731,11 +18932,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 msgid "Quantity;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "수량;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:485 msgid "Unit of measurement;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "측정 단위;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Bonus;" @@ -18862,11 +19063,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FCE: Es Cancelación?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:553 msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 인쇄 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:555 msgid "" @@ -18878,11 +19079,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoice printed report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 인쇄 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:564 msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "문제 해결 및 감사" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:566 msgid "" @@ -18895,11 +19096,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 청구서 조회" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 조회한 청구서 세부 내역" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "" @@ -18910,7 +19111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult the last invoice number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "최근 청구서 번호 조회" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "" @@ -18922,7 +19123,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Changing journal and document type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전표 및 문서 종류 변경" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "" @@ -18934,7 +19135,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill document number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 문서 번호" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -18945,7 +19146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:611 msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 업체 청구서 번호 승인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "" @@ -18980,7 +19181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 업체 청구서 승인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "" @@ -18991,7 +19192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify on AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP.에서 인증" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:638 msgid "" @@ -19002,7 +19203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP 승인 거부" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:649 msgid "Untaxed concepts" @@ -19023,7 +19224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT exempt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 면제" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:662 msgid "Perception taxes" @@ -19120,7 +19321,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:711 msgid "Enter check numbers manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직접 수표 번호 입력" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:712 msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" @@ -19128,7 +19329,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Bank journal configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "은행 전표 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:719 msgid "Management of own checks" @@ -19168,7 +19369,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Own checks menu location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자체 수표 메뉴 위치" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:744 msgid "" @@ -19182,11 +19383,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자체 수표 메뉴 조직 및 필터" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:754 msgid "Cancel an own check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자체 수표 취소" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:756 msgid "" @@ -19240,7 +19441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:783 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:817 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`현금`을 :guilabel:`유형`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:784 msgid "" @@ -19251,7 +19452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Automatically created cash account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 현금 계정 생성" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:791 msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" @@ -19379,7 +19580,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Check Operations menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "수표 처리 메뉴" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:868 msgid "" @@ -19412,15 +19613,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Argentinean reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "아르헨티나 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:887 msgid "VAT reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:890 msgid "Sales VAT book" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 VAT 장부" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:892 msgid "" @@ -19437,11 +19638,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Sales VAT book." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 VAT 장부" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:903 msgid "Purchases VAT book" -msgstr "" +msgstr "매입 VAT 장부" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:905 msgid "" @@ -19452,11 +19653,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Purchases VAT book." -msgstr "" +msgstr "매입 VAT 장부" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:913 msgid "VAT summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 요약" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:915 msgid "" @@ -19466,15 +19667,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT Summary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 요약" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:926 msgid "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - 관할 지역별 판매" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:928 msgid "" @@ -19485,11 +19686,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - 관할 지역별 판매" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:936 msgid "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IIBB - 관할 지역별 매입" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:938 msgid "" @@ -19500,7 +19701,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "관할 지역별 IIBB매입" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" @@ -19886,7 +20087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`세금 <../accounting/taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 @@ -31804,7 +32005,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "식별 유형 및 VAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:330 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 965caa2e7..2961bbeb8 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Daye Jeong, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 임직원 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -893,7 +894,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "차량" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -933,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "계약 종료일 알림" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -992,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조사" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1113,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1145,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1312,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모델" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1398,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "엔진" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1488,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모델 카테고리" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -2080,7 +2081,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 msgid "Pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "피벗 보기" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3053,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제안" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4299,7 +4300,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 msgid "Line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "선 그래프" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4452,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "급여 첨부 파일" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5064,7 +5065,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일 서식" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5422,7 +5423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "빠른 추가" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5488,7 +5489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작성" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -5870,7 +5871,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "옵션 탭" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -6802,7 +6803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제약 조건" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -6852,7 +6853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "실시간 세션" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -6937,7 +6938,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시간 & 점수" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7058,7 +7059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "종료 메시지" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7068,7 +7069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "인재 추천" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7103,7 +7104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "신입사원 연수 프로그램" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7260,7 +7261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "채용 공고" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7376,7 +7377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "링크" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7390,7 +7391,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "페이스북" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7645,7 +7646,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "링크드인" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7746,7 +7747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추천 인재에게 이메일 보내기" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8036,7 +8037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "보상" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8151,7 +8152,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "등급" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8272,7 +8273,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경고" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index a1894c552..aaced6e21 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "일상 업무" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드를 사용하여 재고 조정 적용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -67,12 +67,15 @@ msgid "" "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" +"창고 내에서 데이터베이스에 기록된 재고 수량이 실제 물리적 수량과 일치하지 않는 불일치가 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우 재고를 " +"조정하여 차이를 조정하고 데이터베이스에 기록된 수량이 창고의 실제 수량과 일치하도록 할 수 있습니다. Odoo에서는 *바코드* 앱을 " +"사용하여 이러한 조정을 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이러한 조정은 Odoo와 호환되는 바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하여 실시간으로 실행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -80,17 +83,20 @@ msgid "" "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" +"Odoo 호환 바코드 모바일 스캐너 및 *재고 관리* 및 *바코드* 앱에 맞는 기타 하드웨어의 전체 목록은 `Odoo 재고 관리 - " +"하드웨어 페이지 `_를 참조하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 앱 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -98,6 +104,7 @@ msgid "" "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" +"*바코드* 앱을 사용하여 재고 조정을 생성하고 적용하려면 *재고 관리* 앱 내 설정에서 해당 기능을 활성화하여 **설치**해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -105,6 +112,8 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 옵션 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 @@ -112,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인란을 선택한 후 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -122,6 +131,9 @@ msgid "" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" +"저장하면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 옵션 아래에 새 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타나며, 이름은 :guilabel:`바코드 명칭`입니다. " +"여기에서 :guilabel:`기본 명칭` 또는 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 명칭` 중 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다. 각 바코드 명칭 " +"옵션은 스캐너가 Odoo 내에서 바코드를 해석하는 방식을 결정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -129,12 +141,14 @@ msgid "" "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" +"바코드 명령 및 바코드 데모 시트를 인쇄하기 위한 :guilabel:`인쇄` 버튼과 함께 :guilabel:`제품 바코드 설정` 내부 " +"링크 화살표가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 바코드 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -142,10 +156,12 @@ msgid "" "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`바코드` 앱 구성 및 설정에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`바코드 스캐너 설정 <../setup/hardware>` " +"및 :doc:`Odoo에서 바코드 활성화 <../setup/software>` 문서를 참조하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정 수행" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -154,12 +170,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`바코드 앱 --> 바코드 스캔` 대시보드로 이동하여 프로세스를 시작합니다. :guilabel:`작업`, " +":guilabel:`재고 조정` 및 :guilabel:`일괄 이송`을 포함한 다양한 옵션이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정을 생성하고 적용하려면 화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`재고 조정` 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 @@ -167,12 +185,13 @@ msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 *바코드 재고 클라이언트 작업* 페이지로 이동하며, 상단 헤더 섹션의 제목은 :guilabel:`재고 조정`으로 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "스캐너가 포함된 바코드 앱 시작 화면." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -180,12 +199,14 @@ msgid "" "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" +"조정을 시작하려면 먼저 카운트를 조정해야 하는 제품의 창고 내 현재 위치인 *원 위치*를 스캔합니다. 그런 다음 제품 바코드를 " +"스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "특정 제품의 바코드를 여러 번 스캔하여 조정에서 해당 제품의 수량을 늘릴 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -193,12 +214,14 @@ msgid "" "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스에서 창고 *다중 위치* 기능이 활성화되어 있지 않은 경우에는 원 위치를 스캔할 필요가 없습니다. 이러한 경우 제품 바코드를 " +"스캔하여 간단히 재고 조정을 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또는 제품 라인 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`✏️ (연필)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 수량을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -208,6 +231,9 @@ msgid "" "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 키패드가 있는 별도의 창이 열립니다. 수량을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`수량` 줄의 숫자를 수정합니다. 또한 " +":guilabel:`+1` 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 클릭하여 제품 수량을 늘리거나 줄일 수 있으며 숫자 키를 사용하여 수량을" +" 적절히 조정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -217,16 +243,19 @@ msgid "" "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" +"제공된 재고 조정 예시에서는 소스 위치 `WH/Stock/Shelf/2`를 스캔하여 위치를 할당했습니다. 그 후, '[FURN_7888]" +" 스크린이 있는 책상 스탠드' 제품의 바코드를 세 번 스캔하여 조정의 단위를 늘렸습니다. 특정 제품의 바코드를 스캔하여 이 조정에 더 " +"많은 제품을 포함할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정을 표시하는 바코드 재고 클라이언트 작업 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정을 완료하려면 페이지 하단의 확인 표시가 있는 녹색 :guilabel:`✅ 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 @@ -235,6 +264,8 @@ msgid "" "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" +"적용 후 Odoo는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면으로 돌아갑니다. 오른쪽 상단에 작은 녹색 배너가 나타나 조정이 성공적으로 " +"승인되었음을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 @@ -247,6 +278,8 @@ msgid "" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" +"Odoo의 *바코드* 앱은 바코드가 포함된 데모 데이터를 제공하여 사용자가 앱의 기능을 탐색할 수 있도록 합니다. 이러한 데모 데이터는 " +"테스트 목적으로 활용할 수 있으며 앱의 홈 화면에서 바로 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -255,43 +288,45 @@ msgid "" "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" +"데모 데이터에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동하여 스캐너 위의 정보 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`재고 " +"바코드 시트` 및 :guilabel:`재고에 대한 명령`(굵게 표시되고 파란색으로 강조 표시됨)을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 앱 메인 화면에 데모 데이터 프롬프트 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정에 수동으로 제품 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치 또는 제품에 대한 바코드를 사용할 수 없는 경우에도 Odoo *바코드*를 사용하여 재고를 조정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`바코드 앱 --> 바코드 스캔 --> 재고 조정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 조정에 제품을 수동으로 포함하려면 화면 하단에 있는 흰색 :guilabel:`➕ 제품 추가` 버튼을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그러면 원하는 제품, 수량, 소스 위치를 선택해야 하는 새 빈 페이지로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*바코드 재고 클라이언트 작업* 페이지에서 제품을 추가하는 키패드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -302,6 +337,9 @@ msgid "" "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" +"먼저 :guilabel:`품목` 항목을 클릭하고 재고 수를 조정할 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 해당 제품에 대한 원하는 수량을 수동으로" +" 입력합니다. :guilabel:`수량` 줄의 `1`을 변경하거나 :guilabel:`+1` 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 제품 수량을 늘리거나 줄일 수 있습니다. 숫자 패드를 사용하여 수량을 추가할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -310,16 +348,18 @@ msgid "" "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"숫자 패드 아래에는 기본적으로 `WH/재고`라고 표시되는 :guilabel:`위치` 줄이 있습니다. 이 줄을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 " +"위치 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되며, 이 재고 조정을 위해 :guilabel:`원 위치`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요한 항목을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정을 적용하려면 페이지 하단의 확인 표시가 있는 녹색 :guilabel:`✅ 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1710,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg의 입고 재고 이동 기록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드로 입고 및 배송 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -1718,6 +1758,8 @@ msgid "" "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" +"*바코드* 앱은 바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하여 입고, 배송 및 기타 다양한 유형의 작업을 실시간으로 처리할 수 있도록" +" 설계되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1726,13 +1768,15 @@ msgid "" "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" +"이 기능을 사용하면 창고 현장에서 작업이 발생하면 즉시 처리할 수 있으므로 컴퓨터에서 전송의 유효성을 검사할 때까지 기다릴 필요가 " +"없습니다. 이러한 방식으로 작업을 수행하면 관련 제품, 피킹, 위치 등에 바코드를 정확하게 할당하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*바코드* 앱을 사용하여 이송을 처리하려면 먼저 *재고 관리* 앱 내 설정에서 해당 기능을 활성화하여 설치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 @@ -1741,6 +1785,8 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`바코드` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 기능 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1749,6 +1795,8 @@ msgid "" "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" +"페이지를 새로고침하면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 기능 아래에 추가 옵션이 나타납니다: :guilabel:`바코드 명명법` (해당" +" 드롭다운 메뉴 포함)에서 :guilabel:`기본 명명법` 또는 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 명명법` 중 하나를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 @@ -1757,6 +1805,8 @@ msgid "" "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" +"또한 바코드 명령 및 바코드 데모 시트를 인쇄할 수 있는 :guilabel:`제품 바코드 설정` 내부 링크 화살표와 " +":guilabel:`인쇄` 버튼 세트가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 @@ -1766,16 +1816,19 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`바코드` 앱 설정 및 구성에 대한 종합적인 지침은 :doc:`바코드 스캐너 설정하기 " +"<../setup/hardware>` 및 :doc:`Odoo에서 바코드 활성화하기 <../setup/software>` 문서 페이지를 " +"참조하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "입고에 대한 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "입고 제품에 대한 창고 입고 내역을 처리하려면 먼저 구매 주문(PO)과 해당 입고 작업을 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1783,6 +1836,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" +":abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 새 견적 요청(RFQ) 생성을" +" 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1792,6 +1847,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" +"비어 있는 :abbr:`견적 요청(RFQ)` 양식에서 :guilabel:`공급업체` 필드 옆의 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 공급업체를 " +"지정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 탭의 :guilabel:`품목` 항목에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하고 " +"견적에 포함할 원하는 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1799,16 +1857,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +"준비가 완료되면 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 " +":abbr:`RFQ(견적 요청)`를 확인하고 :abbr:`PO(발주서)`로 변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 제품에 대한 구매 주문이 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 입고에 대한 바코드 처리 및 스캔을 시작하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1817,6 +1877,8 @@ msgid "" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`바코드 앱`으로 들어가면 다양한 옵션이 있는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다. 입고를 처리하려면 " +"화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업은 :menuselection:`작업` 개요 페이지로 이어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -1825,6 +1887,8 @@ msgid "" "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" +"이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`입고` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 클릭하여 모든 미결 입고 내역을 " +"확인합니다. 그런 다음 처리할 특정 입고 작업을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 선택하면 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1835,6 +1899,9 @@ msgid "" "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" +"바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱*만* 사용하는 경우, 해당 작업 유형과 관련된 바코드를 스캔하여 각 이송을 쉽게 처리할 수 " +"있습니다. 스캔 후 기존 전송에 관련된 제품을 스캔하고 필요한 경우 새 제품을 이송에 추가합니다. 모든 품목을 스캔한 후 이송을 승인하여" +" 재고 이동을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -1844,11 +1911,14 @@ msgid "" "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" +"이 화면에서 해당 전송(**WH/IN/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 입고에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다. 화면 하단에는 제품을 작업에 " +"추가해야 하는지 또는 전체 작업을 한 번에 승인해야 하는지에 따라 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 또는 :guilabel:`승인` 옵션이" +" 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전송 중인 입고 개요를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -1857,6 +1927,9 @@ msgid "" "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" +"각 제품을 개별적으로 처리하고 스캔하려면 특정 품목 라인을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`+#` 버튼 (이 경우 " +":guilabel:`+10`)을 클릭하여 해당 품목의 입고를 확인하거나 :guilabel:`연필` 아이콘을 클릭하여 해당 특정 품목 " +"라인을 편집할 수 있는 새 화면을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1866,6 +1939,9 @@ msgid "" "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" +"이 화면에는 입고 중인 상품이 표시되며, 품목명 아래에서 :guilabel:`수량`을 수정할 수 있습니다. 해당 줄의 `0`을 원하는 " +"수량으로 수동으로 변경하거나 :guilabel:`/#단위` 버튼 (이 경우 :guilabel:`/10단위`)을 클릭하여 " +":abbr:`PO(발주서)`에서 주문한 수량을 자동으로 채울 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1875,11 +1951,14 @@ msgid "" "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" +"`WH/IN/00019` 입고 작업의 경우 `바코드 제품`의 예상 입고 수량이 `10개`로 설정되어 있습니다. 이 제품의 " +":guilabel:`내부 참조`는 `[BARCODE_PROD]`입니다. 하나의 단위를 받으려면 `바코드 제품`의 바코드를 스캔합니다. " +"이후 입고 수량을 수동으로 입력하려면 :guilabel:`연필` 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 앱에서 개별 이송을 위한 품목 라인 편집기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 @@ -1888,6 +1967,8 @@ msgid "" "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`+1` 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 사용하여 제품 수량을 늘리거나 줄일 수 있습니다. 또는 " +":guilabel:` 숫자 키`를 사용하여 원하는 수량을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1896,6 +1977,8 @@ msgid "" "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`번호 키` 아래에는 제품 자체에 다른 *위치*가 지정되어 있지 않는 한 기본적으로 `WH/재고`으로 설정되는 " +":guilabel:`위치`가 있습니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 추가 위치가 포함된 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 @@ -1904,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "완료했으면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 품목에 적용된 변경 사항을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1914,26 +1997,30 @@ msgid "" "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" +"다음으로, 해당 이송(**WH/IN/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 입고 내역이 포함된 개요 페이지에서 수신 중인 제품의 제품 항목에" +" 있는 :guilabel:`+#` 버튼을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업으로 입고 처리가 완료되었으며 이제" +" :guilabel:`바코드 앱`을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이송 중인 입고 내역 개요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 주문의 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "출고 제품에 대한 창고 배송을 처리하려면 먼저 판매주문서 (SO)를 생성하고 배송 작업을 처리해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 새 견적을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -1943,6 +2030,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" +"빈 견적 양식에서 :guilabel:`고객` 필드 옆에 있는 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 고객을 지정합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭의 :guilabel:`품목` 항목에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭하고 견적에 포함할 원하는" +" 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -1950,16 +2040,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" +"모두 완료되면 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭하여 견적을 확인하고" +" 이를 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`로 변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 제품에 대한 판매 주문이 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 배송용 바코드 처리 및 스캔을 시작하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -1968,6 +2060,8 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`바코드 앱`으로 들어가면 다양한 옵션이 있는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다. 배송을 처리하려면 " +"화면 하단에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 :guilabel:`작업` 개요 페이지로 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -1976,10 +2070,12 @@ msgid "" "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" +"이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`배달 주문` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`# 처리 대기` 버튼을 클릭하여 보류 중인 모든 배송" +" 주문을 확인합니다. 그런 다음 처리할 배송 주문을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 앱 대시보드의 작업 개요 페이지." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -1989,6 +2085,9 @@ msgid "" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" +"이 화면에는 해당 전송 내에서 처리할 모든 배송에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다(**WH/OUT/000XX**). 화면 하단에는 '제품 추가' " +"또는 '유효성 검사' 옵션이 있습니다. 작업에 :guilabel:`제품 추가`를 해야 하는지 또는 전체 작업을 한 번에 " +":guilabel:`승인`해야 하는지 여부에 따라 적절한 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -1997,6 +2096,8 @@ msgid "" "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" +"각 품목을 개별적으로 처리하고 스캔하려면 특정 제품 항목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`+1` 버튼을 클릭하여 해당 품목의 배송을 " +"확인하거나 :guilabel:`연필 아이콘`을 클릭하여 해당 특정 제품 항목을 편집할 수 있는 새 화면을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -2006,6 +2107,9 @@ msgid "" "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"이 화면에는 배송 중인 상품이 표시되며, 상품명 아래에서 :guilabel:`수량` 줄을 수정할 수 있습니다. 해당 줄의 `0`을 원하는" +" 수량으로 변경하거나 :guilabel:`/#단위` 버튼 (이 경우 :guilabel:`/10단위`)을 클릭하여 :abbr:`SO (판매" +" 주문)`에서 주문한 수량을 자동으로 채울 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -2013,6 +2117,8 @@ msgid "" "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`번호 키` 아래에는 제품 자체에 다른 위치가 지정되어 있지 않는 한 기본적으로 `WH/재고`로 표시되는 " +":guilabel:`위치` 항목이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -2020,6 +2126,8 @@ msgid "" "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" +"배송을 위해 제품을 가져오는 위치를 나타냅니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 추가 위치가 포함된 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다. " +"(특히 제품이 창고 내 여러 위치에 저장된 경우)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -2027,6 +2135,8 @@ msgid "" "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" +"보관 위치, 입고 규칙, 반출 전략이 여러 가지인 창고의 경우 *바코드* 앱을 사용할 때 다양한 작업 유형에 대해 추가 단계를 포함할 수" +" 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -2035,14 +2145,17 @@ msgid "" "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" +"다음으로, 해당 전송(**WH/OUT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 배송이 포함된 개요 페이지에서 배송 중인 제품의 제품 항목에 " +"있는 :guilabel:`+#` 버튼을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭합니다. 이제 배송이 처리되었으며 *바코드* 앱을 " +"닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "승인을 위해 이송 중인 배송 현황." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드로 이송 생성 및 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2051,6 +2164,8 @@ msgid "" "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" +"바코드* 앱은 로트 또는 일련 번호를 사용하여 추적된 제품의 이송을 포함하여 모든 유형의 제품에 대한 내부 이송을 처리하는 데 사용할 수" +" 있습니다. 내부 이송은 Odoo 호환 바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하여 실시간으로 시작할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2058,6 +2173,8 @@ msgid "" "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" +"Odoo 호환 바코드 모바일 스캐너 및 *재고 관리* 앱용 기타 하드웨어에 대한 정보가 필요한 경우 `Odoo 재고 관리 - 하드웨어 " +"페이지 `_를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2067,10 +2184,13 @@ msgid "" "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" +"페이지가 새로고침되면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 기능 아래에 새로운 옵션이 표시됩니다. 해당 드롭다운 메뉴가 있는 " +":guilabel:`바코드 명명법` 섹션이 있으며, 여기서 :guilabel:`기본 명명법` 또는 :guilabel:`기본 GS1 " +"명명법`을 선택할 수 있습니다. 선택한 명명법에 따라 스캐너가 Odoo에서 바코드를 해석하는 방식이 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 이동을 위한 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2078,6 +2198,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"창고 내 제품에 대한 내부 이송을 생성하고 처리하려면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능을 " +"**활성화**해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2086,20 +2208,23 @@ msgid "" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`창고` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옆의 " +"확인란을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 페이지 상단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 이송 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기존 내부 이송을 처리하려면 먼저 내부 이송이 이미 생성되어 있고 처리할 작업이 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2108,12 +2233,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" +"내부 이송을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`재고 관리 개요` 대시보드에서 " +":guilabel:`내부 이송` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`0 처리 중` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 결과 페이지의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`생성`를 선택합니다. 그러면 새 :guilabel:`내부 이송` 양식으로 " +"이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2123,11 +2252,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" +"이 빈 양식에서 :guilabel:`작업 유형`은 자동으로 :guilabel:`내부 이송`으로 설정됩니다. 해당 필드 아래의 " +":guilabel:`출발지 위치` 및 :guilabel:`목적지 위치`는 처음에 :guilabel:`WH/재고`로 구성되지만 제품을 " +"재배치하고 이동하는 위치에 따라 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "출발지 위치 및 도착지 위치가 포함된 빈 내부 전송 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2136,6 +2268,8 @@ msgid "" "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" +"원하는 위치를 선택한 후 이송에 제품을 추가할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`품목` 탭 아래의 :guilabel:`품목` 항목으로 " +"이동하여 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭한 다음 이송에 추가할 원하는 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -2144,14 +2278,17 @@ msgid "" "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"완료되면 양식 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`저장`을 탭하여 새 내부 이송을 저장합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`세부 작업` " +"아이콘 (네 줄로 표시되며 :guilabel:`품목` 항목의 맨 오른쪽에 위치)을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업 창을 " +"엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 이송 세부 작업 팝업 창." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "팝업에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2159,6 +2296,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`대상` 열에서 위치를 :guilabel:`WH/재고`에서 제품을 이동해야 하는 다른 위치로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -2166,22 +2304,24 @@ msgid "" "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`완료` 열에서 이송할 수량을 원하는 양으로 변경합니다. 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 " +"선택하여 팝업 창을 닫습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 이송을 위한 바코드 스캔" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 이송을 위한 바코드를 처리하고 스캔하려면 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드 앱`에 들어가면 다양한 옵션을 표시하는 :guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2189,6 +2329,8 @@ msgid "" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" +"내부 이송을 처리하려면 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면 :menuselection:`작업` 개요 " +"페이지로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2197,6 +2339,8 @@ msgid "" "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" +"이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`내부 이송` 카드를 찾은 다음 :guilabel:`# 진행 대기` 버튼을 눌러 보류 중인 내부 이송을 " +"확인합니다. 그런 다음 처리할 작업을 선택하여 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -2204,6 +2348,8 @@ msgid "" "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" +"*재고 관리* 앱 없이 *바코드* 앱을 사용하는 경우 (바코드 스캐너 또는 Odoo 모바일 앱을 사용하는 경우 **만** 해당), 해당 " +"작업 유형의 각 이송에 대한 바코드를 스캔하기만 하면 쉽게 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2212,6 +2358,8 @@ msgid "" "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" +"스캔 후 기존 이송의 일부인 제품을 스캔할 수 있으며, 새 제품도 이송에 추가할 수 있습니다. 모든 제품이 스캔되면 이송을 승인하고 재고" +" 이동을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2221,11 +2369,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" +"이 화면에서 특정 내부 전송 (**WH/INT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 제품에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다. 화면 하단에는 제품을 " +"작업에 추가해야 하는지 또는 전체 작업을 한 번에 승인해야 하는지에 따라 :guilabel:`품목 추가` 또는 :guilabel:`승인`" +" 옵션이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 제품의 바코드를 스캔하여 내부 이송을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -2234,6 +2385,8 @@ msgid "" "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" +"또는 각 제품을 개별적으로 처리하고 스캔하려면 특정 제품 항목을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`+ 1` 버튼을 클릭하여 이송에 해당 " +"제품의 수량을 추가하거나 :guilabel:`연필 아이콘`을 클릭하여 해당 제품 항목을 편집할 수 있는 새 화면을 열 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -2242,6 +2395,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" +"제품의 팝업 창에 처리할 제품 및 단위가 숫자 패드와 함께 표시됩니다. 제품명 아래에서 :guilabel:`수량` 줄을 편집할 수 " +"있습니다. 해당 줄의 숫자를 내부 이송 양식에 전송할 수량으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -2252,6 +2407,9 @@ msgid "" "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" +"내부 이송 작업 `WH/INT/000XX`에서 `이송 제품`의 `50개`가 `WH/재고`에서 `WH/재고/선반 1`로 이동합니다. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]`는 제품 양식에 설정된 :guilabel:`내부 참조`입니다. '이전 제품'의 바코드를 스캔하여 한 개를 " +"받습니다. 그 후 :guilabel:`연필 아이콘`을 클릭하여 전송된 수량을 수동으로 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -2259,6 +2417,8 @@ msgid "" "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" +"또한 :guilabel:`+1` 및 :guilabel:`-1` 버튼을 클릭하여 제품의 수량을 더하거나 뺄 수 있으며 숫자 키로도 수량을 " +"추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -2267,6 +2427,8 @@ msgid "" " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" +"숫자 키 아래에는 내부 이송 양식에 이전에 지정한 위치 (이 경우 `WH/재고` 및 `WH/재고/선반 1`)을 읽는 두 개의 " +":guilabel:`위치` 항목이 있습니다. 이 항목을 클릭하면 선택할 수 있는 추가 위치의 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -2274,12 +2436,14 @@ msgid "" "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 해당 이송 (**WH/INT/000XX**)내에서 처리할 모든 제품이 표시된 개요 페이지에서 :guilabel:`승인`을 " +"클릭합니다. 이제 내부 이송이 처리되었으며 *바코드* 앱을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*바코드* 앱은 고유 로트 번호와 일련 번호가 포함된 내부 이송 제품을 스캔하는 데에도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -2289,10 +2453,12 @@ msgid "" "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" +"바코드 전송 화면에서 로트 또는 일련 번호의 바코드를 스캔하면 Odoo가 자동으로 데이터베이스에 기록된 수량만큼 제품 수량을 늘립니다. " +"동일한 로트 또는 일련 번호가 여러 제품 간에 공유되는 경우 제품 바코드를 먼저 스캔한 다음 로트/일련 번호의 바코드를 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이송을 처음부터 새로 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2300,6 +2466,8 @@ msgid "" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" +"*바코드* 앱은 이전에 생성된 기존 내부 전송에 대한 바코드 처리 및 스캔 외에도 인쇄된 작업 유형 바코드를 스캔하여 처음부터 전송을 " +"생성하는 데에도 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -2310,6 +2478,9 @@ msgid "" "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" +"Odoo의 *바코드* 앱은 테스트 목적으로 바코드가 포함된 데모 데이터를 제공합니다. 이 데모 데이터에 액세스하려면 " +":menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동하여 스캐너 위의 정보 팝업에서 :guilabel:`재고 바코드 시트` (굵게 표시되고 " +"파란색으로 강조 표시됨)를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -2317,12 +2488,14 @@ msgid "" "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" +"이를 실행하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`바코드 앱`으로 이동합니다. *바코드* 앱에 들어가면 다양한 옵션이 표시된 " +":guilabel:`바코드 스캔` 화면이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "USB 또는 블루투스 바코드 스캐너를 사용하는 경우 이 화면에서 제품 바코드를 직접 스캔합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -2331,12 +2504,15 @@ msgid "" "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" +"스마트폰을 바코드 스캐너로 사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`탭하여 스캔` 버튼 (화면 중앙의 카메라 아이콘 옆에 위치)을 클릭합니다. " +"이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너` 팝업 화면이 열리고 기기의 카메라가 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" +"인쇄된 작업 유형 바코드를 향해 카메라를 향하게 하여 스캔합니다. 이렇게 하면 바코드가 처리되고 바코드 전송 화면으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -2345,6 +2521,8 @@ msgid "" "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" +"이 화면에서는 특정 내부 이송 (**WH/INT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 제품에 대한 개요가 표시됩니다. 그러나 이 이송은 " +"처음부터 새로 생성된 이송이므로 페이지에 나열된 제품이 없어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -2353,6 +2531,8 @@ msgid "" "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" +"품목을 추가하려면 제품 바코드를 스캔합니다. 바코드를 사용할 수 없는 경우 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`제품 추가` 버튼을 클릭하여 " +"시스템에 제품을 수동으로 입력하고 이송할 제품 및 각 수량을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." @@ -2364,6 +2544,8 @@ msgid "" "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" +"다음으로, 지정된 이송(**WH/INT/000XX**) 내에서 처리할 모든 품목을 표시하는 현황 페이지에서 :guilabel:`승인` " +"옵션을 선택합니다. 이제 내부 이송이 처리되었으며 *바코드* 앱을 닫을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -4086,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "제품 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "로트와 일련번호의 차이점" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4095,6 +4277,8 @@ msgid "" "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" +"*로트*와 *일련번호*는 Odoo 내에서 제품을 식별하고 추적하는 두 가지 방법으로 사용됩니다. 이 두 가지 추적 방법 사이에는 유사점이" +" 있지만 입고, 배송 및 재고 보고서와 같은 프로세스에 영향을 미치는 중요한 차이점도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -4102,6 +4286,8 @@ msgid "" "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" +"대부분의 경우 *로트*는 입고되었거나 현재 보관 중이거나 창고에서 배송된 품목의 특정 배치를 의미합니다. 그러나 사내에서 제조된 제품 " +"그룹을 의미할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4109,6 +4295,8 @@ msgid "" "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" +"*일련번호*는 품목 또는 제품에 점진적 또는 순차적으로 부여되는 고유 식별자로, 다른 품목 또는 제품과 구별하기 위한 목적으로 " +"사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" @@ -4128,7 +4316,7 @@ msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 활성화" msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "로트 및 일련번호를 사용하여 제품을 추적하려면 *로트 및 일련번호* 기능을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4137,6 +4325,9 @@ msgid "" "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지" +" 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 확인란을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 @@ -4145,7 +4336,7 @@ msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 로트 및 일련 번호 기능을 활성화 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "로트 사용 시기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4154,10 +4345,12 @@ msgid "" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" +"로트는 의류나 식품과 같이 대량으로 입고되거나 제조된 제품에 유용합니다. 특정 그룹으로 제품을 역추적할 수 있으므로 제품 리콜 관리나 " +"유통기한 모니터링과 같은 작업을 처리할 때 특히 사용하기 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 수량이 포함된 로트를 생성했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -4167,10 +4360,12 @@ msgid "" "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" +"제조업체는 특성을 공유하는 제품 배치에 로트 번호를 할당하므로 잠재적으로 여러 품목이 동일한 로트 번호를 공유할 수 있습니다. 이 방식을" +" 사용하면 단일 그룹 내에서 수많은 제품을 쉽게 식별할 수 있으며 수명 주기의 각 단계에서 이러한 제품을 포괄적으로 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일련번호를 사용하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4179,16 +4374,18 @@ msgid "" "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" +"개별 제품에 일련번호를 할당하는 목적은 공급망을 통해 이동하는 모든 품목의 이력을 추적할 수 있도록 하기 위함입니다. 이는 판매 및 " +"배송하는 제품과 관련된 애프터 서비스를 제공하는 제조업체에 특히 유용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품의 일련번호 목록입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." -msgstr "" +msgstr "일련번호에는 숫자, 문자, 특수문자 또는 세 가지 유형의 문자가 혼합된 다양한 유형의 문자가 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 @@ -4202,6 +4399,8 @@ msgid "" "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" +"제조업체와 기업은 추적성 보고서를 참조하여 제품의 전체 수명 주기를 확인할 수 있습니다. 이러한 보고서에는 제품의 출처 (및 날짜), " +"보관 위치, 배송 수취인과 같은 필수 정보가 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -4210,6 +4409,8 @@ msgid "" "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"제품의 전체 추적성을 보거나 로트 및/또는 일련번호를 기준으로 제품을 그룹화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목" +" --> 로트/일련번호`로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`로트/일련번호` 대시보드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -4217,6 +4418,8 @@ msgid "" "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" +"여기에서는 로트 또는 일련번호가 할당된 제품이 기본적으로 나열됩니다. 또한 각 제품 항목을 확장하여 할당된 특정 로트 또는 일련번호를 볼" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4226,6 +4429,9 @@ msgid "" "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"로트 또는 일련번호별로 제품을 정리하려면 먼저 오른쪽 상단의 검색 창에서 기본 필터를 모두 지웁니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`그룹화 기준`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 그룹 추가`를 선택합니다. 미니 드롭다운 메뉴에서 " +":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4234,10 +4440,12 @@ msgid "" "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" +"이 작업은 기존의 모든 로트 및 일련번호를 표시하며, 각 번호를 확장하여 해당 특정 번호와 관련된 모든 제품 수량을 표시할 수 있습니다." +" 재사용되지 *않는* 고유 일련번호의 경우, 일련번호당 *하나의 제품만* 존재해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "로트 및 일련번호의 드롭다운 목록이 있는 보고 페이지입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -4248,6 +4456,10 @@ msgid "" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" +"특정 로트 번호 또는 일련번호에 대한 자세한 내용을 보려면 해당 항목을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`로트` 또는 " +":guilabel:`일련번호` 양식을 엽니다. 이 양식에서 :guilabel:`위치` 및 :guilabel:`추적성` 스마트 버튼을 " +"클릭하면 해당 일련번호와 관련된 모든 보유 재고를 볼 수 있습니다. 또한 해당 로트 또는 일련번호를 사용하여 수행된 모든 작업을 이 " +"섹션에서 검토할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -8486,6 +8698,8 @@ msgid "" " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" +"다음으로 3단계 입고를 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로" +" 이동하여 편집할 창고를 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 해당 특정 창고에 대한 세부 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8493,6 +8707,8 @@ msgid "" "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" +"해당 :guilabel:`창고` 세부 양식 페이지에서 :guilabel:`상품 입고, 품질 검사, 재고 입고 (3단계)`에 대해 " +":guilabel:`입고 배송`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." @@ -8506,10 +8722,13 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" +"3단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 두 개의 내부 위치가 추가됩니다: *입고* (WH/입고) 및 *품질 관리* (WH/품질 관리). 이러한" +" 위치의 이름을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동한 다음 원하는 위치를 클릭하여" +" 이름을 변경 (또는 업데이트)합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3단계(입고 + 품질 + 재고)로 받기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -8519,6 +8738,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" +"새 :abbr:`RfQ (견적 요청)`를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`구매 앱 --> 신규`로 이동하여 빈 :abbr:`RfQ" +" (견적 요청)` 양식 페이지를 엽니다. 이 페이지에서 :guilabel:`공급업체`를 선택하고, 저장 가능한 " +":guilabel:`품목`을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -13686,6 +13908,9 @@ msgid "" "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"생성된 모든 패키징을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목 패키징`으로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면" +" 모든 제품에 대해 생성된 모든 패키징의 전체 목록이 있는 :guilabel:`제품 패키징` 페이지가 표시됩니다. " +":guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 패키징 생성을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -13694,6 +13919,9 @@ msgid "" "product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " "products, or a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" +"`포도맛 탄산 음료`와 `다이어트 콜라` 두 탄산음료 제품은 세 가지 유형의 포장으로 구성되어 있습니다. :guilabel:`제품 포장`" +" 페이지에서 각 제품은 6개가 들어 있는 `6팩`, 12개 제품이 들어 있는 `12팩`, 32개 제품이 들어 있는 `케이스`로 판매할 수" +" 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." @@ -13710,12 +13938,14 @@ msgid "" "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " "field." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`판매` 앱에서 판매 주문을 생성하는 동안 제품에 대해 원하는 포장을 표시합니다. 그러면 선택한 포장 정보가 " +":abbr:`SO(판매 주문)`의 :guilabel:`Package` 필드 아래에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:240 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`포도맛 탄산음료` 제품은 18캔을 6팩 3개로 구성하여 포장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." @@ -13728,6 +13958,8 @@ msgid "" "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" +"포장은 Odoo :ref:`바코드 `와 함께 사용할 수 있습니다. 공급업체로부터 제품을" +" 수령할 때 포장에 있는 바코드를 스캔하면 포장에 있는 해당 개수가 제품의 내부 카운트에 자동으로 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" @@ -13740,24 +13972,27 @@ msgid "" "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" +"일괄 이송은 여러 피킹을 한 그룹으로 묶는 반면, **웨이브 이송**은 다양한 피킹의 특정 부품으로 구성됩니다. 두 가지 방법 모두 " +"창고에서 주문을 피킹하는 데 사용되며, 특정 상황에 따라 한 가지 방법이 다른 방법보다 더 적합할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "특정 품목 카테고리 내의 주문을 처리하거나 같은 위치에 있는 제품을 가져오려면 웨이브 이송이 최적의 방법입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 웨이브 이송은 실제로는 일괄 전송이지만, 이송이 일괄 그룹화되기 전에 분할되는 추가 단계가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" +"웨이브 이송을 시작하기 전에 먼저 :guilabel:`일괄 이송` 및 :guilabel:`웨이브 이송` 옵션을 활성화해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -13766,11 +14001,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" +"먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`작업` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`일괄 이송` 및 :guilabel:`웨이브 이송`을 모두 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 " +"클릭하여 설정을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "웨이브 이송 옵션을 활성화하기 위한 Odoo 재고 관리 앱 설정 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" @@ -13780,7 +14018,7 @@ msgstr "웨이브에 품목 추가" msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정이 활성화되었으면 웨이브 이송에 품목을 추가하여 이송을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -13791,16 +14029,21 @@ msgid "" "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" +"웨이브 이송은 동일한 작업 유형의 이송에서 품목 라인만 포함하도록 제한됩니다. 특정 작업 내의 모든 이송 및 관련 제품 라인에 " +"액세스하려면 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 대시보드로 이동하여 원하는 작업 유형에 해당하는 카드를 찾습니다. 그런 다음 옵션 메뉴 " +"(작업 유형 카드 모서리에 있는 점 3개 아이콘)를 열고 :guilabel:`작업`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 유형의 작업 목록을 가져오는 방법." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" +"작업 페이지에서 새 웨이브 또는 기존 웨이브에 포함할 제품 라인을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`웨이브에 추가`를 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." @@ -13810,7 +14053,7 @@ msgstr "웨이브에 추가할 항목을 선택합니다." msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "검색창에서 :guilabel:`필터`를 사용하여 제품, 위치, 배송업체 등 공통 속성을 가진 라인을 그룹화하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." @@ -13822,6 +14065,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"선택한 라인을 기존 웨이브 이송에 추가하려면 :guilabel:`기존 웨이브 이송` 옵션을 선택하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 웨이브 " +"이송을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -13830,6 +14075,9 @@ msgid "" "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" +"새 웨이브 이송을 만들려면 :guilabel:`새 웨이브 이송` 옵션을 선택합니다. 새 웨이브 이송을 설정하는 경우 선택 사항인 " +":guilabel:`담당자` 필드에 직원을 설정할 수도 있습니다. 원하는 옵션을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 제품 " +"라인을 웨이브에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" @@ -13842,6 +14090,9 @@ msgid "" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" +"모든 웨이브 이송과 각각의 상태를 함께 확인하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업 --> 웨이브 이송`으로 " +"이동합니다. 웨이브 전송은 :guilabel:`바코드` 앱에서 :menuselection:`바코드 --> 일괄 이송`으로 이동하여 볼 " +"수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" @@ -13860,6 +14111,9 @@ msgid "" "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"모든 창고 관리 시스템에서 데이터베이스에 기록된 재고 수량이 창고의 실제 재고 수량과 일치하지 않는 경우가 있을 수 있습니다. 이러한 " +"불일치는 손상, 인적 오류, 도난 또는 기타 변수와 같은 요인으로 인해 발생할 수 있습니다. 따라서 이러한 차이를 수정하고 데이터베이스에" +" 기록된 수와 물류창고의 실제 수량이 일치하도록 하기 위해 재고 조정을 수행해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" @@ -13869,11 +14123,11 @@ msgstr "재고 조정 페이지" msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*재고 조정* 페이지를 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 재고 조정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에 나열된 재고 제품입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -13881,18 +14135,19 @@ msgid "" "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재고 조정` 페이지에는 현재 재고가 있는 모든 제품이 나열되며, 각 제품 라인에는 다음 정보가 포함됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 제품이 저장된 창고 내 특정 위치입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 재고 조정 라인에 수량이 지정된 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -13900,6 +14155,8 @@ msgid "" "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`로트/일련 번호`: 나열된 특정 제품에 할당된 추적 식별자입니다. 문자, 숫자 또는 이 둘의 조합을 포함할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -13908,12 +14165,14 @@ msgid "" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"특정 제품의 재고 수량이 `1.00`을 초과하고 둘 이상의 일련번호 (또는 로트 번호)와 연결되어 있는 경우, 고유하게 식별된 각 제품은" +" 별도의 제품 라인에 표시됩니다. 그러면 각 품목의 고유 로트/일련 번호가 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 열 아래에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`보유 수량`: 현재 데이터베이스에 기록된 제품의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -13922,6 +14181,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: 제품이 측정되는 *측정 단위*입니다. 달리 명시하지 않는 한 (예: :guilabel:`파운드` 또는 " +":guilabel:`온스`), 기본 :abbr:`UoM (측정 단위)`은 :guilabel:`단위`로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -13929,6 +14190,8 @@ msgid "" "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계산된 수량`: 재고 계산 중에 집계된 실제 수량을 나타냅니다. 이 필드는 처음에 비워두지만 :guilabel:`보유" +" 수량`과 일치하는지 여부에 따라 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -13937,6 +14200,8 @@ msgid "" "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`차이`: 재고 조정 후 :guilabel:`보유 수량`과 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 간의 차이를 나타냅니다. " +"이 차이는 각 재고 조정 후 자동으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -13944,6 +14209,8 @@ msgid "" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`예약된 날짜`: 카운트가 수행되도록 예약된 날짜를 나타냅니다. 특별한 지침이 없는 경우 이 날짜는 기본적으로 현재 " +"연도의 12월 31일이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -13951,6 +14218,8 @@ msgid "" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`사용자`: 데이터베이스에서 카운트에 할당된 개인입니다. 이는 실제로 재고 계산을 수행하는 사람일 수도 있고 " +"데이터베이스 내에서 계산을 적용하는 사람일 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -13959,6 +14228,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`품목 카테고리`: 특정 제품에 대해 내부적으로 할당된 카테고리를 나타냅니다. 명시적인 지침이 없는 경우 (예: " +":guilabel:`소모품` 또는 :guilabel:`렌탈`), 기본 *제품 카테고리*는 :guilabel:`전부`로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -13967,19 +14238,21 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`사용 가능한 수량`: 미결/미완료 판매 주문, 구매 주문 또는 제조 주문을 고려하여 현재 액세스 가능한 특정 제품의 " +"수량을 나타냅니다. 이 수량은 이러한 주문이 처리되면 변경될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 처리 날짜`: Odoo *회계* 앱에서 조정이 회계 처리되는 날짜를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 재고 관리 조정이 수행되는 데이터베이스의 회사를 나타냅니다. 회사는 일반적으로 데이터베" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13988,6 +14261,8 @@ msgid "" "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" +"일부 열은 기본적으로 숨겨져 있습니다. 이러한 열을 표시하려면 양식 맨 윗줄의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 옵션` 버튼 (점 " +"3개 아이콘으로 표시됨)을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 해당 옵션 옆에 있는 확인란을 클릭하여 표시할 열을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" @@ -13999,6 +14274,8 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재고 관리 조정` 페이지에서 새 재고 조정을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " +"페이지 하단에 새로운 비어 있는 재고 조정 줄이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14008,12 +14285,16 @@ msgid "" "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" +"빈 재고 조정 라인에서 :guilabel:`제품` 열 아래의 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 제품을 선택합니다. 선택한 제품이 로트 또는 일련 " +"번호를 사용하여 추적되는 경우 :guilabel:`로트/일련 번호` 열 아래의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 로트 또는 일련 번호를 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" +"이어서 :guilabel:`카운트된 수량` 열의 값을 재고 조정 프로세스 중에 해당 제품에 대해 카운트된 수량으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -14022,6 +14303,8 @@ msgid "" "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" +"새 재고 조정에 대한 :guilabel:`계산된 수량`은 기본적으로 `0.00`으로 설정됩니다. 0.00개의` :guilabel:`수량" +" 완료`가 있는 재고 이동은 제품의 재고 조정 기록에 기록되므로 실제 계산된 수량을 반영하도록 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -14032,6 +14315,9 @@ msgid "" "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`예정 날짜` 및 :guilabel:`사용자` 필드는 각각의 " +"드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 수정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`예정 날짜`를 변경하면 재고 조정을 처리할 날짜를 조정할 수 있으며, " +"담당 :guilabel:`사용자`를 선택하면 추적성을 위해 특정 재고 조정에 사용자를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -14039,6 +14325,8 @@ msgid "" "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" +"새 재고 조정 라인에 대한 모든 수정을 완료한 후 해당 라인에서 다른 곳을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 조정 내용이 저장되고 해당 라인이 " +"페이지 상단으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 @@ -14050,6 +14338,10 @@ msgid "" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계산된 수량`이 :guilabel:`보유 수량`을 초과하는 경우 :guilabel:`차이` 열의 내용은 " +"**녹색**으로 표시됩니다. 반대로 :guilabel:`계산된 수량`이 :guilabel:`보유 수량`보다 작으면 " +":guilabel:`차이` 열의 콘텐츠가 **빨간색**으로 표시됩니다. 수량이 같고 변경되지 않은 상태인 경우 :guilabel:`차이`" +" 열에 값이 표시되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." @@ -14061,6 +14353,8 @@ msgid "" "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" +"이 단계에서는 카운트 (:dfn:`재고 조정`)가 기록되지만 아직 적용되지는 않습니다. 따라서 조정 전의 보유 수량은 새로 계산된 수량과" +" 일치하도록 업데이트되지 않았습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -14081,16 +14375,18 @@ msgid "" "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" +"이 팝업 메뉴에서 재고 조정에 대한 참조 또는 이유를 입력할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로 :guilabel:`재고 참조/사유` 필드는 조정 " +"날짜로 자동으로 채워지지만 원하는 참조 또는 사유를 사유를 반영하도록 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 재고 조정을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모두 적용 옵션은 이유를 지정하면 재고 조정을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" @@ -14103,6 +14399,8 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" +"제품 계산은 창고에서 반복되는 작업입니다. 개수 계산을 완료한 후에는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 재고" +" 조정`으로 이동하여 각 제품 라인의 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -14111,6 +14409,8 @@ msgid "" "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" +"각 제품 라인에 대해 데이터베이스에 저장된 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 열의 값이 새로 카운트된 값과 일치하는지 확인합니다. 기록된 " +"값과 카운트된 값이 일치하면 제품 라인의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`설정` 버튼 (대상 아이콘)을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -14120,6 +14420,9 @@ msgid "" "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 :guilabel:`보유 수량` 열의 값이 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열로 전송되고 :guilabel:`차이` 열은 " +"`0.00`으로 조정됩니다. 따라서 적용 시 `0.00` :guilabel:`수량 완료`의 재고 이동이 제품의 재고 조정 기록에 " +"기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." @@ -14132,6 +14435,8 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" +"특정 제품에 대해 새로 계산된 값이 데이터베이스에 기록된 :guilabel:`보유 수량`의 값과 일치하지 않는 경우 " +":guilabel:`설정` 버튼을 클릭하는 대신 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열 내의 필드에 실제 값을 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -14140,6 +14445,8 @@ msgid "" "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" +"이 작업을 실행하려면 개수를 변경할 제품의 특정 재고 조정 라인에 있는 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열의 필드를 클릭합니다. 이 " +"작업은 자동으로 :guilabel:`수량 계산`을 `0.00`으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -14148,6 +14455,8 @@ msgid "" "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" +"이 값을 변경하려면 새로 계산된 실제 수량과 일치하는 새 값을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 줄을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 조정 내용이 저장되고" +" :guilabel:`차이` 열의 값이 자동으로 업데이트됩니다" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -14155,12 +14464,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" +"적용 후 제품의 재고 조정 내역에 :guilabel:`보유 수량`과 :guilabel:`계산된 수량`의 차이를 포함한 이동이 기록됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이전 제품 이동 목록을 자세히 보여주는 재고 조정 내역 대시보드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -14171,6 +14481,9 @@ msgid "" "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" +"때때로 계산이 이루어지지만 데이터베이스에 즉시 적용되지 않는 경우가 있습니다. 실제 집계와 재고 조정 적용 사이의 간격 동안 제품 이동이" +" 발생할 수 있습니다. 이러한 경우 데이터베이스의 보유 수량이 변경되어 처음에 계산된 수량과 차이가 발생할 수 있습니다. 추가적인 " +"안전장치로 Odoo는 재고 조정 적용을 실행하기 전에 확인 메시지를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" @@ -14183,6 +14496,8 @@ msgid "" "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" +"기본 설정으로 재고 조정을 위한 *예정일*은 현재 연도의 12월 31일로 예약되어 있습니다. 하지만 정확한 재고 수를 유지하는 것이 " +"필수적인 일부 회사의 경우 기본 예정일을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -14191,24 +14506,28 @@ msgid "" "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" +"기본 예약 날짜를 조정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. " +":guilabel:`작업` 섹션에서 기본적으로 `12월 31일`로 설정된 드롭다운 메뉴가 있는 :guilabel:`연간 인벤토리 요일 및" +" 월` 설정을 찾습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "연간 재고 요일 및 월 설정을 활용하여 다음 재고 집계 날짜를 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" +"요일을 변경하려면 :guilabel:`31`을 클릭하고 원하는 연도의 월에 따라 `1-31` 범위 내의 날짜로 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "원하는 대로 모두 변경했으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 모든 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" @@ -14220,12 +14539,14 @@ msgid "" "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" +"현재 보유하고 있는 모든 재고의 전체 집계와 같은 대규모 재고 계산을 계획하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업" +" --> 재고 조정`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 각 제품 라인의 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 클릭하여 계산할 제품을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -14233,10 +14554,12 @@ msgid "" "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" +"현재 재고가 있는 **모든** 제품을 포함하는 카운트를 시작하려면 표 맨 위, :guilabel:`위치` 레이블 옆 머리글 행에 있는 " +"확인란을 선택합니다. 이 작업은 **모든** 제품 라인을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정 페이지에서 개수 요청 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -14245,10 +14568,12 @@ msgid "" "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" +"원하는 제품을 모두 선택했으면 페이지 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`카운트 요청` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 " +":guilabel:`카운트 요청` 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 이 팝업 창에서 다음 정보를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 날짜`: 카운트 예정일입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." @@ -14258,7 +14583,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자`: 카운트를 담당하는 사용자입니다." msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 처리 날짜`: 재고 조정이 회계 처리되는 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -14267,16 +14592,19 @@ msgid "" "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Count`: 각 제품 라인의 재고 수량을 비워두려면 :guilabel:`비워두기`를 선택합니다. 또는 각 제품 " +"라인의 재고 수량을 데이터베이스에 기록된 현재 값으로 미리 채우려면 :guilabel:`현재 값 설정`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 카운트를 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" +"Odoo *바코드* 앱 내에서 사용자는 **자신**에게 할당되고 **오늘** 또는 **이전**으로 예약된 재고 수만 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -14294,6 +14622,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" +"*창고*는 물품을 보관하기 위해 설계된 유형의 구조물 또는 공간입니다. Odoo에서는 여러 개의 창고를 설정할 수 있고 창고 간에 보관된" +" 물품을 쉽게 이동할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -14302,6 +14632,8 @@ msgid "" " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" +"기본적으로 Odoo 플랫폼에는 주소가 회사 주소로 설정된 하나의 창고가 이미 구성되어 있습니다. 두 번째 창고를 생성하려면 " +":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 창고`를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 다음과 같이 양식을 구성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" @@ -14312,6 +14644,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`단축 이름`: 이는 웨어하우스를 참조하는 데 사용되는 약식 코드를 나타냅니다. Odoo의 기본 웨어하우스의 단축 " +"이름은 **WH**입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -14319,10 +14653,12 @@ msgid "" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`회사`: 창고를 소유한 회사를 지정합니다. Odoo 데이터베이스를 소유한 회사 또는 고객 또는 공급업체와 연관된 " +"회사로 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`주소`: 창고가 위치한 주소입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -14331,46 +14667,49 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" +"아래 옵션은 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`다중 " +"단계 경로` 확인란이 활성화된 경우에만 표시됩니다. Odoo에서 경로와 그 기능에 대한 자세한 내용은 :ref:`경로 및 풀/푸시 규칙 " +"사용 `을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`수신/발신 배송`: 수신 및 발신 배송이 따라야 할 경로를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`하청업체 재공급`: 이 창고에서 하청업체를 재공급할 수 있는 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급을 위한 생산`: 이 창고에서 품목을 제조할 수 있도록 허용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`제조`: 창고 내에서 상품을 제조할 때 따라야 하는 경로를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급을 위한 구매`: 구매한 제품을 창고로 배송할 수 있도록 허용하려면 이 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급처`: 생성 중인 창고를 재공급하는 데 사용할 수 있는 창고를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 창고를 만들기 위해 작성된 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -14380,12 +14719,14 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" +"두 번째 창고를 설정하면 *보관 위치* 설정이 자동으로 활성화되어 창고 내 제품 위치를 추적할 수 있습니다. 이 설정을 전환하려면 " +":menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "양식을 작성한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하면 새 창고가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" @@ -14400,25 +14741,29 @@ msgid "" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" +"기존 재고로 새 창고를 설정하는 경우, 재고 개수를 Odoo에 입력하는 것이 필수적입니다. 이렇게 하면 Odoo 데이터베이스에 나열된 " +"재고가 실제 창고의 내용을 정확하게 반영할 수 있습니다. 새 창고에 재고를 추가하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 작업" +" --> 재고 조정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 아래 설명된 대로 재고 조정 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 참조`: 재고 조정이 참조할 수 있는 이름 또는 코드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 새 창고와 재고를 추가할 내부 위치를 포함하여 재고를 저장할 위치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`품목`: 재고 추가할 모든 제품을 나열하거나 필드를 비워 두어 다음 단계에서 아무 제품이나 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -14426,18 +14771,22 @@ msgid "" "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`소진된 제품 포함`: 수량이 0인 제품을 포함합니다. 그러나 이 설정은 새 창고에는 기존 재고가 없으므로 새 창고의 " +"재고 조정에는 영향을 미치지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 날짜`: 회계팀에서 재고와 관련된 장부 정리에 사용하는 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" +"guilabel:`회사`: 재고를 소유한 회사를 지정합니다. 이는 사용자 회사 또는 고객 또는 공급업체와 연결된 회사로 설정할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -14446,10 +14795,12 @@ msgid "" "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`계산된 수량`: 추가할 제품의 계산된 수량을 기본값으로 재고 보유량 또는 0으로 설정할지 여부를 결정합니다. 단, 새" +" 창고에는 기존 재고가 없으므로 이 설정은 새 창고에 대한 재고 조정에는 영향을 미치지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정을 위해 작성된 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -14458,6 +14809,8 @@ msgid "" "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" +"양식을 구성한 후 :guilabel:`재고 시작`을 클릭하여 제품을 재고 조정에 포함할 수 있는 다음 페이지로 이동합니다. 새 제품을 " +"추가하려면 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 아래 설명에 따라 제품 라인을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" @@ -14469,12 +14822,14 @@ msgid "" "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`위치`: 새 창고 내에서 제품이 현재 저장되어 있는 위치를 나타냅니다. 전체 창고 또는 창고 내 특정 위치로 설정할 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`로트/일련번호`: 제품이 속한 로트 또는 제품 식별에 사용되는 일련번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -14482,12 +14837,14 @@ msgid "" "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`보유 중`: 재고 조정 중인 위치에 저장된 제품의 전체 수량을 나타냅니다. 새 위치 또는 창고의 경우 이 값은 " +"0이어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`계산된 수량`: 재고에 추가되는 제품의 수량을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -14495,14 +14852,16 @@ msgid "" "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`차이`: *보유량*와 *계산된 수량* 값 간의 차이를 나타냅니다. 이 필드는 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열에 " +"입력된 값을 반영하도록 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`: 제품 계산에 사용되는 측정 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고에 추가되는 각 제품에 대해 항목을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -14512,6 +14871,9 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" +"새 창고에 저장된 모든 제품이 추가되면 :guilabel:`재고 승인`을 클릭하여 재고 조정을 완료합니다. 그러면 " +":guilabel:`보유` 열의 값이 :guilabel:`계산된 수량` 열의 값과 일치하도록 업데이트되고 새로 추가된 제품이 새 창고의 " +"재고에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" @@ -14525,6 +14887,9 @@ msgid "" "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" +"여러 창고를 사용하는 일반적인 경우는 중앙 창고에서 여러 매장을 보충하는 것입니다. 이 설정에서는 각 상점이 로컬 창고로 간주됩니다. " +"매장에서 제품을 재입고하고자 할 때 중앙 창고에서 제품을 주문합니다. Odoo를 사용하면 사용자가 다른 창고에 재공급할 수 있는 창고를 " +"쉽게 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -14532,6 +14897,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" +"다른 창고에서 재공급을 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 창고`로 이동합니다." +" 다음으로 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 활성화한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 설정을 구현합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." @@ -14541,7 +14908,7 @@ msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로를 활성화합니다." msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동하여 구성된 모든 창고를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -14549,6 +14916,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`생성`를 선택하여 새 창고를 설정합니다. 그런 다음 창고에 이름과 :guilabel:`별칭`을 입력합니다. 마지막으로" +" :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 창고 생성 프로세스를 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -14568,7 +14937,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 설정 탭에서 한 창고를 다른 창고에 공급합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" @@ -14583,11 +14952,15 @@ msgid "" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" +"재공급할 창고에 대한 설정이 완료되면 모든 제품 양식에서 새 경로에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 새 경로는 제품 양식의 " +":guilabel:`재고` 탭 아래에 :guilabel:`[창고 이름]에서 제품 공급`으로 표시됩니다. 재주문 규칙 또는 주문 " +"제작(MTO) 경로와 함께 :guilabel:`[창고 이름]에서 제품 공급` 경로를 활용하여 한 창고에서 다른 창고로 제품을 전송하여 " +"재고를 보충할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "두 번째 창고에서 제품을 재공급할 수 있도록 경로 설정을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -14599,6 +14972,9 @@ msgid "" " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" +"제품의 재주문 규칙이 트리거되고 제품에 :guilabel:`[창고 이름]에서 제품 공급` 경로가 설정되어 있으면 Odoo는 자동으로 두 " +"번의 피킹을 생성합니다. 한 피킹은 필요한 모든 제품을 포함하는 두 번째 창고로부터의 *배송 주문*이며, 두 번째 피킹은 주 창고에 대한" +" 동일한 제품이 포함된 *입고*입니다. 두 번째 창고에서 메인 창고로의 제품 이동은 Odoo에서 완전히 추적됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -14606,20 +14982,22 @@ msgid "" "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" +"\\Odoo에서 생성한 피킹/이송 기록에서 :guilabel:`원본 문서`는 제품의 재주문 규칙입니다. 배송 주문과 입고 내역 사이에 " +"위치한 위치가 운송 위치로 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재주문 규칙은 창고 간 재고에 대한 두 개의 입고를 자동으로 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 창고의 재고를 다른 창고로 보충하기 위한 창고 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 창고에서 다른 창고로 입고된 재고에 대한 입고 내역입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" @@ -14629,7 +15007,7 @@ msgstr "위치" msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*위치*는 선반, 방, 통로 등과 같은 창고 내의 특정 영역을 의미합니다. Odoo는 위치를 세 가지 유형으로 분류합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -14638,12 +15016,14 @@ msgid "" "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" +"*물리적 위치*는 사용자 회사가 소유한 창고 내의 공간입니다. 이러한 공간은 통로 또는 선반과 같은 보관 위치 또는 베이에서 적재 및 " +"하역과 같은 작업을 위한 운영 영역으로 사용될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*파트너 위치*는 고객 또는 공급업체의 창고 내에 위치한다는 점을 제외하면 실제 위치와 동일합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -14652,6 +15032,8 @@ msgid "" "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" +"*가상 위치*는 물리적으로 존재하지 않는 지정된 영역입니다. 현재 재고가 없는 품목을 관리하는 데 사용됩니다. 여기에는 창고로 운송 중인" +" 제품이나 분실 또는 기타 상황으로 인해 재고에서 제거된 품목이 포함될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -14660,10 +15042,13 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" +"위치를 사용하려면 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 -->" +" 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션으로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 확인란을 " +"활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 내에 새 위치 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -14671,45 +15056,47 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`재고 관리` 앱에서 시작하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 위치 --> 생성`를 선택합니다. " +"그런 다음 다음 단계에 따라 새 위치 양식을 구성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`위치 이름`: 위치를 참조하는 데 사용할 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`상위 위치`: 이 필드는 새 위치가 위치한 위치 또는 창고를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`위치 유형`: 위치가 속한 카테고리를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회사`: 해당 위치가 속한 창고를 소유한 회사를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`폐기 위치입니까?`: 이 확인란을 선택하면 폐기/손상된 상품을 이 위치에 보관할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`반품 위치입니까?`: 이 확인란을 선택하면 이 위치로 제품을 반품할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`바코드`: 위치에 할당된 바코드 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -14720,7 +15107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 위치 생성을 위한 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Create location hierarchies" @@ -14734,13 +15121,15 @@ msgid "" "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" +"새 위치 양식의 *상위 위치* 설정을 사용하면 하나의 위치가 창고 또는 다른 위치 내에 존재할 수 있습니다. 모든 위치가 상위 위치 " +"역할을 할 수 있으며, 하나의 상위 위치 내에 여러 위치가 존재할 수 있으므로 매우 유연한 계층 구조를 만들 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선반이 통로 안에 있고, 통로가 방 안에 있으며, 방이 전체 창고 안에 있도록 위치 계층을 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -14749,6 +15138,8 @@ msgid "" "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" +"이 예에서 설명한 위치 계층 구조를 설정하려면 창고를 방의 상위, 방을 통로의 상위, 통로를 선반의 상위로 지정합니다. 이 방법은 모든 " +"규모의 계층 구조에 적용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" @@ -14760,6 +15151,8 @@ msgid "" "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" +"재고 관리 영역에서 공급망 전략은 제품을 구매 또는 제조하여 유통 센터로 배송하고 소매 채널에서 사용할 수 있도록 하는 최적의 시기를 " +"결정하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -14768,6 +15161,8 @@ msgid "" "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo 내에서 *풀 및 푸시 규칙*이 통합된 *경로*를 활용하여 제품에 대한 공급망 전략을 설정할 수 있습니다. 적절하게 구성하면 " +"Odoo의 재고 앱은 지정된 푸시/풀 규칙에 따라 자동으로 이송을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" @@ -14780,10 +15175,13 @@ msgid "" "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" +"일반적인 창고 설정에는 입고 도크, 품질 관리 구역, 보관 장소, 피킹 및 포장 구역, 배송 도크와 같은 다양한 주요 영역이 있습니다. " +"모든 제품은 이러한 위치를 통과합니다. 제품이 이러한 영역을 통과할 때 각 위치는 해당 제품과 관련된 사전 정의된 경로 및 규칙을 " +"트리거합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 및 품질 관리 구역이 있는 일반 창고 전경." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -14794,10 +15192,13 @@ msgid "" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" +"이 예시에서는 공급업체 트럭이 주문한 제품이 들어 있는 팔레트를 입고 부두에서 하역합니다. 그 후 작업자가 입고 구역 내에서 제품을 " +"스캔합니다. 각 제품에 대해 미리 정해진 경로와 규칙에 따라 특정 품목 (예: 제조 공정에서 부품 역할을 하는 제품)은 품질 관리 " +"구역으로 이동하고, 다른 품목은 지정된 위치에 즉시 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 입고 시 규칙에 대한 일반 푸시 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -14808,6 +15209,9 @@ msgid "" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" +"다음은 주문 처리 경로의 예입니다. 오전에는 당일 주문에 필요한 모든 품목에 대한 피킹이 시작됩니다. 이러한 품목은 창고에서 피킹되어 " +"주문이 조립되는 장소와 가까운 피킹 구역으로 운반됩니다. 그 후 주문은 지정된 상자에 포장되고 컨베이어를 통해 배송 부두로 이동합니다. " +"이 시점에서 주문은 고객에게 배송할 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." @@ -14822,6 +15226,8 @@ msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" +"*풀 규칙*은 특정 제품에 대한 수요가 있을 때 활성화되어 해당 수요를 충족하기 위한 조달이 시작됩니다. *푸시 규칙*은 제품이 특정 " +"위치에 도착하면 트리거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -14830,13 +15236,15 @@ msgid "" "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" +"풀 규칙은 판매 주문을 처리하는 데 사용됩니다. Odoo는 주문에 포함된 각 제품에 대해 *고객 위치*에서 수요를 생성합니다. 이 수요에" +" 의해 풀 규칙이 활성화되면 Odoo는 *고객 위치*에 구성된 해당 풀 규칙을 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 경우 *배송 지역*에서 *고객 위치*로 제품을 전송하는 \"배송 주문\" 풀 규칙이 발견되고 두 위치 간에 이동이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -14846,6 +15254,8 @@ msgid "" "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" +"그 후, Odoo는 *배송 영역*에 대한 수요를 충족하기 위해 *포장 영역*에서 *배송 영역*으로의 제품 전송을 조율하는 \"포장\" " +"규칙과 같은 추가 풀 규칙을 식별합니다. 마지막으로, *재고*와 *피킹 영역* 간의 전송이 생성될 때까지 다른 풀 규칙이 트리거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -14855,6 +15265,8 @@ msgid "" "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Odoo는 엔드포인트 (고객 위치)에서 시작하여 역순으로 (재고 창고) 진행되는 풀 룰에 따라 이러한 모든 제품 이송을 자동으로 " +"생성합니다. 작업자는 작업하는 동안 피킹부터 시작하여 포장, 배송 주문으로 마무리하는 역순을 따릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" @@ -14867,6 +15279,8 @@ msgid "" "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" +"반면에 *푸시 규칙*은 훨씬 더 간단합니다. 필요에 따라 문서를 생성하는 것이 아니라 제품이 지정된 위치에 도착하면 즉시 트리거됩니다. " +"기본적으로 푸시 규칙은 \"제품이 특정 위치에 도착하면 다른 위치로 옮기세요.\"라고 지시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -14875,6 +15289,8 @@ msgid "" "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" +"푸시 규칙의 예는 제품이 *입고 구역*에 도착하면 *보관 위치*로 옮기는 것입니다. 제품마다 다른 푸시 규칙을 적용할 수 있으므로 " +"사용자는 제품마다 서로 다른 보관 위치를 지정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -14882,12 +15298,14 @@ msgid "" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" +"또 다른 푸시 규칙은 제품이 특정 위치에 도착하면 *품질 관리 영역*으로 옮기는 것입니다. 그 후 품질 검사가 완료되면 지정된 *보관 " +"위치*로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "푸시 규칙은 이미 제품 이송을 생성한 풀 규칙이 없는 경우에만 작동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -14897,6 +15315,9 @@ msgid "" "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" +"이와 같은 푸시/풀 규칙의 모음ㅇ을 *경로*라고 합니다. 규칙 내의 그룹화에 따라 제품이 동일한 전송에 그룹화되는지 여부가 결정됩니다. " +"예를 들어, 피킹 작업 중에는 모든 주문 및 관련 제품이 하나의 이송으로 그룹화되는 반면, 포장 작업에서는 고객 주문별 그룹화가 " +"유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" @@ -14907,6 +15328,7 @@ msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" +"*경로*는 *푸시 및 풀 규칙*의 집합으로 구성되어 있기 때문에 Odoo는 다음과 같은 고급 경로 구성을 관리할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." @@ -14920,13 +15342,13 @@ msgstr "품목별 기본 위치를 관리합니다." msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품질 관리, 애프터서비스 또는 공급업체 반품과 같은 비즈니스 요구사항에 따라 재고 창고 내 경로를 지정하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "대여 제품에 대한 반납 이동 생성을 자동화하여 대여 관리를 용이하게 하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14935,22 +15357,27 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"제품에 대한 경로를 설정하려면 먼저 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 앱에 액세스하여 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> " +"설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 guilabel:`창고` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능을 활성화하고 변경 사항을 " +":guilabel:`저장`합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리에서 다중 단계 경로 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`보관 위치` 기능은 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능과 함께 자동으로 활성화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" +"이 초기 단계가 완료되면 사용자는 Odoo에서 제공하는 사전 구성된 경로를 활용하거나 특정 요구 사항에 따라 사용자 지정 경로를 만들 수" +" 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" @@ -14964,6 +15391,9 @@ msgid "" "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"Odoo의 사전 구성된 경로를 탐색하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동합니다. 창고 양식을 " +"열고 :guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송` 모두에 대해 " +"미리 구성된 경로를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." @@ -14977,10 +15407,13 @@ msgid "" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" +"픽업-배송과 같은 일부 고급 경로도 이용할 수 있습니다. 사용자는 자신의 비즈니스 요구에 가장 적합한 경로를 선택할 수 있습니다. " +":guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송` 경로가 설정되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> " +"환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동하여 Odoo가 생성한 특정 경로를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 제공하는 모든 사전 구성된 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -14991,11 +15424,15 @@ msgid "" "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`경로` 페이지로 이동하여 경로를 클릭하고 해당 양식에 액세스합니다. 경로 양식에서 경로가 :guilabel:`적용 " +"가능`인 위치를 관찰할 수 있습니다. 또한 특정 :guilabel:`회사`에만 적용되도록 경로를 제한하는 옵션도 있습니다. 이 기능은 " +"여러 회사를 설정할 때 유용하며, 한 회사와 창고를 A 국가에 두고 다른 회사와 창고를 B 국가에 두는 등 여러 회사 또는 창고에 대해 " +"각각 다른 구성을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 카테고리 및 창고에 적용할 수 있는 경로 예시 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -15004,10 +15441,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" +"경로 양식의 하단에서 경로의 세부 :guilabel:`규칙`을 확인할 수 있으며, 각 :guilabel:`규칙`에는 " +":guilabel:`추가 작업`, :guilabel:`원 위치`, :guilabel:`목적지 위치`가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고에서 푸시 및 풀 동작이 있는 규칙의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" @@ -15020,6 +15459,8 @@ msgid "" "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" +"개인화된 경로를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`생성`을" +" 선택합니다. 그런 다음 이 경로를 선택할 수 있는 장소를 지정하여 하나의 경로를 여러 장소에 조합하여 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." @@ -15031,6 +15472,8 @@ msgid "" "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" +"각 장소마다 다른 동작을 보이므로 관련 동작만 선택적으로 체크하고 각 경로를 그에 맞게 조정하는 것이 중요합니다. 그런 다음 경로와 " +"연결된 :guilabel:`규칙`을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -15040,6 +15483,8 @@ msgid "" "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"각 장소마다 다른 동작을 보이므로 관련 동작만 선택적으로 체크하고 각 경로를 그에 맞게 조정하는 것이 중요합니다. 그런 다음 경로와 " +"연결된 :guilabel:`규칙`을 구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -15048,10 +15493,12 @@ msgid "" "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" +"제품 카테고리에 경로를 적용하면 경로에 구성된 모든 규칙이 해당 카테고리의 **모든** 제품에 적용됩니다. 이는 비즈니스가 동일한 " +"카테고리의 모든 제품에 대해 생산자 직송 프로세스를 사용하는 경우 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"전체\" 제품 카테고리에 적용된 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -15060,11 +15507,13 @@ msgid "" "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" +"창고에도 동일한 동작이 적용됩니다. 경로가 :guilabel:`창고`에 적용될 수 있는 경우 선택한 창고 내에서 경로 규칙의 조건을 " +"충족하는 모든 운송은 해당 경로를 따릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고에서 적용 가능을 선택한 경우의 창고 드롭다운 메뉴 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -15072,6 +15521,8 @@ msgid "" "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" +"경로가 :guilabel:`판매 주문 항목`에 적용 가능한 경우에는 그 반대가 됩니다. 견적 생성 시 경로를 수동으로 선택해야 합니다. " +"이는 일부 제품이 다른 경로를 거치는 경우에 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -15079,10 +15530,12 @@ msgid "" "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" +"견적/판매 주문에서 :guilabel:`Route` 열의 표시 여부를 전환해야 합니다. 그런 다음 견적/판매 주문의 각 항목에서 경로를 " +"선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문에 새 항목을 추가할 수 있는 메뉴 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -15090,6 +15543,8 @@ msgid "" "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 제품에 적용할 수 있는 경로가 있습니다. 이는 제품 카테고리와 거의 비슷하게 작동하며, 일단 선택하면 제품 양식에서 경로를 " +"수동으로 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -15098,14 +15553,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" +"상품에 경로를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 원하는 상품을 선택합니다. 그런 " +"다음 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`작업` 섹션 아래에서 :guilabel:`경로`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경로를 선택해야 하는 품목 양식 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경로가 작동하려면 경로에 규칙이 설정되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" @@ -15118,10 +15575,13 @@ msgid "" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"작동할 경로에 대한 규칙을 정의하려면 :menuselection:`재고관리 --> 환경설정 --> 경로`로 이동하여 원하는 경로 양식을 " +"엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`규칙` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 규칙을 추가할 수 있는 규칙 메뉴 보기입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -15129,6 +15589,8 @@ msgid "" "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" +"사용 가능한 규칙은 다양한 동작을 트리거합니다. Odoo에서 *푸시* 및 *풀* 규칙을 제공하는 경우 다른 규칙도 사용할 수 있습니다. " +"각 규칙에는 :guilabel:`추가 작업`이 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -15138,6 +15600,8 @@ msgid "" "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`풀 방식`: 이 규칙은 특정 위치에서 제품이 필요할 때 트리거됩니다. 이러한 요구는 검증된 판매 주문 또는 특정 구성" +" 요소가 필요한 제조 주문에서 발생할 수 있습니다. 대상 위치에 니즈가 나타나면 Odoo는 이 요건을 충족하기 위해 피킹을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -15146,6 +15610,8 @@ msgid "" "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`푸시 방식`: 이 규칙은 정의된 소스 위치에 일부 제품이 도착하면 트리거됩니다. 사용자가 제품을 소스 위치로 이동하면 " +"Odoo는 해당 제품을 목적지 위치로 이동하는 피킹을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -15164,25 +15630,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`구매`: 목적지 위치에 제품이 필요한 경우, 필요를 충족하기 위해 견적 요청이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`제조`: 원 위치에서 제품이 필요한 경우, 해당 요구를 충족하기 위한 제조 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" +"재고와 패킹 영역 간에 이동을 생성하는 \"풀 방식\" 규칙 \n" +"개요입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "규칙에 :guilabel:`작업 유형`도 정의해야 합니다. 이것은 규칙에서 생성되는 선택의 종류를 정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -15190,18 +15658,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" +"규칙의 :guilabel:`Action`이 :guilabel:`Pull From` 또는 :guilabel:`Pull & Push`로 설정된 경우, :guilabel:`Supply Method`를 설정해야 합니다. 공급 방법`은 소스 위치에서 일어나는 일을 정의합니다:\n" +"규칙의 :guilabel:`추가 작업`이 :guilabel:`풀 방식=` 또는 :guilabel:`풀 & 푸시`로 설정된 경우, :guilabel:`공급 방법`을 설정해야 합니다. :guilabel:`공급 방법`은 소스 위치에서 일어나는 일을 정의합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재고에서 가져옴`: 원본 위치의 사용 가능한 재고에서 제품을 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다른 규칙 트리거`: 시스템이 제품을 원 위치로 가져올 재고 규칙을 찾으려고 시도합니다. 사용 가능한 재고는 " +"무시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -15210,6 +15682,8 @@ msgid "" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기, 재고가 없는 경우 다른 규칙 트리거`: 원 위치의 사용 가능한 재고에서 제품을 가져옵니다. 사용 " +"가능한 재고가 없는 경우 시스템은 제품을 소스 위치로 가져오는 규칙을 찾으려고 시도합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -15217,12 +15691,14 @@ msgid "" "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" +"*예약 실행* 섹션에서 체인의 피킹 중 하나가 스케줄이 변경될 때 Odoo가 어떻게 동작할지 결정할 수 있습니다. **예약 실행 " +"전파**를 선택하면 체인의 다음 이동도 그에 따라 스케줄이 변경됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 이동 일정을 변경하고 싶다면 *다음 활동*의 형태로 알림을 받도록 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" @@ -15233,6 +15709,7 @@ msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" +"이 예제에서는 사용자 지정 *픽업 - 포장 - 배송* 경로를 활용하여 고급 사용자 지정 경로를 사용한 전체 플로우를 시도해 보겠습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -15240,6 +15717,8 @@ msgid "" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" +"먼저 경로의 규칙과 그 공급 방법을 간단히 살펴보겠습니다. 세 가지 규칙이 있으며, 모두 :guilabel:`풀 방식` 규칙입니다. 각 " +"규칙의 :guilabel:`공급 방법`은 다음과 같습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" @@ -15248,6 +15727,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재고에서 가져오기`: 제품이 :guilabel:`WH/포장 구역`에 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`WH/재고`에서 " +"*피킹*(내부 전송)이 생성되어 필요 사항을 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -15256,6 +15737,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다른 규칙 트리거`: 제품이 :guilabel:`WH/출고`에 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`WH/포장 구역`에서 " +":guilabel:`WH/출고`로 *포장* (내부 이송)이 생성되어 필요를 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" @@ -15263,20 +15746,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다른 규칙 트리거`: 제품이 :guilabel:`파트너 위치/고객`에 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`WH/출고`에서" +" *배송 주문*이 생성되어 요구를 충족합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "픽업 - 포장 - 배송 경로에 의해 생성된 모든 운송에 대한 개요입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "즉, 고객이 *픽업 - 포장 - 배송* 경로가 할당된 제품을 주문하면 주문을 처리하기 위한 배송 주문이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이송에서 가져오기로 생성된 작업 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -15284,23 +15769,25 @@ msgid "" "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" +"여러 이송의 원본 문서가 동일한 판매 주문인 경우, 목록의 이전 이송이 아직 완료되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`다른 작업 " +"대기 중`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로세스 시작 시 이송의 다양한 상태를 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 주문을 준비하려면 포장된 제품이 출고 영역에 필요합니다. 이를 위해 포장 구역에서 내부 이송이 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "포장 구역과 출력 구역 간의 이송에 대한 세부 작업 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -15308,12 +15795,14 @@ msgid "" "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" +"당연히 포장 구역에는 포장할 준비가 된 제품이 필요합니다. 따라서 재고에 대한 내부 이동이 요청되고 직원이 창고에서 필요한 제품을 가져올" +" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 구역과 포장 구역 간 이동에 대한 세부 작업 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -15324,16 +15813,19 @@ msgid "" "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" +"문서 소개에서 언급했듯이 프로세스의 마지막 단계 (이 경로에서는 배송 주문)가 가장 먼저 트리거되며, 이후 프로세스의 첫 번째 단계 " +"(여기서는 재고에서 포장 영역으로 내부 이송)에 도달할 때까지 다른 규칙이 활성화됩니다. 이 시점에서 고객이 주문한 상품을 받을 수 있는" +" 모든 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 예제에서는 모든 규칙이 트리거되고 전송이 완료되면 제품이 고객에게 전달됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경로가 완료되었을 때 전송의 상태 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" @@ -15348,6 +15840,9 @@ msgid "" "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" +"여러 창고를 사용하는 기업의 경우 창고 간에 품목을 이전해야 하는 경우가 종종 발생합니다. 이를 *창고 간 이전*이라고 합니다. " +"Odoo의 *재고 관리* 앱은 창고 간 이동의 관리 프로세스를 처리하여 이동 과정과 이동 후 정확한 재고 계산을 보장합니다. 이 " +"문서에서는 보충을 활용하여 창고 간 이전을 수행하는 절차에 대해 자세히 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" @@ -15361,6 +15856,9 @@ msgid "" "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" +"먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 설정이 " +"활성화되어 있는지 확인한 다음 :guilabel:`창고` 탭 아래의 확인란을 선택합니다. 이렇게 하면 창고 간 보충에 필요한 두 번째 " +"창고를 생성할 때 추가 구성 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -15371,18 +15869,22 @@ msgid "" "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" +"Odoo는 처음에 구성에 기본 웨어하우스를 포함합니다. 추가 창고가 아직 설정되지 않은 경우, :menuselection:`환경설정 " +"--> 창고 --> 생성`을 선택하여 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 모듈에서 창고를 생성합니다. 창고가 이미 설정되어 있는 경우 " +":guilabel:`창고` 페이지에서 제품 전송 대상 창고를 선택하고 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 설정을 변경합니다. 다음과 " +"같이 창고를 구성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: 현재 다른 창고에 사용되지 않는 이름을 선택합니다(예: `대체 창고`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단축 이름`: 창고에 대한 간단한 식별자 (예: `ALT_WH`)를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15391,12 +15893,14 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하면 새 창고 생성이 시작됩니다. 동시에 창고 양식에 새 :guilabel:`재공급처` 필드가 " +"나타납니다. 이어서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 현재 구성 중인 창고에 재공급하는 데 사용할 창고 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 간 재공급을 허용하도록 구성된 창고 설정 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -15405,6 +15909,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" +"이 데모를 위해 제품을 이송하는 창고 (출고)는 \"샌프란시스코\"로, 이송된 제품을 받는 창고 (입고)는 \"샌프란시스코 2\"로 " +"라벨을 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" @@ -15417,6 +15923,8 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" +"창고 간에 제품을 이송하려면 제품도 올바르게 구성해야 합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 " +"이동하여 기존 제품을 선택하거나, 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`새 품목 생성`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -15425,10 +15933,12 @@ msgid "" "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 품목 양식 내에서 :guilabel:`재고` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`X: Y에서 제품 공급` 확인란을 " +"활성화합니다. 여기서 *X*는 이전된 제품을 받는 창고이고 *Y*는 제품을 이전하는 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 창고에서 다른 창고로 재공급하려면 확인란을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" @@ -15441,18 +15951,20 @@ msgid "" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`재고 관리` 모듈에서 시작하여 :menuselection:`품목 --> 품목`을 선택한 다음 보충할 제품을 " +"선택합니다. 제품 페이지 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`보충` 버튼을 클릭하고 다음과 같이 팝업 양식을 작성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`수량`: 보충할 창고로 보낼 단위의 수량입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`예정일`: 보충 작업이 수행되도록 예약된 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" @@ -15464,6 +15976,8 @@ msgid "" "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`선호 경로`: `X: Y에서 제품 공급`을 선택합니다. 여기서 *X*는 보충 예정 창고를 나타내고 *Y*는 제품을 " +"전송할 창고를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." @@ -15478,6 +15992,9 @@ msgid "" "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하면 제품을 받을 창고에 대한 입고 내역과 함께 나가는 창고에 대한 배송 주문이 생성됩니다. 배송 주문 " +"및 입고 처리와 관련된 단계는 출고 및 입고 창고의 구성 설정에 따라 1단계에서 3단계까지 다양합니다. 이 문서에서는 1단계 배송 및 " +"입고 처리 프로세스에 대해 자세히 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" @@ -15502,7 +16019,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "출고 창고에 대한 배송 주문을 표시하는 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -15514,6 +16031,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" +"상품이 입고 창고에 도착하면 해당 특정 창고에 대해 생성된 입고 내역을 처리해야 합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리` " +"대시보드로 돌아와 입고 창고에 해당하는 :guilabel:`입고` 카드의 :guilabel:`진행 대기` 버튼을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " +"보충에 대해 생성된 입고를 선택합니다. 입고 페이지에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 수령 수량을 " +"기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -15522,6 +16043,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"입고 처리 후 이전된 제품은 입고 창고의 재고에 표시됩니다. 두 물류창고의 재고 번호를 확인하려면 제품 페이지를 다시 방문하여 화면 " +"상단에 있는 :guilabel:`현 재고 수량` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" @@ -15531,7 +16054,7 @@ msgstr "물류창고 간 보충 자동화" msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재주문 규칙을 사용하면 한 창고에서 다른 창고로 재보충하는 프로세스를 자동화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -15549,19 +16072,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: 재정렬 규칙이 트리거될 때 보충할 위치(이 경우 들어오는 창고)입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`최소 수량`: 입고 창고에 입고된 수량이 이 지정된 숫자 아래로 내려가면 재주문 규칙이 트리거됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`최대 수량`: 재주문 규칙이 트리거되면 입고 창고에서 지정된 수량까지 제품이 보충됩니다.." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -15569,6 +16092,7 @@ msgid "" "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다중 수량`: 제품을 특정 수량 단위로 보충할지 지정합니다. (예: 제품을 20개 단위로 보충할 수 있음)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -15576,6 +16100,8 @@ msgid "" "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: 제품 재주문에 사용되는 측정 단위로, 이 값은 단순히 `단위`이거나 무게, 길이 등의 특정 측정 단위일 수" +" 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." @@ -15587,6 +16113,8 @@ msgid "" " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 프로세스를 완료하면 재정렬 규칙이 설정됩니다. 그 후 스케줄러가 매일 자동으로 실행되므로 활성화된 " +"모든 재정렬 규칙에 대해 전송이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15595,6 +16123,8 @@ msgid "" "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" +"재정렬 규칙을 수동으로 시작하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리` 모듈에서 시작하여 :menuselection:`작업 --> " +"스케줄러 실행`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 표시되는 팝업에서 녹색 :guilabel:`스케줄러 실행` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -15602,6 +16132,8 @@ msgid "" "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "" +"스케줄러가 실행되면 나가는 창고와 들어오는 창고에 대해 각각 배송 주문과 입고 내역이 생성됩니다. 배송 주문과 입고는 모두 위에서 설명한" +" 것과 동일한 방법으로 처리해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" @@ -15617,6 +16149,8 @@ msgid "" "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 **창고**는 회사의 물품이 보관되어 있는 물리적 위치를 나타냅니다. Odoo에서는 여러 개의 창고를 설정할 수 있으며, " +"사용자는 창고 간 이동을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -15626,6 +16160,8 @@ msgid "" "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 **위치**는 선반, 바닥, 통로 등과 같은 창고 내의 특정 영역을 의미합니다. 위치는 단일 창고와 연결되며 여러 창고에 " +"연결할 수 없습니다. Odoo에서는 사용자가 단일 창고에서 필요한 만큼의 위치를 유연하게 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "There are three types of locations:" @@ -15637,6 +16173,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" +"Odoo의 **물리적 위치**는 회사가 소유한 창고 내 내부 위치입니다. 이러한 위치에는 적재 및 하역 구역, 선반, 부서 등의 영역이 " +"포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15644,6 +16182,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" +"**파트너 위치**는 고객 및/또는 공급업체의 창고 내 공간입니다. 이러한 위치는 실제 위치와 유사하게 작동하지만, 사용자 회사가 " +"소유하지 않는다는 점이 가장 큰 차이점입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -15653,6 +16193,9 @@ msgid "" "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" +"**가상 위치**는 제품이 재고에 물리적으로 존재하지 않거나 더 이상 존재하지 않을 때 제품을 할당할 수 있는 존재하지 않는 장소를 " +"나타냅니다. 이러한 위치는 분실된 제품 (**재고 손실**)을 기록하거나 창고로 운송 중인 제품(**조달**)을 회계 처리하는 데 " +"유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -15661,16 +16204,20 @@ msgid "" "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 위치는 상위-하위 관계에 따라 트리 형식으로 구조화되어 계층적으로 구성됩니다. 이러한 계층적 구조는 재고 운영과 창고의 전체" +" 조직에 대해 보다 상세한 수준의 분석을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"위치를 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보관 위치`를 활성화합니다. 그런" +" 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고 설정에서 보관 위치 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15678,22 +16225,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" +"창고 내에서 여러 경로를 관리하려면 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로`를 활성화하고 " +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/ventory_management/use_routes`를" +" 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"창고를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 창고 관리 --> 창고`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`창고 이름`과 :guilabel:`단축 이름`을 입력합니다. 단축 이름은 최대 5자까지 입력할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리에 있는 창고의 단축 이름 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -15701,18 +16255,20 @@ msgid "" "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`단축 이름`은 이송 주문 및 기타 창고 문서에 표시됩니다. Odoo는 \"WH/[위치의 첫 글자]\"와 같이 이해하기" +" 쉬운 이름을 사용할 것을 권장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이제 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 대시보드로 돌아갑니다. 새로 생성된 창고와 관련된 새 작업이 자동으로 생성되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "최근에 생성된 창고에 대한 새로운 이송 유형을 표시하는 재고 관리 앱 대시보드." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -15735,6 +16291,7 @@ msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`위치 이름`과 :guilabel:`상위 위치`를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 87eef84eb..56369ba86 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2024 -# Sarah Park, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Sarah Park, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -9623,7 +9623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:234 msgid "Invoice expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 비용" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:236 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f17a849ae..2a179a45c 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe werknemer aan" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -962,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wagenpark" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1002,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waarschuwing einddatum contract" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1061,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fabrikanten" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1100,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voertuigmodellen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1182,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1214,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1381,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Model" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1467,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Motor" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1557,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modelcategorie" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -2111,7 +2112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanban-weergave" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2149,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 msgid "Pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Draaitabelweergave" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3238,7 +3239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanbod" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4484,7 +4485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 msgid "Line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lijndiagram" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4598,7 +4599,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 msgid "Meal Vouchers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maaltijdcheques" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -4637,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Loonaanpassing" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5249,7 +5250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mailsjablonen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5607,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Snel toevoegen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5673,7 +5674,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6055,7 +6056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Opties" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -6987,7 +6988,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beperkingen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -7037,7 +7038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live sessie" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -7122,7 +7123,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tijd & Score" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7243,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Einde bericht" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7253,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verwijzingen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7288,7 +7289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Onboarding" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7445,7 +7446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bekijk vacatures" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7561,7 +7562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Link" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7575,7 +7576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7830,7 +7831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7931,7 +7932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail een vriend" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8221,7 +8222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beloningen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8336,7 +8337,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niveaus" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8457,7 +8458,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waarschuwingen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 773210aa9..091e9c292 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Karol Rybak , 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -147,154 +147,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Dodaj nowego pracownika" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Utwórz nowego pracownika" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Życiorys" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -302,234 +365,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Umiejętności" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Typy umiejętności" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -538,92 +656,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -632,102 +725,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -735,35 +866,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Dokumenty" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -772,11 +886,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Flota" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Ustawienia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Producenci" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Silnik" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Kategoria modelu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiskalność" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Umowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Usługi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Widok listy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -784,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -793,18 +2131,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ustawienia" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -818,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -827,12 +2161,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -840,15 +2193,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -856,88 +2209,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -947,46 +2320,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -994,7 +2450,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1003,28 +2459,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1034,7 +2490,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1044,13 +2500,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1059,32 +2515,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Struktury" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1092,94 +2693,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reguły" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1188,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1197,61 +2792,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1260,54 +2869,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Zalety" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1315,83 +2937,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Wznów" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Oferty" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2529,6 +4220,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Raportowanie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Załącznik do wynagrodzenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2811,11 +4777,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Rekrutacja" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Szablony wiadomości e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Odmów" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Szybkie dodawanie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Utwórz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Utwórz pracownika" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2837,40 +6241,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2882,37 +6270,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2920,164 +6307,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Oceny" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Pytania" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3087,143 +6571,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Pytania" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Ocenianie" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Odpowiedzi" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Kandydaci" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Jednoliniowe pole tekstowe" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Macierz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opcje" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Ograniczenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Układ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sesje na żywo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Czas i punktacja" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Uczestnicy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Sesja na żywo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3232,3 +7043,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Wiadomość końcowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Polecenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Wdrożenie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Zobacz oferty pracy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Odnośnik" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Wyślij e-mail do znajomego" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punkty" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Nagrody" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Poziomy" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Ostrzeżenia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 6f06b0841..3fa695924 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 -# Silmar , 2023 # Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 @@ -34,15 +33,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 msgid "Install and Maintain" -msgstr "Instalar e manter" +msgstr "Instalação e manutenção" #: ../../content/administration.rst:10 msgid "" "These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " "Odoo databases." msgstr "" -"Esses guias provem instruções de como instalar, manter e atualizar as bases " -"de dados do Odoo." +"Esses guias fornecem instruções de como instalar, manter e atualizar as " +"bases de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -106,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "Edições" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 msgid "There are two different editions." -msgstr "Tem duas versões diferentes." +msgstr "Há duas versões diferentes." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1248,10 +1247,10 @@ msgid "" "NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " "need." msgstr "" -"Caso não saiba qual é o caminho para o seu filestore, inicie o Odoo com a " -"opção :option:`--x-sendfile ` e navegue até o URL " -"``/web/filestore`` diretamente do Odoo (não acesse o URL pelo NGINX). Isso " -"registra um aviso, a mensagem contém a configuração necessária." +"Caso não saiba qual é o caminho para o seu armazenamento de arquivos, inicie" +" o Odoo com a opção :option:`--x-sendfile ` e navegue" +" até o URL ``/web/filestore`` diretamente do Odoo (não acesse o URL pelo " +"NGINX). Isso registra um aviso, a mensagem contém a configuração necessária." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 msgid "Security" @@ -1866,11 +1865,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo IP" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta documentação se aplica somente a bases de dados locais." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 msgid "Installation" @@ -1882,14 +1881,14 @@ msgid "" "system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " "being used." msgstr "" -"Favor observar que a instalação depende do sistema operacional e da " -"distribuição de seu computador. Vamos assumir que um sistema operacional " -"Linux está sendo utilizado." +"Observe que a instalação depende do sistema operacional e da distribuição de" +" seu computador. Consideraremos que está sendo utilizado o sistema " +"operacional Linux." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" msgstr "" -"Instalar `geoip2 `__ Biblioteca Python" +"Instale a Biblioteca Python `geoip2 `__" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1897,13 +1896,13 @@ msgid "" "`_. You should end up with a" " file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" msgstr "" -"Baixe o banco de dados `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. Você deve terminar com " -"um arquivo chamado ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb```" +"Baixe a `base de dados GeoLite2 City " +"`_. Você deverá ter com um " +"arquivo chamado ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb```" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "Mova o arquivo para a pasta ``/usr/share/GeoIP/```" +msgstr "Mova o arquivo para a pasta ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 msgid "Restart the server" @@ -1916,11 +1915,10 @@ msgid "" "command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " "database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" msgstr "" -"Se você não pode/não quer localizar o banco de dados geoip em " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, você pode utilizar a opção ``-geoip-db`` da interface" -" de linha de comando Odoo. Esta opção toma o caminho absoluto para o arquivo" -" do banco de dados GeoIP e o utiliza como o banco de dados GeoIP. Por " -"exemplo, o arquivo de banco de dados GeoIP:" +"Se você não consegue/não quer localizar a base de dados geoip em " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, use a opção ``-geoip-db`` da interface de linha de " +"comando Odoo. Esta opção toma o caminho absoluto para o arquivo da base de " +"dados GeoIP e o utiliza como a base de dados GeoIP. Por exemplo:" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." @@ -1934,13 +1932,13 @@ msgid "" "notice/>`_" msgstr "" "A biblioteca Python \"GeoIP\" também pode ser utilizada. No entanto, esta " -"versão é descontinuada desde 1º de janeiro. Veja ``Bases de dados do " -"Legado GeoLite agora estão descontinuadas " -"`_" +"versão foi descontinuada em 1º de janeiro. Veja ``Bases de dados GeoLite " +"legadas agora estão descontinuadas `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como testar a geolocalização GeoIP no Odoo Site" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." @@ -1959,16 +1957,15 @@ msgstr "Adicione o seguinte trecho de XML na página:" msgid "" "You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " "address." -msgstr "" -"Você deve terminar com um dicionário indicando a localização do endereço IP." +msgstr "Você deverá ter um dicionário indicando a localização do endereço IP." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 msgid "" "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " "reasons :" msgstr "" -"Se o aparelho encaracolado estiver vazio ``{}`, pode ser por qualquer uma " -"das seguintes razões :" +"Se as chaves estiverem vazias ``{}``, pode ser por uma das seguintes razões " +":" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1989,12 +1986,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" msgstr "" -"\"geoip2\" não está instalado ou o arquivo do banco de dados GeoIP não foi " +"O \"geoip2\" não está instalado ou o arquivo da base de dados GeoIP não foi " "encontrado" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "O banco de dados GeoIP não foi capaz de resolver o endereço IP dado" +msgstr "A base de dados GeoIP não foi capaz de solucionar o endereço IP dado" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" @@ -2109,7 +2106,7 @@ msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" -msgstr "Prepare" +msgstr "Preparar" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -3268,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuração em Odoo" +msgstr "Configuração no Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" @@ -3446,9 +3443,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" -"O :guilabel:`Parâmetros do sistema` pode ser acessado ativando o :ref:`modo " -"de desenvolvedor` no menu :menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> " -"Parâmetros --> Parâmetros do sistema`." +"Os :guilabel:`Parâmetros do sistema` podem ser acessados ativando o " +":ref:`modo de desenvolvedor` no menu :menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico " +"--> Parâmetros --> Parâmetros do sistema`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -3630,7 +3627,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 msgid "System Parameters" -msgstr "Parâmetros do Sistema" +msgstr "Parâmetros do sistema" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 msgid "Configure incoming email server" @@ -4773,7 +4770,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração no Google" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:22 msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "Criar um novo produto" +msgstr "Criar um novo projeto" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4822,7 +4819,7 @@ msgstr "Nome e local do projeto para o Google OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Criar` para concluir esta etapa." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 msgid "OAuth consent screen" @@ -4833,6 +4830,9 @@ msgid "" "If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " "click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." msgstr "" +"Se a página não redirecionar para as opções de :menuselection:`Tipo de " +"usuário`, clique em :guilabel:`Tela de consentimento do OAuth` no menu à " +"esquerda." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4840,6 +4840,10 @@ msgid "" "Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." msgstr "" +"Nas opções de :guilabel:`Tipo de usuário`, selecione o :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"usuário` adequado e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar` novamente, o " +"que finalmente levará à página :menuselection:`Editar registro do " +"aplicativo`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4865,11 +4869,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 msgid "Edit app registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editar registro do aplicativo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agora vamos configurar o registro do aplicativo do projeto." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4878,12 +4882,18 @@ msgid "" " the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " "field." msgstr "" +"Na etapa :guilabel:`Tela de consentimento do OAuth`, na seção " +":guilabel:`Informações do aplicativo`, digite `Odoo` no campo " +":guilabel:`Nome do aplicativo`. Selecione o endereço de e-mail da " +"organização no campo de e-mail :guilabel:`Usuário de suporte`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " ":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, em :menuselection:`Domínio do aplicativo --> Domínios " +"autorizados`, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar domínio` e digite `odoo.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4891,6 +4901,9 @@ msgid "" "enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " "notify the organization about any changes to your project." msgstr "" +"Depois disso, na seção :guilabel:`Informações de contato do desenvolvedor`, " +"insira o endereço de e-mail da organização. O Google usa esse endereço de " +"e-mail para notificar a organização sobre alterações em seu projeto." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -4898,6 +4911,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no botão :guilabel:`Salvar e Continuar`. Em seguida, pule" +" a página :menuselection:`Escopos` rolando a tela até o final e clicando em " +":guilabel:`Salvar e Continuar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4906,16 +4922,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"Se continuar no modo de teste (Externo), adicione os endereços de e-mail que" +" estão sendo configurados na etapa :guilabel:`Testar usuários`, clicando em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar usuários` e, em seguida, no botão :guilabel:`Salvar e " +"Continuar`. É exibido um resumo do registro do aplicativo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " "finish setting up the project." msgstr "" +"Por fim, role até a parte inferior e clique em :guilabel:`Voltar ao painel` " +"para terminar a configuração do projeto." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 msgid "Create Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar credenciais" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -4923,22 +4945,29 @@ msgid "" "includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " ":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" +"Agora que o projeto está configurado, as credenciais devem ser criadas, o " +"que inclui o *ID do cliente* e o *Segredo do cliente*. Primeiro, clique em " +":guilabel:`Credenciais` no menu da barra lateral esquerda." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " ":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar credenciais` no menu superior e " +"selecione :guilabel:`ID de cliente OAuth` no menu suspenso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " "the dropdown menu." msgstr "" +"Em :guilabel:`Tipo de aplicativo`, selecione :guilabel:`Aplicativo web` no " +"menu suspenso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No campo :guilabel:`Nome`, digite `Odoo`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4948,6 +4977,11 @@ msgid "" " field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " "Odoo database name." msgstr "" +"No rótulo :guilabel:`URIs de redirecionamento autorizados`, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Adicionar URI` e insira " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` no campo :guilabel:`URIs " +"1`. Certifique-se de substituir a parte *yourdbname* do URL pelo nome real " +"da base de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -4955,14 +4989,18 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" " use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar` para gerar um OAuth :guilabel:`ID do" +" cliente` e :guilabel:`Segredo do cliente`. Por fim, copie cada valor gerado" +" para uso posterior ao configurar no Odoo e, em seguida, navegue até a base " +"de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID do cliente e segredo do cliente para o Google OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 msgid "Enter Google Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserir as credenciais do Google" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -4970,6 +5008,9 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " "Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, abra o Odoo e navegue até o módulo :guilabel:`Aplicativos`. Em " +"seguida, remova o filtro :guilabel:`Aplicarivos` da barra de pesquisa e " +"digite `Google`. Instale o módulo chamado :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -4981,6 +5022,14 @@ msgid "" "into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " ":guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, navegue até :menuselection:`Definições --> Configurações gerais`" +" e, na seção :guilabel:`Mensagens`, verifique se a caixa de seleção de " +":guilabel:`Servidores de e-mail personalizados` ou :guilabel:`Servidores de " +"e-mail externos` está marcada. Isso reve uma nova opção de " +":guilabel:`Credenciais do Gmail` ou :guilabel:`Usar um servidor Gmail`. " +"Então, copie e cole os respectivos valores nos campos :guilabel:`ID do " +"cliente` e :guilabel:`Segredo do cliente` e :guilabel:`Salve` as " +"configurações." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -4988,10 +5037,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" +"Para configurar a conta externa do Gmail, volte à parte superior da " +"configuração :guilabel:`Servidores de e-mail personalizados` e clique no " +"link :guilabel:`Servidores de envio de e-mail`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar servidores de envio de e-mail no Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -4999,6 +5051,9 @@ msgid "" "server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " "email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Novo` ou :guilabel:`Criar` para criar um novo servidor " +"de e-mail e preencha os campos :guilabel:`Nome`, :guilabel:`Descrição` e o " +"e-mail :guilabel:`Nome de usuário` (se necessário)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -5006,6 +5061,10 @@ msgid "" "(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." " Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Autenticação OAuth do Gmail` ou " +":guilabel:`Gmail` (na seção :guilabel:`Autenticar com` ou " +":guilabel:`Conexão`). Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Conectar sua conta do " +"Gmail`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -5013,6 +5072,9 @@ msgid "" "process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Uma nova janela chamada :guilabel:`Google` será aberta para concluir o " +"processo de autorização. Selecione o endereço de e-mail que está sendo " +"configurado no Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -5020,6 +5082,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail " "account to Odoo." msgstr "" +"Se o endereço de e-mail for uma conta pessoal, será exibida uma etapa extra," +" portanto, clique em :guilabel:`Continuar` para permitir a verificação e " +"conectar a conta do Gmail ao Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5029,6 +5094,11 @@ msgid "" "configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating " ":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, permita que o Odoo acesse a conta do Google clicando em " +":guilabel:`Continuar` ou :guilabel:`Permitir`. Depois disso, a página volta " +"para o servidor de envio de e-mails recém-configurado no Odoo. A " +"configuração carrega automaticamente o token no Odoo, e um marcador " +"informando :guilabel:`Token válido do Gmail` aparece em verde." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -5036,24 +5106,29 @@ msgid "" "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " "using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" +"Por fim, :guilabel:`Teste a conexão`. Uma mensagem de confirmação deve " +"aparecer. A base de dados do Odoo pode então enviar e-mails seguros e " +"protegidos pelo Google usando a autenticação OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perguntas frequentes sobre o Google OAuth" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status de publicação Produção vs. Teste" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " "(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" msgstr "" +"A escolha de :guilabel:`Produção` como o :guilabel:`Status de publicação` " +"(em vez de :guilabel:`Teste`) exibirá a seguinte mensagem de aviso:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O OAuth está limitado a 100 logins de escopo sensível." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5062,20 +5137,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click " ":guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." msgstr "" +"Para corrigir esse aviso, navegue até a `Plataforma da API do Google " +"`_. Se o " +":guilabel:`Status de publicação` for :guilabel:`Em produção`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Voltar ao teste` para corrigir o problema." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 msgid "No Test Users Added" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nenhum usuário de teste foi adicionado" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 msgid "" "If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access " "denied error will populate." msgstr "" +"Se nenhum usuário de teste for adicionado à tela de consentimento do OAuth, " +"será exibido um erro 403 de acesso negado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "403 Access Denied Error." -msgstr "" +msgstr "403 Erro de acesso negado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -5083,21 +5164,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email " "that you are configuring in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Para corrigir esse erro, retorne à :guilabel:`Tela de consentimento do " +"OAuth` em :guilabel:`APIs e Serviços` e adicione usuário(s) de teste ao " +"aplicativo. Adicione o e-mail que você está configurando no Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Gmail Module not updated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módulo do Gmail não atualizado" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 msgid "" "If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " "version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." msgstr "" +"Se o módulo *Google Gmail* no Odoo não tiver sido atualizado para a versão " +"mais recente, será exibida uma mensagem de erro :guilabel:`Proibido`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proibido: você não tem permissão para acessar o recurso solicitado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -5106,10 +5192,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the " "upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" +"Para corrigir esse erro, vá até o módulo :menuselection:`Aplicativos` e " +"limpe os termos de pesquisa. Em seguida, pesquise por `Gmail` ou `Google` e " +"atualize o módulo :guilabel:`Google Gmail`. Por fim, clique nos três pontos " +"no canto superior direito do módulo e selecione :guilabel:`Atualizar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 msgid "Application Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de aplicativo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -5117,10 +5207,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an" " :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." msgstr "" +"Ao criar as credenciais (*ID do cliente* e *Segredo do cliente* OAuth), se " +":guilabel:`Aplicativo da área de trabalho` for selecionado como " +":guilabel:`Tipo de aplicativo`, será exibido um :guilabel:`Erro de " +"autorização`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erro 400 URI de redirecionamento incompatível." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -5131,70 +5225,89 @@ msgid "" "`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure " "to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." msgstr "" +"Para corrigir esse erro, exclua as credenciais já criadas e crie novas " +"credenciais, selecionando :guilabel:`Aplicativo web` como :guilabel:`Tipo de" +" aplicativo`. Em seguida, em :guilabel:`URIs de redirecionamento " +"autorizadas`, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar URI` e digite: " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` no campo, certificando-se" +" de substituir *yourdbname* no URL pelo nome da base de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change hosting solution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alterar a solução de hospedagem" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:5 msgid "" "The instructions to change the hosting type of a database depend on the " "current solution used and to which solution the database should be moved." msgstr "" +"As instruções para alterar o tipo de hospedagem de uma base de dados " +"dependem da solução atual usada e para qual solução a base de dados deve ser" +" movida." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:9 msgid "Transferring an on-premise database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferência de uma base de dados local" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:80 msgid "To Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para o Odoo Online" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:15 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:83 msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O Odoo Online *não* é compatível com **aplicativos não padrão**." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 msgid "" "The database's current version must be :doc:`supported " "`." msgstr "" +"A versão atual da base de dados deve ser :doc:`compatível " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie um :ref:`duplicata ` da base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 msgid "In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nessa duplicata, desinstale todos os **aplicativos não padrão**." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 msgid "Use the database manager to grab a *dump with filestore*." msgstr "" +"Use o gerenciador de bases de dados para buscar um *dump com armazenamento " +"de arquivos*" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 msgid "" "`Submit a support ticket `_ including the " "following:" msgstr "" +"`Envie um chamado de suporte `_ incluindo o " +"seguinte:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:23 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:88 msgid "your **subscription number**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "seu **número de assinatura**," #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 msgid "" "the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`), and" msgstr "" +"o **URL** que você deseja usar para a base de dados (por exemplo, " +"`company.odoo.com`) e" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:25 msgid "" "the **dump** as an attachment or as a link to the file (required for 60 MB+ " "files)." msgstr "" +"o **dump** como anexo ou como link do arquivo (necessário para arquivos com " +"mais de 60 MB)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:95 @@ -5202,6 +5315,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In" " case of technical issues during the process, Odoo might contact you." msgstr "" +"Então, o Odoo se certifica de que a base de dados é compatível antes de " +"colocá-lo on-line. Em caso de problemas técnicos no processo, a Odoo poderá " +"entrar em contato com você." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:31 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:99 @@ -5209,11 +5325,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket " "`_ as soon as possible to schedule the transfer." msgstr "" +"Se você tiver restrições de tempo, `envie um chamado de suporte " +"`_ o quanto antes para agendar a transferência." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:67 msgid "To Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:37 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:73 @@ -5222,10 +5340,13 @@ msgid "" "` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* " "documentation." msgstr "" +"Siga as instruções encontradas :ref:`na seção Importar sua base de dados " +"` da documentação *Criar seu projeto* " +"doOdoo.sh." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferência de uma base de dados do Odoo Online" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5235,12 +5356,20 @@ msgid "" "it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version " "`, waiting for its release if necessary." msgstr "" +"As :ref:`versões intermediárias ` do Odoo Online não " +"podem ser hospedada no local, pois esse tipo de hospedagem não é compatível " +"com essas versões. Portanto, se a base de dados a transferir estiver " +"executando uma versão intermediária, ela primeiro deverá ser atualizada para" +" a próxima :ref:versão principal `, aguardando seu " +"lançamento, se necessário." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 msgid "" "Transferring an online database running on Odoo 16.3 would require first " "upgrading it to Odoo 17.0." msgstr "" +"A transferência de uma base de dados on-line em execução no Odoo 16.3 " +"exigiria primeiro a atualização para o Odoo 17.0." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5248,11 +5377,14 @@ msgid "" "Online database manager `_ to display " "its version number." msgstr "" +"Clique no ícone de engrenagem (:guilabel:`⚙`) ao lado do nome da base de " +"dados no gerenciador de bases de dados do `Odoo Online " +"`_ para exibir o número da versão." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:108 msgid "To on-premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para NO local" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:69 @@ -5263,6 +5395,11 @@ msgid "" "If the download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support" " `_." msgstr "" +"Faça login no gerenciador de bases de dados Odoo Online " +"`_ e clique no ícone de engrenagem " +"(:guilabel:`⚙`) ao lado do nome da base de dados para :guilabel:`Baixar` um " +"backup. Se o download falhar por o arquivo ser muito grande, `entre em " +"contato com o suporte do Odoo `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:64 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:111 @@ -5270,74 +5407,93 @@ msgid "" "Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using " "the backup." msgstr "" +"Restaure a base de dados elo gerenciador de bases de dados em seu servidor " +"local usando o backup." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:77 msgid "Transferring an Odoo.sh database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferência de uma base de dados Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:85 msgid "" "Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in " "the production build." msgstr "" +"Desinstale todos os **aplicativos não padrão** em uma compilação de teste " +"antes de fazer isso na compilação de produção." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:86 msgid "" "`Create a support ticket `_ including the " "following:" msgstr "" +"`Crie um chamado de suporte `_ incluindo o " +"seguinte:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:89 msgid "" "the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," msgstr "" +"o **URL** que você deseja usar para a base de dados (por exemplo, " +"`company.odoo.com`) e" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:90 msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," -msgstr "" +msgstr "qual *filial* deve ser migrada," #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:91 msgid "" "in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or" " Asia)," msgstr "" +"Em qual **região** você quer que a base de dados seja hospedada (Américas, " +"Europa ou Ásia)," #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:92 msgid "which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "quais usuários serão os **administradores**, e" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:93 msgid "" "**when** (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running." msgstr "" +"**quando** (e em que fuso horário) você quer que a base de dados esteja " +"ativa e em execução." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:101 msgid "Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency." msgstr "" +"Selecione a **região** mais próxima da maioria dos seus usuários para " +"reduzir a latência." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:102 msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os futuros **administradores** devem ter uma conta Odoo.com." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:103 msgid "" "The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful" " to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." msgstr "" +"A **data e a hora** em que você quer que a base de dados esteja em " +"funcionamento ajudam a organizar a mudança do servidor Odoo.sh para os " +"servidores Odoo Online." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:105 msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As bases de dados ficam **inacessíveis** durante a migração." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:110 msgid "" "Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " "`." msgstr "" +"Faça o download de um :ref:`backup da sua base de dados de produção do " +"Odoo.sh `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:3 msgid "Mailjet API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "API do Mailjet" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5347,14 +5503,20 @@ msgid "" "database. In some circumstances, settings need to be configured on the " "custom domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings as well." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é compatível com a :abbr:`API (Interface de Programação de " +"Aplicativos)` do Mailjet para distribuições em massa. Configure um servidor " +"de distribuição em massa dedicado pelo Mailjet, definindo as configurações " +"na conta do Mailjet e na base de dados do Odoo. Em algumas circunstâncias, " +"as configurações também precisam ser definidas nas configurações do domínio " +"personalizado :abbr:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:11 msgid "Set up in Mailjet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar no Mailjet" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:14 msgid "Create API credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar credenciais de API" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -5363,11 +5525,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Senders & Domains` section and click on :guilabel:`SMTP and SEND " "API Settings`." msgstr "" +"Para começar, faça login na página de `Informações da conta do Mailjet " +"`_. Em seguida, navegue até a seção " +":guilabel:`Remetentes e Domínios` e clique em :guilabel:`Definições de API " +"SMTP e SEND`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "" "SMTP and Send API Settings link in the Senders & Domains section of Mailjet." msgstr "" +"Link das definições das APIs SMTP e SEND na seção Remetentes e Domínios do " +"Mailjet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5380,28 +5548,42 @@ msgid "" "to configure Mailjet in Odoo, which is covered in the :ref:`last section " "`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, copie as definições de configuração do :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail " +"Transfer Protocol)` em um bloco de notas. Elas podem ser encontradas na " +"seção :guilabel:`Configuração (somente SMTP)`. As definições de configuração" +" de :abbr:`SMTP` incluem o endereço do servidor, a opção de segurança " +"necessária (Use :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS (Transport " +"Layer Security)`) e o número da porta. As definições são necessárias para " +"configurar o Mailjet no Odoo, o que é abordado na :ref:`última seção " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:32 msgid "" "`Mailjet: How can I configure my SMTP parameters? " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Mailjet: Como configurar meus parâmetros SMTP? " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:36 msgid "" "Odoo blocks `port 25` on Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases. :ref:`See " "reference here `." msgstr "" +"Odoo bloqueia a `porta 25` nas bases de dados Odoo Online e Odoo.sh. " +":ref:`Consulte as instruções aqui `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "SMTP configuration from Mailjet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de SMTP do Mailjet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the button labeled :guilabel:`Retrieve your API credentials` " "to retrieve the Mailjet API credentials." msgstr "" +"Então, clique no botão giratório :guilabel:`Recuperar suas credenciais de " +"API` para recuperar as credenciais da API do Mailjet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5411,10 +5593,16 @@ msgid "" "generate the :guilabel:`Secret Key`. Copy this key to a notepad, as this " "serves as the :guilabel:`Password` in the Odoo configuration." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no ícone de olho para exibir a :guilabel:` chave da API`." +" Copie essa chave em um bloco de notas, pois ela servirá como o " +":guilabel:`Nome de usuário` na configuração do Odoo. Em seguida, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`Gerar chave secreta` para gerar a :guilabel:`Chave " +"secreta`. Copie essa chave em um bloco de notas, pois ela servirá como a " +":guilabel:`Senha` na configuração do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:52 msgid "Add verified sender address(es)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar endereço(s) de remetente verificado(s)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5425,10 +5613,17 @@ msgid "" " a Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " "section." msgstr "" +"A próxima etapa é adicionar o endereço do remetente ou um domínio às " +"definições da conta do Mailjet para que os endereços ou domínios de e-mail " +"sejam aprovados para envio através de servidores do Mailjet. Primeiro, " +"navegue à página de `informações da conta do Mailjet " +"`_. Em seguida, clique no link " +":guilabel:`Adicionar endereço ou domínio de remetente` na seção " +":guilabel:`Remetentes e Domínios`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Add a sender domain or address in the Mailjet interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar endereços ou domínios de remetente na interface do Mailjet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5438,6 +5633,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Add a domain ` section for steps on " "adding the domain." msgstr "" +"Defina se o endereço de e-mail ou o domínio inteiro do rementente deve ser " +"adicionado às definições do Mailjet. Pode ser mais fácil configurar o " +"domínico como um todo se o acesso ao :abbr:`DNS` estiver disponível. Passe " +"para a seção :ref:`Adicionar um domínio ` " +"para etapas de adição de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -5445,6 +5645,9 @@ msgid "" " using Mailjet's servers need to be configured or the domain(s) of the " "users' email addresses can be configured." msgstr "" +"Todos os endereços de e-mail dos usuários da base de dados do Odoo que estão" +" enviando e-mails por servidores do Mailjet devem ser configurados ou os " +"domínios dos endereços de e-mail dos usuários podem ser configurados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -5453,30 +5656,40 @@ msgid "" " labeled :guilabel:`Add a sender address`. Then, add the email address that " "is configured to send from the custom domain." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o endereço de e-mail originalmente configurado na conta do " +"Mailjet é adicionado como um remetente confiável. Para adicionar outro " +"endereço de e-mail, clique no botão rotulado como :guilabel:`Adicionar um " +"endereço de remetente`. Em seguida, adicione o endereço de e-mail que está " +"configurado para enviar do domínio personalizado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:76 msgid "" "At minimum the following email addresses should be set up in the provider " "and verified in Mailjet:" msgstr "" +"No mínimo, os seguintes endereços de e-mail devem ser configurados no " +"provedor e verificados no Mailjet:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:78 msgid "notifications\\@yourdomain.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "notificaçoes\\@seudomínio.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:79 msgid "bounce\\@yourdomain.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "devolvidos\\@seudomínio.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:80 msgid "catchall\\@yourdomain.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "catchall\\@seudomínio.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:83 msgid "" "Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the Odoo database. If there " "isn't one, then use the :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." msgstr "" +"Substitua `seudomínio` pelo domínio personalizado da base de dados do Odoo. " +"Se não houver um, use o parâmetro do sistema " +":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -5485,6 +5698,11 @@ msgid "" " completing the form, an activation email is sent to the email address and " "the trusted sender can be activated." msgstr "" +"Depois disso, preencha o formulário :guilabel:`Informações do e-mail`, " +"certificando-se de selecionar o tipo de e-mail adequado: e-mail transacional" +" ou e-mails em massa. Depois de preencher o formulário, um e-mail de " +"ativação é enviado para o endereço de e-mail e o remetente confiável pode " +"ser ativado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -5493,6 +5711,10 @@ msgid "" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance)` settings on the " "domain of the sender." msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se configurar as definições de :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)`/:abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`/:abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance)` no domínio do " +"remetente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:162 @@ -5501,6 +5723,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Documentação de SPF/DKIM/DMARC do Mailjet " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -5509,10 +5734,15 @@ msgid "" "above) should be set up in Odoo CRM to create a lead. Then, the database is " "able to receive the verification email and verify the accounts." msgstr "" +"Se a base de dados não estiver usando um domínio personalizado, para " +"verificar o endereço do remetente, um alias temporário (dos três endereços " +"de e-mail mencionados acima) deve ser configurado no Odoo CRM para criar " +"leads. Em seguida, a base de dados poderá receber o e-mail de verificação e " +"verificar as contas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:107 msgid "Add a domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar um domínio" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -5523,18 +5753,29 @@ msgid "" "Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " "section. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add domain` to add the custom domain." msgstr "" +"Ao adicionar um domínio inteiro à conta do Mailjet, todos os endereços de " +"remetente relacionados a esse domínio são automaticamente validados para " +"envio de e-mails pelos servidores do Mailjet. Primeiro, navegue até a página" +" de `informações de conta do Mailjet `_. " +"Então, clique no link :guilabel:`Adicionar endereço ou domínio de remetente`" +" na seção :guilabel:`Remetentes e Domínios`. Em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar domínio` para adicionar o domínio personalizado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:116 msgid "" "The domain needs to be added to the Mailjet account and then validated " "through the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." msgstr "" +"O domínio precisa ser adicionado à conta do Mailjet e, em seguida, validado " +"pelo :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:119 msgid "" "After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Add a new Domain` page on Mailjet and " "click :guilabel:`Continue`." msgstr "" +"Depois disso, preencha a página :guilabel:`Adicionar novo domínio` no " +"Mailjet e clique em :guilabel:`Continuar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5544,14 +5785,19 @@ msgid "" "to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " "System)` provider to complete validation." msgstr "" +"Após adicionar o domínio, uma página de validação será preenchida. A menos " +"que a base de dados do Odoo seja local (nesse caso, escolha a " +":guilabel:`Opção 1`), escolha a :guilabel:`Opção 2: Criar um registro DNS`. " +"Copie as informações do registro em TXT em um bloco de notas e navegue até o" +" provedor de :abbr:`DNS` do domínio para concluir a validação." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As informações do registro em TXT a inserir no DNS do domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:132 msgid "Setup in the domain's DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração no DNS do domínio" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -5562,10 +5808,16 @@ msgid "" "information consists of the :guilabel:`Host` and :guilabel:`Value`. Paste " "these into the corresponding fields in the TXT record." msgstr "" +"Depois de obter as informações do registro em TXT da conta do Mailjet, " +"adicione um registro em TXT ao :abbr:`DNS` do domínio. Esse processo varia " +"de acordo com o provedor de :abbr:`DNS`. Consulte o provedor para obter " +"informações sobre processos de configuração específicos. As informações do " +"registro em TXT consistem em :guilabel:`Host` e :guilabel:`Valor`. Cole-as " +"nos campos correspondentes do registro em TXT." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:141 msgid "Return to Mailjet account information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Retornar às informações da conta Mailjet" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -5575,6 +5827,10 @@ msgid "" "click the gear icon next to :guilabel:`Domain`, and select " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar o registro em TXT ao :abbr:`DNS` do domínio, volte para " +"a conta do Mailjet. Em seguida, navegue até :menuselection:`Informações da " +"conta --> Adicionar endereço ou domínio de remetente`, clique no ícone de " +"engrenagem ao lado de :guilabel:`Domínio` e selecione :guilabel:`Validar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -5582,6 +5838,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ page on the Mailjet account " "information and clicking on :guilabel:`Manage`." msgstr "" +"Esta ação também pode ser feita acessando a página `Endereços e domínios do " +"remetente `_ nas informações da " +"conta do Mailjet e clicando em :guilabel:`Gerenciar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -5589,10 +5848,13 @@ msgid "" "on the domain. A success screen will appear if the domain is configured " "correctly." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Verificar agora` para validar o registro em" +" TXT que foi adicionado ao domínio. Uma tela de sucesso será exibida se o " +"domínio estiver configurado corretamente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verificar o registro de DNS no Mailjet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -5601,14 +5863,18 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` & :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " "Mail) records to input into the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider." msgstr "" +"Após a configuração bem-sucedida do domínio, há uma opção para " +":guilabel:`Autenticar este domínio (SPF/DKIM)`. Esse botão preenche os " +"registros :abbr:`SPF` e :abbr:`DKIM` para inserir no provedor de " +":abbr:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticar o domínio com registros SPF/DKIM no Mailjet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:172 msgid "Set up in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração no Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5618,6 +5884,11 @@ msgid "" "create a new outgoing server configuration by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" +"Para concluir a configuração, navegue até a base de dados do Odoo e vá para " +":guilabel:`Definições`. Com o :ref:`modo desenvolvedor` ativado, vá para o " +":menuselection:`Menu técnico --> E-mail --> Servidores de envio de e-mail`. " +"Em seguida, crie uma nova configuração de servidor de envio clicando no " +"botão :guilabel:`Criar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -5628,6 +5899,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)` " "even though Mailjet may not require it." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, insira o `Servidor SMTP` (in-v3.mailjet.com), o `Número da " +"porta` (587 ou 465) e a `Segurança (SSL/TLS)` que foram copiados " +"anteriormente da conta do Mailjet. Eles também podem ser encontrados `aqui " +"`_. É recomendável usar " +":abbr:`SSL`/:abbr:`TLS`, mesmo que o Mailjet não exija isso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -5637,6 +5913,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Mailjet --> Account Settings --> SMTP and SEND API " "Settings`." msgstr "" +"No :guilabel:`Nome de usuário`, insira a :guilabel:`chave da API`. Na " +":guilabel:`Senha`, insira a :guilabel:`chave secreta` que foi copiada da " +"conta do Mailjet para o bloco de notas anteriormente. Essas configurações " +"podem ser encontradas em :menuselection:`Mailjet --> Definições da conta -->" +" Definições de API SMTP e SEND`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -5644,16 +5925,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority` value higher than that of any transactional email " "server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." msgstr "" +"Então, se o servidor do Mailjet for usado para distribuições em massa, " +"defina o valor de :guilabel:`Prioridade` dele como mais alto do que o de " +"servidores de e-mail transacionais. Por fim, salve as configurações e " +":guilabel:`Teste a conexão`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definições de servidor de envio de e-mail no Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:198 msgid "" "In order for the notifications feature to work using Mailjet, there are " "three settings that need to be set in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Para que o recurso de notificações funcione com o Mailjet, há três " +"configurações que precisam ser feitas no Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -5662,12 +5949,19 @@ msgid "" " match the domain in the two proceeding steps. More information can be " "referenced :ref:`here `." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`FIltro DE` deve ser definido na configuração do servidor. É " +"recomendável defini-lo como um domínio e não como um endereço de e-mail " +"completo. Isso deve corresponder ao domínio nas duas etapas seguintes. Mais " +"informações podem ser consultadas :ref:`aqui " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:205 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must have the value " "`notifications\\@yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"O parâmetro do sistema :guilabel:`mail.default.from` deve ter o valor " +"`notificaçoes\\@seudomínio.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -5676,12 +5970,18 @@ msgid "" "Odoo database. If there isn't one, then use the " ":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." msgstr "" +"O parâmetro do sistema :guilabel:`mail.default.from_filter` deve ter o valor" +" `seu domínio.com`. Substitua `seudomínio` pelo domínio personalizado da " +"base de dados do Odoo. Se não houver um, use o parâmetro do sistema " +":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:211 msgid "" "For more information see :ref:`Using a default email address " "`." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações, consulte :ref:`Como usar um endereço de e-mail " +"padrão `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -5690,16 +5990,23 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" " menu." msgstr "" +"Os :guilabel:`Parâmetros do sistema` pode ser acessado ativando o " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` no menu " +":menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> Parâmetros --> Parâmetros do " +"sistema`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " "email server for mass mailing or transactional emails!" msgstr "" +"Quando a configuração estiver concluída, a base de dados do Odoo estará " +"pronta para usar o servidor de e-mail Mailjet para envio em massa ou e-mails" +" transacionais!" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciamento da base de dados do Odoo Online" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5707,6 +6014,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and sign in as the database " "administrator." msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar uma base de dados, acesse o `gerenciador de bases de dados " +"`_ e entre como administrador da base de " +"dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5715,46 +6025,51 @@ msgid "" "the **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database name. It is only " "displayed if an upgrade is available." msgstr "" +"Todas as principais opções de gerenciamento da base de dados estão " +"disponíveis ao clicar no nome da base de dados, exceto a opção de " +"atualização, que pode ser acessada ao clicar no ícone de **seta em um " +"círculo** ao lado do nome da base de dados. Isso só será exibido se houver " +"uma atualização disponível." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "Accessing the database management options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acesso às opções de gerenciamento da base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:22 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:23 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 @@ -5766,13 +6081,16 @@ msgstr "Atualização" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:30 msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acionar uma atualização da base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid "" "For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :ref:`Odoo " "Online upgrade documentation `." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre o processo de atualização, consulte a " +"documentação de atualização do :ref:`Odoo Online `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:39 msgid "Duplicate" @@ -5783,6 +6101,8 @@ msgid "" "Create an exact copy of the database, which can be used to perform testing " "without compromising daily operations." msgstr "" +"Crie uma cópia exata da base de dados, que pode ser usada para realizar " +"testes sem comprometer as operações diárias." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5790,10 +6110,13 @@ msgid "" "payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " "database." msgstr "" +"Ao marcar :guilabel:`Para fins de teste`, todas as ações externas (e-mails, " +"pagamentos, pedidos de entrega etc.) ficam desativadas por padrão na base de" +" dados duplicada." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:47 msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As bases de dados duplicadas expiram automaticamente após 15 dias." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:52 msgid "Rename" @@ -5801,7 +6124,7 @@ msgstr "Renomear" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:54 msgid "Rename the database and its URL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Renomeie a base de dados e seu URL" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:59 msgid "Download" @@ -5809,24 +6132,30 @@ msgstr "Download" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:61 msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Baixe o arquivo ZIP que contém o backup da base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:64 msgid "" "Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA " "`_." msgstr "" +"O backup das bases de dados é feito diariamente, de acordo com o SLA da " +"Hospedagem em nuvem da Odoo `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:72 msgid "" "Use a custom :doc:`domain name ` to access the database via " "another URL." msgstr "" +"Use um :doc.:`nome do domínio ` personalizado para acessar a " +"base de dados por outra URL." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 msgid "" "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." msgstr "" +"Você pode :ref:`registrar um nome de domínio gratuitamente `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 msgid "Tags" @@ -5835,10 +6164,12 @@ msgstr "Marcadores" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:82 msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." msgstr "" +"Adicione marcadores para identificar e classificar facilmente suas bases de " +"dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:85 msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Você pode procurar marcadores na barra de pesquisa." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:90 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 @@ -5847,7 +6178,7 @@ msgstr "Excluir" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:92 msgid "Delete a database instantly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exclua uma base de dados instantaneamente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -5855,24 +6186,31 @@ msgid "" " instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of " "the database before deleting it." msgstr "" +"A exclusão de uma base de dados significa que todos os dados são perdidos " +"permanentemente. A exclusão é instantânea e se aplica a todos os usuários. " +"Recomenda-se criar um backup da base de dados antes de excluí-la." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:98 msgid "" "Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of " "deleting a database are fully understood." msgstr "" +"Leia atentamente a mensagem de aviso e só prossiga se as implicações da " +"exclusão de uma base de dados forem totalmente compreendidas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A mensagem de aviso exibida antes da exclusão de uma base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:105 msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Somente um administrador pode excluir uma base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:106 msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." msgstr "" +"O nome da base de dados é imediatamente disponibilizado para qualquer " +"pessoa." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -5880,6 +6218,9 @@ msgid "" "impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support " "`_." msgstr "" +"É impossível excluir uma base de dados se estiver expirada ou vinculada a " +"uma assinatura. Nesse caso, entre em contato com o `Suporte da Odoo " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:113 msgid "Contact us" @@ -5890,36 +6231,41 @@ msgid "" "Access the `Odoo.com support page `_ with the " "database's details already pre-filled." msgstr "" +"Acesse a página de suporte do Odoo.com `_ com os " +"detalhes da base de dados já preenchidos." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:121 msgid "Invite / remove users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convidar/remover usuários" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:123 msgid "" "To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click " ":guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." msgstr "" +"Para convidar usuários, preencha o endereço de e-mail do novo usuário e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Convidar`. Para adicionar vários usuários, clique em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar mais usuários`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 msgid "Inviting a user on a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convidar um usuário em uma base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:129 msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para remover usuários, selecione-os e clique em :guilabel:`Remover`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de bases de dados no local" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 msgid "Register a database" @@ -5934,6 +6280,12 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"Para registrar sua base de dados, você só precisa inserir seu Código de " +"Assinatura no banner do App Switcher. Certifique-se de não adicionar espaços" +" extras antes ou depois do código de assinatura. Se o registro for bem-" +"sucedido, ficará verde e fornecerá a data de expiração da base de dados " +"recém-registrado. Você pode verificar esta data de expiração no menu Sobre " +"(Odoo 9) ou no Painel de Configurações (Odoo 10)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 msgid "Registration Error Message" @@ -5944,14 +6296,16 @@ msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" -"Se você não conseguir registrar seu banco de dados, provavelmente encontrará" -" esta mensagem:" +"Se você não conseguir registrar sua base de dados, provavelmente encontrará " +"esta mensagem:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "" "Something went wrong while registering your database, you can try again or contact Odoo\n" "Help" msgstr "" +"Algo deu errado ao cadastrar sua base de dados. Você pode tentar novamente ou entrar em contato com o Suporte do\n" +"Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:100 @@ -5961,7 +6315,7 @@ msgstr "Soluções" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:29 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Você tem uma assinatura corporativa válida?" +msgstr "Você tem uma assinatura Enterprise válida?" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5969,21 +6323,21 @@ msgid "" " Account `__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" -"Verifique se os detalhes de sua assinatura receberam a tag \"Em andamento\" " -"em sua conta `Odoo ` __ ou com " -"seu gerente de conta" +"Verifique se os detalhes de sua assinatura receberam o marcador \"Em " +"andamento\" em sua conta `Odoo ` " +"__ ou com seu gerente de conta" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:35 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Você já vinculou um banco de dados com sua referência de assinatura?" +msgstr "Você já vinculou uma base de dados com sua referência de assinatura?" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:37 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner `__)" msgstr "" -"Você pode vincular apenas um banco de dados por assinatura. (Precisa de um " -"teste ou banco de dados de desenvolvimento? `Encontre um parceiro " +"Você pode vincular apenas uma base de dados por assinatura. (Precisa de um " +"teste ou de uma base de dados de desenvolvimento? `Encontre um parceiro " "` __)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:41 @@ -5992,17 +6346,17 @@ msgid "" "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" -"Você pode desvincular o banco de dados antigo em seu `Contrato Odoo " +"Você pode desconectar a base de dados antiga em seu `Contrato Odoo " "` __ com o botão \"Desvincular " -"banco de dados\"" +"base de dados\"" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:47 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" -"Uma mensagem de confirmação aparecerá; certifique-se de que este é o banco " -"de dados correto, pois ele será desativado em breve:" +"Uma mensagem de confirmação será exibida; certifique-se de que este é a base" +" de dados certa, pois ela será desativada em breve:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:53 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" @@ -6014,8 +6368,8 @@ msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" -"De julho de 2016 em diante, Odoo 9 agora muda automaticamente o uuid de um " -"banco de dados duplicado; uma operação manual não é mais necessária." +"De julho de 2016 em diante, Odoo 9 agora muda automaticamente o uuid de uma " +"base de dados duplicada; não é mais necessário fazer a operação manual." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -6024,10 +6378,10 @@ msgid "" "`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" -"Se não for o caso, você pode ter vários bancos de dados compartilhando o " +"Se não for o caso, você pode ter várias bases de dados compartilhando o " "mesmo UUID. Verifique em seu `Contrato Odoo " "` __, uma mensagem curta " -"aparecerá especificando qual banco de dados é problemático:" +"aparecerá especificando qual base de dados tem problemas:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -6035,9 +6389,9 @@ msgid "" "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "`." msgstr "" -"Nesse caso, você precisa alterar o UUID em seus bancos de dados de teste " -"para resolver esse problema. Você encontrará mais informações sobre isso: " -"ref: `esta seção `." +"Nesse caso, você precisa alterar o UUID em suas bases de dados de teste para" +" resolver esse problema. Você encontrará mais informações sobre isso :ref: " +"`nesta seção `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6045,13 +6399,13 @@ msgid "" "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" -"Para sua informação, identificamos banco de dados com UUID. Portanto, cada " -"banco de dados deve ter um UUID distinto para garantir que o registro e o " +"Para sua informação, identificamos a base de dados com UUID. Portanto, cada " +"base de dados deve ter um UUID exclusivo para garantir que o registro e o " "faturamento ocorram sem esforço para você e para nós." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:73 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Verifique suas configurações de rede e firewall" +msgstr "Verificar configurações de rede e firewall" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -6059,7 +6413,7 @@ msgid "" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" -"A notificação de atualização deve ser capaz de alcançar os servidores de " +"A notificação de atualização precisa conseguir alcançar os servidores de " "validação de assinatura do Odoo. Em outras palavras, certifique-se de que o " "servidor Odoo é capaz de abrir conexões de saída para:" @@ -6070,14 +6424,14 @@ msgstr "services.odoo.com na porta 443 (ou 80)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:80 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" msgstr "" -"services.openerp.com na porta 443 (ou 80) para implantações mais antigas" +"services.openerp.com na porta 443 (ou 80) para implementações mais antigas" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" -"Depois de ativar seu banco de dados, você deve manter essas portas abertas, " +"Depois de ativar sua base de dados, você deve manter essas portas abertas, " "pois a notificação de atualização é executada uma vez por semana." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:86 @@ -6089,15 +6443,16 @@ msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais usuários em seu banco de dados local do que o " -"provisionado em sua assinatura do Odoo Enterprise, poderá encontrar esta " -"mensagem:" +"Se você tiver mais usuários em sua base de dados local do que o provisionado" +" em sua assinatura do Odoo Enterprise, poderá receber esta mensagem:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "" "This database will expire in X days, you have more users than your " "subscription allows" msgstr "" +"Esta base de dados expirará em X dias, você tem mais usuários do que a sua " +"assinatura permite" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6112,7 +6467,7 @@ msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -"** Adicione mais usuários ** em sua assinatura: siga o link e valide a " +"**Adicionar mais usuários** à sua assinatura: clique no link e valide a " "cotação de upsell e pague pelos usuários extras." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:104 @@ -6121,6 +6476,8 @@ msgid "" "`_ and **Reject** the upsell " "quotation." msgstr "" +"**Desative usuários** conforme explicado nesta `documentação " +"`_ e **Rejeite** a cotação de upsell." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -6130,27 +6487,27 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -"Assim que seu banco de dados tiver o número correto de usuários, a mensagem " -"de vencimento desaparecerá automaticamente após alguns dias, quando ocorrer " -"a próxima verificação. Entendemos que pode ser um pouco assustador ver a " +"Quando sua base de dados estiver com o número correto de usuários, a " +"mensagem de expiração desaparecerá automaticamente após alguns dias, durante" +" a próxima verificação. Entendemos que pode ser um pouco assustador ver a " "contagem regressiva, então você pode: ref: `forçar uma Notificação de " "Atualização ` para fazer a mensagem desaparecer imediatamente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:114 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Mensagem de erro de banco de dados expirado" +msgstr "Mensagem de erro de base de dados expirada" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:116 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -"Se o seu banco de dados atingir a data de expiração antes de você renovar a " -"assinatura, você encontrará esta mensagem:" +"Se a sua base de dados atingir a data de expiração antes da renovação da " +"assinatura, você receberá esta mensagem:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "This database has expired." -msgstr "Este banco de dados expirou." +msgstr "Esta base de dados expirou." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -6158,16 +6515,16 @@ msgid "" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -"Esta mensagem de ** bloqueio ** aparece após uma mensagem sem bloqueio que " -"dura 30 dias. Se você não agir antes do final da contagem regressiva, o " -"banco de dados expirará." +"Esta mensagem de **bloqueio** aparece após uma mensagem sem bloqueio que " +"dura 30 dias. Se você não agir antes do final da contagem regressiva, a base" +" de dados expirará." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:131 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -"Renove sua assinatura: siga o link e renove sua assinatura - observe que" +"Renovar sua assinatura: clique no link e renove sua assinatura - observe que" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -6175,14 +6532,13 @@ msgid "" "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -"se desejar pagar por transferência eletrônica, sua assinatura será " -"efetivamente renovada somente quando o pagamento chegar, o que pode levar " -"alguns dias. Os pagamentos com cartão de crédito são processados " -"​​imediatamente." +"se quiser pagar por transferência bancária, sua assinatura será efetivamente" +" renovada somente quando o pagamento cair, o que pode levar alguns dias. Os " +"pagamentos com cartão de crédito são processados ​​imediatamente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:133 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "Contate nosso `Suporte ` __" +msgstr "Entre em contato com nosso `Suporte ` __" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6194,7 +6550,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:143 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Duplicar um banco de dados" +msgstr "Duplicar uma base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -6202,10 +6558,9 @@ msgid "" "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -"Você pode duplicar seu banco de dados acessando o gerenciador de banco de " -"dados em seu servidor ( / web / database / manager). Nesta " -"página, você pode facilmente duplicar seu banco de dados (entre outras " -"coisas)." +"Você pode duplicar sua base acessando o gerenciador de base de dados em seu " +"servidor (/web/database/manager). Nesta página, você pode " +"facilmente duplicar a base de dados (entre outras coisas)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -6215,10 +6570,10 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -"Quando você duplica um banco de dados local, é ** fortemente ** aconselhado " -"alterar o uuid do banco de dados duplicado (Identificador Universal Único), " -"uma vez que este uuid é como seu banco de dados se identifica com nossos " -"servidores. Ter dois bancos de dados com o mesmo uuid pode resultar em " +"Quando você duplica uma base de dados local, é **fortemente** aconselhado " +"alterar o uuid da base de dados duplicada (Identificador Universal Único), " +"uma vez que este uuid é como sua base de dados é identificada pelos nossos " +"servidores. Ter duas bases de dados com o mesmo uuid pode resultar em " "problemas de faturamento ou de registro no futuro." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:162 @@ -6229,6 +6584,12 @@ msgid "" "command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " "like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" +"O uuid da base de dados atualmente pode ser acessado no menu " +":menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> Parâmetros do sistema`, " +"aconselhamos que você use um gerador de uuid `_ " +"ou use o comando unix ``uuidgen`` para gerar um novo uuid. Em seguida, basta" +" substituí-lo como qualquer outro registro, clicando nele e usando o botão " +"de edição." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:7 msgid "Supported versions" @@ -6239,8 +6600,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"O Odoo fornece suporte e correção de bugs ** para as 3 últimas versões " -"principais ** do Odoo." +"O Odoo fornece suporte e correção de bugs **para as três últimas versões " +"principais** do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -6248,21 +6609,27 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Odoo Online ` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users" " can then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." msgstr "" +"A Odoo lança versões intermediárias chamadas **Versões Online** no " +":doc:`Odoo Online ` hospedagem a cada dois meses. Os usuários " +"do Odoo Online podem então se beneficiar dos recursos mais recentes do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:16 msgid "" "Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` " "them regularly." msgstr "" +"Administradores de bases de dados do Odoo Online são convidados a " +":doc:`atualizá-las <../upgrade>` regularmente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:17 msgid "" "Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." msgstr "" +"Versões online *não* são lançadas para instalações Odoo.sh e No local." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:18 msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As versões online estão listadas abaixo como *SaaS*" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:20 msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." @@ -6270,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "Esta matriz mostra o status de suporte de cada versão." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:22 msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "** Os principais lançamentos estão em negrito. **" +msgstr "**Os principais lançamentos estão em negrito.**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 msgid "On-Premise" @@ -6282,11 +6649,11 @@ msgstr "Data de lançamento" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 msgid "End of support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIm do suporte" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 17.0**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 @@ -6331,15 +6698,15 @@ msgstr "|green|" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 msgid "November 2023" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novembro de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 msgid "November 2026 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novembro de 2026 (planejado)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~16.4" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 @@ -6354,15 +6721,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Nenhum" +msgstr "N/D" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 msgid "August 2023" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agosto de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~16.3" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 @@ -6383,72 +6750,72 @@ msgstr "|red|" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 msgid "June 2023" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Junho de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~16.2" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "March 2023" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Março de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~16.1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "February 2023" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fevereiro de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 16.0**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 msgid "October 2022" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outubro de 2022" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 msgid "November 2025 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novembro de 2025 (planejado)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~15.2" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 msgid "March 2022" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Março de 2022" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 msgid "January 2023" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janeiro de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~15.1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 msgid "February 2022" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fevereiro de 2022" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "July 2022" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Julho de 2022" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 15.0**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 msgid "October 2021" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outubro de 2021" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 msgid "November 2024 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novembro de 2024 (planejado)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" @@ -6468,15 +6835,15 @@ msgstr "Outubro de 2019" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:100 msgid "Older versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Versões mais antigas" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:104 msgid "Before 2019" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antes de 2019" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 msgid "Before 2022" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antes de 2022" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:107 msgid "Legend" @@ -6499,10 +6866,12 @@ msgid "" "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " "any version `_." msgstr "" +"Embora não ofereçamos suporte a versões mais antigas, você sempre pode fazer" +" a `atualização de qualquer versão `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 msgid "Bugfix updates" -msgstr "Atualizações de correção de erros" +msgstr "Atualizações de correções de bugs" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 msgid "Introduction" @@ -6514,6 +6883,9 @@ msgid "" "corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " "installation from time to time." msgstr "" +"Para se beneficiar dos últimos aprimoramentos, correções de segurança, " +"correções de bugs e melhorias de desempenho, talvez seja necessário " +"atualizar sua instalação do Odoo de tempos em tempos." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6521,16 +6893,21 @@ msgid "" "infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " "are automatically performed for you." msgstr "" +"Este guia só se aplica quando você estiver usando o Odoo em sua própria " +"infraestrutura de hospedagem. Se você estiver usando uma das soluções Odoo " +"Cloud, as atualizações serão realizadas automaticamente para você." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 msgid "" "The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" " some preliminary definitions:" msgstr "" +"A terminologia relacionada às atualizações de software costuma ser confusa, " +"portanto, aqui estão algumas definições preliminares:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualização (de uma instalação do Odoo)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -8669,7 +9046,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 msgid "Register your subscription" -msgstr "Registre sua assinatura" +msgstr "Cadastrar sua assinatura" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." @@ -9646,7 +10023,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 msgid "Status" -msgstr "Situação" +msgstr "Status" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 5e857f9a7..7eab154d8 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -3289,14 +3289,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" -msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" +msgstr "Arredondamento de caixa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -"*O arredondamento da moeda*** é necessário quando a menor denominação física" +"**O arredondamento de caixa** é necessário quando a menor denominação física" " da moeda, ou a menor moeda, é maior que a unidade mínima de conta." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 @@ -8970,7 +8970,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualizar o Odoo para a versão mais recente" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -8995,7 +8995,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 msgid "Update the list of available modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualizar a lista de módulos disponíveis" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -28754,7 +28754,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "Payment policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Política de pagamento" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:373 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 6400bfd73..eb5dd17ba 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,19 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2023 -# Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2023 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -181,23 +180,22 @@ msgstr "" "funcionários de uma empresa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Adicionar um novo funcionário" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Criar um novo funcionário" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." -msgstr "Crie um novo cartão de funcionário." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." @@ -205,21 +203,28 @@ msgstr "" "O número de telefone e nome da empresa atual é preenchido nos campos " ":guilabel:`Telefone Comercial` e :guilabel:`Empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "Informações gerais" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "Os campos obrigatórios" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: Digite o nome do funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " @@ -229,49 +234,74 @@ msgstr "" "funcionário foi contratado ou crie uma nova empresa digitando o nome no " "campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Campos opcionais" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" " the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Foto`: Na caixa de imagem superior direita do cartão de " -"funcionário, clique no ícone de edição :guilabel:`✏️ (lápis)` para " -"selecionar uma foto para enviar." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Cargo`: Insira o cargo do funcionário." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -"Tags: clique em uma tag no menu suspenso para adicionar quaisquer tags " -"aplicáveis ao funcionário. Qualquer tag pode ser criada neste campo " -"digitando-a. Depois de criada, a nova tag fica disponível para todos os " -"cartões de funcionários. Não há limite para a quantidade de tags que podem " -"ser adicionadas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -"Informações de contato de trabalho: Insira os funcionários " -":guilabel:`Celular do trabalho`, :guilabel:`Telefone de trabalho`, " -":guilabel:`E-mail de trabalho` e/ou :guilabel:`Nome da empresa`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -279,20 +309,38 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Departamento`: Selecione o departamento do funcionário no menu " "suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gerente`: Selecione o gerente do funcionário no menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Treinador`: Selecione o treinador do funcionário no menu " "suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " @@ -302,61 +350,54 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Treinador` estiver em branco, o manager selecionado preencherá " "automaticamente o campo :guilabel:`Treinador`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -"Para fazer edições no :guilabel:`Departamento`, :guilabel:`Gerente`, " -":guilabel:`Treinador`, ou :guilabel:`Empresa`, clique no botão " -":guilabel:`Link Externo` ao lado da respectiva seleção . O botão " -":guilabel:`Link Externo` abre o formulário selecionado, permitindo " -"modificações. Clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` após qualquer edição ser feita." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "Guias de informações adicionais" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Aba Currículo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Currículo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -"Adicione informações sobre a experiência profissional anterior neste " -"formulário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo`: No menu suspenso, selecione :guilabel:`Experiência`, " -":guilabel:`Educação`, :guilabel:`Certificação Interna`, " -":guilabel:`Treinamento Interno`, ou digite um nova entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." @@ -364,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de exibição`: Selecione :guilabel:`Clássica`, " ":guilabel:`Certificação` ou :guilabel:`Curso` no menu suspenso." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -376,227 +417,276 @@ msgstr "" "os ícones de seta :guilabel:`< (esquerda)` e :guilabel:`> (direita)` para " "rolar até o mês desejado e clique no dia para selecioná-lo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr ":guilabel:`Descrição`: Insira quaisquer detalhes relevantes no campo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Habilidades" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." -msgstr "Crie uma nova habilidade para o funcionário." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Habilidade`: As habilidades correspondentes associadas ao " -":guilabel:`Tipo de habilidade` selecionado aparecem em um menu suspenso. Por" -" exemplo, selecionar :guilabel:`Lingua` como :guilabel:`Tipo de Habilidade` " -"apresenta uma variedade de idiomas para selecionar no campo " -":guilabel:`Habilidades`. Selecione a habilidade pré-configurada apropriada " -"ou digite uma nova." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Tipos de habilidade" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "Guia de informações de trabalho" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." -msgstr "Adicione as informações de trabalho à guia Informações de Trabalho." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " @@ -606,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "uma empresa, e um funcionário não pode ter horários de trabalho fora do " "horário de trabalho de uma empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." @@ -615,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" "bancos de dados multiempresariais, cada empresa precisa ter seu próprio " "horário de trabalho definido." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -630,97 +720,67 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Aplicativo Folha de pagamento --> Configuração --> Horário " "de trabalho` e adicione um novo horário de trabalho ou edite um existente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." -msgstr "" -"Após a criação do novo horário de trabalho, defina o horário de trabalho do " -"funcionário." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "Guia de informações privadas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 -msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Estado civil`: Selecione :guilabel:`Solteiro`, " -":guilabel:`Casado`, :guilabel:`Coabitante Legal`, :guilabel:`Viúvo`, ou " -":guilabel:`Divorciado` no menu suspenso menu inferior." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -729,47 +789,56 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." -msgstr "Adicione as informações privadas à guia Informações privadas." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "Guia de configurações de RH" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " @@ -779,55 +848,84 @@ msgstr "" "país em que a empresa está localizada. Campos diferentes são configurados " "para locais diferentes, porém algumas seções aparecem independentemente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -837,35 +935,18 @@ msgstr "" "Insira todas as informações solicitadas na guia Configurações de RH para o " "funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documentos" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -874,11 +955,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Frota" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Definições" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Alerta de data final do contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Fabricantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "3º trim." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salário" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Categoria do modelo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscalização" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contrato" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Serviços" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Visualização de lista" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "Visualização Kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Visualização de gráfico" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "Visualização de pivô" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Folha de Pagamento" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -890,7 +2195,7 @@ msgstr "" "A folha de pagamento funciona em conjunto com outros aplicativos Odoo, como " "*Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time Off* e *Presenças*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -905,11 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "folha de pagamento é crítica para garantir o processamento preciso e " "oportuno dos recibos de pagamento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Definições" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -920,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" "lançados na contabilidade e se os pagamentos SEPA são criados, é selecionado" " aqui." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -934,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "Configurações disponíveis para folha de pagamento." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -943,12 +2244,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Entradas de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -956,15 +2276,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Tipos de entrada de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -972,42 +2292,40 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar os tipos de entrada de trabalho atuais disponíveis, vá para " -":menuselection:`Folha de pagamento --> Configuração --> Tipos de entrada de " -"trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" -"Cada tipo de registro de trabalho possui um código para auxiliar na criação " -"de contracheques e garantir que todos os impostos e taxas sejam inseridos " -"corretamente." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -"Lista de todos os tipos de entrada de trabalho disponíveis atualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Novo tipo de entrada de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo tipo de entrada de trabalho, clique no botão " -":guilabel:`Criar`. Insira as informações no formulário:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -1015,48 +2333,59 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nome do tipo de entrada de trabalho`: O nome deve ser curto e " "descritivo, como `Tempo doente` ou `Feriado público`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "Novo formulário de tipo de entrada de trabalho." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arredondamento`: O método de arredondamento determina como as " -"entradas da planilha de horas são exibidas no contracheque." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sem arredondamento`: Uma entrada na planilha de horas não é " "modificada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -1064,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Meio Dia`: Uma entrada na planilha de horas é arredondada para o " "valor de meio dia mais próximo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." @@ -1072,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dia`: Uma entrada na planilha de horas é arredondada para o valor" " do dia inteiro mais próximo." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1089,58 +2418,129 @@ msgstr "" "dia`, a entrada é alterada para 4 horas. Se estiver definido como " ":guilabel:`Dia`, é alterado para 8 horas." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "Horários de trabalho" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"Para visualizar os horários de trabalho atualmente configurados, vá para " -":menuselection:`Folha de pagamento --> Configuração --> Horários de " -"trabalho`. Os horários de trabalho disponíveis para os contratos e registros" -" de trabalho de um empregado são encontrados nesta lista." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"Os horários de trabalho são específicos da empresa. Cada empresa deve " -"identificar cada tipo de tempo de trabalho que utiliza. Por exemplo, um " -"banco de dados Odoo contendo diversas empresas que usam uma semana de " -"trabalho padrão de 40 horas precisa ter uma entrada de horário de trabalho " -"separada para cada empresa que usa a semana de trabalho padrão de 40 horas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -"Todos os horários de trabalho atualmente configurados no banco de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "Novo horário de trabalho" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo horário de trabalho, clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar`. " -"Insira as informações no formulário." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "Novo formulário de tipo de trabalho." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1148,7 +2548,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1162,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "" "desejada. As colunas :guilabel:`Trabalhar de` e :guilabel:`Trabalhar para` " "são modificadas digitando o horário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1171,25 +2571,22 @@ msgstr "" "estar no formato de 24 horas. Por exemplo, `14:00` seria inserido como " "`14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Se o horário de trabalho estiver na configuração de duas semanas, clique no " -"botão :guilabel:`Mudar para calendário de 2 semanas`. Isto cria entradas " -"para uma :guilabel:`Semana par` e uma :guilabel:`Semana ímpar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Salário" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Tipos de estrutura" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1207,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr "" "baseados em um salário (fixo) ou em quantas horas o funcionário trabalhou " "(variado)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1225,15 +2622,13 @@ msgstr "" "estrutura de `Bônus de Final de Ano` são estruturas dentro do tipo de " "estrutura `Funcionário`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"Os diferentes tipos de estrutura podem ser vistos em :menuselection:`Folha " -"de Pagamento --> Configuração --> Tipos de Estrutura`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1247,26 +2642,171 @@ msgstr "" "salarial é *Salário por Hora*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "Lista de todos os tipos de estrutura." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." -msgstr "Nova caixa de tipo de estrutura." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Estruturas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -1275,7 +2815,7 @@ msgstr "" " pago dentro de uma *estrutura* específica e são definidas especificamente " "por várias regras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1287,19 +2827,13 @@ msgstr "" "de como seu pagamento é calculado. Por exemplo, uma estrutura comum que pode" " ser útil adicionar pode ser um `Bonus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar todas as diversas estruturas para cada tipo de estrutura, vá" -" para :menuselection:`Folha de pagamento --> Configuração --> Estruturas`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "Todas as estruturas salariais disponíveis." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1309,7 +2843,11 @@ msgstr "" "estruturas associadas a ele. Cada estrutura contém um conjunto de regras que" " a definem." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Todas as estruturas salariais disponíveis." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -1318,61 +2856,45 @@ msgstr "" "São essas regras que calculam o contracheque do funcionário." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." -msgstr "Detalhes da estrutura salarial para pagamento regular." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regras" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"Cada estrutura possui um conjunto de *regras salariais* a serem seguidas " -"para fins contábeis. Estas regras são configuradas pela localização e afetam" -" a aplicação *Contabilidade*, portanto modificações nas regras padrão, ou a " -"criação de novas regras, só devem ser feitas quando necessário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar todas as regras, vá para :menuselection:`Aplicativo de folha" -" de pagamento --> Configuração --> Regras`. Clique em uma estrutura (como " -":guilabel:`Pagamento Regular`) para visualizar todas as regras." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "Regras para cada tipo de estrutura salarial." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -"Para criar uma nova regra, clique em :guilabel:`Criar`. Um novo formulário " -"de regra aparece. Insira as informações nos campos e clique em " -":guilabel:`Salvar`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "Insira as informações para a nova regra." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "Os campos obrigatórios para uma regra são:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: Digite um nome para a regra." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1380,14 +2902,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Categoria`: Selecione uma categoria à qual a regra se aplica no " "menu suspenso ou insira uma nova." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1395,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Estrutura Salarial`: Selecione uma estrutura salarial à qual a " "regra se aplica no menu suspenso ou insira uma nova." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1409,7 +2931,7 @@ msgstr "" "abaixo da seleção), ou uma :guilabel:`Expressões Python` (o código é " "inserido abaixo da seleção)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1418,81 +2940,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Parâmetros de regra" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"Atualmente, o recurso :guilabel:`Parâmetros de regra` encontrado dentro do " -"menu :menuselection:`Aplicativo de folha de pagamento--> Configuração` ainda" -" está em desenvolvimento e serve apenas para um caso de uso específico para " -"os mercados belgas. A documentação será atualizada quando esta seção estiver" -" madura para mais mercados." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Outros tipos de entrada" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"Ao criar recibos de vencimento, às vezes é necessário adicionar outras " -"entradas para circunstâncias específicas, como despesas, reembolsos ou " -"deduções. Essas outras entradas podem ser configuradas acessando " -":menuselection:`Folha de pagamento --> Configuração --> Outros tipos de " -"entrada`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "Outros tipos de entrada para folha de pagamento." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo tipo de entrada, clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar`. " -"Insira o :guilabel:`Descrição`, o :guilabel:`Código`, e qual estrutura ele " -"se aplica no campo :guilabel:`Disponibilidade na Estrutura`. Clique no botão" -" :guilabel:`Salvar` para salvar as alterações ou clique em " -":guilabel:`Descartar` para excluir a entrada." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "Crie um novo tipo de entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Configurador de pacote salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"As diversas opções na seção :guilabel:`Configurador de Pacote Salarial` do " -"menu :menuselection:`Folha de Pagamento --> Configuração` afetam o salário " -"potencial de um funcionário. Estas seções (:guilabel:`Vantagens`, " -":guilabel:`Informações Pessoais`, e :guilabel:`Currículo`) especificam quais" -" benefícios podem ser oferecidos a um funcionário em seu pacote salarial." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1507,58 +3023,61 @@ msgstr "" "candidato vê e o que é preenchido à medida que o candidato insere " "informações." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Vantagens" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Ao oferecer uma posição a potenciais funcionários, pode haver certas " -"*vantagens* definidas no Odoo além do salário para tornar a oferta mais " -"atraente (como folga extra, acesso a um carro da empresa, reembolso de " -"telefone ou internet, etc. )." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"Para ver as vantagens, acesse :menuselection:`Folha de Pagamento --> " -"Configuração --> Vantagens`. As vantagens são agrupadas por :guilabel:`Tipo " -"de estrutura`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "Configurações disponíveis para folha de pagamento." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -"Para criar uma nova vantagem, clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar`. Insira as " -"informações nos campos e clique no botão :guilabel:`Salvar` para salvar as " -"alterações ou clique em :guilabel:`Descartar` para excluir a entrada." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "Lista de vantagens que o funcionário pode ter." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "Os campos obrigatórios para uma vantagem são:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: Digite o nome da vantagem." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." @@ -1566,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`Campo Vantagem`: Selecione no menu suspenso em qual campo do " "contracheque esta vantagem aparece." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1578,7 +3097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Espécie`, :guilabel:`Vantagens Mensais em Líquido`, :guilabel:`Vantagens " "Mensais em Dinheiro`, ou :guilabel:`Vantagens Anuais em Dinheiro`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." @@ -1586,113 +3105,149 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de estrutura salarial`: Selecione no menu suspenso a qual " "tipo de estrutura salarial esta vantagem se aplica." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Lista de vantagens que o funcionário pode ter." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Informação pessoal" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"Cada funcionário do Odoo possui um *cartão de funcionário* que inclui todas " -"as suas informações pessoais, currículo, informações de trabalho e " -"documentos. Para visualizar o cartão de um funcionário, acesse o painel " -"principal do aplicativo :menuselection:`Folha de pagamento` e clique no " -"cartão do funcionário, ou vá em :menuselection:`Folha de pagamento --> " -"Funcionários --> Funcionários` e clique no cartão do funcionário. Os cartões" -" de funcionários também podem ser visualizados acessando o aplicativo " -":menuselection:`Employees`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Um cartão de funcionário pode ser considerado um arquivo pessoal de " "funcionário." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"A seção *Informações Pessoais* lista todos os campos que estão disponíveis " -"para preenchimento no cartão do funcionário. Para acessar esta seção, vá " -"para :menuselection:`Folha de Pagamento --> Configuração --> Informações " -"Pessoais`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "" -"Informações pessoais que aparecem nos cartões dos funcionários para serem " -"inseridas." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"Para editar uma entrada, selecione-a na lista. Em seguida, clique no botão " -":guilabel:`Editar` e modifique a entrada. Quando terminar, clique em " -":guilabel:`Salvar` ou :guilabel:`Descartar` para salvar as informações ou " -"cancelar as edições." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nova entrada de informações pessoais." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"Os dois campos mais importantes no formulário de informações pessoais são " -":guilabel:`É necessário` e :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição`. Marcar a caixa " -":guilabel:`É Obrigatório` torna o campo obrigatório no cartão do " -"funcionário." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -"O menu suspenso :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição` permite que a informação seja " -"inserida de diversas maneiras, desde uma caixa :guilabel:`Texto`, até um " -"botão :guilabel:`Seleção` personalizável, um :guilabel: `Caixa de seleção`, " -"um :guilabel:`Documento` e muito mais." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" -"Assim que as informações forem inseridas, clique no botão :guilabel:`Salvar`" -" para salvar a entrada." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Currículo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Ofertas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"Atualmente, o recurso :guilabel:`Retornar` encontrado dentro do menu " -":menuselection:`Aplicativo de folha de pagamento -> Configuração` ainda está" -" em desenvolvimento e serve apenas para um caso de uso específico para os " -"mercados belgas. A documentação será atualizada quando esta seção estiver " -"madura para mais mercados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -2829,6 +4384,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Relatórios" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de linhas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de barras" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Gráfico de pizza" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Anexação de salário" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -3111,11 +4941,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Recrutamento" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modelos de e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Recusar" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Adição rápida" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Criar" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Aba Opções" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Criar funcionário" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -3137,40 +6405,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -3182,37 +6434,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -3220,164 +6471,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Avaliações" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Perguntas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3387,143 +6735,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Perguntas" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Pontuação" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Respostas" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Candidatos" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Caixa de texto de linha única" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matriz" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opções" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Restrições" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sessões ao vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Tempo e Pontuação" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Sessão ao vivo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3532,3 +7207,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Mensagem final" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Indicações" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Integração" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Ver vagas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Vincular" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Enviar para um amigo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Pontos" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Recompensas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Níveis" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 89c69591f..fabe8ef0d 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgid "" "address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Na seção :guilabel:`Redirecionamento de URIs autorizado`, clique em " +"Na seção :guilabel:`URIs de redirecionamento autorizados`, clique em " ":guilabel:`+ Adicionar URI` e digite o endereço Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform " "Resource Locator)` da empresa seguido de `/google_account/authentication`. " "Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Criar`." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 959d65859..3e3f41eca 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -69,6 +69,9 @@ msgid "" "provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " "sales person." msgstr "" +"Os *leads* atuam como etapas de qualificação antes da criação de uma " +"oportunidade. Isso proporciona tempo adicional antes que uma oportunidade " +"potencial seja atribuída a um vendedor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 @@ -111,20 +114,25 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para ativar a configuração *Leads*, navegue até :menuselection:`app CRM --> " +"Configuração --> Definições` e marque a caixa denominada :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de leads na página de configuração do CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" "Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " "menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" +"A ativação desse recurso adiciona um novo menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, à barra " +"de menu do cabeçalho na parte superior da tela." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menu de leads no aplicativo CRM." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -134,6 +142,12 @@ msgid "" "team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " "box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Depois que a configuração *Leads* for ativada, ela se aplicará a todas as " +"equipes de vendas por padrão. Para desativar os leads para uma equipe " +"específica, navegue até :menuselection:`app CRM --> Configuração --> Equipes" +" de vendas`. Em seguida, selecione uma equipe na lista para abrir o registro" +" e desmarque a caixa :guilabel:`Leads`. Quando terminar, clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" @@ -144,6 +158,9 @@ msgid "" "To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" " Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" +"Para converter um lead em uma *oportunidade*, navegue até " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads` e clique em um :guilabel:`Lead` da lista para" +" abri-lo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -151,10 +168,13 @@ msgid "" "Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"No canto superior esquerdo da tela, clique no botão :guilabel:`Converter em " +"oportunidade`, que abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Converter em " +"oportunidade`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar um botão de oportunidade em um registro de lead." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -162,6 +182,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " "opportunity` option." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Converter em oportunidae`, no campo " +":guilabel:`Ação de conversão`, selecione a opção :guilabel:`Converter em " +"oportunidade`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -170,33 +193,44 @@ msgid "" "more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " "to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" +"Se um lead ou uma oportunidade desse cliente já existir na base de dados, o " +"Odoo sugere automaticamente a fusão de ambos os leads/oportunidades. Para " +"obter mais informações sobre a fusão de leads e oportunidades, consulte a " +"seção sobre como :ref:`mesclar leads ` " +"abaixo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" "Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" " the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione um :guilabel:`Vendedor` e uma :guilabel:`Equipe de " +"vendas` aos quais a oportunidade deve ser atribuída." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" "If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " "fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" +"Se o lead já tiver sido atribuído a um vendedor ou a uma equipe, esses " +"campos serão preenchidos automaticamente com essas informações." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pop-up de criação de oportunidade." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No título guilabel:`Cliente`, selecione uma das seguintes opções:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" " in the lead to create a new customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Criar um novo cliente`: Escolha essa opção para usar as " +"informações do lead para criar um novo cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -204,22 +238,29 @@ msgid "" "customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " "existing customer record." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vincular a um cliente existente`: Escolha esta opção e, em " +"seguida, selecione um cliente no menu suspenso para vincular esta " +"oportunidade ao registro de cliente existente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " "lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Não vincular a um cliente`: Escolha esta opção para converter o " +"lead, mas não vinculá-lo a um cliente novo ou existente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 msgid "" "Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " "Opportunity`." msgstr "" +"Por fim, quando todas as configurações estiverem concluídas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Criar oportunidade`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mesclar leads e oportunidades" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -228,10 +269,14 @@ msgid "" " found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " "lead/opportunity record." msgstr "" +"O Odoo detecta automaticamente leads e oportunidades similares comparando os" +" endereços de e-mail e os contatos associados. Se um lead ou oportunidade " +"similar for encontrado, um botão inteligente :guilabel:`Lead similar`é " +"exibido na parte superior do registro de lead/oportunidade." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Similar leads smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão inteligente de leads similares." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -240,6 +285,11 @@ msgid "" "similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " "each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." msgstr "" +"Para comparar os detalhes dos leads/oportunidades semelhantes, clique no " +"botão :guilabel:`Leads similares`. Isso abre um modo de exibição Kanban com " +"apenas os leads/oportunidades semelhantes. Clique em cada cartão para " +"visualizar os detalhes de cada lead/oportunidade e confirmar se eles devem " +"ser mesclados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -249,6 +299,11 @@ msgid "" "the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " "record was created first." msgstr "" +"Ao mesclar, o Odoo dá prioridade ao lead/oportunidade que foi criado " +"primeiro no sistema, mesclando as informações no primeiro lead/oportunidade " +"criado. No entanto, se um lead e uma oportunidade estiverem sendo mesclados," +" o registro resultante será chamado de oportunidade, independentemente de " +"qual registro foi criado primeiro." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -257,6 +312,10 @@ msgid "" "Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " "change to list view." msgstr "" +"Depois de confirmar que os leads/oportunidades devem ser mesclados, retorne " +"ao modo de exibição Kanban usando as trilhas de navegação ou clicando no " +"botão inteligente :guilabel:`Lead similar`. Clique no ícone :guilabel:`☰ " +"(três linhas verticais)` para mudar para a visualização de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -265,6 +324,11 @@ msgid "" "page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " ":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." msgstr "" +"Marque a caixa à esquerda da página para os leads/oportunidades a serem " +"mesclados. Em seguida, clique no ícone :guilabel:`Ação ⚙️ (engrenagem)` na " +"parte superior da página para exibir um menu suspenso. Nesse menu suspenso, " +"selecione a opção :guilabel:`Mesclar` para mesclar as oportunidades (ou " +"leads) selecionadas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -273,6 +337,10 @@ msgid "" "window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." msgstr "" +"Quando :guilabel:`Mesclar` é selecionado no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Ação ⚙️" +" (engrenagem)`, uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Mesclar` é exibida. Nessa " +"janela pop-up, decida se deseja :guilabel:`Atribuir oportunidades a` um " +":guilabel:`Vendedor` e/ou :guilabel:`Equipe de vendas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -280,6 +348,9 @@ msgid "" "their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " "click :guilabel:`Merge`." msgstr "" +"Abaixo desses campos, os leads/oportunidades a serem mesclados são listados," +" juntamente com suas informações relacionadas. Para mesclar esses " +"leads/oportunidades selecionados, clique em :guilabel:`Mesclar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -287,10 +358,13 @@ msgid "" "opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " "reference." msgstr "" +"Ao mesclar oportunidades, nenhuma informação é perdida. Os dados da outra " +"oportunidade são registrados no chatter e nos campos de informações, para " +"referência." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opção de mesclagem do menu de ação na exibição de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -2895,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "clique em PEM (cert) na seção `Baixar`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "Importar um certificado auto-assinado" +msgstr "Importar um certificado autoassinado" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -4667,14 +4741,14 @@ msgstr "Recursos de preços" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" -msgstr "Arredondamento de dinheiro" +msgstr "Arredondamento de caixa" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -"*O arredondamento da moeda*** é necessário quando a menor denominação física" +"**O arredondamento de caixa** é necessário quando a menor denominação física" " da moeda, ou a menor moeda, é maior que a unidade mínima de conta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 @@ -7005,7 +7079,7 @@ msgstr "Conector Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recursos do Conector da Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7014,42 +7088,52 @@ msgid "" "orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " "accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" +"O *Conector da Amazon* sincroniza os pedidos entre a Amazon e o Odoo, o que " +"reduz consideravelmente a quantidade de tempo gasto inserindo manualmente os" +" pedidos da Amazon (da conta do vendedor da Amazon) no Odoo. Ele também " +"permite que os usuários acompanhem com precisão as vendas da Amazon no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recursos suportados" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O Amazon Connector é capaz de:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " "their order items, which include:" msgstr "" +"Sincronizar (da Amazon para o Odoo) todos os pedidos confirmados (FBA e FBM)" +" e seus itens de pedido, que incluem:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "product name, description, and quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nome, descrição e quantidade do produto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "custos de envio do produto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cobrança de embrulho de presente" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" +"Crie parceiros ausentes relacionados a um pedido no Odoo (tipos de contato " +"suportados: contato e endereço de entrega)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" +"Notificar a Amazon sobre a remessa confirmada no Odoo (FBM) para receber o " +"pagamento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." @@ -7064,6 +7148,8 @@ msgid "" "The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " "Amazon Connector:" msgstr "" +"A tabela a seguir lista as funcionalidades oferecidas pelo Odoo ao usar o " +"Conector da Amazon:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" @@ -7079,11 +7165,11 @@ msgstr "*Encomendas***" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronizar os pedidos enviados e cancelados" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronizar pedidos não enviados e cancelados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" @@ -7093,21 +7179,26 @@ msgstr "*Embarque***" msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" +"O custo de envio é calculado pela Amazon e incluído no pedido sincronizado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" +"O custo de envio é calculado pela Amazon e incluído nos pedidos " +"sincronizados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envio feito pela Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "" "A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " "it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" +"Um pedido de entrega é criado automaticamente no Odoo para cada novo pedido." +" Depois de ser processado no Odoo, o status é sincronizado na Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" @@ -7116,7 +7207,7 @@ msgstr "*Envolvimento para presentes***" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Handled by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feito pela Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -7124,6 +7215,9 @@ msgid "" "message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " "is up to the user." msgstr "" +"O custo é calculado pela Amazon e incluído no pedido sincronizado. A " +"mensagem de presente é adicionada em uma linha do pedido e no pedido de " +"entrega. Depois, fica a critério do usuário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "**Stock Management**" @@ -7134,18 +7228,21 @@ msgid "" "Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Gerenciado pela Amazon e sincronizado com um local virtual para acompanhar " +"no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciado no aplicativo Odoo Inventário e sincronizado com a Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Notificações de entrega**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" +"Enviar pela Amazon, com base no status de entrega sincronizado do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7154,20 +7251,26 @@ msgid "" "or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" " usual." msgstr "" +"O Conector da Amazon foi projetado para sincronizar os dados dos pedidos de " +"venda. Outras ações, como o download de relatórios de taxas mensais, o " +"tratamento de disputas ou a emissão de reembolsos, **devem** ser gerenciadas" +" a partir da *Central do vendadedor da Amazon*, como de costume." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 msgid "Supported marketplaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketplaces suportados" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O Conector da Amazon é compatível com todos os marketplaces atuais." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" +"Se um marketplace não estiver listado em seus marketplaces da Amazon, é " +"possível :ref:`adicionar um novo marketplace `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 @@ -7187,17 +7290,19 @@ msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Amazon order management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciamento de pedidos da Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Order synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronização de pedidos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " "regular intervals." msgstr "" +"Os pedidos são obtidos automaticamente da Amazon e sincronizados no Odoo, em" +" intervalos regulares." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -7205,12 +7310,17 @@ msgid "" "has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " "includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" +"A sincronização é baseada no status da Amazon: somente os pedidos cujo " +"status foi alterado desde a última sincronização são obtidos da Amazon. Isso" +" inclui alterações em ambas as extremidades (Amazon ou Odoo)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 msgid "" "For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " "fetched." msgstr "" +"Para *FBA* (Logística da Amazon), somente os pedidos *Enviados* e " +"*Cancelados* são obtidos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7219,16 +7329,22 @@ msgid "" "are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " "database)." msgstr "" +"Para *FBM* (Logística do comerciante), o mesmo é feito para pedidos *Não " +"enviados* e *Cancelado*. Para cada pedido sincronizado, são criados um " +"pedido de vendas e um cliente no Odoo (se o cliente ainda não estiver " +"registrado na base de dados)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Quando um pedido é cancelado na Amazon e já estava sincronizado no Odoo, o " +"pedido de vendas correspondente é automaticamente cancelado no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Force synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forçar sincronização" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7237,6 +7353,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " "(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" +"Para forçar a sincronização de um pedido cujo status **não** foi alterado " +"desde a sincronização anterior, comece ativando o :ref:`modo de " +"desenvolvedor `. Isso inclui alterações em qualquer uma das " +"pontas (Amazon ou Odoo)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -7245,6 +7365,11 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " "Last Order Sync`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, navegue até a conta da Amazon no Odoo (:menuselection:`app " +"Vendas --> Configuração --> Definições --> Conectores --> Sincronização com " +"a Amazon --> Contas da Amazon`) e modifique a data em " +":menuselection:`Acompanhamento de pedidos --> Última sincronização de " +"pedidos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -7252,6 +7377,9 @@ msgid "" "desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " "occurs correctly." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de escolher uma data que ocorra antes da última alteração de " +"status do pedido em questão para sincronizar e salvar. Isso garantirá que a " +"sincronização ocorra corretamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -7260,6 +7388,10 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " "clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." msgstr "" +"Para sincronizar imediatamente os pedidos de uma conta da Amazon, alterne " +"para o :ref:`modo de desenvolvedor `, vá até a conta da " +"Amazon no Odoo e clique em :guilabel:`Sincronizar pedidos`. O mesmo pode ser" +" feito com as retiradas clicando em :guilabel:`Sincronizar retiradas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" @@ -7273,6 +7405,11 @@ msgid "" "products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " "backorders." msgstr "" +"Sempre que um pedido FBM (Logística do comerciante) é sincronizado no Odoo, " +"uma retirada é criado instantaneamente no aplicativo *Inventário*, " +"juntamente com um pedido de venda e um registro de cliente. Em seguida, " +"escolha enviar todos os produtos pedidos ao cliente de uma só vez, ou enviar" +" produtos parcialmente usando pedidos em atraso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7280,18 +7417,26 @@ msgid "" "sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " "part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" +"Quando uma retirada relacionada ao pedido é confirmada, uma notificação é " +"enviada à Amazon, que, por sua vez, notifica o cliente de que o pedido (ou " +"parte dele) está a caminho." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" "Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " "This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" +"A Amazon exige que os usuários forneçam uma referência de rastreamento em " +"cada entrega. Isso é necessário para atribuir uma transportadora." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "" "If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " "be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." msgstr "" +"Se a transportadora não fornecer automaticamente uma referência de " +"rastreamento, ela deverá ser definida manualmente. Essa regra se aplica a " +"todos os marketplaces da Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7305,11 +7450,23 @@ msgid "" " the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " "to the customer." msgstr "" +"Se a transportadora escolhida não for compatível com o Odoo, uma " +"transportadora com o mesmo nome ainda poderá ser criada (por exemplo, criar " +"uma transportadora chamada `easyship`). O nome usado **não** faz distinção " +"entre maiúsculas e minúsculas, mas tenha cuidado para evitar erros de " +"digitação. ou a Amazon **não** as reconhecerá. Em seguida, crie uma " +"transportadora de entrega chamada `Entrega própria (Self Delivery)` para " +"informar à Amazon que o usuário fará as entregas. Mesmo com essa rota, uma " +"referência de rastreamento ainda **deve** ser inserida. Lembre-se de que o " +"cliente é notificado por e-mail sobre a entrega, e a transportadora, " +"juntamente com a referência de rastreamento, é exibida no e-mail para o " +"cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" @@ -7321,12 +7478,18 @@ msgid "" "move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," " it's saved in the system." msgstr "" +"Quando um pedido FBA (Logística da Amazon) é sincronizado no Odoo, é " +"registrada uma movimentação de estoque no aplicativo *Inventário* para cada " +"item do pedido de venda. Dessa forma, isso fica salvo no sistema." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" "Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" +"Os gerentes de estoque podem acessar essas movimentações de estoque " +"navegando até :menuselection:`app Inventário --> Relatório --> Histórico de " +"movimentações`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7336,6 +7499,11 @@ msgid "" "order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " "location." msgstr "" +"Para pedidos FBA, a movimentação de estoque é criada automaticamente no Odoo" +" pelo conector da Amazon, graças ao status de envio da Amazon. Ao enviar " +"novos produtos para a Amazon, o usuário deve criar manualmente uma retirada " +"(pedido de entrega) para transferir esses produtos de seu depósito para o " +"local da Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -7343,6 +7511,9 @@ msgid "" "replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " "also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" +"Para acompanhar o estoque da *Amazon (FBA)* no Odoo, faça um ajuste de " +"inventário após a reposição do estoque. Também é possível acionar reposições" +" automatizadas a partir de regras de reposição no local da Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -7351,12 +7522,18 @@ msgid "" " app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " "Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"A localização da Amazon é configurável acessando a conta da Amazon " +"gerenciada no Odoo. Para acessar as contas da Amazon no Odoo, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> Definições --> Conectores " +"--> Sincronização com a Amazon --> Contas da Amazon`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " "However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." msgstr "" +"Todas as contas da mesma empresa usam a mesma localização da Amazon, por " +"padrão. No entanto, é possível seguir o estoque filtrado pelo marketplace." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -7365,6 +7542,11 @@ msgid "" "can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, primeiro remova o marketplace, onde o estoque desejado a " +"ser seguido separadamente pode ser encontrado, da lista de marketplaces " +"sincronizados, que pode ser encontrada navegando para :menuselection:`app " +"Vendas --> Configuração --> Definições --> Conectores --> Sincronização com " +"a Amazon --> Contas da Amazon`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -7372,16 +7554,18 @@ msgid "" "marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " "from the others." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, crie outro registro para essa conta e remova todos os " +"marketplaces – **exceto** o marketplace que se deseja isolar dos demais." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 msgid "" "Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " "account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por fim, atribua outro local de estoque ao segundo registro da conta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 msgid "Invoice and register payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faturar e registrar pagamentos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" @@ -7394,6 +7578,10 @@ msgid "" "However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " "Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" +"Devido à política da Amazon de não compartilhar endereços de e-mail de " +"clientes, não é **possível** enviar faturas diretamente aos clientes da " +"Amazon a partir do Odoo. No entanto, é possível fazer o carregamento manual " +"das faturas geradas do Odoo para o back-end da Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7401,6 +7589,9 @@ msgid "" " VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Além disso, para clientes B2B, atualmente é necessário recuperar manualmente" +" os números de IVA do back-end da Amazon **antes** de criar uma fatura no " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -7409,10 +7600,15 @@ msgid "" "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " "TaxCloud." msgstr "" +"Para usuários do :doc:`TaxCloud " +"<../.../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`: as faturas criadas a partir " +"de pedidos de vendas da Amazon **não** são sincronizadas com o TaxCloud, " +"pois a Amazon já as inclui em seu próprio relatório de impostos para o " +"TaxCloud." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A integração do TaxCloud será desativada no Odoo 17+." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" @@ -7424,12 +7620,18 @@ msgid "" "journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " "intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" +"Como os clientes pagam a Amazon como intermediário, é recomendado criar um " +"diário bancário dedicado (ex.: chamado `Pagamentos da Amazon`) com uma conta" +" intermediária dedicada de banco e dinheiro." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" "Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " "invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" +"Além disso, como a Amazon faz um único pagamento mensal, é necessário " +"selecionar todas as faturas vinculadas a um único pagamento ao registrar os " +"pagamentos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -7437,18 +7639,25 @@ msgid "" "payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " "Method`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, use o :guilabel:`Diário` apropriado dedicado aos pagamentos" +" da Amazon e selecione :guilabel:`Depósito em lote` como o :guilabel:`Método" +" de pagamento`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " "--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione todos os pagamentos gerados e clique em " +":menuselection:`Ações --> Criar pagamento em lote --> Validar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" " commissions." msgstr "" +"Esta mesma ação pode ser executada com contas do fornecedor dedicadas à " +"comissões da Amazon;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -7456,16 +7665,21 @@ msgid "" "and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" " by the amount received." msgstr "" +"Quando o saldo for recebido na conta bancária no final do mês e os extratos " +"bancários forem registrados, credite o valor recebido na conta intermediária" +" da Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acompanhe vendas da Amazon no relatório de vendas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 msgid "" "On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " ":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." msgstr "" +"No perfil da conta da Amazon no Odoo, uma equipe de vendas é definida na aba" +" :guilabel:`Acompanhamento do pedido`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -7473,22 +7687,29 @@ msgid "" "default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " "company's accounts." msgstr "" +"Isso proporciona acesso rápido a métricas importantes relacionadas a " +"relatórios de vendas. Por padrão, a equipe de vendas da conta da Amazon é " +"compartilhada entre todas as contas da empresa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 msgid "" "If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " "order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" +"Se preferir, a equipe de vendas da conta pode ser alterada para outra, a fim" +" de realizar um relatório separado para as vendas dessa conta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." -msgstr "" +msgstr "É possível executar relatórios por marketplace." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " "marketplaces." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, remova o marketplace desejado da lista de marketplaces " +"sincronizados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -7496,18 +7717,24 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"Para acessar a lista de marketplaces sincronizados no Odoo, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> Definições --> Conectores " +"--> Sincronização da Amazon --> Contas da Amazon`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 msgid "" "Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " "marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, crie outro registro para essa conta e remova todos os outros " +"marketplaces **exceto** aquele a ser isolado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " "account." msgstr "" +"Por fim, atribua outra equipe de vendas a um dos dois registros da conta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 @@ -7911,19 +8138,24 @@ msgstr "Conector Ebay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 msgid "Linking existing listings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular listagens existentes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 msgid "" "Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " "seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." msgstr "" +"Depois que a conta do eBay estiver vinculada, as listagens existentes na " +"conta do vendedor do eBay precisarão ser adicionadas manualmente às " +"listagens de produtos do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 msgid "" "The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " "products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" msgstr "" +"O processo será o seguinte: - Desativar as ações agendadas do eBay - " +"Adicionar produtos e vincular listagens - Ativar as ações agendadas do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 @@ -7931,16 +8163,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" msgstr "" +"Para saber mais sobre o conector do eBay, visite também estas páginas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`troubleshooting`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desativar as ações agendadas do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -7952,12 +8185,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " "Actions`." msgstr "" +"Para começar a vincular os anúncios existentes no eBay, primeiro desative as" +" notificações do eBay nas ações agendadas no Odoo. A razão para isso é que " +"nenhum pedido ou dados do eBay serão sincronizados durante esse processo. A " +"opção :guilabel:`Ações agendadas` pode ser acessada ativando primeiro o " +":ref:`modo de desenvolvedor `. Depois de fazer isso, vá para" +" :menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> Automação --> Ações agendadas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " "technical menu appears for the user." msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` deve ser ativado para garantir que o " +"menu técnico seja exibido para o usuário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -7965,6 +8206,9 @@ msgid "" "before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" " that need to be temporarily deactivated:" msgstr "" +"A desativação de ações agendadas permite que os usuários sincronizem e " +"validem os dados do eBay antes de receber pedidos. A seguir estão as " +"descrições das ações agendadas que precisam ser temporariamente desativadas:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7974,17 +8218,29 @@ msgid "" "we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " "Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: receber novos pedidos`: O eBay envia novos pedidos que " +"ainda não estão no Odoo (baseado no campo " +":guilabel:`client_order_reference`, ou :guilabel:`referência do pedido de " +"venda`). Esse comando também atualiza os pedidos existentes, nos quais foram" +" feitas as alterações no eBay. Os pedidos novos e atualizados são então " +"colocados no modo de rascunho. Se os clientes ainda não estiverem no Odoo, " +"eles serão criados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: sincronizar estoque`: o eBay exibe o estoque em mãos do " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " "categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: atualizar categorias`: O eBay enviará categorias mensais " +"atualizadas (somente até a quarta camada; é necessária uma atualização " +"manual para o restante)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -7992,16 +8248,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " ":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." msgstr "" +"Para desativar as notificações do eBay, selecione a entrada na lista " +":guilabel:`Ações agendadas`. Em seguida, na página, clique no botão de " +"alternância :guilabel:`Ativar` para desativá-la." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 msgid "Sync eBay categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sincronizar categorias do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 msgid "" "To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " "eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." msgstr "" +"Para garantir que os produtos do eBay do Odoo tenham todas as categorias " +"disponíveis no eBay, as categorias do eBay devem em seguida ser " +"sincronizadas com o Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8011,6 +8273,12 @@ msgid "" " This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " "eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." msgstr "" +"Navegue até :menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> Automação --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Clique na ação agendada denominada: :guilabel:`Ebay: " +"atualizar categorias` e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Executar " +"manualmente`. Essa ação preencherá o item de menu :menuselection:`Vendas -->" +" Configuração --> categorias do eBay` com todas as categorias de produtos " +"padrão do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8018,6 +8286,9 @@ msgid "" "product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " "populate up to the fourth layer." msgstr "" +"O Odoo só reconhece caminhos de categoria do eBay com até quatro camadas de " +"profundidade. Se um produto tiver uma listagem de mais de quatro, o campo de" +" categoria só será preenchido até a quarta camada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -8026,6 +8297,11 @@ msgid "" "product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " "Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." msgstr "" +"Se forem necessárias categorias de produtos com mais de quatro caminhos, os " +"usuários precisarão adicionar manualmente esses caminhos. Historicamente, " +"isso é feito obtendo uma lista de todas as categorias de produtos com mais " +"de quatro caminhos, importando-as manualmente para o modelo de categoria de " +"produto no Odoo e, em seguida, vinculando-as individualmente ao produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -8033,26 +8309,34 @@ msgid "" "categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " ":guilabel:`Import` feature." msgstr "" +"Os usuários podem importar as categorias de produtos restantes para as " +"categorias de produtos do eBay manualmente usando o menu de :guilabel:`Ação`" +" e o recurso :guilabel:`Importar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 msgid "Link eBay listings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular listagens do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 msgid "" "To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " "ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar listagens do eBay no Odoo, adicione produtos manualmente, " +"usando um ID de listagem, ou estabeleça um link automático de listagem entre" +" o Odoo e o eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 msgid "" "For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " "list a product? `" msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre como listar um produto do zero, visite: " +":ref:`Como listar um produto? `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 msgid "Manual listing link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vínculo manual de listagem" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -8062,6 +8346,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " ":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma listagem do eBay aos produtos no Odoo, comece indo para " +":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos` e selecionando o " +"produto desejado. Clique em :guilabel:`Vender no eBay` (na aba " +":guilabel:`eBay` ou sob o :guilabel:`Nome do produto`). Selecione " +":guilabel:`Salvar` se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -8069,6 +8358,9 @@ msgid "" "and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " "eBay product URL)." msgstr "" +"Ainda no formulário do produto, clique em :guilabel:`vincular com listagem` " +"no menu superior e insira o ID da listagem do eBay na janela pop-up (o ID da" +" listagem está no URL do produto do eBay)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -8077,10 +8369,14 @@ msgid "" "listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " "entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." msgstr "" +"Um exemplo de URL seria o seguinte: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. O ID" +" da listagem é `272222656444` nesse caso. Depois que o ID da listagem for " +"inserido, as informações da listagem do eBay serão sincronizadas no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ativar ações agendadas do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -8090,12 +8386,19 @@ msgid "" "` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"A próxima etapa é ativar as notificações do eBay nas ações programadas no " +"Odoo para que os pedidos e os dados sejam trocados. O :guilabel:`Ações " +"agendadas` pode ser acessado ativando primeiro o :ref: modo de desenvolvedor" +" ` e vá para :menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> " +"Automação --> Ações agendadas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 msgid "" "Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" " eBay data automatically." msgstr "" +"Ativar as seguintes ações agendadas permite que os usuários sincronizem e " +"validem dados do eBay automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8105,18 +8408,29 @@ msgid "" "put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: receber novos pedidos`: O eBay enviará todos os novos " +"pedidos que ainda não estão no Odoo (com base no campo " +"client_order_reference ou no campo de referência do pedido de venda) e " +"atualizará os pedidos se houver uma alteração do eBay. Os pedidos serão " +"colocados em modo de rascunho. Se os clientes ainda não estiverem no Odoo, " +"eles serão criados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: sincronizar estoque`: O eBay exibirá o estoque disponível " +"no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " "categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eBay: atualizar categorias`: O eBay enviará categorias mensais " +"atualizadas (somente até a quarta camada, será necessário atualizar " +"manualmente o restante)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -8126,22 +8440,27 @@ msgid "" "represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " "they come in." msgstr "" +"Se um pedido for recebido e a listagem do pedido não estiver vinculada a um " +"produto, o eBay criará um product.product consumível em seu lugar. Esses " +"consumíveis devem ser alterados no *Pedido de venda* no estado provisório " +"para representar um produto armazenável e, em seguida, o usuário poderá " +"vincular a listagem à medida que chegar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" @@ -8151,11 +8470,11 @@ msgstr "Como listar um produto?" msgid "" "In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" " do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Há dois métodos para listar um produto no eBay e no Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie um produto no Odoo e liste o item no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8163,12 +8482,18 @@ msgid "" " The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" " app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Listar item no eBay` no menu superior do modelo de " +"produto. O modelo de produto pode ser acessado navegando até " +":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Produto` e selecionando o " +"produto individual." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " "product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"Liste o item no eBay, então crie o produto no Odoo e, por fim, vincule o " +"produto ao item no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8177,6 +8502,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " "individual product." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Vincular com listagem existente do eBay` no menu " +"superior do modelo de produto. O modelo de produto pode ser acessado " +"navegando a :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produto --> Produto` " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8186,12 +8514,17 @@ msgid "" "represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " "they come in." msgstr "" +"Se um pedido for recebido e a listagem do pedido não estiver vinculada a um " +"produto, o eBay criará um product.product consumível em seu lugar. Esses " +"consumíveis devem ser alterados no *Pedido de venda* no estado provisório " +"para representar um produto armazenável e, em seguida, o usuário poderá " +"vincular a listagem à medida que for entrando." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`linking_listings`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing without variation" @@ -8202,6 +8535,8 @@ msgid "" "Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" +"Acesse o modelo de produto navegando a :menuselection:`app Vendas --> " +"Produtos --> Produto` e selecionando o produto em questão." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8210,16 +8545,23 @@ msgid "" "tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " "necessary." msgstr "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O formulário de modelo do eBay listado no modelo de produto no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " "on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." msgstr "" +"Quando o campo :guilabel:`Usar quantidade do estoque` é marcado, a " +"quantidade definida no eBay será a *Quantidade prevista* no Odoo (app *Odoo " +"Inventário*)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -8232,18 +8574,30 @@ msgid "" "menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " "`/image`." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Modelo de descrição` permite que o administrador utilize " +"modelos nas listagens. O modelo padrão usa apenas o campo " +":guilabel:`Descrição do eBay` do produto. É possível usar HTML dentro do " +":guilabel:`Modelo de descrição` e na :guilabel:`Descrição do eBay` no Odoo " +"14. A partir do Odoo 15, o recurso powerbox está disponível para uso no " +"modelo e na descrição. Basta digitar uma barra `/` para exibir um menu com " +"opções de formatação, layout e texto. Para adicionar uma imagem, digite " +"`/image`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 msgid "" "To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" " on the product template." msgstr "" +"Para usar imagens na listagem, outra opção é adicioná-las como *Anexos* no " +"modelo do produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 msgid "" "For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " ":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre a configuração de modelos no Odoo, visite:" +" :doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "Listing with variations" @@ -8257,6 +8611,12 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " "variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." msgstr "" +"Quando a opção :guilabel:`Vender no eBay` é marcada em um produto que contém" +" variações com :guilabel:`Preço fixo` como :guilabel:`Tipo de listagem`, o " +"formulário do eBay é ligeiramente diferente. Vá para a aba " +":guilabel:`Variantes` ou clique em :guilabel:`Configurar variantes` no menu " +"superior para definir as configurações da variante. É possível configurar " +"preços para cada variação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -8266,26 +8626,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " "other options." msgstr "" +"Quando o :guilabel:`Tipo de listagem` é alterado para :guilabel:`Preço " +"fixo`, o Odoo apresenta uma tabela de variantes na parte inferior da aba " +":guilabel:`eBay`, na qual o :guilabel:`Preço fixo` pode ser inserido, e a " +"decisão de :guilabel:`Publicar no eBay` pode ser tomada para variantes " +"específicas, juntamente com outras opções." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 msgid "" "The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " "sales." msgstr "" +"O tipo de listagem de preço fixo na aba eBay em um formulário de produto no " +"Odoo Vendas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 msgid "Product identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificadores de produto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay categories." msgstr "" +"Identificadores de produtos, como EAN, UPC, marca ou MPN, são necessários na" +" maioria das categorias do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificadores EAN e UPC" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -8294,6 +8663,10 @@ msgid "" "is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " "apply' as recommended by eBay." msgstr "" +"O módulo gerencia os identificadores EAN e UPC com o campo :guilabel:`Código" +" de barras` da variante do produto. Se o campo :guilabel:`Código de barras` " +"estiver vazio ou seu valor não for válido, os valores de EAN e UPC serão " +"definidos como 'Não se aplica', conforme recomendado pelo eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8302,6 +8675,10 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " "selecting the individual product." msgstr "" +"Os códigos de barras podem ser encontrados no modelo do produto, na ava " +":guilabel:`Informações gerais` Primeiro, acesse o modelo do produto " +"navegando até o :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Produto` e " +"selecionando o produto individual." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "Listing with item specifics" @@ -8316,14 +8693,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " "are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar especificidades de itens, deve-se criar um atributo de " +"produto com um único valor na aba :guilabel:`Atributos e Variantes` no " +"formulário do produto. Exemplos de especificidades de itens incluem: `MPN` " +"ou `Marca`. Os valores Marca e MPN funcionam como especificações do item e " +"devem ser definidos na aba :guilabel:`Atributos e variantes` no formulário " +"do produto. Se esses valores não forem definidos, \"Não se aplica\" será " +"usado para a listagem do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 msgid "Process invoices and payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processar faturas e pagamentos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 msgid "Posting payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lançamento de pagamento" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8333,6 +8717,12 @@ msgid "" " invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " "need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." msgstr "" +"Os pedidos feitos no eBay são sempre pagos antecipadamente pelo site do " +"eBay. Em nenhum momento os usuários pagarão por itens do eBay pelo Odoo. " +"Portanto, quando os pedidos são sincronizados do eBay para o Odoo, eles já " +"estão pagos. As funcionalidades de faturamento e pagamento do Odoo não são " +"utilizadas. No entanto, as faturas precisam ser criadas e marcadas como " +"Pagas para \"fechar\" o *Pedido de venda*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -8344,6 +8734,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " "Invoices`." msgstr "" +"Os usuários podem optar pela criação e lançamento em massa de faturas em " +"lotes. Para isso, navegue até Cotações na visualização de lista, acessando " +":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Pedidos --> Cotações`. No canto superior " +"direito, selecione o ícone de exibição de lista. Passe o mouse sobre os " +"ícones para revelar o nome de cada um. Em seguida, marque as caixas à " +"esquerda para as quais as faturas devem ser feitas e vá para o menu " +":guilabel:`Ação` ou ⚙️ [ícone de engrenagem] . Clique em :guilabel:`Criar " +"faturas`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -8356,10 +8754,18 @@ msgid "" "journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" " *posted*." msgstr "" +"Será exibida uma janela pop-up e clique no botão :guilabel:`Criar e " +"visualizar fatura`. Uma nova tela será preenchida com as faturas recém-" +"criadas. Em seguida, selecione todas elas clicando no ícone de caixa ao lado" +" de :guilabel:`Número` na linha de cabeçalho da lista, o que selecionará " +"todos os registros. Em seguida, navegue até o menu :guilabel:`Ação` e clique" +" em :guilabel:`Lançar entradas`. Após essa etapa, aparecerá uma janela pop-" +"up e clique em :guilabel:`Fazer lançamentos de diário`. Isso tirará as " +"faturas do *rascunho* e as definirá como *lançadas*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 msgid "Reconciling payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reconciliação de pagamentos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -8367,6 +8773,10 @@ msgid "" "lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " "users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." msgstr "" +"Os usuários normalmente utilizam o PayPal para receber pagamentos do eBay e," +" em seguida, enviam quantias fixas do PayPal para suas contas bancárias. " +"Para reconciliar essa receita, os usuários podem reconciliar aquela única " +"transferência do PayPal com todas as faturas relacionadas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -8376,6 +8786,11 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " ":guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, navegue até o :guilabel:`Painel financeiro` indo até o " +":menuselection:`app Financeiro --> Painel --> Banco`. :guilabel:`Criar` uma " +"nova transação e digite o :guilabel:`Rótulo` como `Vendas do eBay`. Preencha" +" o :guilabel:`Valor` e insira uma data de :guilabel:`declaração`. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Criar e editar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -8385,6 +8800,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " "this balance." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Saldo final`, insira a mesma conta que foi inserida no " +"campo :guilabel:`Valor` acima. Clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`. Em seguida, " +"abra o novo saldo que precisa ser reconciliado. Na aba marcada como: " +":guilabel:`Conciliar lançamentos existentes`, selecione os lançamentos " +"incluídos nesse saldo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -8394,15 +8814,20 @@ msgid "" "invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" " column." msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar todas os lançamentos necessários, clique em " +":guilabel:`Validar` para concluir a reconciliação. Para verificar o " +"pagamento, navegue até :menuselection:`Clientes --> Faturas` e selecione a " +"fatura do cliente em questão. O rótulo *Pago* deve aparecer na coluna " +":guilabel:`Status do pagamento`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "eBay connector setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração do conector do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" @@ -8417,28 +8842,37 @@ msgid "" " is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " "products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" +"O conector eBay do Odoo permite que as listagens do eBay se conectem aos " +"produtos do Odoo. Uma vez conectado, é possível fazer :doc:`atualizações das" +" listagens ` no Odoo ou no eBay. Quando um item é vendido " +"no eBay, são criados *pedidos de venda* provisórios no Odoo para o usuário " +"revisar e confirmar. Depois que o pedido de venda é confirmado, os " +"aplicativos *Inventário* e *Vendas* do Odoo funcionam de forma padrão para " +"retirar produtos do estoque e permitir que o usuário crie faturas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eBay - campos vinculados ao Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " "corresponding fields in Odoo." msgstr "" +"A seguir estão os detalhes do produto do eBay. Cada um desses campos do eBay" +" atualiza os campos correspondentes no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 msgid "eBay URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 msgid "eBay status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "Quantity sold" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quantidade vendida" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 msgid "Start date" @@ -8454,7 +8888,7 @@ msgstr "Subtítulo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "Item condition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Condição do item" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 msgid "Category" @@ -8462,55 +8896,55 @@ msgstr "Categoria" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 msgid "Category 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categoria 2" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "Store category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categoria de loja" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 msgid "Store category 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Categoria de loja 2" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 msgid "Payment policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Política de pagamento" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 msgid "Seller profiles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perfis de vendedores" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "Postal code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Código postal" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 msgid "Shipping policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Política de envio" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de anúncio (preço fixo ou leilão)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 msgid "Starting price for Auction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preço inicial do leilão" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 msgid "Buy it now price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preço de compra imediata" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 msgid "Fixed Price amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor do preço fixo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 msgid "Use stock quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usar quantidade no estoque" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "Quantity on eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quantidade no eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 msgid "Duration" @@ -8518,19 +8952,19 @@ msgstr "Duração" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "Allow best offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir melhor oferta" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Private listing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listagem privada" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 msgid "eBay description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descrição do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 msgid "eBay product image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagem do produto do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Country" @@ -8538,7 +8972,7 @@ msgstr "País" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 msgid "eBay terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Condições do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -8547,10 +8981,16 @@ msgid "" "will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" " listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." msgstr "" +"As *variações* agrupam vários produtos em um só, com opções de variação (ou " +"variante), e podem ser sincronizadas com os atributos e valores do Odoo. " +"Elas aparecerão em menus suspensos próximos à parte superior da página ao " +"visualizar uma listagem do eBay. Variações são comparáveis às variantes de " +"produtos no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." msgstr "" +"Um exemplo no eBay das variações que podem ser adicionadas a um produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -8558,10 +8998,14 @@ msgid "" "specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " "default; a development is required to link these fields." msgstr "" +"*As especificações do item*, localizadas na parte inferior da listagem, " +"detalham informações específicas do produto. Essas especificações não são " +"sincronizadas com os campos do Odoo por padrão; é necessário um " +"desenvolvimento para vincular esses campos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Especificações do item listadas em um produto do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -8571,6 +9015,11 @@ msgid "" "(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " "and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." msgstr "" +"*Sandbox* e *Produção* são termos usados para categorizar os ambientes do " +"eBay como ainda em desenvolvimento/teste (*Sandbox*) ou para uso na " +"instância real da base de dados com informações/dados reais do cliente " +"(*Produção*). Recomenda-se começar primeiro no *Sandbox* para testar e, " +"depois, seguindo os processos abaixo, criar uma instância de *Produção*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8579,21 +9028,30 @@ msgid "" "production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " "`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." msgstr "" +"O ambiente sandbox do eBay pode ser acessado navegando para o `portal " +"sandbox do eBay `_ em " +"`https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. O ambiente de produção do eBay pode ser " +"acessado navegando para o `portal eBay.com `_ ou " +"`https://www.ebay.com/`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 msgid "" "The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " "settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." msgstr "" +"A seleção de ambiente **deve** permanecer a mesma em todas as configurações " +"de ambiente no eBay e no Odoo durante toda essa configuração." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ações do eBay disponíveis no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 msgid "" "The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" msgstr "" +"A seguir estão as ações integradas no Odoo que adicionam ou atualizam as " +"listagens do eBay:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -8601,6 +9059,9 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" " Listing`." msgstr "" +"**Listar**/ **Vincular**: gere uma nova listagem no eBay com um produto Odoo" +" clicando em :guilabel:`Listar item no eBay` ou :guilabel:`Vincular com " +"listagem existente do eBay`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -8608,6 +9069,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" " update the eBay listing." msgstr "" +"Botão :guilabel:`Revisar item`: depois de fazer alterações em um anúncio do " +"eBay no Odoo, salve o registro e, em seguida, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Revisar item` no Odoo para atualizar o anúncio do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -8615,22 +9079,30 @@ msgid "" "was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " "reset." msgstr "" +"**Listar novamente**: se a listagem de um item tiver sido encerrada " +"antecipadamente ou se :guilabel:`Listar novamente - automático` não tiver " +"sido selecionado, um usuário poderá refazer a listagem do item no Odoo. A " +"data de início será redefinida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"O botão :guilabel:`Encerrar listagem do item` encerra uma listagem no eBay " +"diretamente do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 msgid "" "**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " "listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." msgstr "" +"**Desvincular listagens de produtos**: os usuários podem desvincular um " +"produto da listagem do eBay; a listagem permanecerá intacta no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração necessária no Odoo antes da configuração do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -8638,10 +9110,14 @@ msgid "" "dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " "term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." msgstr "" +"Para vincular o eBay ao Odoo, instale o módulo eBay navegando até o painel " +"do Odoo e clicando no aplicativo :guilabel:`Aplicativos`. Pesquise o termo " +"`eBay` e instale o módulo `Conector eBay`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" msgstr "" +"Os itens a seguir devem ser configurados antes da configuração do eBay:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -8649,6 +9125,9 @@ msgid "" "eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " "be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, crie e configure produtos que devem ser listados no eBay. O eBay " +"não importa novos produtos para o Odoo. Todos os produtos devem primeiro ser" +" criados no Odoo e, em seguida, vinculados às listagens." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -8656,6 +9135,9 @@ msgid "" " If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " "instructions:" msgstr "" +"O Odoo não permite que várias listagens do eBay sejam vinculadas por produto" +" no Odoo. Se a empresa vender o mesmo produto em várias listagens, siga " +"estas instruções:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -8665,6 +9147,11 @@ msgid "" "green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " "“linked” product below." msgstr "" +"Configure um produto *base* (anotado no campo :guilabel:`Componente` da " +":abbr:`LM (Lista de materiais)`) do qual todos os anúncios do eBay serão " +"extraídos. Esse será um produto armazenável para que o estoque possa ser " +"mantido. O produto destacado em verde será incluído no kit em cada produto " +"subsequente \"vinculado\" abaixo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8677,15 +9164,26 @@ msgid "" " is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " "lieu of the linked product." msgstr "" +"Configure mais de dois produtos *vinculados* (anotados no campo " +":guilabel:`Produto` da :abbr:`LM`, um para cada listagem do eBay. O tipo de " +"produto será determinado pelas configurações de contabilidade da empresa, " +"conforme explicado na documentação do Odoo. Destacado em amarelo abaixo, " +"cada produto deve ter o :guilabel:`tipo de LM` :guilabel:`Kit` e ter o " +"produto base como um :guilabel:`Componente` do kit. Quando esse produto " +"vinculado do eBay for vendido, o pedido de entrega criado terá o produto " +"base listado no lugar do produto vinculado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." msgstr "" +"Configuração da lista de materiais com o produto base e os produtos " +"vinculados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8695,12 +9193,20 @@ msgid "" "payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" " to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." msgstr "" +"O eBay não cria faturas automaticamente para pedidos do eBay que são " +"enviados para o Odoo. Defina a política de faturamento dos produtos do eBay:" +" a política de faturamento ditará quando o produto poderá ser faturado. Como" +" a maioria dos usuários do eBay recebe o pagamento antes de o produto ser " +"enviado, \"invoice on ordered\" permitirá que os usuários criem faturas em " +"massa para os pedidos do eBay todos os dias." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " ":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." msgstr "" +"Defina a rota :guilabel:`Remessas enviadas` para o depósito como " +":guilabel:`Entregar mercadorias diretamemente (1 etapa)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -8711,16 +9217,25 @@ msgid "" "prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " "order." msgstr "" +"Quando a rota :guilabel:`Remessas enviadas` é definida para duas ou três " +"etapas, ocorre um bug conhecido: o eBay marca erroneamente os pedidos como " +"entregues quando a operação de coleta no Odoo é confirmada. O comportamento " +"esperado é marcar os pedidos como entregues **após** o *pedido de entrega* " +"ser confirmado. Essa marcação incorreta impede que os números de " +"rastreamento no eBay sejam importados para o pedido de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 msgid "" "If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" " and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." msgstr "" +"Se os aplicativos Financeiro/Faturamento estiverem instalados, faça o " +"registro de pagamentos e a conciliação de faturas criadas a partir de " +"pedidos do eBay com a entrada de caixa do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -8733,19 +9248,28 @@ msgid "" "Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" " the deletion/closure notifications configuration." msgstr "" +"Gere um token de notificação de exclusão/encerramento de conta do " +"marketplace. Para começar, navegue até :menuselection:`app Vendas --> " +"Configuração --> Definições`. No cabeçalho :guilabel:`eBay`, altere o modo " +"para :guilabel:`Produção` e insira valores de texto aleatórios para " +":guilabel:`Chave de certificado de produção`. Em seguida, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Gerar token` na seção :guilabel:`Notificações de " +"exclusão/encerramento de conta do eBay Marketplace`. Esse token será usado " +"durante a instalação no eBay para a configuração das notificações de " +"exclusão/encerramento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerar um token de verificação no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 msgid "Set up on eBay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração no eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 msgid "Set up eBay developer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar uma conta de desenvolvedor do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -8755,10 +9279,15 @@ msgid "" "to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " "hours." msgstr "" +"Para começar, crie uma conta de desenvolvedor do eBay pelo portal de " +"desenvolvedores do eBay `_. Esse site exige " +"um login e uma senha diferentes da conta do eBay, embora o mesmo endereço de" +" e-mail possa ser usado para o registro. A verificação para criar uma conta " +"de desenvolvedor é de cerca de 24 horas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 msgid "Set up eBay keyset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de conjunto de teclas do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -8772,6 +9301,17 @@ msgid "" "first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " "generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." msgstr "" +"Depois que a conta de desenvolvedor do eBay for criada, configure um " +"aplicativo no portal do desenvolvedor do eBay " +"`_. Em seguida, navegue até o cabeçalho " +":guilabel:`Olá [nome de usuário]` no canto superior direito da tela e, a " +"partir das opções do menu suspenso, clique em :guilabel:`Conjunto de chaves " +"do aplicativo`. Isso abre uma janela pop-up que solicita que o usuário " +":guilabel:`Insira o título do aplicativo` (até 50 caracteres) e escolha um " +"ambiente de desenvolvimento (:guilabel:`Sandbox` ou :guilabel:`Produção`). " +"Esses dois campos geram o primeiro conjunto de chaves. Esse título do " +"aplicativo não é salvo até que o conjunto de chaves seja gerado. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Criar um conjunto de chaves` para gerar o conjunto de chaves." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -8780,14 +9320,20 @@ msgid "" "notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " "database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." msgstr "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." msgstr "" +"Conjunto de chaves desativado presente após a criação de um conjunto de " +"chaves." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar as definições de notificação/exclusão de conta (Produção)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -8797,6 +9343,12 @@ msgid "" "deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " "at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar notificações ou excluir a base de dados em um ambiente de " +"produção, navegue até o `portal do desenvolvedor do eBay " +"`_. Defina as configurações de " +"notificação/exclusão de conta no eBay navegando até `Olá [nome de usuário]` " +"no canto superior direito da tela e, em seguida, para :guilabel:`conjunto de" +" chaves do aplicativo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -8805,6 +9357,11 @@ msgid "" "an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " "notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." msgstr "" +"Então, clique na opção :guilabel:`notificação de exclusão/encerramento de " +"conta do marketplace` na coluna do conjunto de chaves :guilabel:`Produção`. " +"Digite um e-mail em :guilabel:`E-mail a notificar se o endpoint de " +"notificação de exclusão de conta do marketplace estiver inativo`. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar` para ativar o e-mail." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -8814,6 +9371,11 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " "Notifications` field." msgstr "" +"Após essa ação, insira o URL do endpoint de notificação de exclusão de conta" +" do Marketplace fornecido pelo Odoo. Esse endpoint HTTPs pode ser encontrado" +" no Odoo navegando até :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> " +"Definições`, no campo :guilabel:`Notificações de exclusão/encerramento de " +"conta do eBay Marketplace`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -8823,10 +9385,15 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " ":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." msgstr "" +"Clicar no botão :guilabel:`Gerar token` no Odoo abaixo desse campo cria um " +"token de verificação para o ambiente de produção do eBay. No Odoo, " +":guilabel:`copie` o token recém-criado e navegue até o eBay para preencher o" +" campo :guilabel:`Token de notificação`. Clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para " +"ativar o :guilabel:`Método de entrega de notificação de eventos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração das definições de notificação/exclusão de conta no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -8835,16 +9402,23 @@ msgid "" " mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " "expected." msgstr "" +"Depois de preencher os campos acima, clique em :guilabel:`Enviar notificação" +" de teste` para testar as novas notificações. Prossiga para a próxima etapa " +"quando a marca de confirmação verde for exibida. Revise as configurações " +"acima se a publicação de teste não for a esperada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 msgid "" "After configuring notification settings, go back to the " ":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." msgstr "" +"Após definir as configurações de notificação, volte para a página " +":menuselection:`Chaves do aplicativo` para gerar conjuntos de chaves de " +"produção." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 msgid "Creating the keyset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criação do conjunto de chaves" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -8853,6 +9427,10 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " "generate a production keyset." msgstr "" +"Uma configuração bem-sucedida das notificações possibilita de criar " +"conjuntos de chaves de produção que são necessários no restante da " +"configuração do Odoo. Navegue de volta à página :menuselection:`Chaves do " +"aplicativo` para gerar um conjunto de chaves de produção." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -8862,6 +9440,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " "either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." msgstr "" +"O administrador é solicitado a :menuselection:`Confirmar o contato " +"principal`. Insira ou confirme o proprietário da conta (a pessoa legalmente " +"responsável pelo Contrato de Licença de API do eBay). Preencha o " +":guilabel:`Nome`, :guilabel:`Sobrenome`, :guilabel:`E-mail`, " +":guilabel:`Telefone`. Em seguida, selecione as opções :guilabel:`Individual`" +" ou :guilabel:`Empresa`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -8870,6 +9454,11 @@ msgid "" "individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " "added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." msgstr "" +"O endereço de e-mail ou número de telefone fornecido **não** precisa " +"corresponder ao da conta. O eBay usa essas informações para entrar em " +"contato com a empresa ou indivíduo em caso de problemas com tokens de " +"usuário. Contatos adicionais podem ser adicionados pela página " +":guilabel:`Perfil e Contatos` no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -8878,29 +9467,40 @@ msgid "" "also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " ":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Continuar para criar chaves` para confirmar o contato " +"principal. As :guilabel:`Chaves do aplicativo` são preenchidas em uma nova " +"tela e um e-mail também é enviado para a conta do desenvolvedor. Os " +":guilabel:`ID do aplicativo (ID do cliente)`, :guilabel:`ID do dev` e " +":guilabel:`ID do certificado (Segredo do cliente)` são preenchidos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." msgstr "" +"As chaves do aplicativo são preenchidas após a criação do aplicativo no " +"eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 msgid "" "Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." msgstr "" +"Copie esses valores, pois eles serão inseridos no Odoo posteriormente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 msgid "Create eBay user token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar token de usuário do eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 msgid "" "Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " "top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." msgstr "" +"Agora, crie um *token de usuário* no eBay navegando até `Olá [nome de " +"usuário]` no canto superior direito da tela e, em seguida, :guilabel:`Tokens" +" de acesso do usuário`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerar tokens de usuário no console do desenvolvedor do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -8908,10 +9508,15 @@ msgid "" "or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" " for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." msgstr "" +"Selecione o :guilabel:`Ambiente` correto: :guilabel:`Sandbox` para testes ou" +" :guilabel:`Produção` para a base de dados ativa. Mantenha a mesma seleção " +"para todas as configurações de ambiente no eBay e no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione o botão de opção rotulado como " +":guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -8920,6 +9525,10 @@ msgid "" "the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " ":guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" +"Escolha :guilabel:`Fazer login em Produção` ou :guilabel:`Fazer login no " +"Sandbox` para obter um token de usuário no ambiente escolhido. Esse botão " +"varia de acordo com a seleção feita acima para :guilabel:`Sandbox` ou " +":guilabel:`Produção`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -8930,6 +9539,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " "confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." msgstr "" +"Isso aciona uma janela pop-up para :guilabel:`Confirmar seu endereço legal`." +" Preencha os campos obrigatórios, que são: :guilabel:`Nome`, " +":guilabel:`Sobrenome`, :guilabel:`E-mail principal`, :guilabel:`Endereço " +"legal` e :guilabel:`Tipo de conta`. Em :guilabel:`Tipo de conta`, selecione " +":guilabel:`Individual` ou :guilabel:`Empresa`. Para concluir a confirmação, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Fazer login no eBay para obter um token`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -8937,6 +9552,9 @@ msgid "" "with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " ":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." msgstr "" +"O eBay entrará em contato com essa pessoa ou empresa caso haja algum " +"problema com as chaves do aplicativo. Outros contatos podem ser adicionados " +"na página :menuselection:`Perfil e Contatos` do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 msgid "" @@ -8945,12 +9563,18 @@ msgid "" " it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " "login can differ from the eBay developer account." msgstr "" +"O administrador será redirecionado para uma página de login de sandbox ou de" +" produção do eBay. Esse login é diferente do console do desenvolvedor do " +"eBay, pois é a conta do eBay na qual os itens serão vendidos. Esse e-mail " +"e/ou login pode ser diferente da conta de desenvolvedor do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 msgid "" "Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" " sign into the eBay account." msgstr "" +"Digite o :guilabel:`E-mail` ou :guilabel:`Nome de usuário` e entre na conta " +"do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -8961,16 +9585,24 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Se houver necessidade de um usuário adicional para a simulação do sandbox, " +"será preciso criar um usuário de teste. Visite o formulário `eBay's Register" +" for Sandbox `_. Instruções " +"detalhadas podem ser encontradas nas páginas de ajuda do eBay: `Criar um " +"usuário de teste Sandbox `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 msgid "Grant application access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conceder acesso ao aplicativo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 msgid "" "After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " "administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." msgstr "" +"Após o login no ambiente de produção ou sandbox, o eBay apresenta ao " +"administrador um *acordo* para conceder acesso aos dados do eBay do usuário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -8978,6 +9610,9 @@ msgid "" "*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " "any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Concordar` permite que o eBay vincule a conta do eBay " +"com a *interface de programação de aplicativos* (API). Esse acordo pode ser " +"alterado a qualquer momento nas preferências da conta do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -8986,6 +9621,9 @@ msgid "" "Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " ":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." msgstr "" +"O eBay tem uma sequência de tempo entre o login e a aceitação dos termos da " +"vinculação da :abbr:`API` à conta. Uma vez concluído, um :guilabel:`Token do" +" usuário` será preenchido na página :menuselection:`Tokens do usuário`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -8993,11 +9631,16 @@ msgid "" " token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " ":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." msgstr "" +"Um :guilabel:`Token do usuário` será exibido na tela. Certifique-se de " +"copiar esse token, pois ele será usado nas próximas etapas juntamente com o " +":guilabel:`Conjunto de chaves do aplicativo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "" "Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." msgstr "" +"O token de usuário gerado e o link do explorador de API no console do " +"desenvolvedor do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -9005,10 +9648,13 @@ msgid "" " developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " "Token` link." msgstr "" +"É necessário fazer login na conta do eBay para criar o token. O " +"desenvolvedor do eBay também pode revogar o token clicando no link " +":guilabel:`Revogar token`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 msgid "API explorer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Explorador de API" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -9019,6 +9665,12 @@ msgid "" "configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " ":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." msgstr "" +"Agora que o :guilabel:`Conjunto de chaves do aplicativo` e o " +":guilabel:`Token do usuário` foram criados, um teste pode ser executado pelo" +" `API Explorer `_ para garantir que a :abbr:`API` esteja configurada " +"corretamente. Esse teste executará uma pesquisa simples usando a " +":abbr:`API`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 msgid "" @@ -9026,6 +9678,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" " :guilabel:`Token` field." msgstr "" +"Para iniciar o teste da :abbr:`API`, clique em :guilabel:`Obter token do " +"aplicativo OAuth`. Isso preencherá a chave no campo :guilabel:`Token`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -9033,16 +9687,23 @@ msgid "" "complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " "Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." msgstr "" +"Uma função de pesquisa básica está definida para ser executada. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Executar` para concluir o teste. Um teste bem-sucedido responderá" +" com uma :guilabel:`Resposta de chamada` de `200 OK` com um " +":guilabel:`Tempo` correspondente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserir credenciais no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 msgid "" "The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " "Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Token do usuário` e o :guilabel:`Conjunto de chaves do usuário`" +" copiados anteriormente agora estão prontos para serem inseridos na base de " +"dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -9050,14 +9711,17 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " "from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Volte para as configurações do eBay no Odoo (:menuselection:`app Vendas --> " +"Configuração --> Definições --> eBay`) e cole as seguintes credenciais do " +"eBay nos campos correspondentes no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 msgid "Platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plataforma" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 msgid "Dev Key/ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chave/ID do desenvolvedor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 msgid "Token" @@ -9065,11 +9729,11 @@ msgstr "Token" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 msgid "App Key/ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chave/ID do aplicativo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 msgid "Cert Key/ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chave/ID do certificado" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 msgid "eBay" @@ -9077,7 +9741,7 @@ msgstr "eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 msgid "Dev ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID do desenvolvedor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 msgid "User Token" @@ -9085,11 +9749,11 @@ msgstr "Token do usuário" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 msgid "App ID (Client ID)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID do aplicativo (ID do cliente)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID do certificado (segredo do cliente)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 @@ -9102,15 +9766,15 @@ msgstr "Chave de desenvolvedor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Token de produção/sandbox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chave do aplicativo Produção/Sandbox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chave de certificação de produção/sandbox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -9123,6 +9787,15 @@ msgid "" " be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " ":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Conjunto de chaves do aplicativo` pode ser acessado no `portal " +"do desenvolvedor do eBay `_. Navegue até " +"`Olá [nome de usuário]` no canto superior direito da tela, depois clique em " +":guilabel:`Conjuntos de chaves do aplicativo`. Acesse o *Token do usuário* " +"no eBay navegando até `Olá [nome de usuário]` no canto superior direito da " +"tela, depois :guilabel:`Tokens de acesso do usuário` e clique em " +":guilabel:`Fazer login no Sandbox`. O :guilabel:`Token do usuário` também " +"pode ser acessado clicando em :guilabel:`Tokens do usuário` na página " +":menuselection:`Chaves do aplicativo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -9131,6 +9804,11 @@ msgid "" " `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " "documentation on how to list products." msgstr "" +"Confirme se a configuração está correta salvando as credenciais no Odoo. " +"Quando a configuração inicial estiver concluída, será exibida uma nova aba " +"de menu chamada `eBay` em produtos, com a opção de :guilabel:`Vender no " +"eBay`. Consulte a documentação de :doc:`gerenciamento` para saber como " +"listar produtos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 msgid "" @@ -9139,6 +9817,11 @@ msgid "" " be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " "database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." msgstr "" +"Sincronize as categorias de produtos clicando em :guilabel:`Categorias de " +"produto`. Após a sincronização, um novo item de menu, `Categoria do eBay`, " +"aparece disponível para os produtos a serem configurados. Essas categorias " +"do eBay são importadas da base de dados do Odoo e estão disponíveis ao " +"listar um item no eBay pelo Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -9148,22 +9831,27 @@ msgid "" "the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " "the product." msgstr "" +"Se forem necessárias categorias de produtos com mais de quatro caminhos, os " +"usuários precisarão adicionar manualmente esses caminhos. Historicamente, " +"isso é feito obtendo uma lista de todas as categorias de produtos com mais " +"de quatro caminhos, importando-as manualmente para o modelo de categoria de " +"produto no Odoo e, em seguida, vinculando-as individualmente ao produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agora que a configuração foi concluída, prossiga para:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Criar listagens `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Vincular listagens existentes `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solução de problemas do conector eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" @@ -9189,6 +9877,10 @@ msgid "" "the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" +"O Odoo tem um endpoint para receber essas notificações, confirmar o " +"recebimento da solicitação e lidar com o primeiro conjunto de ações para " +"anonimizar os detalhes da conta em *Contatos* e remover o acesso do cliente " +"ao portal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9197,10 +9889,14 @@ msgid "" "notifications>` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de :ref:`configurar corretamente a assinatura para receber " +"notificações de exclusão da conta do marketplace `, pois o eBay pode temporariamente desativar a conta" +" em questão até que a assinatura seja concluída." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verificar se a instalação do Odoo está atualizada" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -9209,10 +9905,15 @@ msgid "" "September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " "can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." msgstr "" +"Para ativar o endpoint, o módulo *Conector eBay - Exclusão da conta* deve " +"ser instalado. Se a base de dados Odoo tiver sido criada pela primeira vez " +"após setembro de 2021, o módulo será instalado automaticamente e o " +"administrador poderá prosseguir para a :ref:`próxima etapa `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualizar o Odoo para a versão mais recente" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -9220,12 +9921,17 @@ msgid "" " able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " "code is up-to-date." msgstr "" +"O endpoint de notificação é disponibilizado por um novo módulo do Odoo; para" +" poder instalá-lo, o administrador deve se certificar de que o código-fonte " +"do Odoo esteja atualizado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 msgid "" "If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " "already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." msgstr "" +"Se a empresa usa o Odoo na plataforma Odoo.com ou Odoo.sh, o código já está " +"atualizado, portanto, prossiga para a próxima etapa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9234,16 +9940,22 @@ msgid "" "documentation page ` or by contacting an " "integrating partner." msgstr "" +"Se a empresa usa o Odoo com uma configuração local ou através de um " +"parceiro, o administrador deve atualizar a instalação conforme detalhado em " +":doc:`nesta página de documentação 1` ou entrando em contato com um parceiro" +" integrador." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "Update the list of available modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualizar a lista de módulos disponíveis" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" "New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" " :menuselection:`Apps` menu." msgstr "" +"Novos módulos devem ser *descobertos* pela instância do Odoo para estarem " +"disponíveis no menu :menuselection:`Aplicativos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -9251,10 +9963,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " "confirmation." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, ative o :ref:`modo de desenvolvedor `, e vá" +" para :menuselection:`Aplicativos -> Atualizar lista de aplicativos`. Um " +"assistente solicitará a confirmação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instale a atualização do Conector eBay - Exclusão de conta" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -9266,6 +9981,14 @@ msgid "" "contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" " new module in a particular setup." msgstr "" +"**Nunca** instale novos módulos na base de dados de produção sem testá-los " +"em um ambiente duplicado ou de staging. Para os clientes do Odoo.com, uma " +"base de dados duplicada pode ser criada a partir da página de gerenciamento " +"de bases de dados. Para usuários do Odoo.sh, o administrador deve usar uma " +"base de dados de teste ou duplicada. Para usuários locais, o administrador " +"deve usar um ambiente de teste - entre em contato com o parceiro de " +"integração para obter mais informações sobre como testar um novo módulo com " +"uma configuração específica." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -9275,6 +9998,12 @@ msgid "" "already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " "it is not yet installed, install it now." msgstr "" +"Para instalar o módulo, vá até o menu :menuselection:`Aplicativos`, remova o" +" filtro de pesquisa `Aplicativos` e procure por `eBay`. Se o módulo " +"*Conector eBay - Exclusão de conta* estiver presente e marcado como " +"instalado, a base de dados do Odoo já estará atualizada e o administrador " +"poderá prosseguir com a próxima etapa. Se ainda não estiver instalado, " +"instale-o agora." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" @@ -9288,6 +10017,11 @@ msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " "Token`." msgstr "" +"Os detalhes do endpoint podem ser encontrados em :menuselection:`Vendas --> " +"Configuração --> Definições --> eBay`. Primeiro, insira valores de texto " +"aleatórios para a :guilabel:`Chave de aplicativo de produção` e para a " +":guilabel:`Chave do certificado de produção`. Clique em :guilabel:`Gerar " +"token` para recuperar o :guilabel:`Token de verificação`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" @@ -9300,6 +10034,11 @@ msgid "" "to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " ":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" +"Navegue até o `portal do desenvolvedor do eBay " +"`_. Defina as configurações de " +"notificação/exclusão de conta no eBay navegando até `Olá [nome de usuário]` " +"no canto superior direito da tela e, em seguida, vá para :guilabel:`Alertas " +"e Notificações`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" @@ -9316,10 +10055,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" +"Um *endereço de e-mail* para o qual enviar notificações se o endpoint " +"estiver inacessível." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 msgid "The *endpoint details*:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os *detalhes do endpoint*:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" @@ -9338,6 +10079,8 @@ msgid "" "The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " "is filled out." msgstr "" +"O administrador pode editar os dois últimos campos assim que o campo do " +"endereço de e-mail estiver preenchido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" @@ -9348,12 +10091,17 @@ msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " "testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" +"Depois de definir os detalhes do endpoint recuperado no painel do eBay, " +"considere testar a conectividade com o botão :guilabel:`Enviar notificação " +"de teste." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" "The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" " was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" +"A seguinte mensagem de confirmação deve ser recebida: \"Uma notificação de " +"teste foi enviada com sucesso!\"" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" @@ -15051,7 +15799,7 @@ msgstr "Gerencie seus produtos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "Import products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar produtos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15059,6 +15807,9 @@ msgid "" "variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " "(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" +"O Odoo *Vendas* fornece um modelo para importar produtos com categorias e " +"variantes, que pode ser aberto e editado com qualquer software de planilhas " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15066,10 +15817,14 @@ msgid "" "the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " "accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" +"Quando a planilha é preenchida corretamente, é possível carregá-la " +"rapidamente na base de dados do Odoo. Quando carregada, os produtos são " +"instantaneamente adicionados, acessíveis e editáveis no catálogo de " +"produtos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 msgid "Import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar modelo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15078,6 +15833,10 @@ msgid "" " can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"Para importar produtos com categorias e variantes, o *Modelo de importação " +"para produtos* **deve** ser baixado. Depois de baixado, o modelo pode ser " +"ajustado e personalizado e, em seguida, carregado novamente na base de dados" +" do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -15086,17 +15845,24 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Para fazer o download do modelo de importação necessário, navegue até " +":menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos`. Na página " +":guilabel:`Produtos`, clique no ícone :guilabel:`⚙️ (engrenagem)` no canto " +"superior esquerdo. Isso revela um menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" "From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" +"Nesse menu suspenso, selecione a opção :guilabel:`Importar registros`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" " in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"A opção Importar registros pode ser selecionada no ícone de engrenagem na " +"página Produtos no Odoo Vendas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -15104,16 +15870,21 @@ msgid "" "download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " "download the template." msgstr "" +"A seleção de :guilabel:`Importar registros` exibe uma página separada com um" +" link para baixar o :guilabel:`Importar modelo para produtos`. Clique nesse " +"link para fazer o download do modelo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " "customize it." msgstr "" +"Quando o download do modelo estiver concluído, abra o arquivo da planilha " +"para personalizá-lo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 msgid "Customize product import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalizar o modelo de importação de produtos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -15121,12 +15892,18 @@ msgid "" " its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " "elements to keep in mind during the process:" msgstr "" +"Quando o modelo de importação tiver sido baixado e aberto, é hora de " +"modificar seu conteúdo. No entanto, antes de fazer qualquer alteração, há " +"alguns elementos que você deve levar em consideração durante o processo:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 msgid "" "Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " "*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." msgstr "" +"Fique à vontade para remover as colunas que não forem consideradas " +"necessárias. Mas é altamente recomendável que a coluna :guilabel:`Referência" +" interna` permaneça." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -15135,6 +15912,10 @@ msgid "" " many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " "the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" +"Embora não seja obrigatório, ter um identificador exclusivo (por exemplo, " +"`FURN_001`) na coluna :guilabel:`Referência interna` para cada produto pode " +"ser útil em muitos casos. Isso pode ser feito até mesmo a partir de " +"planilhas de softwares anteriores para facilitar a transição para o Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -15142,6 +15923,9 @@ msgid "" "several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" " simplicity of imported product management." msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, ao atualizar produtos importados, o mesmo arquivo pode ser " +"importado várias vezes sem criar duplicatas, aumentando assim a eficiência e" +" a simplicidade do gerenciamento de produtos importados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -15149,6 +15933,9 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " "import screen manually." msgstr "" +"**Não** altere os rótulos das colunas que devem ser importadas. Caso " +"contrário, o Odoo não as reconhecerá, forçando o usuário a mapeá-las " +"manualmente na tela de importação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15157,6 +15944,10 @@ msgid "" "match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " "import process." msgstr "" +"Fique à vontade para adicionar novas colunas à planilha modelo, se desejar. " +"No entanto, para serem adicionados, esses campos **devem** existir no Odoo. " +"Se o Odoo não conseguir associar o nome da coluna a um campo, ele poderá ser" +" associado manualmente durante o processo de importação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -15165,6 +15956,10 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " "and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"Durante o processo de importação do modelo concluído, o Odoo revela uma " +"página que mostra todos os elementos da planilha do modelo de produto recém-" +"configurado, separados por :guilabel:`Coluna do arquivo`, :guilabel:`Campo " +"do Odoo` e :guilabel:`Comentários`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -15173,16 +15968,22 @@ msgid "" "that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Para fazer a correspondência manual de um nome de coluna com um campo no " +"Odoo, clique no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Campo do Odoo` ao lado da " +":guilabel:`Coluna do arquivo` que precisa de um ajuste manual e selecione o " +"campo apropriado nesse menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 msgid "" "The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " "manually adjusted." msgstr "" +"O menu suspenso Campo do Odoo ao lado de uma coluna de campo que precisa ser" +" ajustada manualmente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar planilha de modelo de produto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -15190,18 +15991,26 @@ msgid "" "product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " "the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" +"Depois de personalizar a planilha de modelo de produto, retorne à página de " +"importação de produtos do Odoo, onde se encontra o link de download do " +"modelo, e clique no botão :guilabel:`Carregar arquivo` no canto superior " +"esquerdo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" " Sales." msgstr "" +"O botão de upload de arquivo na página de download do modelo de importação " +"de produtos no Odoo Vendas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 msgid "" "Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " "spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, é exibida uma janela pop-up, na qual o arquivo da planilha " +"preenchida de modelo de produto deve ser selecionado e carregado no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -15209,18 +16018,26 @@ msgid "" "configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " "Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"Depois disso, o Odoo revela uma página que mostra todos os elementos da " +"planilha de modelo de produto recém-configurada, separados por " +":guilabel:`Coluna de arquivo`, :guilabel:`Campo do Odoo` e " +":guilabel:`Comentários`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " "uploaded." msgstr "" +"A página de importação de arquivo no Odoo Vendas após o carregamento de um " +"modelo de produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " ":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." msgstr "" +"A partir daqui, o :guilabel:`Coluna do arquivo` pode ser atribuído " +"manualmente a um :guilabel:`Campo do Odoo`, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -15228,6 +16045,9 @@ msgid "" "lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " "corner." msgstr "" +"Para garantir que tudo esteja adequado e que todas as colunas e campos " +"estejam alinhados com precisão, clique no botão :guilabel:`Testar` no canto " +"superior esquerdo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -15235,12 +16055,17 @@ msgid "" "at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " "valid`." msgstr "" +"Se tudo estiver alinhado e aplicado corretamente, o Odoo exibe um banner " +"azul na parte superior da página, informando ao usuário que :guilabel:`Tudo " +"parece válido`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " "correctly." msgstr "" +"A mensagem \"tudo parece válido\" que aparece se as colunas do arquivo forem" +" inseridas corretamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -15248,18 +16073,26 @@ msgid "" "with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " "them." msgstr "" +"Se houver algum erro, o Odoo exibe um banner vermelho na parte superior da " +"página, com instruções sobre onde localizar os problemas específicos e como " +"corrigi-los." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " "Field." msgstr "" +"A mensagem de erro de importação que aparece se as colunas do arquivo não " +"corresponderem a um campo do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 msgid "" "Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " "necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." msgstr "" +"Depois que esses erros forem corrigidos, clique novamente em " +":guilabel:`Testar` para garantir que todos os problemas necessários tenham " +"sido corrigidos adequadamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -15267,10 +16100,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " "spreadsheet, and repeat the process." msgstr "" +"Se for necessário carregar planilhas de modelos de produtos adicionais, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`Carregar arquivo`, selecione a planilha de modelo" +" de produto em questão e repita o processo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando tudo estiver pronto, clique no botão :guilabel:`Importar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -15279,22 +16115,30 @@ msgid "" "This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " "imported." msgstr "" +"Quando clicado, o Odoo importa instantaneamente esses produtos e revela a " +"página principal :guilabel:`Produtos`, com uma mensagem pop-up no canto " +"superior direito. Essa mensagem pop-up informa ao usuário quantos produtos " +"foram importados com sucesso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " "Odoo Sales." msgstr "" +"A janela pop-up que aparece após um processo de importação de produto bem-" +"sucedido no Odoo Vendas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 msgid "" "At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " "via the :guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"Nesse ponto, todos os produtos recém-importados são acessíveis e editáveis " +"pela página :guilabel:`Produtos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importar campos de relação, atributos e variantes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -15303,16 +16147,22 @@ msgid "" " vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " "relations." msgstr "" +"É importante observar que um objeto do Odoo está sempre relacionado a muitos" +" outros objetos. Por exemplo, um produto está vinculado a categorias de " +"produtos, atributos, fornecedores e coisas do gênero. Esses " +"vínculos/conexões são conhecidos como relações." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 msgid "" "In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " "**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Para importar relações de produtos, os registros do objeto relacionado " +"**devem** ser importados *primeiro* de seu próprio menu de lista." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 msgid "Relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Campos de relação" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15321,6 +16171,11 @@ msgid "" "product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" " form, they can also be modified via a product import." msgstr "" +"Nos formulários de produtos do Odoo, há vários campos que podem ser " +"modificados e personalizados a qualquer momento. Esses campos são " +"encontrados em todas as abas de um formulário de produto. Embora sejam " +"facilmente editáveis diretamente no formulário do produto, esses campos " +"também podem ser modificados através de uma importação de produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -15330,6 +16185,11 @@ msgid "" "the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " "Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Conforme mencionado, os campos de relação dessa natureza **somente** podem " +"ser importados para produtos se eles já existirem na base de dados. Por " +"exemplo, se um usuário tentar importar um produto com um *Tipo de produto*, " +"ele só poderá ser um dos tipos de produto pré-configurados existentes na " +"base de dados (por exemplo, *Produto armazenável*, *Consumível* etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15338,6 +16198,10 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" " field option." msgstr "" +"Para importar informações de um campo de relação em uma planilha de modelo " +"de importação de produto, adicione o nome do campo como nome/título da " +"coluna na planilha. Em seguida, na linha de produto adequada, adicione a " +"opção de campo de relação desejada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -15346,6 +16210,11 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " "Import records --> Upload File`)." msgstr "" +"Quando todas as informações desejadas do campo de relação tiverem sido " +"inseridas, salve a planilha e importe-a para o banco de dados, de acordo com" +" o processo mencionado acima (:menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> " +"Produtos --> ícone ⚙️ (engrenagem) --> Importar registros --> Carregar " +"arquivo`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -15353,6 +16222,9 @@ msgid "" "has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " ":guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"Depois que a planilha com as informações do campo de relação recém-" +"configurado tiver sido carregada, clique em :guilabel:`Importar` e o Odoo " +"retornará à página :guilabel:`Produtos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -15360,10 +16232,13 @@ msgid "" "field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " "be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"Quando os produtos recém-alterados/modificados, preenchidos com as novas " +"informações do campo de relação, forem importados e carregados, essas novas " +"informações poderão ser encontradas na página :guilabel:`Produtos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 msgid "Attributes and values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributos e valores" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -15371,6 +16246,9 @@ msgid "" "used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " "products." msgstr "" +"O Odoo também permite que os usuários importem atributos e valores de " +"produtos que podem ser usados para produtos que já existem na base de dados " +"e/ou com produtos importados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -15378,6 +16256,9 @@ msgid "" "dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " "they can be used for other products." msgstr "" +"Para importar atributos e valores, uma planilha separada ou um arquivo CSV " +"dedicado a atributos e valores **deve** ser importado e carregado antes de " +"poder ser usado para outros produtos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -15385,60 +16266,75 @@ msgid "" "as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " ":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." msgstr "" +"Os nomes/títulos das colunas da planilha de atributos e valores devem ser os" +" seguintes: :guilabel:`Atributo`, :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição`, " +":guilabel:`Modo de criação de variantes` e :guilabel:`Valores/Valor`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Um modelo de planilha de atributos e valores para importações." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Atributo`: nome do atributo (por exemplo, `Tamanho`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " "There are three display type options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de exibição`: tipo de exibição usado no configurador de " +"produtos. Há três opções de tipo de exibição:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Seleção (círculo)`: valores exibidos como botões de seleção" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Seleção`: valores exibidos em uma lista de seleção" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cor`: valores indicados como uma seleção de cores" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" " to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modo de criação de variantes`: como as variantes são criadas " +"quando aplicadas a um produto. Há três opções de modo de criação de " +"variantes:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " "attribute, and its values, are added to a product" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instantaneamente`: todas as variantes possíveis são criadas assim" +" que o atributo e seus valores são adicionados a um produto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " "corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: as variantes são criadas **somente** quando seus " +"atributos e valores correspondentes são adicionados a um pedido de venda" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nunca`: as variantes **nunca** são criadas para o atributo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " "attribute is used on at least one product." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Modo de criação de variantes` **não pode** ser alterado depois " +"que o atributo for usado em pelo menos um produto." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -15446,6 +16342,9 @@ msgid "" "If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " "in individual lines on the spreadsheet." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Valores/Valor`: valores pertencentes ao atributo correspondente. " +"Se houver vários valores para o mesmo atributo, os valores precisarão estar " +"em linhas individuais na planilha." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -15454,6 +16353,10 @@ msgid "" "navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " "⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." msgstr "" +"Depois que os atributos e valores desejados tiverem sido inseridos e salvos " +"na planilha, é hora de importá-la e carregá-la no Odoo. Para fazer isso, " +"navegue até :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> Atributos --> " +"ícone ⚙️ (engrenagem) --> Importar registros --> Carregar arquivos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -15462,12 +16365,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " "values can be found and edited, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Depois que a planilha com os atributos e valores recém-configurados tiver " +"sido carregada, clique em :guilabel:`Importar`, e o Odoo retornará à página " +":guilabel:`Atributos`. É lá que esses atributos e valores recém-adicionados " +"podem ser encontrados e editados, se necessário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 msgid "" "As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " "Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." msgstr "" +"Como mencionado anteriormente, quando atributos e valores são adicionados à " +"base de dados do Odoo, eles podem ser usados para produtos existentes ou " +"importados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 @@ -15481,6 +16391,9 @@ msgid "" "be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" " products being imported." msgstr "" +"Quando os atributos e valores do produto são configurados na base de dados, " +"eles podem ser usados em planilhas de importação de produtos para adicionar " +"mais informações e detalhes aos produtos que estão sendo importados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -15489,32 +16402,42 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " ":guilabel:`Name` columns." msgstr "" +"Para importar produtos com atributos e valores de produto, a planilha de " +"modelo de importação de produto deve ser configurada com colunas específicas" +" :guilabel:`Atributos do produto/Atributo`, :guilabel:`Atributos do " +"produto/Valores` e :guilabel:`Nome`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 msgid "" "There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " "order to properly import products with specific variants." msgstr "" +"Também pode haver outras colunas, mas essas colunas são **obrigatórias** " +"para importar corretamente produtos com variantes específicas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" " purposes." msgstr "" +"Planilha de variantes de produtos com atributos e variantes de produtos para" +" fins de importação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`: nome do produto" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Atributos do produto/Atributo`: nome do atributo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " "corresponding attribute" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Atributos do produto/Valores`: valores pertencentes ao atributo " +"correspondente" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -15522,6 +16445,9 @@ msgid "" "followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " "`furniture,couch,home`)." msgstr "" +"Para importar vários valores, separe-os com *apenas* uma vírgula, **não** " +"uma vírgula seguida de um espaço, na planilha de modelo de importação de " +"produto (ex.: `furniture,couch,home`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -15530,6 +16456,11 @@ msgid "" "that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" " (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." msgstr "" +"Quando os produtos e as variantes de produtos desejados tiverem sido " +"inseridos e salvos na planilha, é hora de importá-los e carregá-los no Odoo." +" Para fazer isso, navegue até :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> " +"Produtos --> ícone ⚙️ (engrenagem) --> Importar registros --> Carregar " +"arquivo`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -15538,6 +16469,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " "found." msgstr "" +"Uma vez que a planilha com os produtos recém-configurados e variantes de " +"produtos for carregada, clique em :guilabel:`Importar`, e o Odoo retornará à" +" página :guilabel:`Produtos`. Lá é possível encontrar os produtos recém-" +"adicionados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -15545,14 +16480,17 @@ msgid "" "desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " ":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar e modificar os atributos e as variantes de qualquer produto," +" selecione o produto desejado na página :guilabel:`Produtos` e clique na aba" +" :guilabel:`Atributos e Variantes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`variants`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 msgid "Product images with Google Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagens de produtos com o Google Images" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15560,6 +16498,9 @@ msgid "" " However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " "incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" +"Ter imagens de produtos adequadas no Odoo é útil por vários motivos. No " +"entanto, se muitos produtos precisarem de imagens, selecioná-las pode se " +"tornar bastante demorado." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15567,18 +16508,26 @@ msgid "" "database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " "extremely efficient." msgstr "" +"Felizmente, ao configurar a API *Google Custom Search* em uma base de dados " +"do Odoo, encontrar imagens de produtos (com base em seu código de barras) é " +"extremamente eficiente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" " database and the Google API must be properly configured." msgstr "" +"Para utilizar a *Google Custom Search* em uma base de dados do Odoo, tanto a" +" base quanto a API do Google devem estar configuradas corretamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 msgid "" "Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" " a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." msgstr "" +"As contas gratuitas do Google permitem que os usuários selecionem até 100 " +"imagens gratuitas por dia. Se uma quantidade maior for necessária, será " +"preciso fazer um upgrade de faturamento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" @@ -15592,6 +16541,11 @@ msgid "" "their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Acesse a página `API e Serviços da Google Cloud Platform " +"`_ para gerar as credenciais da API " +"do Google Custom Search. Em seguida, faça login com uma conta do Google. Em " +"seguida, concorde com os :guilabel:`Termos de serviço` marcando a caixa de " +"seleção e clicando em :guilabel:`Aceitar e continuar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -15599,6 +16553,9 @@ msgid "" " by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " ":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Ali, selecione (ou crie) um projeto de API para armazenar as credenciais. " +"Comece dando um :guilabel:`Nome de projeto` memorável, selecione um " +":guilabel:`Local` (se houver) e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -15606,10 +16563,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Com a opção :guilabel:`Credenciais` selecionada na barra lateral esquerda, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Criar credenciais` e selecione :guilabel:`Chave de API`" +" no menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página API e Serviços na Google Cloud Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -15618,30 +16578,42 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " "for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Isso exibe uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Chave de API criada`, contendo uma " +":guilabel:`Chave de API` personalizada. Copie e salve :guilabel:`sua chave " +"de API` da janela pop-up, pois ela será usada posteriormente. Depois que a " +"chave for copiada (e salva para uso posterior), clique em :guilabel:`Fechar`" +" para remover a janela pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A janela pop-up da chave de API criada é exibida." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" +"Nessa página, procure por `API de pesquisa personalizada` e selecione-a." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" +"Barra de pesquisa que contém a \"API de pesquisa personalizada\" no Google " +"Cloud Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " ":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`API de pesquisa personalizada`, ative a API clicando em" +" :guilabel:`Habilitar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " "Platform." msgstr "" +"Página da \"API de pesquisa personalizada\" com destaque para o o botão " +"Ativar na Google Cloud Platform." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" @@ -15654,10 +16626,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " "already logged in." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, vá para `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_ e clique em um dos botões " +":guilabel:`Get started`. Faça login com uma conta do Google, se ainda não " +"tiver feito login." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" +"Página do Google Programmable Search Engine com os botões Get Started." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -15665,28 +16642,38 @@ msgid "" " search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " "enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" +"No formulário :guilabel:`Criar novo mecanismo de pesquisa`, preencha o nome " +"do mecanismo de pesquisa, juntamente com o que o mecanismo deve pesquisar, e" +" certifique-se de ativar :guilabel:`Pesquisa de imagem` e " +":guilabel:`Pesquisa segura`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " "configurations." msgstr "" +"Formulário \"Criar novo mecanismo de pesquisa\" que aparece com as " +"configurações do mecanismo de pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valide o formulário clicando em :guilabel:`Criar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " "engine has been created`." msgstr "" +"Isso revela uma nova página com o título: :guilabel:`Seu novo mecanismo de " +"pesquisa foi criado`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " "code." msgstr "" +"A página \"Seu novo mecanismo de pesquisa foi criado\" que aparece com o " +"código de cópia." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -15695,10 +16682,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " "configuration." msgstr "" +"Nessa página, clique em :guilabel:`Personalizar` para abrir a página " +":menuselection:`Visão geral --> Básico`. Em seguida, copie o ID no campo " +":guilabel:`ID do mecanismo de busca`. Esse ID é necessário para a " +"configuração do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" +"Página de visão geral básica com campo de ID do mecanismo de pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -15706,10 +16698,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " ":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Na base de dados do Odoo, vá para o :menuselection:`app Definições` e role " +"até a seção :guilabel:`Integrações`. A partir daí, marque a caixa ao lado de" +" :guilabel:`Google Images`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" +"A configuração do Google Images na página do aplicativo Odoo Definições." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -15718,6 +16714,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " "Images` feature." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, retorne ao aplicativo :menuselection:`Definições` e vá até a " +"seção :guilabel:`Integrações`. Em seguida, insira a :guilabel:`Chave da API`" +" e a :guilabel:`ID do mecanismo de pesquisa` nos campos abaixo do recurso " +":guilabel:`Google Images`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -15726,6 +16726,7 @@ msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" +"Imagens de produtos no Odoo com a API de pesquisa personalizada do Google" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -15733,6 +16734,10 @@ msgid "" "variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" " access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" +"A adição de imagens a produtos no Odoo pode ser feita em qualquer produto ou" +" variante de produto. Esse processo pode ser concluído em qualquer " +"aplicativo Odoo que forneça acesso a páginas de produtos (ex.: aplicativo " +"*Vendas*, *Inventário*, etc.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -15740,6 +16745,9 @@ msgid "" "Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " "application:" msgstr "" +"Abaixo está um guia passo a passo detalhando como utilizar a *API dGoogle " +"Custom Search* para atribuir imagens a produtos no Odoo usando o aplicativo " +"Odoo *Vendas*:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -15748,54 +16756,70 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." msgstr "" +"Navegue até a página :guilabel:`Produtos` no aplicativo *Vendas* " +"(:menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos`). Ou, navegue até a " +"página :guilabel:`Variantes de produtos` no aplicativo *Vendas* " +"(:menuselection:`app Vendas --> Produtos --> Variantes de produtos`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione o produto em questão para adicionar a imagem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 msgid "" "Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " "image, are processed." msgstr "" +"Somente os produtos (ou variantes de produtos) que têm um código de barras, " +"mas **não** uma imagem, são processados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 msgid "" "If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " "matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." msgstr "" +"Se um produto com uma ou mais variantes for selecionado, cada variante que " +"corresponder aos critérios mencionados acima será processada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " ":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." msgstr "" +"Clique no ícone :guilabel:`Ação ⚙️ (engrenagem)` na página do produto e " +"selecione :guilabel:`Obter fotos do Google Images` no menu que será exibido." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"A opção Obter fotos do Google Images no menu suspenso de Ação no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na janela pop-up exibida, clique em :guilabel:`Obter imagens`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " "Sales." msgstr "" +"O pop-up que aparece no qual o usuário deve clicar em Obter imagens no Odoo " +"Vendas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ao clicar, a(s) imagem(ns) aparecerá(ão) de forma progressiva." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 msgid "" "Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " "10, the rest are fetched as a background job." msgstr "" +"Somente as primeiras 10 imagens são obtidas imediatamente. Se você " +"selecionou mais de 10, as demais serão obtidas como um trabalho em segundo " +"plano." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -15804,6 +16828,10 @@ msgid "" "background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " "where it stopped the day before." msgstr "" +"O trabalho em segundo plano processa cerca de 100 imagens em um minuto. Se a" +" cota autorizada pelo Google (seja com um plano gratuito ou pago) for " +"atingida, o trabalho em segundo plano ficará em espera por 24 horas. Em " +"seguida, ele continuará de onde parou no dia anterior." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 35f6226b0..77ca17a8b 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2023 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5167,6 +5167,8 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais do Odoo: Personalizar projetos " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 8474ef126..02a484ad0 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " "engage your audience and build a community." msgstr "" +"O **Odoo Blog** permite que você crie e gerencie publicações de blog em seu " +"site para envolver seu público e criar uma comunidade." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -50,10 +52,13 @@ msgid "" "website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" +"Se o módulo Blog ainda não estiver instalado, clique em :guilabel:`+ Novo` " +"no criador de sites, selecione :guilabel:`Publicação de blog` e clique em " +":guilabel:`Instalar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 msgid "Creating a blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criação de um blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -61,16 +66,21 @@ msgid "" "--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " "Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." msgstr "" +"Para criar ou editar um blog, vá para :menuselection:`Site --> Configuração " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Clique em :guilabel:`Novo` e digite o :guilabel:`Nome do " +"blog` e o :guilabel:`Legenda do blog`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " "time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." msgstr "" +"O item de menu :guilabel:`Blog` é adicionado ao menu do seu site na primeira" +" vez que você cria um blog e reúne todos os seus blogs." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 msgid "Adding a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como adicionar uma publicação de blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -80,26 +90,37 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " "page using the website builder." msgstr "" +"Vá para seu site, clique em :guilabel:`+ Novo` no canto superior direito e " +"selecione :guilabel:`Publicação de blog`. Na janela pop-up, **selecione o " +"blog** onde a publicação deve aparecer, escreva o :guilabel:`Título` da " +"publicação e :guilabel:`Salve`. Em seguida, você pode escrever o conteúdo da" +" publicação e personalizar a página usando o criador de sites." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 msgid "" "Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " "`." msgstr "" +"Ilustre seus artigos com imagens livres de direitos autorais do " +":doc:`Unsplash `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." msgstr "" +"Digite `/` no editor de texto para formatar e adicionar elementos ao seu " +"texto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 msgid "" "Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " "corner to publish your post." msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de alternar o botão :guilabel:`Não publicado` no canto " +"superior direito para publicar sua postagem." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 msgid "Using tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como usar marcadores" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -109,12 +130,20 @@ msgid "" "enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " "List` is enabled." msgstr "" +"Os marcadores permitem que os visitantes filtrem todas as publicações que " +"compartilham o mesmo marcador. Por padrão, eles são exibidos na parte " +"inferior das publicações, mas também podem ser exibidos na página principal " +"do blog. Para fazer isso, clique em :menuselection:`Editar --> Personalizar`" +" e ative a :guilabel:`Barra lateral`. Por padrão, a :guilabel:`Lista de " +"marcadores` da barra lateral está ativada." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " "Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" msgstr "" +"Para criar um marcador, vá para :menuselection:`Site --> Configuração --> " +"Blogs: Marcadores` e clique em :guilabel:`Novo`. Preencha os campos:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -125,12 +154,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " "sidebar by theme." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Categoria`: as categorias de marcadores permitem que você agrupe " +"os marcadores exibidos na barra lateral por tema." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Usado em`: para aplicar o marcador a publicações de blog " +"existentes, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`, selecione as " +"publicações e clique em :guilabel:`Selecionar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -139,30 +173,38 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" " a tag." msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar e criar marcadores diretamente das publicações clicando " +"em :menuselection:`Editar --> Personalizar` e selecionando a capa da " +"publicação. Em :guilabel:`Marcadores`, clique em :guilabel:`Selecione um " +"registro…` e selecione ou crie um marcador." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como adicionar marcadores a publicações do blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 msgid "" "To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " "--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar as categorias de marcadores, vá para :menuselection:`Site -->" +" Configuração --> Blogs: Categorias de marcadores`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 msgid "Customizing blog homepages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalização das páginas iniciais do blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 msgid "" "Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " "clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." msgstr "" +"Personalize o conteúdo das páginas iniciais do blog abrindo uma página " +"inicial do blog e clicando em :menuselection:`Editar --> Personalizar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As definições se aplicam a **todas** as páginas iniciais de blogs." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -170,32 +212,42 @@ msgid "" "the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " "Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Banner superior`: :guilabel:`Nome/Última publicação` exibe o " +"título da última publicação no banner superior, enquanto a :guilabel:`Zona " +"para soltar blocos de construção` remove o banner superior e permite que " +"você use qualquer bloco de construção em seu lugar." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " ":guilabel:`List`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organiza as publicações em :guilabel:`grade` ou " +":guilabel:`lista`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cartões`: adiciona um efeito de *cartão*." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Melhorar legibilidade`: melhora a legibilidade do texto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " "section." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barra lateral`: exibe uma barra lateral contendo uma seção " +":guilabel:`Sobre nós`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" " created during that month." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arquivos`: permite que os visitantes selecionem um mês e filtrem " +"todas as publicações criadas durante esse mês." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -203,108 +255,137 @@ msgid "" "can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " "website." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SIga-nos`: exibe links para suas redes sociais. Eles podem ser " +"configurados usando o bloco de construção Rede social em algum lugar do " +"site." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " "select a tag to filter all related posts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lista de marcadores`: exibe todos os marcadores relacionados a um" +" blog. Os visitantes podem selecionar um marcador para filtrar todas as " +"publicações relacionadas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " ":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lista de publicações`: :guilabel:`Capa` exibe as imagens das " +"publicações, e :guilabel:`Sem capa` as oculta." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Autor`: exibe os autores das publicações." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" " views." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stats dos comentários/visualizações`: exibe o número de " +"comentários e visualizações das publicações." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Teaser e marcadores`: exibe as primeiras frases e os marcadores " +"das publicações." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 msgid "Customizing blog posts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Como personalizar de publicações de blog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 msgid "" "Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Customize`." msgstr "" +"Personalize as publicações abrindo-as e clicando em :menuselection:`Editar " +"--> Personalizar`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As definições se aplicam a **todos** os posts." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" " the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Título dentro da capa` exibe o título dentro " +"da imagem da capa, e :guilabel:`Título acima da capa` o exibe acima." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Melhorar legibilidade`: aumenta a legibilidade do texto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " "options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barra lateral`: exibe a :guilabel:`Barra lateral` e opções " +"adicionais:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " "created during that month." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arquivo`: permite que os visitantes selecionem um mês e filtrem " +"todas as publicações criadas durante esse mês." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Autor`: exibe o autor e a data de criação das publicações." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lista de blogs`: exibe links para todos os seus blogs." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Links de compartilhamento`: exibe botões de compartilhamento para" +" várias redes sociais." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Marcadores`: exibe os marcadores da publicação." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Trilha de navegação`: exibe o caminho para a publicação." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " "bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abaixo`: :guilabel:`Próximo artigo` exibe a próxima publicação na" +" parte inferior, e :guilabel:`Comentários` permite que os visitantes " +"comentem a publicação." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " "select." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Selecione para tweetar`: os visitantes podem tweetar o texto que " +"selecionarem." #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 msgid "" "Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " "traffic on your blog." msgstr "" +"Use o :ref:`Plausible ` para acompanhar o " +"tráfego em seu blog." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" @@ -5646,6 +5727,10 @@ msgid "" "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " ":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" +"Para rastrear a localização geográfica dos visitantes, o :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"deve ser instalado na base de dados. Embora esse recurso seja instalado por " +"padrão no *Odoo Online*, as bases de dados *On-Premise* exigirão " +":doc:`etapas de configuração `." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" @@ -7281,7 +7366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Address autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preenchimento automático de endereço" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7291,15 +7376,22 @@ msgid "" "using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " "user starts typing the address." msgstr "" +"Você pode usar a API do Google Places no seu site para garantir que os " +"endereços de entrega dos seus usuários existam e sejam compreendidos pela " +"transportadora. A API do Google Places permite que os desenvolvedores " +"acessem informações detalhadas sobre locais usando solicitações HTTP. O " +"preenchimento automático sugere uma lista de locais quando o usuário começa " +"a digitar o endereço." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "Address autocomplete example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de preenchimento automático de endereço" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 msgid "" "`Google Maps Platform `_" msgstr "" +"`Plataforma do Google Maps `_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -7307,16 +7399,22 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Documentação do Google Developers: API do Google Places " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." msgstr "" +"Para isso, vá para :menuselection:`Site --> Configuração --> Definições` e " +"ative :guilabel:`Preenchimento automático de endereços` na seção " +":guilabel:`SEO`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "Enable address autocomplete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ativar preenchimento automático de endereços" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7324,14 +7422,18 @@ msgid "" "field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " "`_ and follow these steps." msgstr "" +"Insira sua :guilabel:`Chave da API do Google Places` no campo " +":guilabel:`Chave da API`. Se você não tiver uma, crie a sua no `Google Cloud" +" Console `_ e siga estas " +"etapas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etapa 1: Habilitar a API do Google Places" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 msgid "**Create a New Project:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Create a New Project:**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7339,10 +7441,14 @@ msgid "" "do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " ":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." msgstr "" +"Para habilitar a **API do Google Places**, primeiro você precisa criar um " +"projeto. Para fazer isso, clique em :guilabel:`Selecionar um projeto` no " +"canto superior esquerdo, então, em :guilabel:`Novo projeto` e siga as " +"instruções para configurar seu projeto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Habilitar a API do Google Places:**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7350,35 +7456,43 @@ msgid "" "APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " "Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." msgstr "" +"Vá para :guilabel:`APIs e serviços habilitados` e clique em :guilabel:`+ " +"HABILITAR APIS E SERVIÇOS.` Procure por :guilabel:`\"API Places\"` e " +"selecione-a. Clique no botão :guilabel:`\"Habilitar\"`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" "Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." msgstr "" +"O preço do Google depende do número de solicitações e de sua complexidade." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etapa 2: Criar credenciais de API" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " "`_." msgstr "" +"Vá para `APIs e serviços --> Credenciais " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "**Create credentials:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Criar credenciais:**" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" "To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." msgstr "" +"Para criar suas credenciais, vá para :guilabel:`Credenciais`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Criar credenciais` e selecione :guilabel:`chave da API`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restringir a chave da API (opcional)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -7387,14 +7501,20 @@ msgid "" "key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" " requests from specific websites or apps." msgstr "" +"Para fins de segurança, você pode restringir o uso da sua chave de API. Vá " +"até a seção :guilabel:`restrições da API` para especificar quais APIs sua " +"chave pode acessar. Para a API do Google Places, você pode restringi-la para" +" permitir apenas solicitações de sites ou aplicativos específicos." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." msgstr "" +"Salve a chave da API: Copie sua chave de API e armazene-a com segurança." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." msgstr "" +"Não a compartilhe publicamente nem a exponha no código do lado do cliente." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 8d3973c03..d0e143358 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,20 +5,22 @@ # # Translators: # Vacaru Adrian , 2023 -# Hongu Cosmin , 2023 -# Cozmin Candea , 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Foldi Robert , 2023 +# Claudia Baisan, 2024 +# Emanuel Bruda, 2024 +# Cozmin Candea , 2024 +# Hongu Cosmin , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 +# Foldi Robert , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -149,154 +151,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Adăugare angajat nou" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Creați un nou angajat" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -304,234 +369,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Aptitudini" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Tipurile Aptitudinii" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -540,92 +660,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -634,102 +729,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -737,35 +870,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documente" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -774,11 +890,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Flotă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Setări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Producători" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Model" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salariu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Motor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contract" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servicii" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Stat de plată" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -786,7 +2126,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -795,18 +2135,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Setări" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -820,7 +2156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -829,12 +2165,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -842,15 +2197,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -858,88 +2213,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -949,46 +2324,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -996,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1005,28 +2463,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Salariu" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1036,7 +2494,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1046,13 +2504,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1061,32 +2519,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Structuri" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1094,94 +2697,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reguli" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1190,7 +2787,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1199,61 +2796,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1262,54 +2873,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Avantaje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1317,83 +2941,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Reluare" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Oferte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2531,6 +4224,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Raportare" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2813,11 +4781,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Recrutare" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modele Email" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Refuzați" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Adăugare rapidă" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Creează" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "Fila opțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Creați un angajat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2839,40 +6245,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2884,37 +6274,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2922,164 +6311,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Evaluări" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Întrebări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3089,143 +6575,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Întrebări" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Punctaj" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Răspunsuri" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Candidați" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Casetă Text cu o Singură Linie" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrice" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descriere" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opțiuni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Constrangeri" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Aspect" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Sesiuni Live" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Timp și scor" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participanți" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Sesiune Live" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3234,3 +7047,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Finalizare Mesaj" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Recomandări" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Onboarding" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Link" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Trimiteți un e-mail unui prieten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Puncte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Recompense" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Nivele" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Alerte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 008f4f0c1..bf76953bb 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Katja Deržič, 2024 # matjaz k , 2024 -# Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Tadej Lupšina , 2024 -# Jasmina Macur , 2024 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2024 +# Katja Deržič, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Jasmina Macur , 2024 +# Tadej Lupšina , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustvari novega zaposlenega" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vozni park" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proizvajalci" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Model" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Motor" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -5061,7 +5061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Predloge e-pošte" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5419,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitro dodajanje" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5485,7 +5485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustvari" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6799,7 +6799,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omejitve" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -7373,7 +7373,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Povezava" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7387,7 +7387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7642,7 +7642,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -8033,7 +8033,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nagrade" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8148,7 +8148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ravni" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8269,7 +8269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opozorila" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 47140fbad..a0da85e15 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35357,7 +35357,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:130 msgid "Roles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บทบาท" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:132 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index c40556f5c..e5da805d3 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างพนักงานใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การขนส่ง" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การแจ้งเตือนวันที่สิ้นสุดสัญญา" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ผลิต" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมเดลยานพาหนะ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมเดล" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เครื่องยนต์" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หมวดหมู่โมเดล" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อเสนอ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เอกสารแนบเงินเดือน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5058,7 +5058,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เทมเพลตอีเมล" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5416,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มด่วน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5482,7 +5482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้าง" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6796,7 +6796,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 msgid "Constraints" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อจำกัด" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -6846,7 +6846,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไลฟ์เซสชัน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -6931,7 +6931,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 msgid "Time & Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เวลาและการให้คะแนน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -7052,7 +7052,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความสิ้นสุด" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7062,7 +7062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แนะนำ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7097,7 +7097,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเริ่มงาน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7254,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 msgid "View Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดูงาน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -7370,7 +7370,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลิงก์" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7384,7 +7384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7639,7 +7639,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7740,7 +7740,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 msgid "Email a friend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งอีเมลถึงเพื่อน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -8030,7 +8030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รางวัล" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8145,7 +8145,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ระดับ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8266,7 +8266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเตือน" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 655c04fff..267eaa4c6 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 # Odoo Thaidev , 2023 -# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 msgid "Checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เช็คเอาท์" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index b4df432b8..797bc2f11 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1357,6 +1357,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Онлайн" @@ -1382,8 +1488,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -1738,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:119 msgid "Python" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Python" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:121 msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.7** or later to run." @@ -2923,8 +3029,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -4560,11 +4666,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -8576,64 +8682,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8642,7 +8752,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8650,13 +8760,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8668,23 +8778,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8694,7 +8804,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8707,7 +8817,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8717,13 +8827,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8734,7 +8844,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8743,58 +8853,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8803,13 +8927,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8818,171 +8942,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -8992,7 +9116,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9001,39 +9125,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9042,63 +9166,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9108,7 +9232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9116,7 +9240,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9124,21 +9248,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9147,7 +9273,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9155,7 +9281,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9163,92 +9289,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 32ffcf121..6d2ec3195 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -145,154 +146,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Додати нового співробітника" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Створити нового співробітника" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Резюме" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -300,234 +364,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Навички" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Типи навичок" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -536,92 +655,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -630,102 +724,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -733,35 +865,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Документи" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -770,11 +885,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Автотранспорт" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "Кінцева дата сповіщення контракту" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Виробники" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Моделі автотранспорту" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Модель" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Зарплатня" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Двигун" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Категорія моделі" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Фіскальність" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Контракт" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Послуги" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Список перегляду" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Зарплата" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -782,7 +2121,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -791,18 +2130,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -816,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -825,12 +2160,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -838,15 +2192,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -854,88 +2208,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -945,46 +2319,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -992,7 +2449,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1001,28 +2458,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Зарплатня" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1032,7 +2489,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1042,13 +2499,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1057,32 +2514,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Структури" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1090,94 +2692,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Правила" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1186,7 +2782,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1195,61 +2791,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1258,54 +2868,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Додаткові заохочення" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1313,83 +2936,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Продовжити" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Пропозиції" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2527,6 +4219,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Прикріплення зарплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2809,11 +4776,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Рекрутинг" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Відхилити" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Щвидке додавання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Створити" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Створити співробітника" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2835,40 +6240,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2880,37 +6269,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2918,164 +6306,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Оцінки" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Запитання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3085,143 +6570,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Запитання" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Оцінювання" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Відповіді" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Кандидати" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Однорядковий текстовий блок" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Матриця" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Опис" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Опції" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Обмеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Макет" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Онлайн-сесії" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Час та оцінювання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Учасники" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Онлайн-сесія" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3230,3 +7042,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Кінець повідомлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Рекомендації" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Залучення" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Переглянути вакансії" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Посилання" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Надіслати електронний лист другу" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Бали" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Нагороди" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Рівні" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Застереження" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 2b24edf68..c51ed7dad 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,19 +5,18 @@ # # Translators: # Nancy Momoland , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2023 -# Trần Hà , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -176,154 +175,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Thêm nhân viên mới" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "Tạo một nhân viên mới" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Các trường thông tin không bắt buộc" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" " the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Tab Resumé" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Resumé" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -331,234 +393,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Các kĩ năng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Loại kỹ năng" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -567,93 +684,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." -msgstr "" -"Sau khi thời gian làm việc mới được tạo, hãy đặt giờ làm việc cho nhân viên." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -662,102 +753,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -765,35 +894,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Tài liệu" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -802,11 +914,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "Đội xe" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Cài đặt" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "Manufacturers" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "Mẫu phương tiện" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Mô hình" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Tiền lương" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "Engine" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "Danh mục dòng xe" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Hợp đồng" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Dịch vụ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Xem danh sách" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Bảng lương" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -814,7 +2150,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -823,18 +2159,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Cài đặt" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -848,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -857,12 +2189,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -870,15 +2221,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -886,88 +2237,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -977,46 +2348,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1024,7 +2478,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1033,28 +2487,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Tiền lương" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1064,7 +2518,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1074,13 +2528,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1089,32 +2543,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Cấu trúc" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1122,94 +2721,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Quy tắc" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1218,7 +2811,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1227,61 +2820,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1290,54 +2897,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Đãi ngộ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1345,83 +2965,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Tiếp tục" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "Ưu đãi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2559,6 +4248,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Báo cáo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "Tệp đính kèm lương" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2841,11 +4805,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Tuyển dụng" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Mẫu Email" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Từ chối" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "Thêm nhanh" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Tạo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Create employee" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2867,40 +6269,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2912,37 +6298,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2950,164 +6335,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Đánh giá" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Câu hỏi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3117,143 +6599,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Câu hỏi" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Chấm điểm tiềm năng" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Câu trả lời" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Candidates" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Hộp văn bản 1 dòng" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Ma trận" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Mô tả" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Tùy chọn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "Các ràng buộc" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Bố cục" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "Live Sessions" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "Thời gian & tính điểm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Người tham gia" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Live Session" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3262,3 +7071,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "Thông điệp kết thúc" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "Giới thiệu" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "Hướng dẫn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "Xem công việc" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Liên kết" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "LinkedIn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "Gửi email cho một người bạn" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Điểm" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Phần thưởng" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Cấp độ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "Cảnh báo" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index ce43629c0..e9f7d1fe7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Raven Allmind, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Chloe Wang, 2024 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 # Datasource International , 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`CLI documentation `." #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr "用于登录 Odoo 网页界面的用户账户与 :option:`--db_user `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`odoo-bin 的 CLI 参数列表`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 msgid "Maintain" @@ -2574,31 +2574,31 @@ msgstr "在搜索栏中搜索以下 :guilabel:`Deregulated permissions` 并逐 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下会添加 :guilabel:`User.Read` 权限。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " "Graph." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 整合所需的 API 权限列于 Microsoft Graph 下方。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 msgid "Assign users and groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分配用户和组" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " "of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加 API 权限后，返回左侧边栏菜单顶部的 :guilabel:`应用` 的:guilabel:`概览`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2607,12 +2607,14 @@ msgid "" "Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the " "table." msgstr "" +"现在，为该应用程序添加用户。在:guilabel:`要点` 概览表下，点击标有:guilabel:`本地目录中的托管应用程序` " +"的链接，或表格右下方的最后一个选项。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" "created application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击已创建应用程序的本地目录中的管理应用程序链接，添加用户/组。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -3770,7 +3772,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 https://www.example.com 配置为网站域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -3787,6 +3789,8 @@ msgid "" "`Google Search Console `_ to fix " "this." msgstr "" +"如果两个地址都已编入索引，Google 可能需要一段时间才能删除第二个地址的索引。您也可以尝试使用 `Google Search Console " +"`_来解决此问题。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -3805,7 +3809,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从社区转向企业" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3878,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "使用源时，有许多方法可以启动服务器，您可能有自己 msgid "" "Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " ":doc:`../install/source`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新启动命令中的 ``--addons-path`` 参数（请参阅 :doc:`../install/source`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" @@ -3945,6 +3949,8 @@ msgid "" " Odoo database. This configuration works by using either a personal email " "address or an address created by a custom domain." msgstr "" +"Odoo 与Google Gmail 的 OAuth 兼容。要从自定义域发送安全电子邮件，只需在 Google 的 *Workspace* 平台以及 " +"Odoo 数据库的后端配置即可。该配置可通过使用个人电子邮件地址或自定义域创建的地址来实现。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4128,11 +4134,11 @@ msgstr "然后，点击顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`创建凭证` 并从下拉 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " "the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:guilabel:`应用类型` 下，从下拉菜单中选择:guilabel:`网络应用程序`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:guilabel:`名字`字段中输入`Odoo`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4142,6 +4148,9 @@ msgid "" " field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " "Odoo database name." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`授权重定向 URI` 标签下，单击 :guilabel:`添加 URI` 按钮，然后在:guilabel:`URIs` " +"字段中输入 `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm`。请务必用实际的 Odoo " +"数据库名称替换 URL 中的 *yourdbname* 部分。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -4149,14 +4158,16 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" " use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"接下来，点击 :guilabel:`创建` 生成 OAuth :guilabel:`客户 ID` " +"和:guilabel:`客户密钥`。最后，复制每个生成的值，以便以后在 Odoo 中配置时使用，然后导航到 Odoo 数据库。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google OAuth 的客户端 ID 和客户端密文。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 msgid "Enter Google Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入 Google 认证" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -4164,6 +4175,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " "Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." msgstr "" +"首先，打开 Odoo 并导航至 :guilabel:`应用程序` 模块。然后，从搜索栏中移除 :guilabel:`应用程序` 筛选器，输入 " +"`Google`。安装名为 :guilabel:`Google Gmail` 的模块。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -4206,6 +4219,8 @@ msgid "" "(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." " Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." msgstr "" +"接下来，点击:guilabel:`Gmail OAuth 身份验证` 或 :guilabel:`Gmail` " +"（在:guilabel:`通过以下方式验证` 或 :guilabel:`连接` 部分下）。最后，点击 :guilabel:`连接 Gmail 账户`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -4253,11 +4268,11 @@ msgstr "生产VS测试发布状态" msgid "" "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " "(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`生产` 作为 :guilabel:`发布状态` （而不是 :guilabel:`测试`）将显示以下警告信息：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth 仅限 100 个敏感范围登录。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4306,7 +4321,7 @@ msgstr "如果 Odoo 中的 *Google Gmail* 模块尚未更新至最新版本， #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁止 您没有访问所请求资源的权限。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -4377,35 +4392,35 @@ msgstr "Odoo 在线版与**非标准应用程序**不兼容。" msgid "" "The database's current version must be :doc:`supported " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库的当前版本必须是 :doc:`supported`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建数据库的:ref:`副本`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 msgid "In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此副本中，卸载所有**非标准应用程序**。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 msgid "Use the database manager to grab a *dump with filestore*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用数据库管理器抓取*带文件存储的dump*。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 msgid "" "`Submit a support ticket `_ including the " "following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`提交支持工单 `_ 包括以下内容：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:23 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:88 msgid "your **subscription number**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的**订阅编号**、" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 msgid "" "the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`), and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您希望用于数据库的**URL**（例如 `company.odoo.com`）、以及" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -4444,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "传输 Odoo 在线数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -4454,12 +4469,14 @@ msgid "" "it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version " "`, waiting for its release if necessary." msgstr "" +"Odoo Online 的 :ref:`中间版本` " +"不能在内部托管，因为该托管类型不支持这些版本。因此，如果要转移的数据库运行的是中间版本，则必须先升级到下一个:ref:`主版本`，必要时等待其发布。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 msgid "" "Transferring an online database running on Odoo 16.3 would require first " "upgrading it to Odoo 17.0." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要转移在 Odoo 16.3 上运行的在线数据库，首先需要将其升级到 Odoo 17.0。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4467,6 +4484,8 @@ msgid "" "Online database manager `_ to display " "its version number." msgstr "" +"单击 `Odoo 云端版数据库管理器 `_ " +"上数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙`），以显示其版本号。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:108 @@ -4482,34 +4501,37 @@ msgid "" "If the download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support" " `_." msgstr "" +"登录`Odoo 在线数据库管理器 " +"`_，然后单击数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙`）以 " +":guilabel:`下载`备份。如果由于文件过大而导致下载失败，请联系 Odoo 支持 `_。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:64 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:111 msgid "" "Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using " "the backup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用备份从本地服务器上的数据库管理器还原数据库。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:77 msgid "Transferring an Odoo.sh database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "传输 Odoo.sh 数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:85 msgid "" "Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in " "the production build." -msgstr "" +msgstr "先在过渡版本中卸载所有**非标准应用程序**，然后在生产版本中卸载。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:86 msgid "" "`Create a support ticket `_ including the " "following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`创建支持工单 `_ 包括以下内容：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:89 msgid "" "the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "您希望用于数据库的 **URL** （例如，`company.odoo.com`）、" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:90 msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," @@ -4532,17 +4554,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:101 msgid "Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择离大多数用户最近的**区域**，以减少延迟。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:102 msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未来的**管理员**必须拥有 Odoo.com 账户。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:103 msgid "" "The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful" " to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您希望数据库启动和运行的**日期和时间**有助于组织从 Odoo.sh 服务器到 Odoo 云端版服务器的切换。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:105 msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." @@ -4552,11 +4574,11 @@ msgstr "数据库在迁移期间**不可访问**。" msgid "" "Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载 Odoo.sh 生产数据库的 :ref:`备份`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:3 msgid "Mailjet API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mailjet API" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4566,14 +4588,16 @@ msgid "" "database. In some circumstances, settings need to be configured on the " "custom domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings as well." msgstr "" +"Odoo 与 Mailjet 的:abbr:`API（应用程序编程接口）`兼容，可用于邮件群发。通过在 Mailjet 账户和 Odoo " +"数据库中配置设置，通过 Mailjet 建立专用的邮件群发服务器。在某些情况下，还需要在自定义域名的 :`DNS（域名系统）`设置中进行配置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:11 msgid "Set up in Mailjet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Mailjet 中设置" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:14 msgid "Create API credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建应用程序接口证书" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4702,21 +4726,23 @@ msgstr "至少应在提供商中设置以下电子邮件地址，并在 Mailjet #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:78 msgid "notifications\\@yourdomain.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "notifications\\@yourdomain.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:79 msgid "bounce\\@yourdomain.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bounce\\@yourdomain.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:80 msgid "catchall\\@yourdomain.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "catchall\\@yourdomain.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:83 msgid "" "Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the Odoo database. If there " "isn't one, then use the :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." msgstr "" +"将 `yourdomain` 替换为 Odoo 数据库的自定义域。如果没有，则使用 :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` " +"系统参数。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -4725,6 +4751,8 @@ msgid "" " completing the form, an activation email is sent to the email address and " "the trusted sender can be activated." msgstr "" +"然后，填写 :guilabel:`电子邮件信息` " +"表单，确保选择适当的电子邮件类型：交易电子邮件或群发电子邮件。填写表格后，系统会向该电子邮件地址发送一封激活电子邮件，然后即可激活受信任的发件人。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4733,6 +4761,8 @@ msgid "" "based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance)` settings on the " "domain of the sender." msgstr "" +"建议在发件人的域上设置 :abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）`/: " +"abbr:`DKIM（域密钥识别邮件）`/:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:162 @@ -4741,6 +4771,8 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Mailjet 的 SPF/DKIM/DMARC 文档 `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4749,10 +4781,12 @@ msgid "" "above) should be set up in Odoo CRM to create a lead. Then, the database is " "able to receive the verification email and verify the accounts." msgstr "" +"如果数据库没有使用自定义域，那么为了验证发件人地址，应在 Odoo CRM " +"中设置一个临时别名（上述三个电子邮件地址）来创建线索。然后，数据库就能接收验证电子邮件并验证账户。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:107 msgid "Add a domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4763,18 +4797,21 @@ msgid "" "Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " "section. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add domain` to add the custom domain." msgstr "" +"将整个域添加到 Mailjet 帐户后，与该域相关的所有发件人地址都会自动验证，以便使用 Mailjet 服务器发送电子邮件。首先，导航到 " +"`Mailjet 帐户信息 `_页面。然后，单击 :guilabel:`发件人和域名`" +" 部分下的 :guilabel:`添加发件人域名或地址` 链接。然后，点击:guilabel:`添加域名` 添加自定义域名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:116 msgid "" "The domain needs to be added to the Mailjet account and then validated " "through the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "域名需要添加到 Mailjet 账户，然后通过:abbr:`DNS（域名系统）`进行验证。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:119 msgid "" "After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Add a new Domain` page on Mailjet and " "click :guilabel:`Continue`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，在 Mailjet 上填写 :guilabel:`添加新域名` 页面，并单击 :guilabel:`继续`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -4784,6 +4821,9 @@ msgid "" "to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " "System)` provider to complete validation." msgstr "" +"添加域名后，将弹出一个验证页面。除非 Odoo 数据库是内部数据库（在这种情况下，请选择 :guilabel:`选项 1`），否则请选择 " +":guilabel:`选项 2: 创建 DNS 记录`。将 TXT 记录信息复制到记事本，然后导航到域名的 :abbr:`DNS （域名系统）` " +"提供商完成验证。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." @@ -4802,10 +4842,13 @@ msgid "" "information consists of the :guilabel:`Host` and :guilabel:`Value`. Paste " "these into the corresponding fields in the TXT record." msgstr "" +"从 Mailjet 账户获取 TXT 记录信息后，向域名的 :abbr:`DNS （域名系统）` 添加 TXT " +"记录。此过程因:abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 提供商而异。具体配置过程请咨询提供商。TXT 记录信息由 :guilabel:`主机` 和 " +":guilabel:`值` 组成。将这些信息粘贴到 TXT 记录的相应字段中。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:141 msgid "Return to Mailjet account information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "返回 Mailjet 账户信息" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -4815,6 +4858,8 @@ msgid "" "click the gear icon next to :guilabel:`Domain`, and select " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"将 TXT 记录添加到域名的 :abbr:`DNS（域名系统）`后，返回 Mailjet 帐户。然后，导航至 :menuselection:`账户信息 " +"--> 添加发件人域名或地址`，单击 :guilabel:`域名` 旁边的齿轮图标，并选择 :guilabel:`验证`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -4822,17 +4867,19 @@ msgid "" "`_ page on the Mailjet account " "information and clicking on :guilabel:`Manage`." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，也可进入 Mailjet 账户信息中的`发送域和地址 `_页面，然后单击 :guilabel:`管理`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:150 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Check Now` to validate the TXT record that was added " "on the domain. A success screen will appear if the domain is configured " "correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下来，单击:guilabel:`立即查看` 以验证域上添加的 TXT 记录。如果域配置正确，将显示成功屏幕。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查 Mailjet 中的 DNS 记录。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -4841,14 +4888,16 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` & :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " "Mail) records to input into the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider." msgstr "" +"成功设置域后，可选择:guilabel:`验证此域（SPF/DKIM）`。此按钮会填充 :abbr:`SPF （发件人策略框架）`和 " +":abbr:`DKIM （域名密钥识别邮件）记录，以便输入到 :abbr:`DNS （域名系统）`提供商。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Mailjet 中的 SPF/DKIM 记录验证域名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:172 msgid "Set up in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中设置" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4858,6 +4907,9 @@ msgid "" "create a new outgoing server configuration by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" +"要完成设置，请导航至 Odoo 数据库并转至 :guilabel:`设置`。打开 :ref:`开发者模式` 后，进入 " +":menuselection:`技术菜单 --> 电子邮件 --> 外发邮件服务器`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建` " +"按钮创建新的外发服务器配置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -4868,6 +4920,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)` " "even though Mailjet may not require it." msgstr "" +"接着，输入先前从 Mailjet 账户复制的`SMTP 服务器`（in-v3.mailjet.com）、`端口号`（587 或 " +"465）和`安全性（SSL/TLS）`。也可在此处 `_ 找到。建议使用 " +":abbr:`SSL（安全套接字层）`/: abbr:`TLS（传输层安全）`，即使 Mailjet 可能不需要它。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -4877,6 +4932,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Mailjet --> Account Settings --> SMTP and SEND API " "Settings`." msgstr "" +"对于 :guilabel:`用户名`，输入 :guilabel:`API KEY`。对于 :guilabel:`密码`，输入之前从 Mailjet " +"账户复制到记事本的 :guilabel:`SECRET KEY`。这些设置可在 :menuselection:`Mailjet --> 帐户设置 -->" +" SMTP 和 SEND API 设置` 中找到。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -4884,16 +4942,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority` value higher than that of any transactional email " "server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." msgstr "" +"然后，如果 Mailjet 服务器用于群发邮件，则将 :guilabel:`优先` 值设置为高于任何事务性电子邮件服务器的值。最后，保存设置并 " +":guilabel:`测试连接`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 发送电子邮件服务器设置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:198 msgid "" "In order for the notifications feature to work using Mailjet, there are " "three settings that need to be set in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了让 Mailjet 的通知功能正常工作，需要在 Odoo 中进行三个设置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -4902,12 +4962,16 @@ msgid "" " match the domain in the two proceeding steps. More information can be " "referenced :ref:`here `." msgstr "" +"需要在服务器配置中设置 :guilabel:`From " +"Filter`。建议将其设置为域，而不是完整的电子邮件地址。它应与接下来两个步骤中的域相匹配。更多信息可参考 :ref:`此处 " +"`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:205 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must have the value " "`notifications\\@yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`mail.default.from`系统参数的值必须是`notifications/@yourdomain.com`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -4916,12 +4980,15 @@ msgid "" "Odoo database. If there isn't one, then use the " ":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." msgstr "" +"系统参数 :guilabel:`mail.default.from_filter` 的值必须为 `yourdomain.com`。将 " +"`yourdomain` 替换为 Odoo 数据库的自定义域名。如果没有，则使用 :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` " +"系统参数。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:211 msgid "" "For more information see :ref:`Using a default email address " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`使用默认电子邮件地址 `。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4930,6 +4997,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" " menu." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数` 菜单中激活 " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` 可以访问 :guilabel:`系统参数'。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -4964,31 +5033,31 @@ msgstr "访问数据库管理选项" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:22 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" @@ -6153,7 +6222,7 @@ msgstr "“---在初始化后停止”将在服务器实例完成您请求的操 msgid "" "More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "还有更多选项，详见:doc:`CLI 文档`。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -6696,7 +6765,7 @@ msgid "" "Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " "a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the " "database is not in use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与暂存分支类似，只要不使用数据库，就不会发送邮件，而是由邮件捕获器拦截，也不会触发计划的操作。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -7808,6 +7877,8 @@ msgid "" " the amount back as commission. Contact your sales representative or account" " manager in order to get it." msgstr "" +"合作伙伴可使用其合作伙伴代码开始试用。如果他们的客户开始了一个项目，他们应该获得包括 Odoo.sh 在内的企业订阅并使用其订阅代码。合作伙伴将获得 " +"50% 的佣金返还。请联系您的销售代表或客户经理以获得该代码。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -8188,6 +8259,8 @@ msgid "" "` in which you replace every occurrences of " "*my_module* to the name of your choice." msgstr "" +"如果您不想在电脑上安装 Odoo，也可以 :download:`下载此模块结构模板 ` " +"，您可以将 *my_module* 替换为您选择的名称。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:98 msgid "The below structure will be generated:" @@ -8249,6 +8322,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` tutorial to understand the " "structure of a module and the content of each file." msgstr "" +"如果想手动创建模块结构，可以参考 :doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` " +"教程，了解模块结构和每个文件的内容。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 msgid "Push the development branch" @@ -8601,16 +8676,18 @@ msgid "" "requiring system packages for their compilation, and **third-party Odoo " "modules**." msgstr "" +"无法在 Odoo.sh 数据库上安装或升级系统软件包（如 apt " +"软件包）。不过，在特定条件下，可以考虑安装软件包。这也适用于需要系统软件包进行编译的**Python 模块**和**第三方 Odoo 模块**。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh 不支持 **PostgreSQL 扩展**。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 msgid "" "For more information, consult our `FAQ " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更多信息，请参阅我们的 `FAQ`_。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -9285,6 +9362,8 @@ msgid "" "14.0 to Odoo 16.0). Frequently upgrading is essential as each version comes " "with new and improved features, bug fixes, and security patches." msgstr "" +"升级是将您的数据库从旧版本转移到较新的 :doc:` 支持版本 `（例如，Odoo 14.0 " +"到 Odoo 16.0）的过程。经常升级是必要的，因为每个版本都有新的和改进的功能、错误修复和安全补丁。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9293,10 +9372,12 @@ msgid "" "as soon as a new version is released. The invitation to upgrade is only sent" " if no issues are detected during the automatic tests." msgstr "" +"滚动发布流程允许 Odoo " +"云端版客户在新版本发布后，立即通过发送给数据库管理员的消息提示，直接升级数据库。只有在自动测试期间未发现问题时，才会发送升级邀请。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "The upgrade message prompt on the top right of the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库右上方的升级信息提示" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -9306,18 +9387,20 @@ msgid "" "is possible to request an upgraded test database and check it for any " "discrepancies." msgstr "" +"强烈建议手动 :ref:`先测试升级 `。点击 :guilabel:`我想先进行测试` " +"会重定向到数据库管理器 `_，在那里可以请求升级测试数据库并检查是否有任何差异。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 msgid "" "It is **not** recommended to click :guilabel:`Upgrade Now` without testing " "first, as it immediately triggers the live production database upgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**不建议**在未进行测试的情况下点击 :guilabel:`立即升级`，因为这会立即触发实时生产数据库升级。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:30 msgid "" "If the Rolling Release process detects an issue with the upgrade, it will be" " deactivated until the issue is resolved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果滚动发布程序检测到升级存在问题，则会停用升级，直到问题得到解决。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:33 msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" @@ -9325,23 +9408,24 @@ msgstr "升级不包括：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:35 msgid "Downgrading to a previous version of Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "降级到 Odoo 以前的版本" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:36 msgid "" ":doc:`Switching editions ` (e.g., from Community to " "Enterprise)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`转换版本 ` （例如，从社区版转换到企业版）" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 msgid "" ":doc:`Changing hosting type ` " "(e.g., from on-premise to Odoo Online)" msgstr "" +":doc:`更改托管类型` （例如，从内部托管到 Odoo 在线版）" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 msgid "Migrating from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从另一个企业资源规划系统迁移到 Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -9352,16 +9436,19 @@ msgid "" "` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " "of your custom modules `." msgstr "" +"如果您的数据库包含自定义模块，则在您的自定义模块版本可用于 Odoo 目标版本之前，数据库无法升级。对于维护自己自定义模块的客户，我们建议通过 " +":ref:`请求升级数据库 ` 同时 :doc:` " +"升级自定义模块的源代码` 来并行处理该过程。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级概述" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求升级测试数据库（请参阅 :ref:`获取升级的测试数据库 `）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -9369,25 +9456,28 @@ msgid "" "compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." msgstr "" +"如果适用，请升级自定义模块的源代码，使其与新版本的 Odoo 兼容（请参阅 " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "彻底测试升级后的数据库（请参阅 :ref:`测试新版数据库 `）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" +"通过 `支持页面 `__ 向 Odoo 报告测试过程中遇到的任何问题。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦所有问题都得到解决，并且确信升级后的数据库可以作为主数据库使用而不会出现任何问题，就可以计划升级生产数据库。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -9395,16 +9485,19 @@ msgid "" "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" +"请求升级生产数据库，使其在完成升级过程所需的时间内不可用（参见 :ref:`升级生产数据库 `）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" +"通过`支持`页面 `__ 向 Odoo " +"报告升级过程中遇到的任何问题。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取升级后的测试数据库" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -9414,6 +9507,10 @@ msgid "" "manager `_, or your `Odoo.sh project " "`_." msgstr "" +"`升级页面 `_ " +"是申请升级数据库的主要平台。不过，根据托管类型的不同，您可以通过命令行（内置）、`Odoo 在线数据库管理器 " +"`_ 或您的`Odoo.sh 项目 " +"`_进行升级。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9422,12 +9519,14 @@ msgid "" "`General Data Protection Regulation page `_ to " "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" +"升级平台遵循与 Odoo.com 其他服务相同的 `隐私政策`_。访问 `一般数据保护条例`" +" 页面`_，了解更多有关Odoo 如何处理您的数据和隐私的信息。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 在线版数据库可通过`数据库管理器 `_手动升级。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -9475,6 +9574,8 @@ msgid "" " can also be accessed from the database manager by clicking the dropdown " "arrow before the database name." msgstr "" +"数据库名称旁边会显示 :guilabel:`正在升级` " +"标记，直至完成。一旦升级成功，就会向提供的地址发送一封电子邮件，其中包含升级后测试数据库的链接。也可以通过点击数据库名称前的下拉箭头，从数据库管理器访问数据库。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." @@ -9494,7 +9595,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后将**最新的生产日自动备份**发送到 `升级平台 `_。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -9531,19 +9632,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在数据库所在的计算机上输入以下命令行，即可启动标准升级程序：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用以下命令可以显示一般帮助和主要命令：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "也可通过`升级页面 `_ 申请升级测试数据库。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -9552,30 +9653,32 @@ msgid "" "performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" " more information." msgstr "" +"在安装了自定义模块的数据库中，在执行升级之前，其源代码必须与目标版本的 Odoo 一致。请查看 " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` 页面了解更多信息。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "出于安全考虑，只有提交升级申请的人才能下载。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于存储原因，数据库副本在提交升级服务器时没有文件存储。因此，升级后的数据库不包含生产文件库。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在还原升级数据库之前，必须将其文件存储与生产文件存储合并，以便在与新版本相同的条件下执行测试。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级后的数据库包含：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" @@ -9700,74 +9803,74 @@ msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品目录中随机抽取一个产品，比较其测试数据和生产数据，以验证所有内容（产品类别、售价、成本价、供应商、账户、路线等）是否相同。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "购买本产品（采购应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认接收该产品（库存应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查生产数据库（库存应用程序）中接收该产品的路径是否相同。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向随机客户销售该产品（销售应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开客户数据库（通讯录应用程序），选择客户（或公司）并检查其数据。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "运送该产品（库存应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查运送该产品的路线是否与生产数据库（库存应用程序）中的路线相同。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证客户发票（开票或会计应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将发票记入贷方（开具贷项凭单）并检查其是否与生产数据库中的一致。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看报告结果（会计应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "随机检查您的税款、货币、银行账户和财政年度（会计应用程序）。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在线订购（网站应用程序），从在商店中选择产品到结账，检查所有操作是否与生产数据库中的一致。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本列表**并非**详尽无遗。请根据您对 Odoo 的使用情况，将示例扩展到其他应用程序。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -9778,6 +9881,8 @@ msgid "" "encountered during the testing to fix it before upgrading your production " "database." msgstr "" +"如果您在测试升级后的测试数据库时遇到问题，可以通过 `支持`页面 `__ " +"选择与测试升级相关的选项，请求 Odoo 的帮助。无论如何，在升级生产数据库之前，必须报告测试过程中遇到的任何问题，以便解决问题。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -9787,24 +9892,26 @@ msgid "" "a customization, it is the responsibility of the maintainer of your custom " "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"在测试过程中，您可能会遇到标准视图、功能、字段和模型之间的重大差异。这些更改无法逐一还原。但是，如果新版本引入的更改破坏了定制，则您的定制模块维护者有责任使其与新版本的" +" Odoo 兼容。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要忘记测试：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "与外部软件（电子数据交换、应用程序接口等）整合" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不同应用程序之间的工作流程（电子商务在线销售、将潜在客户转化为销售订单、交付产品等）" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据导出" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" @@ -9814,11 +9921,11 @@ msgstr "自动动作" msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在表单视图的操作菜单中执行服务器操作，以及在列表视图中选择多个记录执行服务器操作" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级生产数据库" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -9828,13 +9935,16 @@ msgid "" " coordination with Odoo's upgrade support analysts, reachable via the " "`support page `__." msgstr "" +"一旦完成:ref:`测试 " +"`，并确信升级后的数据库可作为主数据库使用，而不会出现任何问题，就可以计划启用日。您可以与 Odoo " +"的升级支持分析师协调计划，他们可通过`支持`页面 `__ 与您联系。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在升级期间，您的生产数据库将不可用。因此，我们建议在数据库使用量最小的时候计划升级。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -9844,6 +9954,7 @@ msgid "" "takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " "before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" +"由于标准升级脚本和您的数据库都在不断变化，因此建议经常申请另一个升级测试数据库，以确保升级过程仍然成功，尤其是在升级需要很长时间才能完成的情况下。**还建议在升级生产数据库的前一天充分演练升级过程。**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" @@ -9851,25 +9962,25 @@ msgstr "在没有进行首次测试的情况下投入生产可能会导致：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户无法适应变化和新功能" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "业务中断（例如，不再可能验证操作）" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "糟糕的客户体验（例如，电子商务网站无法正常运行）" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级生产数据库的过程与升级测试数据库类似，但有几处例外。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -9877,23 +9988,26 @@ msgid "" "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" +"该过程类似于 :ref:` 获取升级的测试数据库 `，只是目的选项必须设置为 " +":guilabel:`生产`而不是:guilabel:`测试`。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦请求升级，数据库将不可用，直到升级完成。一旦升级完成，就无法恢复到以前的版本。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." msgstr "" +"该过程类似于:ref:`在:guilabel:`生产`分支上获取升级的测试数据库 `。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "View from the upgrade tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从升级选项卡查看" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -10002,20 +10116,20 @@ msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级服务仅限于对数据库（标准模块和数据）进行技术转换和调整，使其与升级目标版本兼容。" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "《服务水平协议》未涵盖的升级服务" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不包括以下与升级有关的服务：" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在升级时**清除**已有的数据和配置；" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" @@ -10036,8 +10150,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`支持的 Odoo 版本 `" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f499a5854..2fa157728 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 msgid "Tax reductions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "减税" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 msgid "Payment reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款对账" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ msgid "" "A **credit/debit note**, or **credit/debit memo**, is a document issued to a" " customer that notifies them that they have been *credited/debited* a " "certain amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "贷记/借记票据**或贷记/借记备忘**是签发给客户的单据，通知客户已*贷记/借记*一定金额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:8 msgid "Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:" @@ -3361,6 +3361,7 @@ msgid "" "the :doc:`return ` if a " "storable product is returned." msgstr "" +"开具贷记/借记票据是取消、退款或修改已验证发票的唯一合法方式。如果您需要向客户退款并/或验证:doc:`退货`（如果有可存储产品退回），请不要忘记随后**登记付款**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:25 msgid "Issue a credit note" @@ -3373,6 +3374,8 @@ msgid "" "on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same way as " "an invoice form." msgstr "" +"您可以进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 贷项凭单`，点击 " +":guilabel:`创建`，从头开始创建信用证。填写贷方通知单的方法与填写发票的方法相同。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3388,15 +3391,15 @@ msgstr "你可从三种选项中进行选择：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`部分退款`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全额退款`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全额退款和新的发票草稿`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -15503,7 +15506,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:332 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:` 发票应用程序 --> 我的发票 --> 我的报告`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" @@ -15516,7 +15519,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:340 msgid "Submit an expense report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提交费用报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:342 msgid "" @@ -15526,6 +15529,7 @@ msgid "" "expense reports (if the report is not already open). To view all expense " "reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." msgstr "" +"费用报告完成后，下一步是将报告提交给经理审批。报告必须单独提交，不能分批提交。从费用报告列表中打开特定报告（如果报告尚未打开）。要查看所有支出报告，请转到:menuselection:`支出应用程序-->我的支出-->我的报告`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -15569,7 +15573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:373 msgid "Approve expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批准报销" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -19287,7 +19291,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:71 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 42e2b0632..09db7c4ee 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,19 +6,22 @@ # Translators: # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 # Raven Allmind, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Rhea Xiao, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# 稀饭~~ , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Emily Jia , 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -159,102 +162,157 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Odoo *员工* 模块可用于整理公司的雇佣记录、合同以及部门。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "添加一名新员工" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "创建一位新员工" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" -"新员工入职后，第一步是创建新员工表单。从 :menuselection:`员工` 应用的仪表板开始，单击 :guilabel:`新建` " -"按钮创建员工表单，填写所需信息（粗体下划线）和其他详细信息，然后单击 :guilabel:` 保存' 。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." -msgstr "新建一张员工卡" +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "当前公司的电话号码及名称将自动填充至 :guilabel:`工作电话` 和 :guilabel:`公司` 字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "一般信息" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "必填字段" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`：输入员工姓名。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr ":guilabel:`Company`：从下拉菜单中选择新员工受雇的公司，或在字段中输入名称以新建公司。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "可选字段" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." -msgstr ":guilabel:`照片`：在员工卡右上方的图片框中，单击 :guilabel:`✏️ (铅笔)` 编辑图标，然后选择要上传的照片。" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." -msgstr "guilabel:`工作职位`：输入员工的职位名称。" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -"标签：单击下拉菜单中的标签，添加适用于该员工的所有标签。在该字段中输入标签名称，即可创建新标签。创建后，所有员工卡均可使用新标签。除此，可添加的标签数量不受限制。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -"工作联系信息：输入员工的 :guilabel:`工作电话`、:guilabel:`工作手机`、:guilabel:`工作邮箱` 和/或 " -":guilabel:`公司` 名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`部门`：从下拉菜单中选中员工所在部门。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`经理`：从下拉菜单中选择员工经理。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr ":guilabel:`导师`：从下拉菜单中选择员工导师。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " @@ -262,65 +320,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "选择 :guilabel:`经理` 后，若 :guilabel:`导师` 字段为空，则所选经理将自动填充 :guilabel:`导师` 字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -"要编辑已选定的 :guilabel:`部门`、 :guilabel:`经理` 、 :guilabel:`导师` 或 " -":guilabel:`公司`，请单击相应选项旁边的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 按钮，即可打开所选表单，以便进行修改。编辑完成后，单击 " -":guilabel:`保存` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "其他信息标签" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "简历选项卡" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "简历" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" -"下一步，在 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡中输入员工的工作经历，注意每行简历都必须单独输入。单击 :guilabel:`创建新条目`，屏幕上将显示" -" :guilabel:`创建简历行`的表单。然后，为每个条目输入以下信息。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." -msgstr "在此表单中添加以往工作经历信息。" +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr ":guilabel:`标题`：输入以前工作经历的标题。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`经历`、 " -":guilabel:`教育`、:guilabel:内部认证`、:guilabel:`内部培训` 或输入新条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`显示类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`经典`、:guilabel:`认证` 或 :guilabel:`课程`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -330,11 +384,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`开始日期` 和 :guilabel:`结束日期`：输入工作经历的开始和结束日期。要选择日期，请使用 :guilabel:`< " "（左）` 和 :guilabel:`> （右）` 箭头图标滚动至欲选月份，然后单击日期进行选择。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr ":guilabel:`描述`：在该字段中输入任何相关详细信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " @@ -343,74 +397,68 @@ msgstr "" "输入所有信息后，如果只需添加一个条目，请单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮；如果要保存当前条目并新建简历行，请单击 " ":guilabel:`保存并新建` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -"保存新员工表单后，当前职位和公司将自动添加至 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`经历`中，且结束日期显示为 " -":guilabel:`至今`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "技能" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" -"可在 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡中以创建简历行的相同方式输入员工的技能。单击 :guilabel:`技能` 下方的 " -":guilabel:`创建` 按钮，屏幕上将显示 `创建技能` 表单。然后，在该表单中填入相关信息。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." -msgstr "为该员工创建一项新技能。" +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`技能类型`：单击技能类型旁边的单选按钮，即可选择 :ref:`技能类型` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`技能`：与所选 :guilabel:`技能类型` 相关的技能均将显示在下拉菜单中。例如，选中`技能类型`中的`语言`类型后， " -":guilabel:`技能` 字段下方将显示多种语言以供选择。请选择适当的预配置技能，或输入名称以创建新技能。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`技能等级`：与所选 :guilabel:`技能类型` " -"相关的预定义技能等级将显示在下拉菜单中。选择一个技能等级，进度条中将自动显示该技能等级的预定义进度。可在 :guilabel:`技能等级` " -"弹出表单中修改技能等级和进度，单击 :guilabel:`技能等级` 字段旁边的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 按钮即可访问该表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -"输入所有信息后，如果只需添加一个条目，请单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮；如果要保存当前条目并新建一项技能，请单击 " -":guilabel:`保存并新建` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " @@ -419,156 +467,177 @@ msgstr "" "要删除 :guilabel:`简历` 选项卡中的任何一行，请单击 :guilabel:`🗑️ （垃圾桶）` 图标删除此条目。单击相应选项旁边的 " ":guilabel:`添加` 按钮，即可添加新行。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" msgstr "技能类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -"要将技能添加至员工表单中，必须配置 :guilabel:`技能类型`。前往:menuselection:`员工应用 --> 配置 --> 技能类型` " -"，查看当前配置的技能类型并创建新技能类型。单击 :guilabel:`创建`，屏幕上将显示新建 " -":guilabel:`技能类型`表单。填写所有详细信息，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存`。对所有需要的各项技能类型，需重复此操作。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." -msgstr ":guilabel:`技能类型`：输入技能类型的名称。请注意该名称应具备一定的通用性，因为列出的一些具体技能将被归为这一类。" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." -msgstr ":guilabel:`技能`：单击 :guilabel:`添加新行` 并输入新技能的信息，然后对全部所需技能重复该操作。" +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -" :guilabel:`等级`：单击 :guilabel:`添加新行`，屏幕中将显示 :guilabel:` 创建等级` " -"表单。输入等级名称，并为该等级指定一个百分比（0-100）。单击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` 按钮，以保存该条目并创建新等级；或单击 " -":guilabel:`保存并关闭` 按钮；以保存该等级并关闭表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" -"要添加数学技能集，请在 :guilabel:`名称` 字段中输入 `数学`。然后，在 :guilabel:`技能` " -"字段中输入`代数`、`微积分`以及`三角学`。最后，在 :guilabel:`等级` 字段中输入`入门`、`中等`以及`专家`，且对应的 " -":guilabel:`进度` 值分别为`25`、`50` 以及 `100`。然后单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 或 " -":guilabel:`保存并新建`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." -msgstr "在技能类型表单中创建新数学技能及等级。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "工作信息选项卡" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`工作信息` " -"选项卡中，存放着员工具体工作的相关信息，其中列出了员工的工作时间表、各种角色、特定请求（休假、工时单和费用）审批人以及具体工作地点的详细信息。请为新员工输入以下信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`地址`：从相应的下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`工作地址` 和 :guilabel:`工作地点`。单击工作地址旁边的 " -":guilabel:`外部链接`按钮，将在窗口中打开所选公司表单，并允许编辑； " -":guilabel:`工作地点`展示的是具体工作地点的详细信息，如楼层或楼宇。如需新建工作地点，请在该字段中输入以添加。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`审批者`：在下拉菜单中，选中对该员工的 :guilabel:`休假`、:guilabel:`费用` 和 " -":guilabel:`工时单` 进行审批的用户。单击 guilabel:`外部链接`按钮，将打开一个包含审批人 " -":guilabel:`姓名`、:guilabel:`邮箱地址`、:guilabel:`公司`、 :guilabel:`手机` 以及 " -":guilabel:`电话` 字段的表单。如有需要，可修改这些字段。完成编辑后，请单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`工作时间表`：为员工选择 :guilabel:`工作时间` 和 :guilabel:`时区`（均为必填字段）。单击 " -"guilabel:`外部链接'按钮，将打开展示每日具体工作时间的详细视图。如有需要，可修改或删除工作时间。然后单击 :guilabel:`保存` " -"按钮，以保存变更。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`规划`：:guilabel:`规划`模块将启用*规划*应用，只有安装了*规划* 应用，才会显示该模块。在 " -":guilabel:`默认规划角色` 和 :guilabel:`规划角色` " -"字段的下拉菜单中，单击规划角色以分别添加角色。:guilabel:`规划角色` 的数量不设限制，但只允许设定一个 " -":guilabel:`默认规划角色`。默认规划角色是该员工执行的*典型* 角色，而 :guilabel:`规划角色` 是该员工可执行的*所有*角色。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." -msgstr "在“工作信息”选项卡中添加工作信息。" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -"对于 :guilabel:`审批人` 模块的下拉菜单中显示的用户，必须具备相应人力资源角色的 *管理员* 权限。要查看谁拥有该权限，请前往 " -":menuselection:`设置应用 --> 用户 --> 管理用户`。点击一名员工，并查看 :guilabel:`访问` 选项卡中的 " -":guilabel:`人力资源` 选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " @@ -577,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "" "要让用户显示在:`费用`审批人列表中，必须将其设置为:guilabel:`费用` 角色的 " ":guilabel:`团队审批人`、:guilabel:`所有审批人`或:guilabel:`管理员`" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " @@ -586,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "" "要让用户显示在 :guilabel:`休假` 审批人的列表中，必须将其设置为:guilabel:`休假` 角色的 :guilabel:`主管` 或 " ":guilabel:`管理员` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " @@ -595,20 +664,20 @@ msgstr "" "要让用户显示在 :guilabel:`工时单` 审批人的列表中，必须将其设置为:guilabel:`薪资管理` 角色的 :guilabel:`主管` 或" " :guilabel:`管理员` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr ":guilabel: 工作时长`与公司的工作时间相关，员工的工作时长不能超出公司的工作时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "个人的工作时间因公司而异，因此对于多公司数据库，每个公司都需要设置自己的工作时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -619,106 +688,67 @@ msgstr "" "如果员工的工作时间未配置为公司的工作时间，则可以添加新的工作时间，或修改现有的工作时间。要添加或修改工作时间，请前往 " ":menuselection:`薪酬应用 --> 配置 -->工作时间`，添加工作时间或编辑现有工作时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." -msgstr "创建新的工作时间后，为员工设置工作时长。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "个人信息选项卡" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 -msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`个人信息` " -"选项卡中的所有信息都不是必需的，但其中某些信息可能对公司的工资部门至关重要。为了正确处理工资单并确保所有扣款都已入账，应输入员工的个人信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -"在此处输入员工的 " -":guilabel:`个人联系方式`、:guilabel:`婚姻状态`、:guilabel:`紧急联系方式`、:guilabel:`教育状况`、:guilabel:`公民身份`、:guilabel:`部门`" -" 以及:guilabel:`工作许可证` 信息。可通过下拉菜单、单击复选框或输入信息来填写这些字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Private Contact`：输入员工的个人 :guilabel:`地址` " -"。可通过下拉菜单进行选择，如果没有相关信息，请输入新地址的名称。要编辑新地址，请单击 :guilabel:`外部链接` " -"按钮以打开地址表单。在地址表单中，输入必要的详细信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." -msgstr "如果地址已列在下拉菜单中，则 :guilabel:`个人联系方式` 选项中的一些其他信息可能会自动填充。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 -msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." -msgstr "然后，在相应字段中输入员工的 :guilabel:`邮箱` 地址和 :guilabel:`手机` 号码。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 -msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." -msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择员工的偏好 :guilabel:`语言` 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"使用下拉菜单输入员工的:guilabel:`银行账号` " -"。如果尚未配置银行（创建新员工时的典型情况），请输入银行账号，然后单击:guilabel:`创建并编辑`，此时屏幕中将出现 " -":guilabel:`创建：银行账号`的对话框，请填写相关信息，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "最后，填写 :guilabel:`家庭——公司距离` 字段。只有在员工可领取任何类型的通勤津贴时，才需要填写该字段。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`婚姻状态`：从下拉菜单中选择 " -":guilabel:`单身`、:guilabel:`已婚`、:guilabel:`合法同居`、:guilabel:`丧偶`或 " -":guilabel:`离婚`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr ":guilabel:`紧急联系方式`：输入员工紧急联系人的姓名和手机号码。" +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -730,169 +760,160 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`应届毕业生`、:guilabel:`学士`、:guilabel:`硕士`、:guilabel:`博士`或 " ":guilabel:`其他`。在相应的字段中输入 :guilabel:`研究领域` 和 :guilabel:`学校` 名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`公民身份`：包含与员工公民身份相关的所有信息。有些选项可使用下拉菜单，:guilabel:`国籍（国家）`、:guilabel:`性别`以及:guilabel:`出生国家`选项也是如此。:guilabel:`出生日期`需使用日历模块选择日期。首先，点击月份名称，然后点击年份，以访问年份范围。使用" -" :guilabel:`< (左)`和 :guilabel:`> " -"(右)`箭头图标，导航至正确的年份范围，然后点击年份。接着，点击月份。最后，单击选择日期。输入 " -":guilabel:`身份证号码\"、:guilabel:`护照号码`以及:`出生地` 字段的信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr ":guilabel:`受扶养人`：如果员工有子女，请在该字段输入:guilabel:`子女数量`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`工作许可证`：如果员工拥有工作许可证，请在该选项输入相关信息。在相应字段中输入 :guilabel:`签证号码` 和/或 " -":guilabel:`工作许可证编号` 。使用日历模块，选择 :guilabel:`签证到期时间` 和/或 the " -":guilabel:`工作许可证到期日期` 以输入到期日期。如可以，请上传工作许可证文件电子副本。单击 " -":guilabel:`上传文件`，在文件浏览器中导航至工作许可证文件，然后单击 :guilabel:`打开`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." -msgstr "在“私人信息”选项卡中添加私人信息。" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "人力资源设置选项卡" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "根据公司所在国家的不同，该选项卡提供了不同的信息字段。不同的区域配置不同的字段，但有些字段将始终显示。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`状态`:：选择 :guilabel:`员工类型` ，如适用，通过下拉菜单选择 :ref:`相关用户 " -"`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`薪酬`: 从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`当前合同和 :guilabel:`工作岗位` 。如适用，在该选项输入 " -":guilabel:`注册编号` 。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`前雇主`：本模块仅适用于比利时公司，对其他地区的公司不可见。这些天数将支付给新员工。输入从前雇主处获得的所有 " -":guilabel:`需恢复的休假工资金额`、:guilabel:`需恢复的休假天数`以及 :guilabel:`已恢复的休假工资金额`，包含属于 N " -"和 N-1 类别的所有信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`以往职业`：该模块仅适用于比利时公司，对其他地区的公司不可见。单击 :guilabel:`添加一行` " -"，输入每一份既往职业的相关信息。在相应字段输入 :guilabel:`月`数、 :guilabel:`金额`以及 :guilabel:`职业率` 。单击" -" :guilabel:`🗑️ （垃圾桶）` 图标以删除该行。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`考勤/销售点`：如需要/ 拥有，可在此输入员工的 :guilabel:` 工牌 ID` 和guilabel:`PIN 码` " -"。单击:guilabel:`工牌 ID` 旁边的 :guilabel:`生成` 按钮，以创建工牌 ID。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`应用程序设置`： 如适用，请输入 :guilabel:`车队移动卡` 编号。以 $XX.XX 格式输入员工的每小时成本，员工在 " -":doc:`工作中心<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`" -" 工作时，该成本将计算在内。若制造产品的价值不固定，此数值将影响产品的制造成本。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "输入人力资源设置选项卡中提示的所有员工信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "员工不需要同时是用户。员工**不**计入账单，但**用户****必须**计入账单。如果新员工同时也是用户，则必须创建用户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" -"在 :guilabel:`相关用户` 字段中，输入要添加的用户名，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建并编辑...`。此时，屏幕上将显示 " -":guilabel:`创建：相关用户` 表单。输入 :guilabel:`名字`和 :guilabel:`邮箱地址`，然后从下拉菜单中选择 " -":guilabel:`公司` 。信息填写完整后，单击:guilabel:`保存` 。保存记录后，新用户将显示在 :guilabel:`相关用户` " -"字段中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "文档" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" -"与员工相关的所有文档都保存在 *文档* 应用程序中。员工相关文档的数量显示在员工表单上方的 :guilabel:`文档` " -"智能按钮中。单击该按钮，将显示所有文档。关于*文档* 应用程序的详细信息，请参阅 " -":doc:`文档documentation`。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -900,11 +921,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "所有已上传的员工相关文档将显示在文档智能按钮中。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "车队" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "合同终止日期提醒" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "制造商" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "车辆型号" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "A4" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "A6" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "模型" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "工资" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "引擎" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "模型类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "财务" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "合同" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "服务" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "图形视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "数据透视视图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "工资册" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -914,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *工资单*用于处理工作条目以及创建员工薪资单，包括固定工资和绩效工资。工资单可与其他 Odoo " "应用协同工作，如*员工*、*工时单*、*休假*和*考勤*。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -925,11 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" "*工资单* " "应用有助于避免验证工作条目时出现问题或冲突；可用于处理特定国家的本地化，以确保工资单符合当地规则和税收；并允许进行工资分配。工资单配置对于确保准确及时地处理薪资单至关重要。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -938,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" "要访问 *设置*，请前往 :menuselection: `工资单 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在此处，可选择是否将薪资单发布至会计系统，以及是否创建" " SEPA 付款。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -955,7 +2196,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "工资册可用设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -966,12 +2207,31 @@ msgstr "" "对于任何特定国家的本地化，均在 :guilabel:`设置` 屏幕的 :guilabel:`本地化` " "选项中进行配置。在创建数据库并指定国家后，所有本地化项目都会预先填充。除非特别需要，否则不建议更改本地化设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "工作条目" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -981,15 +2241,15 @@ msgstr "" "*工作条目*是员工工时单上的一条单独记录。所有工作和休假类型均可配置为工作条目，如 " ":guilabel:`考勤`、:guilabel:`病假`、:guilabel:`培训`或 :guilabel:`国家法定节假日`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`管理工作条目 `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "工作条目类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -999,91 +2259,108 @@ msgstr "" "在 *工资册* 应用程序中创建工作条目时，或员工在 *工时单* 应用程序中输入信息时，首先需要选择 " ":guilabel:`工作条目类型`。系统将根据数据库中的本地化设置自动创建:guilabel:`工作条目类型`列表。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." -msgstr "查看当前可用工作条目类型，请前往 :menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 -->工作条目类型`。" +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." -msgstr "每个工作条目类型都具备一个代码，以帮助创建工资单，并确保正确输入所有税费。" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." -msgstr "当前可用的所有工作条目类型列表。" +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "新建工作条目类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" -msgstr "要新建工作条目类型，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`按钮，并在表单中输入以下信息：" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr ":guilabel:`工作条目类型名称`：名称应简短且具有描述性，比如 `病假` 或 `国家法定节假日`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`代码`: 此代码与工作条目共同显示在工时单和工资单上。由于该代码与*会计* 应用程序结合适用，建议向会计部门咨询代码的使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." -msgstr ":guilabel:`序列`：序列决定工作条目在薪资单列表中的计算顺序。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -"复选框：若清单中的任一项适用于工作条目，请单击该复选框。如果选中 :guilabel:`休假`复选框，则会显示 :guilabel:`休假类型` " -"字段。通过该字段的下拉菜单，可选择具体的休假类型，也可输入新的休假类型。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "新建工作条目类型表单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." -msgstr ":guilabel:`四舍五入`：四舍五入法决定如何在工资单上显示工时单条目。" +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`不采用四舍五入法`：不修改工时单条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr ":guilabel:`半天`: 对工时单的条目进行四舍五入，将其近似至最接近半天的工时数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr ":guilabel:`一天`: 对工时单的条目进行四舍五入，将其近似至最接近一天的工时数。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1096,50 +2373,129 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`不采用四舍五入法`，则输入的时间仍为 5.5 小时。如果 :guilabel:`四舍五入` 设置为 " ":guilabel:`半天`，则条目将改为 4 小时。如果设置为 :guilabel:`一天`，条目将改为 8 小时。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "工作时间" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"要查看当前配置的工作时间，请前往 :menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 --> " -"工作时间`。在此列表中，可找到适用于员工合同和工作条目的工作时间。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"工作时间因公司而异。每家公司必须确定其使用的每种工作时间类型。例如，Odoo 数据库中包含多家使用 40 " -"小时标准工作周的公司，则需要为每家采用标准工作时长的公司设置单独的工作时间条目。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." -msgstr "数据库中当前设置的所有工作时间。" +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "新建工作时间" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." -msgstr "要新建工作时间，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`按钮，并在表单中输入相关信息。" +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "新建工作时间类型表单。" +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1149,7 +2505,7 @@ msgstr "" "这些字段被自动填充为标准 40 小时工作周，但可以进行修改。首先，通过修改 :guilabel:`名称` " "字段中的文本来更改工作时间的名称。然后，对适用于新工作时间的天数和时间进行调整。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1161,7 +2517,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`每天时长`以及:guilabel:`工作条目类型` 选项，并选中所需选项。输入时间，可修改:guilabel:`开始工作时间` " "和:guilabel:`结束工作时间` 列。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1169,24 +2525,22 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`工作开始时间` 和 :guilabel:`工作结束时间`必须采用 24 小时制格式。例如，`下午 2:00 ` " "应输入为`14:00`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"如果工作时间应为两周配置，请单击:guilabel:`切换至 2 周日历` 按钮，将为:guilabel:`偶数周` " -"和:guilabel:`奇数周`创建条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "工资" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "工资结构类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1198,7 +2552,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 Odoo " "中，员工的工资单基于*结构*和*结构类型*，两者会影响员工输入工时单的方式。每种结构类型都包含处理工时单条目的一组规则，由嵌套在其中的不同结构组成。结构类型定义了员工获取工资的频率、工作时长，以及工资是基于工资（固定）还是基于工作时间（变化）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1210,13 +2564,13 @@ msgstr "" "例如，结构类型可以是`员工` ，而该结构类型中可能包含有两个不同的结构：一个是`固定工资` 结构，其中包括处理固定工资的所有单独的规则；另一个是 " "`年终奖`结构，其中只包括年终奖发放的规则。而`固定工资` 结构和`年终奖` 结构都属于 `员工` 结构类型。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 --> 结构类型`，即可查看不同的工资结构类型。" +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1227,34 +2581,177 @@ msgstr "" "结构类型适用于按小时支付工资的员工，其工资类型为 *时薪*。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "包含所有结构类型的列表。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" -"单击 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮，以创建新的结构类型。大部分字段已预先填充，但所有字段均可编辑。编辑完成后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` " -"按钮以保存更改，或单击 :guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以删除条目。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "结构" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "*薪资结构*是指员工在特定*结构*内获取薪资的不同方式，并由各种规则具体定义。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1262,17 +2759,13 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "公司对每种薪资类型的结构数量需求取决于薪资获取的不同方式以及薪资计算方式。例如， `奖金`便是一种可增添的常见结构。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." -msgstr "查看每种结构类型的所有不同结构，请前往:menuselection:`工资册 --> 配置 --> 结构`。" +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "所有可用的薪资结构。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1280,80 +2773,75 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "每种 :ref:`结构类型 `都列出了与之相关的各种结构，而每个结构都包含了一组定义规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "所有可用的薪资结构。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "单击结构查看其:guilabel:`薪资规则`，而这些规则用于计算员工的工资单。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." -msgstr "“固定工资”工资结构详情。" +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"每个结构都有一套*工资规则*，用于会计核算。这些规则通过本地化进行配置，并影响 *会计* 应用程序，因此只在必要时才可修改默认规则或创建新规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"查看所有规则，请前往:menuselection:`工资单应用程序 --> 配置 --> " -"规则`。单击结构（比如，:guilabel:`固定工资`），查看该结构的所有规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "每种工资结构类型的规则。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "要新建规则，请单击 :guilabel:`创建`，屏幕中将显示新建规则表单。在相应字段中输入信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存`。" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "输入新建规则的相关信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "规则模块的必填字段包括：" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：输入规则名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr ":guilabel:`类别`：从下拉菜单中选择该规则适用的类别，或输入新类别。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." -msgstr ":guilabel:`代码`：输入用于此新规则的代码。建议与会计部门协商代码的使用，因为这将影响会计部门的工作。" +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr ":guilabel:`工资结构`：从下拉菜单中选择该规则适用的薪资结构，或输入新的薪资结构。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1365,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" " （始终适用）、 :guilabel:`Range` （适用于特定范围，可在选择项下方输入）或者 :guilabel:`Python " "Expression`（适用于 Python 表达式，可在选择项下方输入代码）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1377,71 +2865,75 @@ msgstr "" "选项卡中，从下拉菜单中选择金额类型为:guilabel:`固定金额`、:guilabel:`百分比 (%)` 或者:guilabel:`Python " "代码`。然后，根据所选类型输入固定金额、百分比或 Python 代码。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "规则参数" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"目前，:menuselection:`工资单应用 --> 配置` 菜单中的:guilabel:`规则参数` " -"功能模块仍在开发中，仅适用于比利时市场的特定场景。待该模块发展成熟并向更多市场推广时，将更新相关文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "其他输入类型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"创建工资单时，有时需要针对特定情况添加其他条目，如费用、报销或扣除。前往 :menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> 其他输入类型` " -"，即可配置其他输入项。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "工资单的其他输入类型。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"要创建新的输入类型，请单击 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮。在:guilabel:`结构可用性` " -"字段中，输入:guilabel:`描述`、:guilabel:`代码`以及适用结构。单击:guilabel:`保存` " -"按钮已保存变更，或者单击:guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以删除条目。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "新建输入类型。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "工资包配置程序" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"在:menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置` 菜单中， :guilabel:`工资包配置程序` " -"下方所列选项都将影响员工的潜在工资。这些选项（:guilabel:`补贴`、:guilabel:`个人信息`以及 :guilabel:`简历`） " -"规定了员工的工资包中可提供的福利。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1452,58 +2944,67 @@ msgstr "" "根据员工输入的信息（如扣除额、受抚养人等），工资会进行相应调整。求职者在公司网站上申请工作时，:guilabel:`工资包配置程序` " "下方的选项将直接影响求职者看到的内容，以及求职者输入信息时自动填充的内容。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "补贴" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"在向潜在员工提供职位时，除了工资外，还可以在 Odoo " -"中设置一些*补贴*，使提供的职位更具吸引力（如额外的休息时间、公司车辆使用权限、电话或网络费用报销等）。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." -msgstr "要查看补贴，请前往:menuselection:`工资单--> 配置 --> 补贴`。这些补贴按照:guilabel:`结构类型`分组。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "工资单的可用设置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 -msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"要新建补贴，请单击:guilabel:`创建` 按钮。在该字段输入相关信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存` " -"按钮以保存变更，或单击:guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以删除条目。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "员工补贴列表。" +msgid "" +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "补贴模块的必填字段包括：" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：输入补贴名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr ":guilabel:`补贴字段`：在下拉菜单中，选中该补贴所在的工资单字段选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1513,96 +3014,153 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`补贴类型`：从下拉菜单中选择补贴所属类型，选择其类型为 " ":guilabel:`月度实物收益`、:guilabel:`月度净收益`、:guilabel:`月度现金收益`或 :guilabel:`年度现金收益`。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr ":guilabel:`工资结构类型`：从下拉菜单中选择该补贴适用的工资结构类型。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "员工补贴列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "个人信息" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"在Odoo 中，每位员工都有一张*员工卡*，其中包含员工所有的个人信息、简历、工作信息和文档。要查看员工卡，请前往 " -":menuselection:`工资单` 应用主面板，并点击员工卡；或者前往 :menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> " -"员工，并点击员工卡；也可前往 :menuselection:`员工` 应用查看员工卡。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "员工卡可被视为员工的人事档案。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"在*个人信息* 模块中，列出了可在员工卡上输入的所有字段。要访问该模块，请前往:menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置 --> 个人信息`。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "输入显示在员工卡上的个人信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"要编辑个人信息条目，请从列表中选中该条目，然后单击 :guilabel:`编辑` 按钮，修改该条目。完成编辑后，单击 :guilabel:`保存` " -"按钮以保存信息，或单击 :guilabel:`丢弃` 按钮以取消编辑。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "新建个人信息条目。" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"个人信息表单中最重要的两个字段是：:guilabel:`必填`和:guilabel:`显示类型`。勾选 :guilabel:`必填` " -"复选框，该字段将成为员工卡上的必填字段。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -"使用 :guilabel:`显示类型` 下拉菜单，可以多种方式输入信息，包括 :guilabel:`文本` 框、可自定义的 :guilabel:`单选`" -" 按钮、:guilabel:`复选框`、:guilabel:`文件` 等。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "完成信息输入后，单击:guilabel:`保存` 按钮以该保存条目。" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "简历" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "定价" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"目前，:menuselection:`工资单 --> 配置` " -"菜单中的:guilabel:`简历`功能仍在开发中，仅适用于比利时市场的特定场景。待该模块发展成熟并向更多市场推广时，将更新相关文档。" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -2767,6 +4325,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报告" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "线形图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "条形图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "饼图" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "工资附件" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -3049,11 +4882,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "招聘" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "电子邮件模板" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "拒绝" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "快速添加" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "创建" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "“选项”选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "创建员工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -3075,40 +6346,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -3120,37 +6375,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -3158,164 +6412,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "评价" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "问题" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3325,143 +6676,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "问题" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "评分" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "答案" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "考生" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "单行文本框" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "矩阵" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "描述" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "限制" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "布局" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "在线会话" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "时间和得分" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "参与者" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "在线会话" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3470,3 +7148,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "结束信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "介绍人" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "新手入门" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "查看工作" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "链接" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "脸书" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "领英" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "给朋友发电子邮件" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "分数" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "优惠及返利" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "等级" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "警告" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index b33845d72..e615ea9d5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6708,7 +6708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e108e29f8..b0c1daa64 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2023 -# Chloe Wang, 2024 # 阿隆 , 2024 # Jeffery CHEN , 2024 # Emily Jia , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Mandy Choy , 2024 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5135,7 +5135,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 msgid "Sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13106,7 +13106,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "退货和退款" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13830,7 +13830,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 msgid "Optional products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选产品" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14114,7 +14114,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74 msgid "Product configurator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品配置器" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -14919,7 +14919,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`products`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 msgid "Close a subscription" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 3e18a34f7..432c3606a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ # mrshelly , 2023 # John An , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Chloe Wang, 2024 # 阿隆 , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "博客" msgid "" "**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " "engage your audience and build a community." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过**Odoo Blog**，您可以在网站上创建和管理博文，吸引观众并建立社群。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -61,10 +61,12 @@ msgid "" "website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" +"如果尚未安装博客模块，请单击网站生成器上的 :guilabel:`+新建`，选择:guilabel:`博客文章`，然后单击 " +":guilabel:`安装`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 msgid "Creating a blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建博客" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -72,16 +74,18 @@ msgid "" "--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " "Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." msgstr "" +"要创建或编辑博客，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> Blogs：博客`。点击:guilabel:`新建`，然后输入 " +":guilabel:`博客名称`和:guilabel:`博客小标题`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " "time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首次创建博客时，:guilabel:`博客`菜单项会添加到网站菜单中，并收集所有博客。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 msgid "Adding a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加博文" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -91,26 +95,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " "page using the website builder." msgstr "" +"进入网站，点击右上角的:guilabel:`+新建`，然后选择 :guilabel:`博客文章`。在弹出窗口中，**选择应显示帖文的博客**，编写帖文的" +" :guilabel:`标题` 并 :guilabel:`保存`。然后，您就可以使用网站生成器编写帖子内容并自定义页面了。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 msgid "" "Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用:doc:`Unsplash ` 中的无版权限制图片来说明您的文章。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在文本编辑器中键入 `/`，为文本设置格式和添加元素。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 msgid "" "Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " "corner to publish your post." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要忘记切换右上角的 :guilabel:`Unpublished` 开关，以发布您的帖子。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 msgid "Using tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用标签" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -120,28 +126,32 @@ msgid "" "enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " "List` is enabled." msgstr "" +"标签可让访客过滤所有共享相同标签的文章。默认情况下，标签显示在文章底部，但也可以显示在博客主页上。为此，请单击 :menuselection:`编辑 " +"--> 自定义` 并启用 :guilabel:`侧边栏`。默认情况下，侧边栏的:guilabel:`标签列表` 已启用。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " "Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" msgstr "" +"要创建标签，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 博客：标签`，然后点击:guilabel:`新建`。填写以下内容：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " "sidebar by theme." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`类别`: 标签类别可让您按主题对显示在侧边栏上的标签进行分组。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`用于`：要将标签应用到现有帖文，请单击 :guilabel:`添加一行`，选择帖文，然后单击 :guilabel:`选择`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -150,30 +160,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" " a tag." msgstr "" +"点击:menuselection:`编辑-->自定义`并选择帖文的封面，即可直接从帖文中添加和创建标签。在:guilabel:`标签`下，单击 " +":guilabel:`选择记录...`，然后选择或创建标签。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为博文添加标签" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 msgid "" "To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " "--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要管理标签类别，请访问:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 博客： 标签类别" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 msgid "Customizing blog homepages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义博客主页" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 msgid "" "Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " "clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过打开博客主页并点击 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 定制` 来定制博客主页的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置适用于**所有**博客主页。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -181,55 +193,57 @@ msgid "" "the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " "Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`顶部横幅`: :guilabel:`姓名/最新发布` 在顶部横幅上显示最新文章的标题，而:guilabel:`积木投放区` " +"则移除顶部横幅，让您可以使用任何积木。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " ":guilabel:`List`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`布局`: 以 :guilabel:`网格` 或:guilabel:`列表`的形式组织帖子。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`卡片`: 添加*卡片*效果。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`提高可读性`：提高文本的可读性。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " "section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`侧边栏`:显示包含:guilabel:`关于我们` 部分的侧边栏。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" " created during that month." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`档案`: 允许游客选择月份并过滤该月份创建的所有帖文。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " "can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`关注我们`: 显示您的社交媒体网络链接。您可以在网站的某处使用社交媒体构建模块配置这些链接。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " "select a tag to filter all related posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`标签列表`：显示与博客相关的所有标签。访客可以选择一个标签来过滤所有相关帖子。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " ":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`帖文列表`: :guilabel:`封面` 显示帖文图片，:guilabel:`无封面` 隐藏帖子图片。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`作者`: 显示帖子的作者。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -250,21 +264,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" " Customize`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开博文并单击 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 定制` 来定制博文。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置适用于**所有**帖文。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" " the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`布局`: :guilabel:`封面内页标题` 在封面图像内显示标题，而 :guilabel:`封面上方标题` " +"则在封面图像上方显示标题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`增加可读性`：增加文本的可读性。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -304,6 +320,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " "bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`底部`: :guilabel:`下一篇文章` 在底部显示下一篇文章，:guilabel:`评论`让访问者能够对文章发表评论。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -365,34 +382,34 @@ msgstr "加入购物车" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button can be customized in multiple ways. You " "can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以通过多种方式自定义:guilabel:`加入购物车` 按钮。您可以：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:7 msgid "" "Choose on which page customers go after clicking the 'Add to Cart' button;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择客户点击 '加入购物车' 按钮后进入的页面；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:8 msgid "Hide the 'Add to Cart' button to prevent sales;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "隐藏 '加入购物车' 按钮，防止销售；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:9 msgid "" "Add a 'Buy Now' button to skip the cart step and lead customers straight to " "checkout;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加'立即购买'按钮，跳过购物车步骤，引导客户直接结账；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:10 msgid "Create additional 'Add to Cart / Buy Now' buttons;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建更多'添加到购物车/立即购买'按钮；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:11 msgid "Add an 'Order Again' button to the customer portal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在客户门户网站上添加'再次订购'按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`checkout`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`checkout`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:17 msgid "'Add to Cart' action customization" @@ -405,6 +422,7 @@ msgid "" "page. However, customers can either immediately be **redirected** to their " "cart, or given the choice on what to do through a **dialog box**." msgstr "" +"当客户点击:guilabel:`添加到购物车`按钮时，产品会添加到购物车，客户**默认情况下**停留在产品页面上。不过，客户可以立即**转到**购物车，也可以通过**对话框**选择如何操作。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -412,6 +430,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` " "section, look for :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and select one of the options." msgstr "" +"要更改默认行为，请访问:menuselection:`网站--> 配置--> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`商店 - 结账流程` 部分，查找 " +":guilabel:`添加到购物车` 并选择其中一个选项。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -419,21 +439,22 @@ msgid "" "<../managing_products/cross_upselling>`, the **dialog box** will always " "appear." msgstr "" +"如果产品有 :doc:`可选产品 <../managing_products/cross_upselling>` ，**对话框**将始终显示。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:37 msgid "Replace 'Add to Cart' button by 'Contact Us' button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用 '联系我们' 按钮取代 '添加到购物车' 按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:39 msgid "" "You can replace the 'Add to Cart' button with a 'Contact Us' button which " "redirects users to the URL of your choice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以用 '联系我们' 按钮取代 '添加到购物车' 按钮，将用户重定向到您选择的 URL。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -442,6 +463,8 @@ msgid "" "`, but still want to display an online product catalog for " "those without." msgstr "" +"隐藏:guilabel:`添加到购物车` 按钮通常用于 B2B 电子商务，因为它们需要限制只有:ref:`拥有账户的客户`" +" 才能购买，但仍希望为没有账户的客户显示在线产品目录。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -452,10 +475,14 @@ msgid "" "either from the **product's template**, or from a :doc:`pricelist " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 商店 - 产品` 并勾选 " +":guilabel:`防止销售零价格产品`。这将创建一个新的:guilabel:`按钮网址` 字段，您可以在其中输入要使用的**重定向 " +"URL**。然后，从 **产品的模板**或从 :doc:`价目表 " +"<.../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` 中将产品价格设置为`0.00`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 msgid "Contact us button on product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页面上的联系我们按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -463,11 +490,12 @@ msgid "" "modified using the **website builder** on the product's page " "(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) by clicking on them." msgstr "" +"'联系我们' 按钮和 '*不可出售*' 文本均可通过点击产品页面上的**网站生成器**进行修改（:menuselection:`编辑--> 自定义`）。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:63 msgid "Customizable 'Add to Cart' button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义'添加到购物车'按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -476,6 +504,8 @@ msgid "" "website as an **inner content** building block, and is an *additional* " "button to the regular :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button." msgstr "" +"您还可以创建一个可定制的 '添加到购物车' 按钮，并将其链接到特定产品。自定义按钮**可作为**内置内容**构件添加到网站的任何页面上，是常规 " +":guilabel:`添加到购物车` 按钮的*附加*按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -483,18 +513,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` and place the building block. Once placed, " "you have the following options:" msgstr "" +"要添加积木块，请进入您选择的 :guilabel:`商店` 页面，点击 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 组块` " +"并放置组块。放置后，您有以下选项：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: select the product to link the button with. Selecting a" " product renders the :guilabel:`Action` field available;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：选择要链接按钮的产品。选择产品后，\"guilabel:`操作`\"字段可用；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Action`: choose if the button should :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or " ":guilabel:`Buy Now` (instant checkout)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`操作`：选择按钮是:guilabel:`添加到购物车` 还是 :guilabel:`立即购买` 。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:84 msgid "'Buy Now' button" @@ -509,6 +541,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and tick " ":guilabel:`Buy Now`." msgstr "" +"您可以启用'立即购买'按钮，让客户立即进入**结账**，而不用将产品添加到购物车。'立即购买'按钮是一个*附加*按钮，不会取代:guilabel:'添加到购物车'按钮。要启用它，请进入:menuselection:`网站-->" +" 配置--> 设置--> 购物-结账流程` 并勾选:guilabel:`立即购买`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 msgid "Buy Now button" @@ -516,7 +550,7 @@ msgstr "立即购买按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:97 msgid "Re-order from portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从门户网站重新订购" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -526,10 +560,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Re-order From Portal`. Customers can find the :guilabel:`Order " "Again` button on their **sales order** from the **customer portal**." msgstr "" +"客户可以在客户门户网站上**以前的销售订单**重新订购**商品。为此，请访问 :menuselection:`网站--> 配置--> 设置--> 商店 " +"- 结账流程` 并启用 :guilabel:`从门户重新订购`。客户可在**客户门户**的**销售订单上找到 :guilabel:`重新订购`按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 msgid "Re-order button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新订购按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 msgid "Checkout" @@ -540,7 +576,7 @@ msgid "" "You can customize the **checkout steps**, add more content using the " "**website builder**, and enable additional features such as **express " "checkout** and **sign in/up at checkout**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以自定义**结账步骤**，使用**网站生成器**添加更多内容，并启用**快速结账**和**结账时签到/注册**等附加功能。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -548,12 +584,14 @@ msgid "" "process. To do so, from any **checkout page**, go to :menuselection:`Edit " "--> Blocks`, and drag and drop **building blocks** to the page." msgstr "" +"您可以使用**建筑块**在结账流程的任何步骤中添加内容。为此，在任何**结账页面**，转到 :menuselection:`编辑 --> " +"建筑块`，然后将**建筑块**拖放到页面上。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:13 msgid "" "Note that content added through building blocks is **specific** to each " "step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，通过构建模块添加的内容是每个步骤**特有**的。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:16 @@ -573,12 +611,15 @@ msgid "" "then redeem gift cards and promotional codes at the :guilabel:`Review Order`" " step." msgstr "" +"如果您已在设置中启用 :guilabel:`折扣、忠诚度和礼品卡`（:menuselection:`网站-->配置-->设置-->商店 - " +"产品`），您可以在任何结账页面启用 :guilabel:` " +"促销代码`字段（:menuselection:`编辑-->自定义`）。然后，客户可在:guilabel:`查看订单`步骤中兑换礼品卡和促销代码。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:26 msgid "" "Furthermore, you can display the subtotal with discounts applied by enabling" " :guilabel:`Show Discount in Subtotal`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此外，启用 :guilabel:`在小计中显示折扣`后，可以显示已应用折扣的小计。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Subtotal discount" @@ -595,10 +636,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address` step. To add the fields, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Show B2B fields`." msgstr "" +"在:guilabel:`地址'步骤，可为B2B客户在:guilabel:`账单地址'表单中添加可选的:guilabel:`税号/增值税'和:guilabel:`公司名称'字段。要添加字段，请从任何结账页面进入" +" :menuselection:`编辑 --> 定制` 并启用 :guilabel:`显示 B2B 字段`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:42 msgid "Request extra info (additional step)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求额外信息（额外步骤）" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -607,6 +650,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` steps. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " "Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." msgstr "" +"您可以通过在:guilabel:`地址'和:guilabel:`确认订单'步骤之间添加:guilabel:`额外信息'步骤，要求客户提供:guilabel:`额外信息'。为此，请从任何结账页面进入" +" :menuselection:` 编辑 --> 自定义`，并启用 :guilabel:` 额外步骤选项`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -615,6 +660,7 @@ msgid "" "found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " "the **Sales** app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`额外信息`步骤是与客户报价单或销售订单相关联的在线表格。在该步骤中添加的信息可在**销售**应用程序的后端客户报价单或销售订单中找到。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -624,10 +670,12 @@ msgid "" "Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." msgstr "" +"启用后，点击右上角的:guilabel:`编辑`，然后点击表单的任何字段，即可删除、添加和修改表单的字段。所有自定义选项以及用于添加新字段的 " +":guilabel:`+ 字段` 按钮都位于 :guilabel:`字段` 部分下的 :guilabel:`自定义` 菜单底部。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Online form customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在线表单定制" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" @@ -639,6 +687,8 @@ msgid "" "order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " "Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." msgstr "" +"您可以在任何结账页面的 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 自定义 `下启用 " +":guilabel:`接受条款和条件`，要求客户同意:guilabel:` 条款和条件`，以确认订单。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Terms and conditions" @@ -658,20 +708,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " "going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." msgstr "" +"您可以在产品页面启用:guilabel:`立即购买` 按钮，该按钮会立即将客户带入:guilabel:`确认订单` " +"结账页面，而不是将产品添加到购物车。为此，请进入:menuselection:`网站-->配置-->设置-->商店--" +"结账流程部分`并勾选:guilabel:`立即购买`。或者，也可以通过 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 自定义` 在 " +":guilabel:`购物车` 部分的任何产品页面启用 :guilabel:`立即购买` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 msgid "" "The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " "product's page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该按钮位于产品页面上的:guilabel:`加入购物车`按钮旁边。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "立即购买（快速结账）按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`产品页面设计：其他功能`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" @@ -684,42 +738,44 @@ msgid "" "also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " "their order, if enabled." msgstr "" +"可以引入**结账政策**，根据该政策，客户既可以作为**访客**结账，也可以仅作为**已注册用户**结账。客户也可以以访客身份结账，并在启用的情况下，**可选择稍后注册**，以便跟踪订单。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 msgid "" "To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" msgstr "" +"要选择策略，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 商店 - 结账流程`。您可以在以下选项中进行选择：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the " "**order confirmation** email to track their order;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`可选项`：允许客人结账，随后从**订单确认**电子邮件中注册，以跟踪他们的订单；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`禁用（以访客身份结帐）`：客户只能以访客身份结账。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " "they have signed-in." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`强制（访客无法结帐）`：顾客只有在登录后才能结账。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 msgid "B2B access restriction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B2B 访问限制" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -729,23 +785,26 @@ msgid "" " to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " ":guilabel:`Grant Access`." msgstr "" +"如果您只想仅限 **已选定的 B2B 客户** 结账，请启用 :guilabel:`强制（访客无法结账）`，然后转到 " +":menuselection:`网站 --> 电子商务 --> 客户`。选择您希望**授予访问权限的客户**，点击:menuselection:`操作 " +"--> 授予门户访问权限`，然后点击:guilabel:`授予访问权限`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 msgid "" "Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website " "allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " "sign-in**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置是 **网站特定**，意味着您可以为 B2C 网站设置 **访客**结账，为 B2B 网站设置 **必须登录结帐**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 msgid "" "Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " "granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个**电子邮件**用户只能访问一个门户网站。用户*无法*使用同一个**电子邮件地址**访问两个不同的门户网站。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 msgid "Shared customer accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "共享客户账户" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -753,6 +812,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`," " you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." msgstr "" +"如果在:menuselection:`网站-->配置-->设置-->隐私部分`下启用:guilabel:`共享客户帐户`，则可以允许或禁止同一帐户访问*所有*网站。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:3 msgid "Payment providers" @@ -764,16 +824,18 @@ msgid "" "` for your website, allowing your " "customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." msgstr "" +"Odoo 为您的网站提供多种在线 :doc:`付款提供商` " +"支持，客户可以使用偏好的付款方式进行支付。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:55 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 @@ -791,6 +853,8 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on " "your shop, and configure them according to your needs." msgstr "" +"要在电子商务应用程序上设置支付提供商，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"支付提供商`。在此，:guilabel:`激活`您希望在商店中使用的支付提供商，并根据您的需要进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -802,30 +866,35 @@ msgid "" " Capture Method ` can be " "configured in that same menu." msgstr "" +"或者，您可以通过 :menuselection:`网站--> 配置--> 设置` 访问 **支付提供商**。在:guilabel:`商店 - 支付` " +"部分，如果您希望使用 SEPA 直接借记，可以 :guilabel:`配置 SEPA 直接借记` 以及 " +":guilabel:`查看其他提供商`。如果您使用 :guilabel:`Authorize.net` 支付提供商，则可在同一菜单中配置 " +":ref:`付款获取方式 `。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:27 msgid "" "If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you " "can also enable and configure it here." msgstr "" +"如果使用 :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`，也可以在此处启用和配置。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:31 msgid "Checkout payment options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账付款选项" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " "during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活后，客户可在**结账流程**的 :guilabel:`确认订单`步骤中选择支付提供商。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账时选择支付提供商" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:41 msgid "eWallets and gift cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子钱包和礼品卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -834,20 +903,22 @@ msgid "" " and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable " ":menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." msgstr "" +"结账时，客户可以使用电子钱包或礼品卡付款。要启用这些功能，请访问 :menuselection:`网站--> 配置--> 设置`，并在 " +":guilabel:` 商店-产品` 部分启用 :menuselection:`折扣、忠诚度和礼品卡`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:47 msgid "" "Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their" " eWallet at the checkout step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用后，顾客可在结账步骤中输入礼品卡**代码**或使用电子钱包支付。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入礼品卡代码进行结账" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -855,10 +926,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`own shipping methods `, or use an integration " "with an :ref:`existing shipping provider `." msgstr "" +"根据您的发货策略，您可以选择使用 :ref:`自己的送货方法`或与:ref:`现有发货提供商整合`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:15 msgid "Own shipping methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自己的送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -872,6 +945,10 @@ msgid "" "`," " and :guilabel:`Pickup in store`." msgstr "" +"您可以创建自己的自定义发货方式，并定义计算运费的规则。为此，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"送货方式`，然后选择一个**已有**送货方式，或 :guilabel:`创建`送货方式。创建时，您可以选择 " +":doc:`固定价格`、:doc:`基于规则`" +" 和 :guilabel:`店内取货`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 msgid "Pickup in store" @@ -886,32 +963,38 @@ msgid "" "sites` can be made **website-specific**, but are by default available for " "*all* websites." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`到店提货`必须首先在设置（:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " +"发货部分）`中通过选中:guilabel:`现场支付和取货`启用。启用后，您可以选择:guilabel:`自定义取货地点`。:guilabel:`取货地点`可以由**网站特定**，但默认适用于**所有**网站。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:34 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:37 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:42 msgid "Shipping providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "承运商" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -919,33 +1002,37 @@ msgid "" " provider. The advantage of using an integration is that delivery costs are " "automatically computed based on each order as well as generating shipping " "labels." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一种解决方案是使用与现有承运商的整合功能。使用整合的好处是，可以根据每个订单自动计算交付成本，并生成送货标签。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:204 msgid "Website availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站可用情况" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -956,24 +1043,27 @@ msgid "" "method to be restrained to. Leave the field **empty** for the method to be " "available on *all* websites." msgstr "" +"如果需要，可以仅在**特定**网站上提供送货方式。请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 送货方式`（网站 " +"--> 配置 --> 设置 --> 送货方式），然后选择所需的**发货方式**。在:guilabel:`网站` " +"字段中，设置希望限制送货方式的网站。将该字段留为**空**，则该方法可在*所有*网站上使用。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63 msgid "Delivery method at checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账时的送货方式" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 msgid "" "Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process," " at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户可以在结账流程的最后一步，即:guilabel:`确认订单`步骤中选择送货方式。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst-1 msgid "Delivery method choice at checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账时的送货方式选择" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务管理" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 @@ -989,27 +1079,30 @@ msgid "" "there, customers can access their :guilabel:`quotations`, " ":guilabel:`orders`, :guilabel:`invoices`, etc." msgstr "" +"在电子商务网站上开设客户账户可让客户从一个地方访问其所有文件。要访问自己的账户，客户必须**登录**电子商务网站，点击屏幕右上角的**用户名**，然后点击" +" :guilabel:`我的账户`。从那里，客户可以访问他们的 " +":guilabel:`报价单`、:guilabel:`订单`、:guilabel:`发票`等。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 msgid "Customer account log-in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户账户登录" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:16 msgid "" "Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " "` option allows for accounts creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当:ref:`结帐时登录/注册` 选项允许创建账户时，客户才能拥有账户。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 msgid "" "Similarly to the rest of the website, the customer account page can be " "customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " "builder**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与网站的其他部分类似，客户账户页面也可以通过**网站生成器**定制**内容块**和其他功能。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 msgid "Access restriction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问限制" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1019,6 +1112,8 @@ msgid "" "From the website builder menu, enable or disable the documents customers can" " have access to." msgstr "" +"可以通过网站建设工具，允许或限制客户访问文件。使用您的 Odoo 数据库凭证，登录您**自己**的账户，然后转到 :menuselection:`编辑 " +"--> 定制`。在网站建设菜单中，启用或禁用客户可访问的文档。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 msgid "Documents to which customers have access to from their account" @@ -1026,7 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:39 msgid "Multi-website account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多网站账户" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1035,16 +1130,18 @@ msgid "" "so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy" " section`, and enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts`." msgstr "" +"如果您拥有多个网站，您可以在**所有**网站上开放客户账户。这样，客户只需要一个账户。请转到 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 -->" +" 设置 --> 隐私部分` 并启用 :guilabel:`共享客户账户`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:3 msgid "Customer interaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户互动" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo offers many ways to interact with customers and for customers to " "interact with your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 提供了许多与客户互动以及客户与网站互动的方式。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:10 msgid "Product reviews" @@ -1058,21 +1155,22 @@ msgid "" "product, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and enable " ":guilabel:`Rating`." msgstr "" +"客户可以给您的产品评分。这是推广产品或服务的好方法，因为评论会影响购买过程。要激活**评分**功能，请在**商店页面**选择产品，进入:menuselection:`编辑-->自定义`并启用:guilabel:`评分`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Rating of a product on the product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品页面对产品进行评分" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:22 msgid "" "Only portal users which purchased the product or service can leave ratings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有购买了产品或服务的门户用户才能评分。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:25 msgid "" "Customer reviews can be hidden by clicking the :guilabel:`Visible` button " "next to a published review." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击已发布评论旁边的 :guilabel:`可见` 按钮，即可隐藏客户评分。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 msgid "Live chat" @@ -1082,23 +1180,23 @@ msgstr "即时聊天" msgid "" "A chatbot is available and can simulate a human-like conversation with " "website visitors via text messages in a chat box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天机器人可以通过聊天框中的文本信息，与网站访客模拟类似人类的对话。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../livechat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../livechat`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:42 msgid "Contact forms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系表单" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 msgid "Helpdesk" @@ -1109,7 +1207,7 @@ msgid "" "Customers may need support after purchasing a product or subscribing to a " "service. It is possible to create a **contact form**, which, when fulfilled," " automatically creates a new ticket for your **support team**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户在购买产品或订购服务后可能需要支持。您可以创建一个**联系表单**，该表单填写完毕后，会自动为您的**支持团队**创建一个新的工单。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Contact form to submit a ticket to the support team" @@ -1124,6 +1222,9 @@ msgid "" " select :guilabel:`Create a Ticket`. You can then select to which " ":guilabel:`Helpdesk team` the ticket should be assigned." msgstr "" +"要添加联系表单，必要时**创建**一个新页面（:menuselection:`+ 新建 --> 页面`），然后从 :guilabel:`动态内容` " +"部分拖放一个 :guilabel:`表单`块到页面上。放好后，点击表单（同时处于:guilabel:`编辑`模式），在 " +":guilabel:`操作`字段中选择:guilabel:`创建票单`。然后选择应将工单分配给哪个 :guilabel:`服务台团队`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" @@ -1137,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "联系我们" msgid "" "A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " "your company and get in touch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'联系我们' 页面让客户和潜在客户更容易与公司取得联系。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1147,6 +1248,9 @@ msgid "" "define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " "field." msgstr "" +"要创建 '联系我们' 页面，必要时创建一个新页面（:menuselection:`+ 新建 --> " +"页面`），然后点击:menuselection:`编辑 --> 自定义`。然后，将 :guilabel:`表单` 块拖放到页面上。选择表单，并在 " +":guilabel:`操作` 字段中定义提交后要执行的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1155,6 +1259,8 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " "services they are interested in, for example." msgstr "" +"点击字段或添加新字段（:guilabel:`+ 字段`）时，您可以选择其 :guilabel:`类型`。这将启用不同的选项，例如 " +":guilabel:`多个复选框`，客户可以使用这些选项来显示他们感兴趣的服务。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" @@ -1175,17 +1281,18 @@ msgid "" "to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " "choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." msgstr "" +"客户可通过订阅新闻通讯，了解您的电子商务活动的最新信息。订阅新闻通讯的访客会自动添加到**电子邮件营销**应用程序的邮件列表中。您可以选择新闻通讯**组块**、新闻通讯**弹窗**，或两者兼用。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 msgid "" "**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**弹窗**：当访问者向下滚动页面时，会弹出新闻通讯框；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 msgid "" "**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " "entering their email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**组块**：在页面上显示一个字段，客户可在此输入电子邮件进行注册。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1195,6 +1302,8 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " "available:" msgstr "" +"新闻通讯**组块**可根据不同的 :guilabel:`模板` " +"进行配置。为此，请在:menuselection:`编辑-->自定义`中点击**组块**，然后在:guilabel:`新闻通讯组块`部分选择一个:guilabel:`模板`。有**三个**模板可供选择：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1202,22 +1311,24 @@ msgid "" "newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`电子邮件订阅`：访客可以通过电子邮件订阅新闻通讯，无需选择内容。内容在 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 定制` 的 " +":guilabel:`新闻通讯` 字段中定义；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," " but by SMS;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMS 订阅`: 与 :guilabel:`电子邮件订阅` 相同，但通过 SMS 发送；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " "checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`表单订阅`：允许添加多个字段以及一个复选框，供访客同意网站的 **GDPR 政策**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "表单订阅配置和设置" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1226,36 +1337,38 @@ msgid "" "allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " "stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." msgstr "" +"或者，您也可以在创建 :ref:`联系表单` 时选择 :guilabel:`订阅新闻通讯` 作为 " +":guilabel:`操作`，以实现相同程度的自定义。确保添加一个复选框，说明访客同意被添加到邮件列表。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 msgid "Order handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单处理" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 msgid "" "When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " "required to be handle in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当客户在您的电子商务网站上下单时，Odoo 需要处理**三种**记录类型：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 msgid ":ref:`Sales orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`销售订单 `;" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`送货订单 `;" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`发票与法律要求 `。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 msgid "Sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 msgid "Order and payment status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单和付款状态" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1267,6 +1380,9 @@ msgid "" "Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " ":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." msgstr "" +"客户将产品放入购物车的第一步是创建报价单。电子商务订单可通过 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置` " +"自动分配给特定销售团队。在 **商店 - 结账流程**部分，选择 :guilabel:` 销售团队`或 :guilabel:`销售人员` " +"来处理电子商务订单。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" @@ -1276,33 +1392,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " "Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单可在 :menuselection:`网站 --> 电子商务 --> 订单/未付款订单` 下找到。每个订单都有不同的状态：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 msgid "" "**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " "*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**报价**：新产品已添加到购物车，但客户**尚未**结账；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 msgid "" "**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " "confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**已发送报价**：客户已完成结账流程并确认订单，但付款尚未确认；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 msgid "" "**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" " order, and the payment is received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**订单**：客户已完成结账流程、确认订单并收到付款。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务订单状态" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 msgid "Abandoned cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "遗弃的购物车" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1315,27 +1431,30 @@ msgid "" "can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " "**email template** used." msgstr "" +"**遗弃的购物车**代表客户**未完成**结账确认流程的订单。对于这些订单，可以自动向客户发送**电子邮件提醒**。要启用该功能，请访问 " +":menuselection:`网站-->配置-->设置`，并在 :guilabel:` 电子邮件和营销` 部分启用 " +":guilabel:`自动发送放弃结账电子邮件`。启用后，您可以设置发送电子邮件的**时间间隔**，并自定义所使用的**电子邮件模板**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 msgid "" "For abandoned cart emails, the customer must either have entered their " "contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" " the product to their cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于遗弃购物车邮件，客户必须在结账过程中输入联系信息，或者在将产品添加到购物车时已登录。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 msgid "Delivery orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货订单" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 msgid "Delivery flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货流程" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 msgid "" "Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " "created. The next step is to process this delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦报价得到确认，就会自动创建交货订单。下一步就是处理交货。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1344,6 +1463,7 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " "be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." msgstr "" +"打包电子商务订单通常需要挑选产品、准备包装、打印发货标签，并送货给客户。根据订单数量、策略或资源的不同，这些步骤在 Odoo 中可视为一个或多个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1351,6 +1471,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " ":doc:`Inventory ` app." msgstr "" +"当 Odoo 中的转运状态为 \"完成\" 时，可自动向客户发送电子邮件。为此，请在 " +":doc:`库存` 应用程序的设置中启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1358,24 +1480,24 @@ msgid "" "wire transfer, the quotation is **not** be confirmed and the stock is " "**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " "in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果允许客户在门店提货或电汇时付款，则**不会**确认报价，也不会保留*库存*。必须手动确认订单才能保留库存产品。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 msgid "Returns and refunds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "退货和退款" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:90 msgid "" "Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " "possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户只能通过在线表格退回订单。根据退货策略或产品类型，可能无法退货。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 msgid "" "Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " "interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全额退款可直接从订单界面发送给客户。首先需要启用与退款兼容的支付提供商。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" @@ -1383,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" @@ -1391,7 +1513,7 @@ msgstr ":doc：`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票和法律要求" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1401,6 +1523,9 @@ msgid "" "(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " ":ref:`confirmed `." msgstr "" +"电子商务订单的最后一步是生成发票并发送给客户。根据业务类型（B2B 或 " +"B2C），发票可以自动生成（B2B）或根据客户要求生成（B2C）。如果（以及当）在线付款被 :ref:`确认 ` " +"时，这一过程可以自动完成。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1408,20 +1533,22 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " ":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." msgstr "" +"要自动开具发票，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并在 :guilabel:`开票` 部分启用 " +":guilabel:`自动开票`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 msgid "Performance monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "性能监测" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" " your eCommerce website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 整合了多种工具，用于分析和改进电子商务网站的性能。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 msgid "Data monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据监测" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1430,16 +1557,17 @@ msgid "" "--> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything " "related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." msgstr "" +"**网站**可以监控和分析电子商务的销售业绩。要访问**报告视图**，请转到:menuselection:`网站-->报告-->电子商务`。该仪表板可帮助您监控与销售有关的一切，如按产品、类别、日期等分列的销售业绩。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务性能报告" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:19 msgid "" "By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " "used, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击 :guilabel:`衡量`，您可以选择所使用的衡量类型，例如：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" @@ -1465,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " "periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他选项包括**多个视图（透视等）、按时期或年份进行比较**，以及直接 :guilabel:` 插入电子表格` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 @@ -1477,6 +1605,8 @@ msgid "" "It is possible to link your Odoo website with " ":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` and :ref:`website/analytics/GA`." msgstr "" +"可以将您的 Odoo 网站与 :ref:`website/analytics/plausible` 和 " +":ref:`website/analytics/GA` 链接。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 msgid "Products" @@ -1491,11 +1621,11 @@ msgid "" "The eCommerce catalog is the equivalent of your physical store shelves: it " "allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " "options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务目录相当于您的实体店货架：它可以让客户看到您所提供的产品。清晰的分类、可用的选项、排序和导航线可以帮助您有效地构建目录。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:10 msgid "Categorize the product catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品目录分类" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1504,6 +1634,8 @@ msgid "" "on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " "the category they select." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo " +"中，您的电子商务有一个**特定的类别模型**。在您的产品中使用电子商务类别可以在电子商务页面上添加导航菜单。访客可以使用该菜单，查看选择类别下的所有产品。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1511,14 +1643,16 @@ msgid "" "the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " "select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." msgstr "" +"请进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 电子商务 --> 产品`，选择要修改的产品，点击 :guilabel:`销售` 选项卡，并在 " +":guilabel:`电子商务商店` 下选择要修改的 :guilabel:`类别`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"销售\"选项卡下的电子商务类别" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:25 msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个产品可以出现在多个电子商务类别下。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1530,18 +1664,21 @@ msgid "" "Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " "collapsable." msgstr "" +"当您的产品类别配置完成后，进入您的**主店铺页面**，点击 :menuselection:`编辑-->自定义选项卡`。在 :guilabel:`类别` " +"选项中，您既可以在 :guilabel:`左侧`启用菜单，也可以在 :guilabel:`顶部`启用菜单，还可以同时启用两个菜单。如果您选择了 " +":guilabel:`左侧` 类别，则会出现 :guilabel:`可折叠类别递归` 选项，允许渲染可折叠的 :guilabel:`左侧` 类别菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务网站的类别选项" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`products`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 msgid "Browsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "浏览" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1549,7 +1686,7 @@ msgid "" "products. However, if you need an extra level of categorization in your " "catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " "search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务分类是组织和分割产品的首要工具。但是，如果您需要在目录中进行额外的分类，您可以激活各类**筛选器**，如属性或排序方式搜索。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 msgid "Attributes" @@ -1563,6 +1700,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " "and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"属性指产品的**特征，如**颜色**或**材料**，而变体则是属性的不同组合。 " +":guilabel:`属性和变体`可在:menuselection:`网站-->电子商务-->产品`下找到，选择您的产品，并在:guilabel:`属性和变体`选项卡下找到。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 @@ -1571,7 +1710,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的属性和变体" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1580,12 +1719,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" " Filtering` to enable price filters." msgstr "" +"要启用**属性筛选**，请进入您的**主商店页面**，点击:menuselection:`编辑-->自定义选项卡`，然后选择:guilabel:`左侧`、:guilabel:`顶部`或两者均选。此外，您还可以启用" +" :guilabel:`价格筛选器`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " "therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`价格筛选器`独立于**属性**工作，因此可根据需要单独启用。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1593,7 +1734,7 @@ msgid "" "variants. When adding attributes to your products, make sure only to specify" " *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " "is possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "即使不使用产品变体，也可以使用**属性筛选器**。为产品添加属性时，请确保每个属性只指定*一*个值。如果无法组合，Odoo 不会创建变体。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:78 msgid "Sort-by search" @@ -1644,29 +1785,33 @@ msgid "" "products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" "and-dropping the products within the list." msgstr "" +"此外，您还可以**手动编辑**产品的目录顺序，方法是进入**商店主页面**并点击产品。在 :guilabel:`自定义` 部分的 " +":guilabel:`产品` 栏下，您可以点击箭头重新排列顺序。`<<` `>>` 将产品向**最**右或**最**左移动，`<` " +"`>`将产品向右或向左移动*一*行。还可以在 :menuselection:`网站 --> 电子商务 --> 产品` " +"中更改产品目录的顺序，并在列表中拖放产品。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录中的产品重新排列" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:107 msgid "Page design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面设计" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:110 msgid "Category page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "类别页面" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:112 msgid "" "You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以使用网站创建工具自定义分类页面的布局。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:115 msgid "" "Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " "layout affects *all* category pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑分类页面的布局是全局性的；编辑一个分类布局会影响*所有*分类页面。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -1676,20 +1821,22 @@ msgid "" "the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " "product picture." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`类别页面 --> 编辑 --> 定制`。在这里，您可以选择布局、显示产品的列数等。通过 " +":guilabel:`产品描述` 按钮，可以在分类页面的产品图片下方看到产品描述。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 msgid "Layout options of the category pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "类别页面的布局选项。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:127 msgid "" "You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " "products may affect performance and page loading speed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以选择网格的大小，但要注意，显示太多产品可能会影响性能和页面加载速度。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:131 msgid "Product highlight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品亮点" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -1700,18 +1847,21 @@ msgid "" "grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " "a banner across the product's image, such as:" msgstr "" +"您可以高亮显示产品，使其在类别或产品页面上更加醒目。在您选择的页面上，进入 :menuselection:`编辑 --> 自定义` " +"并点击要突出显示的产品。在 :guilabel:`产品` 部分，您可以通过点击网格来选择产品图片的大小，还可以添加**丝带**或 " +":guilabel:`徽章`。这将在产品图片上显示一个横幅，如：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:139 msgid "Sale;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:140 msgid "Sold out;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "售罄；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:141 msgid "Out of stock;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "缺货；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:142 msgid "New." @@ -1748,12 +1898,15 @@ msgid "" " on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " "hovering the mouse over a product's image." msgstr "" +"您可以访问并启用附加功能按钮，如**添加到购物车**、**比较列表**或**愿望清单**。为此，请进入您的**主商店页面**，在:guilabel:`产品页面`类别的末尾，点击您希望使用的功能按钮。将鼠标悬停在产品图片上时，所有三个按钮都会出现。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " "<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`添加到购物车`: 添加一个按钮到 :doc:`将产品加入购物车 " +"<.../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -1810,10 +1963,12 @@ msgid "" " categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " "own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." msgstr "" +"在电子商务分类页面添加内容有利于**搜索引擎**战略。使用与产品或电子商务类别相关的**关键词**可提高有机流量。此外，每个类别都有自己的特定 " +"URL，可以被指向并被搜索引擎收录。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:3 msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交叉销售和追加销售" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1823,39 +1978,42 @@ msgid "" "originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each one" " of your customers." msgstr "" +"任何销售过程都是实现收入最大化的机会。**交叉销售和追加销售**是一种销售技巧，目的是在客户本身购买产品和服务之外，向他们销售额外或价格更高的产品和服务。这是使每位客户价值最大化的好方法。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:10 msgid "**Cross-selling** can be done via **two** features:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**交叉销售**可以通过**两种**功能来实现：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Optional products ` upon **adding to cart**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**添加到购物车**时，:ref:` 可选产品 `；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Accessory products ` on the **checkout " "page**." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`配套产品 ` 位于**付款页面**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:15 msgid "" "**Upselling** is only done via :ref:`alternative products " "` on the **product page**." msgstr "" +"**只有通过**产品页面上的 :ref:`alternative products " +"`，才能进行**加价销售。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`catalog`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`目录`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:22 msgid "Cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交叉销售" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:27 msgid "Optional products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选产品" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1864,10 +2022,12 @@ msgid "" "a pop-up window opens with the **optional products** displayed in the " ":guilabel:`Available Options` section." msgstr "" +"当客户从**产品页面**或**目录页面**点击:guilabel:`加入购物车`时，**可选产品**会被推荐。点击后，会弹出一个窗口，在:guilabel:`可用选项`" +" 部分显示**可选产品**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 msgid "Optional products cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选产品交叉销售" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1878,6 +2038,9 @@ msgid "" "the **product template**. They only appear when that product is added to the" " cart." msgstr "" +"要启用**可选产品**，请访问 :menuselection:`网站-->电子商务-->产品`，选择一个产品，转到 " +":guilabel:`销售`选项卡，并在 " +":guilabel:`可选产品`字段中输入您希望展示的产品。可选产品与**产品模板上设置的产品**链接。它们只会在产品添加到购物车时出现。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1885,6 +2048,7 @@ msgid "" " selecting a product on your **main shop page** and clicking " ":guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner." msgstr "" +"您还可以通过在**主商店页面**上选择产品并点击右上角的 :guilabel:`产品`，访问**产品模板**的:guilabel:`销售`选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:49 msgid "Accessory products" @@ -1910,6 +2074,7 @@ msgid "" "product(s) they are set up with on the **product template**. They only " "appear when that product is at the checkout process review." msgstr "" +"要启用**配件产品**，请进入:menuselection:`网站-->电子商务-->产品`，选择一个产品，进入:guilabel:`销售`选项卡，并在:guilabel:`配件产品`字段中输入您希望展示的产品。建议的附件产品**链接**到它们在**产品模板**上设置的产品。它们只会在该产品处于结账流程时出现。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 msgid "Upselling" @@ -1917,18 +2082,18 @@ msgstr "加售" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 msgid "Alternative products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "替代产品" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:72 msgid "" "**Alternative products** are suggested on the **product page** and usually " "incentivize customers to buy a more expensive variant or product than the " "one they were initially shopping for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**替代产品**会在**产品页面**上提供建议，通常鼓励顾客购买比最初选择的产品更昂贵的变体或产品。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 msgid "Alternative products on the product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页面上的替代产品" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1941,6 +2106,10 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Products` building block " "anywhere on the **product page**." msgstr "" +"要启用**替代产品**，请访问 :menuselection:`网站-->电子商务-->产品`，选择一个产品，进入 :guilabel:` 销售` " +"标签，并在 :guilabel:` 替代产品` 字段中输入您希望展示的产品。然后，点击 :guilabel:`前往网站` " +"进入相关的**产品页面**，并点击 :menuselection:`编辑`。停留在 :guilabel:`组块` 选项卡上，向下滚动到 " +":guilabel:`动态内容` 部分。然后，将 :guilabel:`产品` 构建组块拖放到**产品页面**的任意位置。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -1951,16 +2120,19 @@ msgid "" "displayed (:guilabel:`Fetched Elements`), the :guilabel:`Template` used, " "etc." msgstr "" +"放置后，在 :guilabel:`编辑` 模式下，点击**组块**以访问该 :guilabel:`产品` 构建组块的各种设置。在 " +":guilabel:`筛选` 字段中，选择 " +":guilabel:`替代产品`。您可以配置其他设置，如显示多少元素（:guilabel:`获取元素`）、使用的 :guilabel:`模板` 等。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:3 msgid "Price management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格管理" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " "as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 提供多种选项来选择网站上显示的价格，以及基于设定标准的特定条件价格。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 msgid "Taxes" @@ -1968,7 +2140,7 @@ msgstr "税" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 msgid "Tax configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税项配置" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1977,14 +2149,16 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`fiscal positions " "`." msgstr "" +"要在产品上添加税项，您可以在 **产品模板**的 :guilabel:`客户税项` 字段中设置税项，或者使用 " +":doc:`财务状况`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud`" @@ -1992,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 msgid "Tax display" @@ -2042,11 +2216,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 msgid "Price per unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单位价格" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -2058,6 +2232,11 @@ msgid "" "amount is set in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product " "template**, and in the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." msgstr "" +"可以在产品页面显示 " +":doc:`单位价格`。请进入" +" :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并在 :guilabel:`商店 - 产品` 部分启用 " +":guilabel:`产品参考价格`。启用后，确保在 **产品模板**的 :guilabel:`基本单位数` 字段和 :guilabel:`销售价格` " +"中设置金额。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" @@ -2099,6 +2278,8 @@ msgid "" "configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " "the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." msgstr "" +"价目表是管理电子商务价格的主要工具。它们允许您根据**国家组**、**货币**、**最低数量**、**期限**或**变量**来定义特定网站的价格（不同于产品模板上的价格）。您可以根据需要创建任意数量的价格表，但每个网站必须至少配置一个价格表。如果没有添加自定义价目表，Odoo" +" 会默认所有网站使用**公共价目表**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:120 @@ -2128,10 +2309,11 @@ msgid "" "etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " "**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." msgstr "" +"**第一个**选项允许您为每个客户*部分*（即注册客户、金牌客户、普通客户等）设置不同的价格。**第二个**选项允许您设置*价格变动*规则，如**折扣**、**利润**、**四舍五入**等。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:109 msgid "Foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外币" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -2140,10 +2322,12 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " "bar**." msgstr "" +"如果您以**多种货币**进行销售，并有外币价目表，客户可在 :guilabel:`商店` " +"页面的任何位置，从**搜索栏**旁边的下拉菜单中选择相应的价目表。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Pricelists selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格表选择" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" @@ -2151,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 msgid "Permanent discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "永久折扣" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2159,11 +2343,11 @@ msgid "" "attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists " "in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " "price** next to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您永久降低产品价格，吸引客户的常用方法是**删除**策略。这种策略是将之前的价格划掉，在旁边显示**新的折扣价格**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 msgid "Price strikethrough" -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格删除线" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -2230,6 +2414,8 @@ msgid "" "page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-" "right corner." msgstr "" +"创建时，产品在电子商务目录中默认为 :guilabel:`未发布`。要让访问者看到产品，请进入 " +":menuselection:`网站-->站点-->主页`，点击您的**主商店**页面，选择产品，并在右上角启用其为 :guilabel:`已发布`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -2244,14 +2430,19 @@ msgid "" "the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " ":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." msgstr "" +"要发布**大批次**产品，最方便的方式是进入 :menuselection:`网站-->电子商务-->产品`。在此，点击 :guilabel:`x` " +"右侧的 :guilabel:`x` 删除，移除 :guilabel:`已发布` 筛选器，然后选择 :guilabel:`列表` 视图。接下来，点击 " +":guilabel:`下拉切换` 按钮（位于 :guilabel:`列表` 按钮的右下方）并启用 :guilabel:`已发布`。点击 " +":guilabel:`已发布` 列，按**已发布**或**未发布**产品重新排序。最后，选择要发布的产品，在其最右侧的方框中打勾，并在 " +":guilabel:`已发布` 列中所选产品的任意方框中打勾，以发布所有产品。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "列表和下拉切换按钮" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:47 msgid "Product page design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页面设计" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2261,10 +2452,12 @@ msgid "" "**layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to " "*all* product pages." msgstr "" +"创建产品后，您可以通过 :guilabel:`商店` 页面访问其**产品页面**，方法是点击产品，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`编辑`。在这里，您可以更改页面的**附加功能**、**布局**、**添加内容**等。请注意，**启用的功能**适用于所有**产品页面。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:57 msgid "Additional functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他功能" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2627,6 +2820,8 @@ msgid "" "products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single" " page." msgstr "" +"您可以通过进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 商店 - 产品` 并勾选 :guilabel:`产品比较工具`" +" 为您的电子商务启用**产品比较工具**。该工具可保存产品的**规格**，并在单个页面上进行比较。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -2635,16 +2830,18 @@ msgid "" "wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up " "window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." msgstr "" +"在产品页面，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`产品规格` 部分，然后单击 " +":guilabel:`比较`。对所有要比较的产品，重复同样的过程。然后，点击页面底部弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`比较` 按钮，进入比较摘要。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes" " ` are set on the **product's template**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有在 **产品模板** 上设置了 :doc:`变量` 时，才能使用 :guilabel:`产品比较工具` 。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 msgid "Product comparison window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品比较窗口" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Product variants" @@ -2658,20 +2855,24 @@ msgid "" "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." msgstr "" +"产品变体是指同一产品的不同变体，如不同的颜色、材料等。这些变体在价格和可用性方面可能与产品不同。产品变体可以 " +":doc:`创建<.../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` 或 " +":doc:`导入<.../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>` 。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." msgstr "" +"要使用产品变体，请在:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置` 下的:guilabel:`商店 - 产品` 部分启用它们。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 msgid "Product configurator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品配置器" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2680,10 +2881,11 @@ msgid "" "configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of " "multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." msgstr "" +"在产品模板中添加属性和值后，就可以在产品页面上启用**产品配置器**。客户可使用它来配置和选择自己喜欢的产品变体；如果有多个属性，则可将这些属性组合起来，创建一个特定的变体。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 msgid "Variants configurator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "变体配置器" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2692,6 +2894,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the " "attributes. You can then select between four options:" msgstr "" +"产品配置器中使用的每个属性的**显示类型**可通过**网站创建工具**进行编辑，方法是在产品页面上单击 " +":menuselection:`编辑-->自定义`，然后单击其中一个属性。然后您可以在四个选项中进行选择：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" @@ -2801,6 +3005,7 @@ msgid "" "collaboration. This documentation focuses on using the back end to create " "your content." msgstr "" +"您可以在**前端**或**后端**管理电子学习内容。**前端**允许您从网站上快速创建内容，而**后端**则提供更多选项并允许协作。本文档主要介绍如何使用后端创建内容。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2815,17 +3020,17 @@ msgstr "课程" msgid "" "By going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Courses`, you can get " "an overview of all your courses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 :menuselection:`在线学习 --> 课程 --> 课程`，您可以获得所有课程的概览。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:24 msgid "" "Click on a course title to edit your course on the back end. Click on " ":guilabel:`View course` to access your course on the front end." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击课程标题，在后端编辑您的课程。点击 :guilabel:`查看课程` 在前端访问您的课程。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:28 msgid "Course creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建课程" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2837,14 +3042,18 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Description `, " ":ref:`Options `, and :ref:`Karma `." msgstr "" +"单击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新课程。页面弹出后，您可以添加 :guilabel:`课程标题` 和一个或多个 :guilabel:`标签` " +"来描述您的课程。您可以将鼠标悬停在相机占位符图像上，然后点击编辑图标，添加一张图像来说明您的课程。您可以通过四个选项卡进一步编辑课程：:ref:`内容 " +"`、:ref:`描述 `、:ref:`选项 " +"`和:ref:`积分 `。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Create your elearning course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建您的电子学习课程" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:44 msgid "Content tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内容选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2856,22 +3065,26 @@ msgid "" "**Certification** is part of the :doc:`Surveys " "<../marketing/surveys/create>` app." msgstr "" +"此选项卡允许您管理课程内容。点击 :guilabel:`添加章节` 将课程划分为不同的部分。点击 :guilabel:`添加内容` 创建 " +":ref:`内容 `。点击 " +":guilabel:`添加认证`，评估学员的学习情况，认证学员技能并激励学员。**认证**是 :doc:`网上调查 " +"<../marketing/surveys/create>` 应用程序的一部分。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:202 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "描述选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 msgid "" "You can add a short description or information related to your course in the" " :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under your course title on your " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在:guilabel:`描述`标签中添加与课程相关的简短描述或信息。它会出现在网站课程标题的下方。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Add a description to your course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为课程添加描述。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 msgid "Options tab" @@ -2884,6 +3097,9 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Access rights `, " "and :ref:`Display `." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`选项` 标签中，有不同的配置：:ref:`课程 `、:ref:`沟通 " +"`、:ref:`访问权限 `和 :ref:`显示 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Options tab" @@ -2898,7 +3114,7 @@ msgid "" "Assign a :guilabel:`Responsible` user for your course. If you have multiple " "websites, use the :guilabel:`Website` field to only display the course on " "the selected website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为课程指定 :guilabel:`负责` 用户。如果您有多个网站，请使用 :guilabel:`网站` 字段，只在选定的网站上显示课程。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 msgid "Communication" @@ -2908,13 +3124,13 @@ msgstr "附言" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow Reviews`: tick the box to allow attendees to like and " "comment on your content and to submit reviews on your course;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`允许评论`：勾选该复选框，允许参与者点赞和评论您的内容，并提交对课程的评论；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forum`: add a dedicated forum to your course (only shown if the " "**Forum** feature is enabled in the app's settings);" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`论坛`：为课程添加专用论坛（只有在应用程序设置中启用**论坛**功能时才会显示）；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2922,6 +3138,7 @@ msgid "" "attendees when you upload new content. Click on the internal link button " "(:guilabel:`➜`) to have access to the email template editor;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`新内容通知`：选择在上传新内容时向参与者发送的电子邮件模板。点击内部链接按钮（:guilabel:`➜`），进入电子邮件模板编辑器；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2929,10 +3146,11 @@ msgid "" "attendees once they reach the end of your course. Click on the internal link" " button (:guilabel:`➜`) to access the email template editor;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`完成通知`：选择在课程结束时向参与者发送的电子邮件模板。点击内部链接按钮（:guilabel:`➜`）访问电子邮件模板编辑器；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:104 msgid "Access rights" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问权限" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2940,15 +3158,16 @@ msgid "" "content between :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Signed In` or " ":guilabel:`Course Attendees`;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`显示课程`：在:guilabel:`所有人`、:guilabel:`已登录`或:guilabel:`课程参加者`之间定义谁可以访问您的课程及其内容；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Enroll Policy`: define how people enroll in your course. Select:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`注册政策`: 定义人们如何注册课程。选择：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Open`: if you want your course to be available to anyone;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公开`: 如果您希望课程对任何人开放；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -2957,6 +3176,8 @@ msgid "" "explaining the course's enrollment process. This message appears on your " "website under the course title;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`仅限邀请`：只有收到邀请的人才能注册您的课程。如果选中，请填写 :guilabel:`注册信息` " +"说明课程的注册过程。该信息会出现在您网站的课程标题下；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -2965,12 +3186,14 @@ msgid "" " you select :guilabel:`On Payment`, you must add a :guilabel:`Product` for " "your course." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`付款制`：只有购买课程的人才能参加课程。必须启用 :guilabel:`付费课程` 功能才能使用此选项。如果选择 " +":guilabel:`付款制`，则必须为课程添加 :guilabel:`产品`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:119 msgid "" "Only products set up with :guilabel:`Course` as their :guilabel:`Product " "Type` are displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只显示以 :guilabel:`课程` 作为 :guilabel:`产品类型` 的产品。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:125 msgid "Display" @@ -2980,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "显示" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`: the course content appears as a training program, and " "the courses must be taken in the proposed order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`培训`：课程内容以培训计划的形式出现，课程必须按照建议的顺序学习。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -2988,14 +3211,15 @@ msgid "" "choose this option, you can choose which page should be promoted on the " "course homepage by using the :guilabel:`Featured Content` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`文档`：内容可按任何顺序提供。如果选择此选项，您可以使用 :guilabel:`特色内容` 字段选择应在课程主页上推广的页面。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:136 msgid "Karma tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "贡献值选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:138 msgid "This tab is about gamification to make eLearning fun and interactive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该选项卡旨在通过游戏化方式，使电子学习变得有趣、充满互动。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -3003,6 +3227,7 @@ msgid "" " grant your students when they :guilabel:`Review` or :guilabel:`Finish` a " "course." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`奖励` 部分，选择当学生:guilabel:`回顾`或 :guilabel:`完成` 一门课程时，您想给予他们多少贡献点数。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -3010,22 +3235,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Review`, :guilabel:`Add Comment`, or :guilabel:`Vote` on the " "course." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`访问权限` 部分，定义在课程上 :guilabel:`添加回顾`、:guilabel:`添加评论` 或 " +":guilabel:`投票` 所需的贡献值。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:147 msgid "" "From your course, click the :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` button to reach " "people who are enrolled in the course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在您的课程中，单击 :guilabel:`联系参与者` 按钮，联系已注册课程的人员。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:153 msgid "Course groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "课程群组" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:155 msgid "" "Use the **Course Groups** to inform users and allow them to filter the " "courses from the :guilabel:`All Courses` dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用**课程群组**通知用户，并允许他们从:guilabel:`所有课程`仪表板筛选课程。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -3036,6 +3263,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tag Name` column. For each tag, you can select a corresponding " "color." msgstr "" +"您可以通过 :menuselection:`配置 --> 课程群组` 管理它们。单击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新的课程组。添加 " +":guilabel:`课程组名称`，勾选 :guilabel:`菜单条目` 框以允许用户在网站上按课程组搜索，并在 :guilabel:`标签名称` " +"列中添加标签。您可以为每个标签选择相应的颜色。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:164 msgid "Settings" @@ -3045,30 +3275,30 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "You can enable different features to customize your courses by going to " ":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以通过 :menuselection:`线上学习 --> 配置 --> 设置` 启用不同的功能来定制课程：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:169 msgid "" "**Certifications**: to evaluate the knowledge of your attendees and certify " "their skills;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**认证**：评估参与者的知识，认证他们的技能；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:170 msgid "" "**Paid courses**: to sell access to your courses on your website and track " "revenues;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**付费课程**：在网站上销售课程访问权限并追踪收入；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:171 msgid "" "**Mailing**: to update all your attendees at once through mass mailings;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**邮件**：通过群发邮件，一次性更新所有参与者信息；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:172 msgid "" "**Forum**: to create a community and let attendees answer each other's " "questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**论坛**：创建一个社区，让参与者互相解答问题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:177 msgid "Content" @@ -3081,83 +3311,85 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Content Title`, and if you want :ref:`Tags `, " "then fill in the related information among the different tabs." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`线上学习 --> 课程 --> 内容` 管理内容。点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建内容。添加 " +":guilabel:`内容标题`，如果需要 :ref:`标签 `，则在不同的选项卡中填写相关信息。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Create your content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建您的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:188 msgid "Document tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "文档选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: select the course your content belongs to;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`课程`: 选择内容所属的课程；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:191 msgid ":guilabel:`Content Type`: select the type of your content;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`内容类型`：选择内容类型；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:192 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a responsible person for your content;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人`: 为内容添加负责人；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:193 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: indicate the time required to complete the course;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`持续时间`: 指示完成课程所需的时间；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow Download`: allow users to download the content of the " "slide. This option is only visible when the content is a document;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`允许下载`：允许用户下载幻灯片内容。此选项仅在内容为文档时可见；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:196 msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Preview`: the course is accessible by anyone." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`允许预览`：任何人都可以访问课程。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`# of Public Views`: displays the number of views from non-" "enrolled participants;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公开浏览次数`：显示未注册参与者的浏览次数；" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:198 msgid "" ":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled " "and enrolled participants)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`总浏览次数`：显示总浏览次数（未注册和已注册的参与者）。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:204 msgid "" "You can add a description of your content that appears front end in the " ":guilabel:`About` section of your course content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在课程内容的 :guilabel:`简介` 部分添加内容描述，并在前端显示。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:208 msgid "Additional Resources tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他资源选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:210 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your " "participants' learning. It appears in the course content on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击 :guilabel:`添加行` 添加支持学员学习的链接或文件。它将出现在您网站上的课程内容中。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Additional ressources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更多资源" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:220 msgid "Quiz tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测验选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:222 msgid "" "From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of " "the course." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该选项卡中，您可以创建一个测验，以便在课程结束时对学生进行评估。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -3171,6 +3403,10 @@ msgid "" "field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " "participant." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`积分奖励` 部分，您可以根据用户正确回答问题的尝试次数，给予特定数量的贡献值。然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` " +"创建问题和答案。弹出一个新窗口，填写 :guilabel:`问题名称` 添加问题，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 添加多个答案。勾选 " +":guilabel:`是正确答案`，将一个或多个答案标记为正确答案。您还可以填写 :guilabel:`评论` " +"字段，以便在参与者选择答案时，显示更多信息。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 msgid "Content Tags" @@ -3180,24 +3416,25 @@ msgstr "内容标签" msgid "" "The **Content Tags** help users to classify the content from the " ":guilabel:`Contents` dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**内容标签**可帮助用户对 :guilabel:`内容` 仪表板中的内容进行分类。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:239 msgid "" "You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration " "--> Content Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new tag." msgstr "" +"您可以通过 :menuselection:`线上学习 --> 配置 --> 内容标签` 管理它们。单击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建新标签。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:243 msgid "Publish your content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布您的内容" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:245 msgid "" "Everything created on the back end needs to be published from the front end." " Unpublished content is always visible from your website but still needs to " "be published to be available to your audience." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在后端创建的所有内容都需要在前端发布。未发布的内容始终可以从网站上看到，但仍需要发布才能提供给受众。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -3205,10 +3442,11 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Go To Website` smart button, and tick the " ":guilabel:`Publish` option available in the right-hand corner." msgstr "" +"您必须在网站前端才能发布内容。为此，请单击 :guilabel:`转至网站` 智能按钮，并勾选右上角的 :guilabel:`发布` 选项。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 msgid "Publish your content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布您的内容。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:3 msgid "Forum" @@ -3219,11 +3457,11 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo Forum** is a question-and-answer forum designed with providing " "customer support in mind. Adding a forum to a website enables you to build a" " community, encourage engagement, and share knowledge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 论坛**是一个问答式论坛，旨在为客户提供支持。在网站中添加论坛，可以建立社区、鼓励参与和分享知识。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:12 msgid "Create a forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建论坛" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3231,10 +3469,12 @@ msgid "" "--> Forum: Forums`. Click :guilabel:`New` or select an existing forum and " "configure the following elements." msgstr "" +"要创建或编辑论坛，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 论坛：论坛`。点击 :guilabel:`新建` " +"或选择一个现有论坛，然后配置以下元素。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Forum Name`: add the name of the forum." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`论坛名称`: 添加论坛名称。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -3242,34 +3482,36 @@ msgid "" "as best, meaning questions then appear as *solved*, or " ":guilabel:`Discussions` if the feature is not needed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`模式`：选择 :guilabel:`问题` 可将答案标记为最佳，这意味着问题会显示为 *已解决*；如果不需要该功能，则选择 " +":guilabel:`讨论`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:23 msgid "" "Regardless of the selected mode, only **one answer** per user is allowed on " "a single post. Commenting multiple times is allowed, however." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论选择哪种模式，每个用户只能在一个帖子上回复**一个答案**。但支持多次评论。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: choose how questions are sorted by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`默认排序`：选择问题的默认排序方式。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Newest`: by latest question posting date" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`最新`: 按最新问题发布日期排列" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Last Updated`: by latest posting activity date (answers and " "comments included)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`最近更新`：按最近的发布活动日期（包括答案和评论）" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Most Voted`: by highest vote tally" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`投票最多`：按最高票数排列" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Relevance`: by post relevancy (determined by a formula)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`相关性`: 根据帖子相关性（由公式决定）" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3289,16 +3531,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Some users` to make it visible only for a specific user access " "group by selecting one :guilabel:`Authorized Group`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`隐私`：选择 :guilabel:`公开` 允许任何人查看论坛，选择 :guilabel:`需登录` 仅允许已登录用户查看，或选择" +" :guilabel:`特定用户` 仅允许特定用户访问组查看。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, configure the :ref:`karma gains ` and the " ":ref:`karma-related rights `." msgstr "" +"接下来，配置 :ref:`贡献值获取 ` 和 :ref:`贡献值相关权益 `。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:48 msgid "Karma points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "贡献值点数" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3307,12 +3553,14 @@ msgid "" "from being able to vote on posts to having moderator rights. They are also " "used to set user :ref:`ranks `." msgstr "" +"可以根据用户在论坛上的不同互动情况，给予其贡献值点数。它们可用于决定用户可以访问哪些论坛功能，包括在帖文中投票、版主权限等，还可用于设置用户:ref:`等级`" +" 。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:55 msgid "" "A user's karma points are shared across all forums, courses, etc., of a " "single Odoo website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户的贡献值积分可在单个 Odoo 网站的所有论坛、课程等中共享。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -3320,18 +3568,20 @@ msgid "" "interactions ` and by :ref:`completing quizzes " "`." msgstr "" +"在线学习用户可通过不同的 :ref:` 课程互动 ` 和 :ref:` 完成测验 ` " +"获得贡献点数。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:62 msgid "Karma gains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获得贡献值" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:64 msgid "Several forum interactions can give or remove karma points." -msgstr "" +msgstr "论坛上的一些互动可以给予或移除贡献点数。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:70 msgid "Interaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "互动" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:129 @@ -3340,15 +3590,15 @@ msgstr "描述" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:72 msgid "Default karma gain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认获得贡献值" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Asking a question`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`提问`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:74 msgid "You post a question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您发布了一个问题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:90 @@ -3357,37 +3607,37 @@ msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Question upvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`问题已获投票`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:77 msgid "Another user votes for a question you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一名用户对您发布的问题进行了投票。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:139 msgid "5" -msgstr "" +msgstr "5" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Question downvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`问题被否决`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:80 msgid "Another user votes against a question you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一位用户对您提出的问题投了反对票。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:87 msgid "-2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-2" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer upvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`答案被采纳`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:83 msgid "Another user votes for an answer you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一名用户对您发布的答案进行了投票。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:84 msgid "10" @@ -3395,27 +3645,27 @@ msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer downvoted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`答案被否决`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:86 msgid "Another user votes against an answer you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一位用户对您发布的答案投了反对票。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Accepting an answer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`接受答案`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:89 msgid "You mark an answer posted by another user as best." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您将其他用户发布的答案标记为最佳答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer accepted`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`答案被采纳`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:92 msgid "Another user marks an answer you posted as best." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一位用户将您发布的答案评为最佳。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:93 msgid "15" @@ -3423,22 +3673,22 @@ msgstr "15" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer flagged`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`答案被标记`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:95 msgid "" "A question or an answer you posted is :ref:`marked as offensive " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您发布的问题或回答被 :ref:`标记为冒犯性内容 `。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:96 msgid "-100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-100" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:99 msgid "" "New users receive **three points** upon validating their email address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新用户在验证电子邮件地址后可获得**3个积分**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3446,6 +3696,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the " ":guilabel:`Karma Gains` tab. Select a value to edit it." msgstr "" +"要修改默认值，请进入:menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 论坛：论坛`，选择论坛，进入 :guilabel:`获得贡献值` " +"选项卡。选择一个值进行编辑。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -3454,10 +3706,12 @@ msgid "" "Conversely, if the value is negative (e.g., `-5`), the number of points will" " be deducted. Use `0` if an interaction should not impact a user's tally." msgstr "" +"如果该值为正（例如：`5`），则每次在所选论坛上发生互动时，用户的积分都会增加。反之，如果数值为负数（例如：`-5`），则会扣分。如果互动不会影响用户的积分，则使用" +" `0`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:112 msgid "Karma-related rights" -msgstr "" +msgstr "贡献值相关权利" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -3466,6 +3720,8 @@ msgid "" "Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the :guilabel:`Karma Related " "Rights` tab. Select a value to edit it." msgstr "" +"要配置访问不同论坛功能所需的贡献点数，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 论坛：论坛`，选择论坛，并进入 " +":guilabel:`贡献值相关权限` 选项卡。选择一个值进行编辑。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -3475,22 +3731,23 @@ msgid "" "understand the consequences of giving *any* user reaching the set karma " "requirements access to such functionalities." msgstr "" +"有些功能相当敏感，例如:guilabel:`编辑所有帖子`、:guilabel:`关闭所有帖子`、:guilabel:`删除所有帖子`、:guilabel:`修改帖子`和:guilabel:`取消链接所有评论`。请务必了解满足设定的贡献值要求的用户获得访问这些功能的后果。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:128 msgid "Functionality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "功能" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:130 msgid "Default karma requirement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认贡献值要求" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`提问`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:132 msgid "Post questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布问题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:136 @@ -3499,27 +3756,27 @@ msgstr "3" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答问题`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:135 msgid "Post answers to questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布问题答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Upvote`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`投票`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:138 msgid "Vote for questions or answers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为问题或答案投票。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Downvote`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`反对`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:141 msgid "Vote against questions or answers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对问题或答案投反对票。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:182 @@ -3529,11 +3786,11 @@ msgstr "50" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`编辑自己的帖子`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:144 msgid "Edit questions or answers you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑您发布的问题或答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:176 @@ -3543,11 +3800,11 @@ msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`编辑所有帖文`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:147 msgid "Edit any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑任何问题或答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:148 msgid "300" @@ -3555,11 +3812,11 @@ msgstr "300" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Close own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`关闭自己的帖文`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:150 msgid "Close questions or answers you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭您发布的问题或答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:194 @@ -3568,11 +3825,11 @@ msgstr "100" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Close all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`关闭所有帖文`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:153 msgid "Close any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭任何问题或答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:157 @@ -3582,23 +3839,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:197 msgid "500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "500" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:155 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete own posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`删除自己的帖文`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:156 msgid "Delete questions or answers you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除您发布的问题或答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:158 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete all posts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`删除所有帖文`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:159 msgid "Delete any question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除任何问题或答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:200 @@ -3674,19 +3931,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Convert all answers to comments and vice versa`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`将所有答案转换为评论，反之亦然`。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:184 msgid "Convert any comment as answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将任何评论转换为答案。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink own comments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:` 取消链接自己的评论`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:187 msgid "Delete comments you posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除您发布的评论。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`" @@ -3694,7 +3951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:190 msgid "Delete any comment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除任何评论。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:192 msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions without validation`" @@ -3704,15 +3961,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Questions you post do not require to be :ref:`validated ` " "first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您发布的问题无需先经过 :ref:`` 验证。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Flag a post as offensive`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`将帖文标记为冒犯性内容`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:196 msgid "Flag a question or answer as offensive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将问题或答案标记为冒犯性内容。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`Moderate posts`" @@ -3724,29 +3981,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:201 msgid ":guilabel:`Change question tags`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`更改问题标签`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:202 msgid "" "Change posted questions' :ref:`tags ` (if you have the right to " "edit them)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改已发布问题的 :ref:`标签 ` （如果您有权编辑）。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:203 msgid "75" -msgstr "" +msgstr "75" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Create new tags`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`创建新标签`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:205 msgid "Create new :ref:`tags ` when posting questions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布问题时创建新:ref:`标签 `。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:207 msgid ":guilabel:`Display detailed user biography`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`显示用户详细自传`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -3754,10 +4011,11 @@ msgid "" "showcases your karma points, biography, and number of :ref:`badges " "` per level." msgstr "" +"当用户将鼠标悬停在您的头像或用户名上时，弹出框会显示您的贡献值点数、简历和每个级别的 :ref:`徽章 ` 数量。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:210 msgid "750" -msgstr "" +msgstr "750" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -3765,6 +4023,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`enabling developer mode ` and going to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Karma Tracking`." msgstr "" +"通过 :ref:` 启用开发者模式` 并进入 :menuselection:` 设置 --> 游戏化工具 --> " +"贡献值追踪`，追踪所有与贡献值相关的活动，并手动添加或删除。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:220 msgid "Gamification" @@ -3776,6 +4036,8 @@ msgid "" "the total :ref:`karma points `, while badges can be granted " "manually or automatically by completing challenges." msgstr "" +"等级和徽章可用于鼓励用户参与。等级基于总的 :ref:`贡献值 points ` " +"积分，而徽章可以手动操作获得，也可以通过完成挑战自动授予。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:229 msgid "Ranks" @@ -3787,6 +4049,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Ranks` and click " ":guilabel:`New` or select an existing rank." msgstr "" +"要创建新等级或修改默认等级，请进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 论坛：等级`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建` " +"或选择一个现有等级。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -3794,10 +4058,11 @@ msgid "" "reach it, its :guilabel:`Description`, a :guilabel:`Motivational` message to" " encourage users to reach it, and an image." msgstr "" +"添加:guilabel:`等级名称`、达到该等级所需的:guilabel:`贡献值`点数、:guilabel:`描述`、鼓励用户达到该等级的:guilabel:`激励`信息和图片。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 msgid "Default forum ranks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认论坛级别" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:244 msgid "Badges" @@ -3809,14 +4074,16 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Badges` and click " ":guilabel:`New` or select an existing badge." msgstr "" +"要创建新徽章或修改默认徽章，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 论坛： 徽章`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建` " +"或选择现有徽章。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:249 msgid "Enter the badge name and description, add an image, and configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入徽章名称和描述，添加图片并进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:252 msgid "Assign manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -3959,13 +4226,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Follow a post and get **notifications** (by email or within Odoo) when it is" " answered by clicking the bell button (:guilabel:`🔔`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "关注帖子，点击铃声按钮（:guilabel:`🔔`），即可在帖文回复时收到**通知**（通过电子邮件或 Odoo 系统）。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:331 msgid "" "**Vote** *for* (up arrow :guilabel:`▲`) or *against* (down arrow " ":guilabel:`▼`) a question or answer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对问题或答案**投** *赞成票*（向上箭头 :guilabel:`▲`）或*反对票*（向下箭头 :guilabel:`▼`）。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -3973,22 +4240,24 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`✔`). This option is only available if the :guilabel:`Forum Mode`" " is set to :guilabel:`Questions`." msgstr "" +"点击复选标记按钮（:guilabel:`✔`）将答案标记为**最佳**。此选项只有在 :guilabel:`论坛模式` 设置为 " +":guilabel:`问题` 时可用。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:335 msgid ":guilabel:`Answer` a question." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回答`问题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:336 msgid "" "**Comment** on a question or answer by clicking the speech bubble button " "(:guilabel:`💬`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击气泡按钮（:guilabel:`💬`），对问题或答案发表**评论**。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:337 msgid "" "**Share** a question on Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn by clicking the " "*share nodes* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*分享节点*按钮，在 Facebook、Twitter 或 LinkedIn 上**分享**问题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:339 msgid "Click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`) to:" @@ -4030,7 +4299,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "By default, 150 karma points are required to view another user's profile. " "This value can be configured when creating a new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，查看其他用户的个人资料需要 150 贡献值。创建新网站时可对该值进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:359 msgid "Moderate a forum" @@ -4061,7 +4330,7 @@ msgid "" "A question is pending if a user does not have the required karma. The user " "is not able to post questions or answers while awaiting validation. Only one" " pending question per user is allowed per forum." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果用户不具备所需的贡献值，则问题处于待定状态。在等待验证期间，用户不能发布问题或答案。每个论坛只允许每个用户提出一个待定问题。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:378 msgid "" @@ -4072,10 +4341,13 @@ msgid "" "moderation rights, and 100 karma points are deducted from the offending " "user's tally." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`已标记`: 访问所有被标记为冒犯性的问题和答案。点击 :guilabel:`接受` 取消标记，或点击 " +":guilabel:`冒犯性内容` 确认标记，然后选择原因并点击 " +":guilabel:`标记为冒犯性内容`。没有审核权的用户将无法查看该帖子，违规用户的贡献值将被扣除 100 点。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 msgid "Offensive reason selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "违规原因选择" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:386 msgid "" @@ -4086,6 +4358,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Close post`. The post is then hidden from users without " "moderation rights." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`已关闭`：访问所有已关闭的问题。可以 :guilabel:`删除` 或 :guilabel:`重新开放` " +"这些问题。要关闭一个问题，打开它，点击省略号按钮（:guilabel:`...`），然后点击:guilabel:`关闭`，选择一个:guilabel:`关闭原因`，再点击:guilabel:`关闭帖文`。没有审核权的用户将无法看到该帖子。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:392 msgid "" @@ -4093,6 +4367,7 @@ msgid "" "offensive or malicious remarks` as the reason, 100 karma points are deducted" " from the poster's tally." msgstr "" +"当选择:guilabel:`垃圾邮件或广告`或:guilabel:`包含攻击性或恶意言论`作为理由时，会从发帖者的记录中扣除 100 点贡献值值。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:396 msgid "" @@ -4282,6 +4557,8 @@ msgid "" "selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " "Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." msgstr "" +"可以使用滑块手动选择按钮或标题的颜色，也可以通过点击颜色气泡时弹出的颜色，选择窗口中的 RGB、HSL 或 HEX " +"颜色代码输入进行选择。根据操作系统的不同，会有不同的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 msgid "Livechat window" @@ -4300,12 +4577,14 @@ msgid "" "sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " "to continue the conversation." msgstr "" +"编辑 :guilabel:`欢迎信息` " +"可以更改游客打开新聊天窗口时看到的信息。该消息将显示为在线客服操作员发送的消息，既作为问候，又作为继续对话的邀请。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " "in the box where visitors will type their replies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑 :guilabel:`聊天输入占位符`，更改访客输入回复内容的框中出现的文本。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4359,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "在线聊天按钮" msgid "" "The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " "website. Select from one of the following display options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*在线客服按钮*是出现在网站底角的图标。从以下显示选项中选择一个：" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." @@ -4453,6 +4732,8 @@ msgid "" "Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" +"可通过导航至 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置` 将在线客服工具添加到通过 Odoo 创建的网站。然后滚动到 " +":guilabel:`在线客服` 部分，选择要添加到网站的频道。单击 :guilabel:`保存` 以应用。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -4460,6 +4741,8 @@ msgid "" "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" +"要将工具添加到在第三方平台上创建的网站，请单击 :guilabel:`工具` 选项卡上的第一个:guilabel:`复制` " +"按钮，然后将代码粘贴到网站上的 `` 标签中。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -4468,32 +4751,34 @@ msgid "" " directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " "chat." msgstr "" +"同样，要向客户发送即时聊天会话，请单击 :guilabel:`工具` 标签上的第二个 :guilabel:`复制` " +"按钮。该链接可直接发送给客户，一旦客户点击链接，就会打开一个新的聊天。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 在线客服工具选项卡的视图" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参与对话" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如上所述，*操作员*是回复客户在线客服请求的用户。以下信息概述了操作员在 Odoo 数据库上参与在线客服对话的必要步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置在线聊天名称" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入聊天前，操作员应更新其*在线聊天名称*。这是在线客服对话中显示给网站访客的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -5010,6 +5295,9 @@ msgid "" "tab. Then, open an existing rule, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"首先，打开 :menuselection:`在线客服` 应用程序，选择 :guilabel:`频道` 看板卡，或创建一个 " +":doc:`新的`。点击 :guilabel:`频道规则` " +"选项卡。然后，打开现有规则，或点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 创建新规则。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -5176,6 +5464,7 @@ msgid "" " bubble icon, which users can click on to go to the ratings' page for the " "respective channel." msgstr "" +"该页面列出了已发布评分页面的 :guilabel:`在线客服频道` 的名称。在频道名称的左侧有一个语音气泡图标，用户可以点击它进入相应频道的评级页面。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5199,6 +5488,9 @@ msgid "" "white. Click the checkbox a second time to activate the :guilabel:`Is " "Published` box. The webpage is now published." msgstr "" +"要发布 `在线客服` 网页，请导航至 :menuselection:`网站 --> 内容 --> 页面`，返回网页列表。单击页面列表中 `在线客服` " +"左侧的复选框，选中该页面并高亮显示该行。然后，单击标有 :guilabel:`已发布` " +"列下的复选框。带有复选框的字段将以白色高亮显示。再次点击复选框，激活 :guilabel:`已发布` 框。网页现已发布。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5214,16 +5506,17 @@ msgid "" "can still be viewed by internal teams. However, public website visitors and " "portal users will not have access." msgstr "" +"页面添加到网站后，评分默认设置为发布。不过，可以手动选择隐藏个别评分，不向公众公布。评分仍将包含在内部报告中，内部团队仍可查看。但是，公共网站访问者和门户网站用户将无法访问。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:109 msgid "" "See :ref:`Hide individual ratings ` for more" " information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参阅 :ref:`隐藏单个评分 `了解更多信息。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:112 msgid "Customer ratings report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户评分报告" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -5232,6 +5525,8 @@ msgid "" "on individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " "with the rating." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`客户评分` 报告（:menuselection:`在线客服 --> 报告 --> " +"客户评分`）中，会显示单个支持工单收到的评分概览，以及与评分一起提交的任何附加评论。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the customer ratings report in Odoo Live Chat." @@ -5244,16 +5539,17 @@ msgid "" "the upper-right corner of the screen. The report is available in *list* " "view, *pivot* view, and *graph* view." msgstr "" +"报告默认为看板视图，每个评分用不同的卡片表示。要切换到不同的视图，请单击屏幕右上角的图标之一。报告有*列表*视图、*透视*视图和*图表*视图。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:126 msgid "" "Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the " "conversation, and the rating." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击单个评分可查看有关对话和评分的更多详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:131 msgid "Hide individual ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "、隐藏单个评分" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -5262,6 +5558,7 @@ msgid "" "included in internal reports, and can still be viewed by internal teams. " "However, public website visitors and portal users will not have access." msgstr "" +"评分默认设置为公开。不过，可以手动选择隐藏个别评分，不向公众发布。评分仍将包含在内部报告中，内部团队仍可查看。但是，公共网站访客和门户用户将无法访问。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -5270,6 +5567,8 @@ msgid "" "the individual rating's detail page, check the box labeled " ":guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`." msgstr "" +"要隐藏评分，请转到 :menuselection:`在线客服应用程序 --> 报告 --> " +"客户评分`。点击要隐藏评分的看板卡。在单个评分的详细页面上，选中标有 :guilabel:`仅内部可见` 的复选框。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5287,11 +5586,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`响应`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:148 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/website`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and canned responses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "指令和预设回复" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5302,6 +5601,8 @@ msgid "" "shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " "the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo *在线客服* 应用程序中，*命令*允许用户在聊天窗口内或通过其他 Odoo " +"应用程序执行特定操作。*在线客服*应用程序还包括*预设回复*。这些都是定制的、预先配置的替代项，允许用户替换快捷方式条目，以代替对一些常见问题和评论的经过深思熟虑的较长回复。" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e61c094b6..662797670 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Cash register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收銀機" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8126,7 +8126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100.00" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 @@ -13187,7 +13187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 msgid "Automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自動" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -32866,7 +32866,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大金額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -33393,7 +33393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Payment Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon 付款服務" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33488,7 +33488,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:3 msgid "AsiaPay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AsiaPay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33989,7 +33989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:3 msgid "Flutterwave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flutterwave" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -34063,7 +34063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:3 msgid "Mercado Pago" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mercado Pago" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -34641,7 +34641,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:3 msgid "Razorpay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Razorpay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 24df78c64..e78987228 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Tony Ng, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Create a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立一位新員工" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 msgid "Fleet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "車隊" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 msgid "End Date Contract Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合約終止日期警示" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 msgid "Manufacturers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "製造商" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 msgid "Vehicle Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "車型" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "A4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A4" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 msgid "Serie 5" @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "A6" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A6" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 msgid "Serie 7" @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資料集" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 msgid "Engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "引擎" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 msgid "Model Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "型號類別" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 msgid "Offers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "促銷優惠" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid "" @@ -4447,7 +4447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Attachment of Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "薪金附件" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 msgid "Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "電子信件範本" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5417,7 +5417,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 msgid "Quick add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速添加" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -5483,7 +5483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 msgid "Create" -msgstr "" +msgstr "建立" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6847,7 +6847,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 msgid "Live Sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "現場會議" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -7053,7 +7053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 msgid "End Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "結束訊息" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -7063,7 +7063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 msgid "Referrals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "推薦" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7098,7 +7098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 msgid "Onboarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新手簡介" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7371,7 +7371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 msgid "Link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "連結" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7385,7 +7385,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facebook" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -7640,7 +7640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 msgid "LinkedIn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LinkedIn" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -8031,7 +8031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "獎勵" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 msgid "Create rewards" @@ -8146,7 +8146,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 msgid "Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "等級" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -8267,7 +8267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 msgid "Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "警示" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 msgid ""